Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2007

Registration No. 333-            

 


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 


INFINERA CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   3661   77-0560433

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

169 Java Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

(408) 572-5200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


Jagdeep Singh

President and Chief Executive Officer

Infinera Corporation

169 Java Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

(408) 572-5200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

 

Larry W. Sonsini, Esq.

Matthew W. Sonsini, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Telephone: (650) 493-9300

Telecopy: (650) 493-6811

 

Michael O. McCarthy III, Esq.

Infinera Corporation

169 Java Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Telephone: (408) 572-5200

Telecopy: (408) 572-5343

 

Eric C. Jensen, Esq.

John T. McKenna, Esq.

Cooley Godward Kronish LLP

Five Palo Alto Square

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

Telephone: (650) 843-5000

Telecopy: (650) 849-7400

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

 


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)  
  Amount of Registration Fee

Common Stock $0.001 par value

  $150,000,000   $4,605
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated February 26, 2007.

                     Shares

LOGO

Infinera Corporation

Common Stock

 


This is an initial public offering of                      shares of common stock of Infinera Corporation. All of the              shares of common stock are being sold by Infinera Corporation.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . Application has been made for the quotation of the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “INFN.”

 


See “ Risk Factors ” on page 7 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                 $                     

Underwriting discount

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Infinera

   $      $  

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                      shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                      shares from Infinera Corporation at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on             , 2007.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Citigroup

JPMorgan

Lehman Brothers

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

 


Prospectus dated                     , 2007.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our financial statements and notes, and our risk factors beginning on page 7, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Infinera,” the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Infinera Corporation and its subsidiaries.

INFINERA CORPORATION

Overview

Infinera has developed an innovative solution that we believe will dramatically change the economics, operating simplicity, flexibility, reliability and scalability of optical communications networks. At the core of our Digital Optical Network architecture is the world’s only commercially-deployed, large-scale photonic integrated circuit, or PIC. Our PICs transmit and receive 100 Gigabits per second, or Gbps, of optical capacity and incorporate the functionality of over 60 discrete optical components into a pair of indium phosphide chips approximately the size of a child’s fingernail. We have used our PIC technology to design a new digital optical communications system called the DTN System. The DTN System is designed to enable cost-efficient optical to electrical to optical, or O-E-O, conversion of communications signals. The DTN System is architected to improve significantly communications service providers’ economics and service offerings as compared to optical systems that do not use large-scale photonic integration. We refer to these optical systems as traditional systems. Our carrier-class DTN System runs our Infinera IQ Network Operating System and is integrated with our Infinera Management Suite software, which together enhance and simplify network monitoring, management and control.

We believe that photonic integrated circuits will fundamentally change optical communications networks in a fashion similar to the integrated circuit’s impact on electronics beginning in the 1950’s. Our DTN System is designed to serve as the key element for long-haul and metro optical transport networks of U.S. and international communications service providers. Our DTN System currently competes in the wavelength division multiplexing, or WDM, segment of the nearly $12 billion global optical communications equipment market.

Our DTN System is designed to provide significant advantages over traditional systems, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Operating simplicity and cost savings . Our DTN System provides our customers with flexible management and control and is designed to simplify network planning, engineering and operation, consume less power, enable simplified testing and improve system reliability. In addition, our DTN System provides optical capacity in 100 Gbps increments, enabling our customers to more easily scale their optical networks;

 

  Ÿ  

Enhanced revenue generation . Our DTN System significantly lowers the cost of O-E-O conversion, which enables our customers to access markets cost-effectively that had previously not been served due to cost constraints. Our DTN System also enables communications service providers to add customers and provision new services more rapidly than traditional systems; and

 

1


Table of Contents

 

  Ÿ  

Capital cost savings . Our DTN System incorporates the functionality of over 60 discrete optical components into a single PIC pair, reducing capital expenditures and the physical space required for a given amount of optical network capacity.

We began commercial shipment of our DTN System in November 2004. In the third quarter of 2005, we achieved, and have since maintained through the fourth quarter of 2006, the #1 market share of 10 Gbps long-haul ports shipped worldwide. We have sold our DTN System for deployment in the optical networks of 25 customers worldwide, including Internet2, Interoute, Level 3 Communications and Qwest Communications.

Industry Background

A number of trends in the communications industry are driving growth in demand for network capacity, including increases in total Internet users and bandwidth consumed per Internet user. We believe increasing demand for network capacity ultimately will increase demand for optical communications systems.

Most optical communications systems utilize WDM technology that transmits multiple signals, each as separate colors of light, or wavelengths, on a single fiber in a communications service provider’s network. These systems have historically used discrete optical components or sub-systems that can limit the quality and reliability of the optical communications system. Traditional systems use either O-E-O conversion to process digital data or an all-optical architecture to reduce the need for expensive O-E-O conversions. With traditional systems, communications service providers must choose at multiple network access points whether to utilize a WDM system that enables high-performance digital management and processing but with high O-E-O conversion costs, or to use an all-optical architecture that reduces O-E-O conversion costs but may also limit service reach and add cost.

Most traditional systems involve significant capital expenditure, space and power consumption. Each wavelength in these systems requires its own O-E-O conversion, and discrete components are required for each O-E-O conversion, which adds significant cost and reduces reliability. Expanding optical communications networks with traditional systems is often manually intensive as communications service providers may need to redesign the network, re-allocate available wavelengths or deploy additional hardware at multiple locations each time a new circuit is added. Advanced features, such as network-wide provisioning or optical layer protection, often involve high costs because additional equipment may be required.

All-optical architectures, including Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexers, or ROADMs, often provide limited digital processing of data, which prevents these systems from efficiently adding and dropping communications traffic at intermediate network access points. This can result in a reduced network footprint and decreased revenue opportunities for communications service providers, particularly in smaller regions and markets. In addition, associated network planning and service provisioning can be significantly more costly and time consuming and installation costs can be high. All-optical approaches can limit overall network capacity due to wavelength blocking, or the inability to use wavelengths of light because they are already in use in another part of the network.

We believe significant demand exists for an optical communications system that is simple and easy to operate and that reduces operating and capital costs for communications service providers.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

The Infinera Solution and Strategy

Our PIC technology facilitates a new network architecture that allows communications service providers to realize the benefits of both WDM and digital processing more fully and cost-effectively. Our PICs enable lower-cost O-E-O conversions at every network access point to provide communications service providers with the ability to digitally process the information being transported across their optical networks. Our software enables our customers to leverage this digital information to simplify and speed the delivery of differentiated services and to optimize the utilization of their optical networks.

Our goal is to be the preeminent provider of optical systems to communications service providers. Key aspects of our strategy are:

 

  Ÿ  

Increase our customer footprint.     We intend to increase penetration of our installed base of communications service providers while also targeting new U.S. and international communications service providers, including U.S. Regional Bell Operating Companies, or RBOCs, international postal, telephone and telegraph companies, or PTTs, cable multiple system operators, or cable MSOs and metro carriers;

 

  Ÿ  

Penetrate adjacent markets.     We intend to increase our addressable market by adding functionality to our DTN System, by developing new products, including products specifically designed for metro applications, and by creating the service and support infrastructure needed to address these markets;

 

  Ÿ  

Maintain and extend our technology lead.     We intend to incorporate the functionality of additional discrete components into our PICs and to pursue further functional integration in our DTN System in order to enhance the performance, scalability and economics of our DTN System; and

 

  Ÿ  

Continue investment in PIC manufacturing activities.     We believe that our manufacturing capabilities serve as a significant competitive advantage and intend to continue investing in the manufacturing capabilities needed to produce new generations of our PICs.

Corporate Information

Infinera was founded in December 2000, originally operated under the name “Zepton Networks,” and is headquartered in Sunnyvale, California. Our principal executive offices are located at 169 Java Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089. Our telephone number is (408) 572-5200. Our website address is www.infinera.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

“Infinera,” “Infinera DTN,” “IQ,” “iPIC,” “Infinera Digital Optical Networks” and other trademarks or service marks of Infinera Corporation appearing in this prospectus are the property of Infinera Corporation. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by Infinera

                shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to repay our credit facilities or acquire other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific repayments or acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy

   Currently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends.

Risk factors

   You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

  

“INFN”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 68,481,069 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006, but excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

7,872,264 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,332,682 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

17,482,974 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 2,070,474 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan, 13,600,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,812,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become effective on the date of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

a 1-for-4 reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares to cover over-allotments.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not indicative of the results that should be expected in the future. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue:

      

Ratable product and related support and services

   $ —       $ 4,127     $ 53,484  

Product

     599       —         5,258  
                        

Total revenue

     599       4,127       58,742  

Cost of revenue:

      

Cost of ratable product and related support and services(1)

     —         27,455       69,765  

Cost of product

     7,240       —         1,660  
                        

Total cost of revenue

     7,240       27,455       71,425  
                        

Gross loss

     (6,641 )     (23,328 )     (12,683 )
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing(1)

     8,294       11,053       20,682  

Research and development(1)

     46,306       24,986       38,967  

General and administrative(1)

     2,888       4,328       12,650  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         —         56  
                        

Total operating expenses

     57,488       40,367       72,355  
                        

Loss from operations

     (64,129 )     (63,695 )     (85,038 )
                        

Other income (expense), net

     (2,351 )     (2,079 )     (4,009 )
                        

Loss before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (66,480 )     (65,774 )     (89,047 )

Provision for income taxes

     —         12       72  
                        

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (66,480 )     (65,786 )     (89,119 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         (1,137 )     —    
                        

Net loss

   $ (66,480 )   $ (64,649 )   $ (89,119 )
                        

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (15.30 )   $ (13.76 )   $ (14.55 )
                        

Weighted average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

     4,345       4,698       6,127  
                        

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (1.47 )
            

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

         60,480  
            

(1)    Stock-based compensation expense included in above as follows:

      

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ —       $ —       $ 151  

Sales and marketing

     —         36       411  

Research and development

     180       99       198  

General and administrative

     34       7       335  
                        

Total stock-based compensation charge

   $ 214     $ 142     $ 1,095  
                        

 

5


Table of Contents

 

     As of December 31, 2006
     Actual     Pro
Forma
   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     (In thousands, unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 29,572     $ 29,572   

Working capital

     2,724       8,133   

Total assets

     230,153       230,153   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     5,409       —     

Current and long-term debt

     27,582       27,582   

Convertible preferred stock

     320,550       —     

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (305,328 )     20,631   

The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 59,427,604 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering, (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering, and (iii) our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of our net proceeds from this offering.

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risk Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history and have only recently begun selling our DTN System, both of which make it difficult to predict our future operating results.

We were incorporated in December 2000 and shipped our first DTN System in November 2004. Our limited operating history gives you very little basis upon which to evaluate our ability to accomplish our business objectives. In making an investment decision, you should evaluate our business in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in early stages of development, particularly companies in the rapidly changing optical communications market. We may not be successful in addressing these risks. It is difficult to accurately forecast our future revenue and plan expenses accordingly and, therefore, predict our future operating results.

We have a history of significant operating losses and may not achieve profitability in the future.

We have not achieved profitability. We experienced a net loss of $89.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, our accumulated deficit was $313.1 million. We expect to continue to incur substantial losses, and we may not become profitable in the foreseeable future, if ever. We expect to continue to make significant expenditures related to the development of our business, including expenditures to hire additional personnel related to the sales, marketing and development of our DTN System and to maintain and expand our manufacturing facilities and research and development operations. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will have to generate and sustain significant increased revenue and product gross margins to achieve profitability. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability and we may continue to incur significant losses in the future.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below investor or analyst expectations.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on past results, in particular the recent growth in our revenue, as an indicator of our future performance. Fluctuations in our revenue can lead to even greater fluctuations in our operating results. Our budgeted expense levels depend in part on our expectations of long-term future revenue. Given relatively fixed operating costs related to our personnel and facilities, any substantial adjustment to our expenses to account for lower levels of revenue will be difficult and take time. Consequently, if our revenue does not meet projected levels, our inventory levels and operating expenses would be high relative to revenue, resulting in additional operating losses.

In addition to other risks discussed in this section, factors that may contribute to fluctuations in our revenue and our operating results include:

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in demand, sales cycles, product mix and prices for our DTN System and our services;

 

7


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

reductions in customers’ budgets for optical communications purchases and delays in their purchasing cycles;

 

  Ÿ  

order cancellations or reductions or delays in delivery schedules by our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

timeliness of our customers’ payments for their purchases;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of recognizing revenue in any given quarter as a result of software revenue recognition requirements and any changes in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or new interpretations of existing accounting rules;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to establish vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE;

 

  Ÿ  

readiness of customer sites for installation of our DTN System;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of product releases or upgrades by us or by our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

availability of third party suppliers to provide contract engineering and installation services for us;

 

  Ÿ  

any significant changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including any new entrants, technological advances or substantial discounting of products;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses and the costs of components we purchase; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions in domestic and international markets.

If we do not establish VSOE in 2008, all revenue for our bundled products will continue to be deferred and recognized ratably over the longest undelivered service period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or below any guidance we may in the future provide to the market, the price of our common stock may decline substantially.

Our gross margin may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and may be adversely affected by a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our gross margin fluctuates from period to period and may continue to be adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the mix in any period of higher and lower margin products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

price discounts negotiated by our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

sales volume from each customer during the period;

 

  Ÿ  

the period of time over which ratable recognition of revenue occurs;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of equipment we sell for a loss in a given quarter;

 

  Ÿ  

charges for excess or obsolete inventory;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the price or availability of components for our DTN System;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to reduce manufacturing costs;

 

  Ÿ  

introduction of new products, with initial sales at relatively small volumes with resulting higher product costs;

 

  Ÿ  

increased price competition, including competition from low-cost producers in China; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased warranty or repair costs.

 

8


Table of Contents

It is likely that the average unit prices of our DTN System will decrease over time in response to competitive pricing pressures, increased negotiated sales discounts, new product introductions by us or our competitors or other factors. In addition, some of our customer contracts contain annual technology discounts that require us to decrease the sales price of our DTN System to these customers. In response, we will likely need to reduce the cost of our DTN System through manufacturing efficiencies, design improvements and cost reductions or change the mix of DTN Systems we sell. If these efforts are not successful or if we are unable to reduce our costs to a greater extent than the reduction in the price of our DTN System, our revenue and gross margin will decline, causing our operating results to decline. Fluctuations in gross margin may make it difficult to manage our business and achieve or maintain profitability.

Aggressive business tactics by our competitors may harm our business.

Increased competition in our markets has resulted in aggressive business tactics by our competitors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

selling at a discount used equipment or inventory that a competitor had previously written down or written off;

 

  Ÿ  

announcing competing products prior to market availability combined with extensive marketing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

offering to repurchase our equipment from existing customers;

 

  Ÿ  

providing financing, marketing and advertising assistance to customers; and

 

  Ÿ  

asserting intellectual property rights.

If we fail to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, or if our current or future competitors continue or expand aggressive business tactics, including those described above, demand for our DTN System could decline, we could experience delays or cancellations of customer orders, or we could be required to reduce our prices or increase our expenses.

The markets in which we compete are highly competitive and dominated by large corporations, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

Competition in the optical communications equipment market is intense, and we expect such competition to increase. A number of very large companies historically have dominated the optical communications network equipment industry. Our competitors include current WDM suppliers, such as Alcatel-Lucent, Ciena Corporation, or Ciena, Cisco Systems, Fujitsu Limited, Huawei Technologies Co., LM Ericsson Telephone Co., NEC Corporation, Nortel Networks, Siemens Systems GmbH and ZTE Corporation. Competition in these markets is based on price, functionality, manufacturing capability, pre-existing installation, services, existing business and customer relationships, scalability and the ability of products and breadth and quality of services to meet our customers’ immediate and future network requirements. Other companies have, or may in the future develop, products that are or could be competitive with our DTN System. In particular, if a competitor develops a photonic integrated circuit with similar functionality, our business could be harmed. On June 19, 2006, Nokia and Siemens agreed to combine their communications service provider businesses to create a new joint venture and on November 30, 2006 Alcatel and Lucent announced the completion of their merger. These transactions and any future mergers, acquisitions or combinations between or among our competitors may adversely affect our competitive position by strengthening our competitors.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater name recognition and technical, financial and marketing resources, greater manufacturing capacity and better established relationships with

 

9


Table of Contents

incumbent carriers and other potential customers than we have. Many of our competitors have more resources to develop or acquire, and more experience in developing or acquiring, new products and technologies and in creating market awareness for those products and technologies. In addition, many of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively. Further, many of our competitors have built long-standing relationships with some of our prospective customers and have the ability to provide financing to customers and could, therefore, have an inherent advantage in selling products to those customers.

We also compete with low-cost producers in China that can increase pricing pressure on us and a number of smaller companies that provide competition for a specific product, customer segment or geographic market. These competitors often base their products on the latest available technologies. Due to the narrower focus of their efforts, these competitors may achieve commercial availability of their products more quickly than we can and may provide attractive alternatives to our customers.

We are dependent on Level 3 Communications for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, Level 3 or one or more of our key customers would reduce our revenue and harm our operating results.

A relatively small number of customers account for a large percentage of our net revenue. In particular, for the year ended December 31, 2006, Level 3 Communications, or Level 3, represented approximately 60% of our revenue. We expect Level 3 to continue to represent a large percentage of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Our business will be harmed if we do not generate as much revenue as we expect from our key customers, particularly from Level 3, if we experience a loss of Level 3 or of any of our other key customers or if we suffer a substantial reduction in orders from these customers. Our ability to continue to generate revenue from our key customers will depend on our ability to introduce new products that are desirable to these customers at competitive prices, and we may not be successful doing so. Because our sales are made to these customers pursuant to standard purchase orders rather than long-term purchase commitments, orders may be cancelled or reduced readily. In the event of a cancellation or reduction of an order, we may not have enough time to reduce operating expenses to minimize the effect of the lost revenue on our business. Our operating results will continue to depend on our ability to sell our DTN System to Level 3 and other large customers.

Our large customers have substantial negotiating leverage, which may require that we agree to terms and conditions that result in increased cost of sales, decreased revenue and lower average selling prices and gross margins, all of which would harm our operating results.

Substantial changes in the optical communications industry have occurred over the last few years. Many potential customers have confronted static or declining revenue. Many of our customers have substantial debt burdens, many have experienced financial distress, some have gone out of business or have been acquired by other service providers or announced their withdrawal from segments of the business. Consolidation in the markets in which we compete has resulted in the changes in the structure of the communications networking industry, with greater concentration of purchasing power in a small number of large service providers, cable operators and government agencies. In addition, it has resulted in a substantial reduction in the number of our potential customers. For example, service providers, such as Level 3, have recently acquired a number of other communications service providers, including one of our other customers. This increased concentration among our customer base may also lead to increased negotiating power for our customers and may require us to decrease our average selling prices.

Further, many of our customers are large communications service providers that have substantial purchasing power and leverage in negotiating contractual arrangements with us. These customers

 

10


Table of Contents

have and may continue to seek advantageous pricing and other commercial terms and may require us to develop additional features in the products we sell to them. We have and may continue to be required to reduce the average selling price, or increase the average cost, of our DTN System in response to these pressures or competitive pricing pressures. To maintain acceptable operating results, we will need to develop and introduce new products and product enhancements on a timely basis and continue to reduce our costs.

We expect the factors described above to continue to affect our business and operating results for an indeterminate period, in several ways, including:

 

  Ÿ  

overall capital expenditures by many of our customers or potential customers may be flat or reduced;

 

  Ÿ  

we will continue to have only limited ability to forecast the volume and product mix of our sales;

 

  Ÿ  

managing expenditures and inventory will be difficult in light of the uncertainties surrounding our business; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased competition will enable customers to insist on more favorable terms and conditions for sales, including product discounts, extended payment terms or financing assistance, as a condition of procuring their business.

If we are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling prices or increases in our average costs with increased sales volumes and reduced production costs, or if we fail to develop and introduce new products and enhancements on a timely basis, our operating results would be harmed.

We are dependent on a single product, and the lack of continued market acceptance of our DTN System would harm our business.

Our DTN System accounts for substantially all of our revenue and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. As a result, our business could be harmed by:

 

  Ÿ  

any decline in demand for our DTN System;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure of our existing DTN System to achieve continued market acceptance;

 

  Ÿ  

the introduction of products and technologies that serve as a replacement or substitute for, or represent an improvement over, our DTN System;

 

  Ÿ  

technological innovations or new communications standards that our DTN System does not address; and

 

  Ÿ  

our inability to release enhanced versions of our DTN System on a timely basis.

If we fail to expand sales of our DTN System into metro and international markets or to sell our products to new types of customers, such as RBOCs, PTTs and cable MSOs, our revenue will be harmed.

We believe that, in order to grow our revenue and business and to build a large and diverse customer base, we must successfully sell our DTN System in metro and international markets and ultimately to RBOCs, PTTs and cable MSOs. We have limited experience selling our DTN System internationally and to RBOCs, PTTs and cable MSOs. To succeed in these sales efforts, we believe we must hire additional sales personnel and develop and manage new sales channels through resellers, distributors and systems integrators. If we do not succeed in our efforts to sell to these target markets and customers, the size of our total addressable market will be limited. This, in turn, would harm our ability to grow our customer base and revenue.

 

11


Table of Contents

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could incur significant expense to enforce our rights.

We depend on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, and our ability to police such misappropriation or infringement is uncertain, particularly in countries outside of the United States. This is likely to become an increasingly important issue as we expand our operations and product development into countries that provide a lower level of intellectual property protection. We do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims, and even if patents are issued, they may be contested, circumvented or invalidated. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with a competitive advantage, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in the future.

Protecting against the unauthorized use of our DTN System, trademarks and other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult, time consuming and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity or scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial cost and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property could harm our business.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular, many leading companies in the optical communications industry, including our competitors, have extensive patent portfolios with respect to optical communications technology. We expect that infringement claims may increase as the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur. In addition, to the extent that we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims. From time to time, third parties may assert exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights to technologies and related standards that are important to our business or seek to invalidate the proprietary rights that we hold. Competitors or other third parties have, and may continue to assert claims or initiate litigation or other proceedings against us or our manufacturers, suppliers or customers alleging infringement of their proprietary rights, or seeking to invalidate our proprietary rights, with respect to our DTN System and technology. In the event that we are unsuccessful in defending against any such claims, or any resulting lawsuit or proceedings, we could incur liability for damages and/or have valuable proprietary rights invalidated.

Any claim of infringement from a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such claims, and could distract our management from running our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from offering our DTN System. In addition, we might be required to seek a license for the use of such intellectual property, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, which would require significant effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful. Any of these

 

12


Table of Contents

events could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Competitors and other third parties have and may continue to assert infringement claims against our customers and sales partners. Any of these claims would require us to initiate or defend potentially protracted and costly litigation on their behalf, regardless of the merits of these claims, because we generally indemnify our customers and sales partners from claims of infringement of proprietary rights of third parties. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or sales partners, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

On May 9, 2006, we and Level 3 were sued by Cheetah Omni LLC, or Cheetah , for alleged infringement of patent No. 6,795,605, and a continuation thereof. On May 16, 2006, Cheetah filed an amended complaint, which requested an order to enjoin the sale of our DTN System and recover all damages caused by the alleged infringement. We are contractually obligated to indemnify Level 3 for damages suffered by Level 3 to the extent our product is found to infringe the rights of a third party, and we have assumed the defense of this matter. On July 12, 2006, we and Level 3 filed a response to Cheetah’s amended complaint denying all infringement claims. On July 20, 2006, we and Level 3 filed an amended response. On November 28, 2006, Cheetah filed a second amended complaint and added patent No. 7,142,347 to the lawsuit. In the event that Cheetah is successful in obtaining a judgment requiring us to pay damages or obtains an injunction preventing the sale of our DTN System, our business could be harmed.

If we fail to accurately forecast demand for our DTN System, we may have excess or insufficient inventory, which may increase our operating costs, decrease our revenue and harm our business.

We are required to generate forecasts of future demands for our DTN System several months prior to the scheduled delivery to our prospective customers, which requires us to make significant investments before we know if corresponding revenue will be recognized. If we overestimate demand for our DTN System and increase our inventory in anticipation of customer orders that do not materialize, we will have excess inventory, we will face a risk of obsolescence and significant inventory write-downs and our capital infrastructure will be depreciated across fewer units raising our per unit costs. If we underestimate demand for our DTN System, we will have inadequate inventory, which could slow down or interrupt the manufacturing of our DTN System and result in delays in shipments and our ability to recognize revenue. In addition, we may be unable to meet our supply commitments to customers which could result in a breach of our customer agreements and require us to pay damages. Lead times for materials and components, including application-specific integrated circuits, or ASICs, that we need to order for the manufacturing of our DTN System vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for each component at a given time.

Our manufacturing process is very complex and minor process deviations may reduce yields, require product write-downs or otherwise harm our business.

The manufacturing process of our DTN System is technically challenging. Minor deviations in the manufacturing process can cause substantial decreases in yields and, in some cases, cause production to be suspended. We have had production interruptions and suspensions in the past and may have additional interruptions or suspensions in the future. We expect our manufacturing yield for our next generation PICs to be lower initially and increase as we achieve full production. Poor yields from our PIC manufacturing process or defects, integration issues or other performance problems in our DTN System could cause us customer relations and business reputation problems, harming our business and operating results.

In addition, our manufacturing facilities may not have adequate capacity to meet the demand for our DTN System or we may not be able to increase our capacity to meet potential increases in demand for our DTN System. Our inability to obtain sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet demand, either in

 

13


Table of Contents

our own facilities or through foundry or similar arrangements with third parties, could harm our relationships with customers, our business and our operating results.

Product performance problems, including undetected errors in our hardware or software, could harm our business and reputation.

The development and production of new products with high technology content, such as our DTN System, is complicated and often involves problems with software, components and manufacturing methods. Complex hardware and software products, such as our DTN System, can often contain undetected errors when first introduced or as new versions are released. We have experienced errors in the past in connection with our DTN System, including failures with ASICs due to the receipt of faulty components from one of our suppliers. We suspect that errors, including potentially serious errors, will be found from time to time in our DTN System. We have only been shipping our DTN System since November 2004, which provides us with limited information on which to judge its reliability. Our DTN System may suffer degradation of performance and reliability over time.

If reliability, quality or network monitoring problems develop, a number of negative effects on our business could result, including:

 

  Ÿ  

delays in our ability to recognize revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with fixing software or hardware defects or replacing products;

 

  Ÿ  

high service and warranty expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

delays in shipments;

 

  Ÿ  

high inventory excess and obsolescence expense;

 

  Ÿ  

high levels of product returns;

 

  Ÿ  

diversion of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

delays in collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

payment of damages for performance failures;

 

  Ÿ  

reduced orders from existing customers; and

 

  Ÿ  

declining interest from potential customers.

Because we outsource the manufacturing of certain components of our DTN System, we may also be subject to product performance problems as a result of the acts or omissions of these third parties.

From time to time, we encounter interruptions or delays in the activation of our DTN System at a customer’s site. These interruptions or delays may result from product performance problems or from issues with installation and activation, some of which are outside our control. If we experience significant interruptions or delays that we cannot promptly resolve, confidence in our DTN System could be undermined, which could cause us to lose customers and fail to add new customers.

We are dependent on sole source and limited source suppliers for several key components, and if we fail to obtain these components on a timely basis, we will not meet our customers’ product delivery requirements.

We currently purchase several key components from single or limited sources. In particular, we rely on third parties as sole source suppliers for certain of our components, including: ASICs, field- programmable gate arrays, or FPGAs, processors, and other semiconductor and optical components. We purchase these items on a purchase order basis and have no long-term contracts with any of these

 

14


Table of Contents

sole source suppliers. If any of our sole or limited source suppliers suffer from capacity constraints, lower than expected yields, work stoppages or any other reduction or disruption in output, they may be unable to meet our delivery schedule. Further, our suppliers could enter into exclusive arrangements with our competitors, refuse to sell their products or components to us at commercially reasonable prices or at all, go out of business or discontinue their relationships with us. We may be unable to develop alternative sources for these components. If we do not receive critical components from our suppliers in a timely manner, we will be unable to deliver those components to our manufacturer in a timely manner and would, therefore, be unable to meet our prospective customers’ product delivery requirements. In addition, the sourcing from new suppliers may result in a re-design of our DTN System, which could cause delays in the manufacturing and delivery of our systems. In the past, we have experienced delivery delays because of lack of availability of components or reliability issues with components that we were purchasing. This may occur in the future, which could cause us to fail to meet a customer’s delivery requirements and could harm our reputation and our customer relationships and result in the breach of our customer agreements.

Our ability to increase our revenue will depend upon continued growth of demand by consumers and businesses for additional network capacity.

Our future success depends on factors such as the continued growth of the Internet and IP traffic and the continuing adoption of high capacity, revenue-generating services to increase the amount of data transmitted over communications networks and the growth of optical communications networks to meet the increased demand for bandwidth. If demand for such bandwidth does not continue, or slows down, the need for increased bandwidth across networks and the market for optical communications network products may not continue to grow. If this growth does not continue or slows down, our DTN System sales would be negatively impacted.

We have experienced delays in the development and introduction of our DTN System, and any future delays in releasing new products or in enhancements to our DTN System may harm our business.

Since our DTN System is based on complex technology, we may experience unanticipated delays in developing, improving, manufacturing or deploying it. Any modification to our PIC and to our DTN System entails similar development risks. At any given time, various enhancements to our DTN System are in the development phase and are not yet ready for commercial manufacturing or deployment. The maturing process from laboratory prototype to customer trials, and subsequently to general availability, involves a number of steps, including:

 

  Ÿ  

completion of product development;

 

  Ÿ  

the qualification and multiple sourcing of critical components;

 

  Ÿ  

validation of manufacturing methods and processes;

 

  Ÿ  

extensive quality assurance and reliability testing, and staffing of testing infrastructure;

 

  Ÿ  

validation of software; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishment of systems integration and systems test validation requirements.

Each of these steps, in turn, presents risks of failure, rework or delay, any one of which could decrease the speed and scope of product introduction and marketplace acceptance of our DTN System. New versions of our PICs, specialized ASICs and intensive software testing and validation are important to the timely introduction of enhancements to our DTN System and to our ability to enter new markets, and schedule delays are common in the final validation phase as well as in the manufacture of specialized ASICs. In addition, unexpected intellectual property disputes, failure of critical design

 

15


Table of Contents

elements, and a host of other execution risks may delay or even prevent the introduction of enhancements to our DTN System. If we do not develop and successfully introduce products in a timely manner, our competitive position may suffer.

We must respond to rapid technological change and comply with evolving industry standards and requirements for our DTN System to be successful.

The optical communications equipment market is characterized by rapid technological change, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards. The introduction of new communications technologies and the emergence of new industry standards or requirements could render our DTN System obsolete. Further, in developing our DTN System, we have made, and will continue to make, assumptions with respect to which standards or requirements will be adopted by our customers and competitors. If the standards or requirements adopted by our prospective customers are different from those on which we have focused our efforts, market acceptance of our DTN System would be reduced or delayed and our business would be harmed.

We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their existing products and to introduce new products and technologies. To be competitive, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development, sales and marketing and customer support. We may not have sufficient resources to make these investments, we may not be able to make the technological advances necessary to be competitive and we may not be able to effectively sell our DTN System to targeted customers who have prior relationships with our competitors.

If we lose key personnel or fail to attract and retain additional qualified personnel when needed, our business may be harmed.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our key management, engineering, sales and marketing, and finance personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. For example, senior members of our engineering team have unique technical experience that would be difficult to replace. We do not have long-term employment contracts or key person life insurance covering any of our key personnel. Because our DTN System is complex, we must hire and retain a large number of highly trained customer service and support personnel to ensure that the deployment of our DTN System does not result in network disruption for our customers. We believe our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to identify, attract and retain highly skilled managerial, engineering, sales, marketing, finance and customer service and support personnel. Competition for these individuals is intense in our industry, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area. We may not succeed in identifying, attracting and retaining appropriate personnel. Further, competitors and other entities have in the past attempted, and may in the future attempt, to recruit our employees. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to identify, attract or retain qualified personnel in the future or delays in hiring qualified personnel, particularly engineers and sales personnel, could make it difficult for us to manage our business and meet key objectives, such as timely product introductions.

Our sales cycle can be long and unpredictable, which could result in an unexpected revenue shortfall in any given quarter.

Our DTN System has a lengthy sales cycle, which can extend from six to twelve months and may take even longer for larger prospective customers such as RBOCs and PTTs. Our prospective customers conduct significant evaluation, testing, implementation and acceptance procedures before they purchase our DTN System. We incur substantial sales and marketing expenses and expend significant management effort during this time, regardless of whether we make a sale.

Because the purchase of our equipment involves substantial cost, most of our customers wait to purchase our equipment until they are ready to deploy it in their network. As a result, it is difficult for us

 

16


Table of Contents

to accurately predict the timing of future purchases by our customers. In addition, product purchases are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. If sales expected from customers for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter or at all, our revenue will be negatively impacted.

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that may harm our operating results.

We market, sell and service our DTN System globally. In 2005, we derived approximately 36% of our revenue from customers outside of the United States. This number decreased to 14% in 2006. We have sales and support personnel in numerous countries worldwide. In addition, we have a large group of software development personnel located in Bangalore, India. We expect that significant management attention and financial resources will be required for our international activities over the foreseeable future as we enter new international markets. In some countries, our success will depend in part on our ability to form relationships with local partners. Our inability to identify appropriate partners or reach mutually satisfactory arrangements for international sales of our DTN System could impact our ability to maintain or increase international market demand for our DTN System.

Our international operations are subject to inherent risks, and our future results could be adversely affected by a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and longer collection periods;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties of managing and staffing international offices, and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of recessions in economies outside the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

tariff and trade barriers and other regulatory requirements or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our DTN System in certain foreign markets;

 

  Ÿ  

certification requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

potentially adverse tax consequences;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability;

 

  Ÿ  

effects of changes in currency exchange rates; and

 

  Ÿ  

service provider and government spending patterns.

International customers may also require that we comply with certain testing or customization of our DTN System to conform to local standards. The product development costs to test or customize our DTN System could be extensive and a material expense for us.

As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. Our failure to manage any of these risks could harm our international operations and reduce our international sales.

If our contract manufacturers do not perform as we expect, our business may be harmed.

Our future success will depend on our ability to have sufficient volumes of our DTN System manufactured in a cost-effective and quality-controlled manner. We have engaged third parties to manufacture certain elements of our DTN System. There are a number of risks associated with our dependence on contract manufacturers, including:

 

  Ÿ  

reduced control over delivery schedules;

 

  Ÿ  

reliance on the quality assurance procedures of third parties;

 

17


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

potential uncertainty regarding manufacturing yields and costs;

 

  Ÿ  

potential lack of adequate capacity during periods of excess demand;

 

  Ÿ  

limited warranties on components supplied to us;

 

  Ÿ  

potential misappropriation of our intellectual property; and

 

  Ÿ  

potential manufacturing disruptions.

Any of these risks could impair our ability to fulfill orders. Our contract manufacturers may not be able to meet the delivery requirements of our customers, which could decrease customer satisfaction and harm our DTN System sales. We do not have long-term contracts or arrangements with our contract manufacturers that will guarantee product availability, or the continuation of particular pricing or payment terms. If our contract manufacturers are unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our DTN System in required volumes or our relationship with any of our contract manufacturers is discontinued for any reason, we would be required to identify and qualify alternative manufacturers, which could cause us to be unable to meet our supply requirements to our customers and result in the breach of our customer agreements. Qualifying a new contract manufacturer and commencing volume production is expensive and time-consuming and if we are required to change or qualify a new contract manufacturer, we would likely lose sales revenue and damage our existing customer relationships.

Unforeseen health, safety and environmental costs could harm our business.

Our manufacturing operations use substances that are regulated by various federal, state and international laws governing health, safety and the environment. If we experience a problem with these substances, it could cause an interruption or delay in our manufacturing operations or could cause us to incur liabilities for any costs related to health, safety or environmental remediation. We could also be subject to liability if we do not handle these substances in compliance with safety standards for storage and transportation and applicable laws. If we experience a problem or fail to comply with such safety standards, our business, financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

Our management and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in the design and operation of our internal controls as of December 31, 2005, which could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods.

Our independent registered public accounting firm reported to the Board of Directors a material weakness in the design and operation of our internal controls as of December 31, 2005. A material weakness is defined by the standards issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, as a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.

The identified material weakness related to our inventory valuation process. Specifically, certain manufacturing costs were not reflected or captured in a timely basis in the inventory records and the inventory analysis contained computational errors which resulted in adjustments to the financial statements. This material weakness impacts our ability to report financial information in conformity with GAAP, which could affect the following financial statement accounts: inventory, deferred inventory costs, research and development expenses, and cost of ratable revenue.

Our independent registered public accounting firm was not, however, engaged to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If such an evaluation had been performed or when we are required to perform such an evaluation, additional material weaknesses, significant deficiencies and other control deficiencies may have been or may be identified.

 

18


Table of Contents

We believe we have remediated the material weakness by implementing additional procedures and controls, hiring additional accounting personnel and increasing management review and oversight. If the remediated policies and procedures we have implemented are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if additional material weaknesses in our internal controls are discovered in the future, we may fail to meet our future reporting obligations, our financial statements may contain material misstatements, our results of operations may be harmed and the price of our common stock may decline. Any such failure could also adversely affect the results of the periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our “internal control over financial reporting” that will be required when the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, become applicable to us beginning with the required filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

We are subject to export control laws that limit which products we sell and where and to whom we sell our DTN System. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain technologies and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our DTN System or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our DTN System in those countries. Changes in our DTN System or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our DTN System in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our DTN System throughout their global systems or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our DTN System to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our DTN System by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our DTN System to, existing or potential customers with international operations. For example, we need to comply with Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment, or WEEE, and Restriction of Hazardous Substances, or RoHS, laws, which have been adopted by certain European Economic Area countries on a country-by-country basis. Failure to comply with these and similar laws on a timely basis, or at all, decreased use of our DTN System or any limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market, impose additional requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. For example, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to independent directors, audit committees, distribution of annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, stockholder approvals, solicitation of proxies, conflicts of interest, stockholder voting rights and codes of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

 

19


Table of Contents

In addition, U.S. securities laws require, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, for the year ending December 31, 2008, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to review by the NASDAQ Stock Market, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

If we need additional capital in the future, it may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all.

Our business requires significant capital, largely driven by our vertically integrated structure. We have historically relied on significant outside financing as well as cash flow from operations to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. We may require additional capital from equity or debt financings in the future to fund our operations or respond to competitive pressures or strategic opportunities in the event that we continue to incur significant losses or otherwise. We may not be able to secure timely additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of any additional financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be limited and our business will be harmed.

We are subject to government regulations that could adversely impact our business.

The Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, has jurisdiction over the entire U.S. communications industry and, as a result, our DTN System and our North American customers are subject to FCC rules and regulations. Current and future FCC regulations affecting communications services, our DTN System or our customers’ businesses could negatively affect our business. In addition, international regulatory standards could impair our ability to develop products for international customers in the future. Delays caused by our compliance with regulatory requirements could result in postponements or cancellations of product orders. Further, we may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining any regulatory approvals that may, in the future, be required to operate our business. Any failure to obtain such approvals could harm our business and operating results.

Any acquisitions we make could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition and operations.

We have made strategic acquisitions of businesses, technologies and other assets in the past. While we have no current agreements or commitments, we may in the future acquire businesses, product lines or technologies. In the event of any future acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen

 

20


Table of Contents

our competitive position or achieve our goals, or they may be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets or investors and we could:

 

  Ÿ  

issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership;

 

  Ÿ  

incur debt and assume other liabilities; or

 

  Ÿ  

incur amortization expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets and/or incur large and immediate write-offs.

Acquisitions also involve numerous risks, including:

 

  Ÿ  

problems integrating the acquired operations, technologies or products with our own;

 

  Ÿ  

diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

 

  Ÿ  

assumption of unknown liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

 

  Ÿ  

risks associated with entering new markets; and

 

  Ÿ  

potential loss of key employees.

We may not be able to successfully integrate any businesses, products, technologies or personnel that we might acquire in the future. Our failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Natural disasters, terrorist attacks or other catastrophic events could harm our operations.

Our headquarters and the majority of our infrastructure, including our PIC manufacturing facility, is located in Northern California, an area that is susceptible to earthquakes and other natural disasters. Further, a terrorist attack aimed at Northern California or at our nation’s energy or telecommunications infrastructure could hinder or delay the development and sale of our DTN System. In the event that an earthquake, terrorist attack or other catastrophe were to destroy any part of our facilities, destroy or disrupt vital infrastructure systems or interrupt our operations for any extended period of time, our business, financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading prices of the securities of technology companies have been highly volatile. Further, our common stock has no prior trading history. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:

 

  Ÿ  

variations in our operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements, strategic alliances or agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

the gain or loss of customers;

 

  Ÿ  

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

21


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole; and

 

  Ÿ  

adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business.

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or operating results. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Each of these factors, among others, could harm the value of your investment in our common stock. Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class action lawsuits filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.

Our securities have no prior market and our stock price may decline after the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. Our company and the representatives of the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances, and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, only the              shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. The managing underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances, up to an additional 64,441,825 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, 29,943,715 of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, the 1,332,682 shares subject to outstanding warrants, the 7,872,264 shares that are subject to outstanding options and the 2,070,474 shares reserved for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan, and the 13,600,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,812,500 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the effective date of this offering, will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Some of our existing stockholders have contractual demand or piggyback rights to require us to register with the SEC up to 62,427,604 shares of our common stock. If we register these shares of

 

22


Table of Contents

common stock, the stockholders would be able to sell those shares freely in the public market. All of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances.

After this offering, we intend to register approximately 25,355,238 shares of our common stock that we have issued or may issue under our equity plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements, if applicable, described above.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which may limit our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us.

Upon completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, compared to     % represented by the shares sold in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, please see the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”

As a new investor, you will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.

The assumed initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $             a share. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, if outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

 

23


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which apply to us, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. For more information, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law.” In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect as of the closing of this offering:

 

  Ÿ  

authorize the issuance of “blank check” convertible preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;

 

  Ÿ  

require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority stockholder vote;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office rather than by stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

prevent stockholders from calling special meetings; and

 

  Ÿ  

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to possibly repay our credit facilities, and for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies. We have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how the net proceeds from this offering are used.

 

24


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical facts, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “architected,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “designed,” “enable,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “plan,” “target,” “will,” or “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements made herein include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  Ÿ  

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to address market needs or develop new or enhanced products to meet those needs;

 

  Ÿ  

expected adoption of our DTN System by our potential customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully manufacture our PICs and our DTN System;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to grow our revenue and improve our gross margins;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our confidential information and intellectual property rights;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to manage our growth and anticipated expansion into new markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to establish VSOE in 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

our need to obtain additional funding and our ability to obtain funding in the future on acceptable terms; and

 

  Ÿ  

our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering.

All forward-looking statements involve risks, assumptions and uncertainties. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results. See the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks, assumptions and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These risks, assumptions and uncertainties are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

25


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $            , assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $            .

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth, develop new products, fund capital expenditures, or to expand our existing business through acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time.

In addition, we may choose to repay our credit facilities, including:

 

  Ÿ  

up to $5.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2006 under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank and Gold Hill Ventures Lending 03, L.P. dated December 29, 2004 that has a maturity date of June 1, 2008 and had a weighted-average interest rate of 12.2% in 2006;

 

  Ÿ  

up to $9.5 million outstanding as of December 31, 2006 under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank dated December 29, 2004 that has a maturity date of September 27, 2007 and had a weighted-average interest rate of 10.1% in 2006; and

 

  Ÿ  

up to $7.8 million outstanding as of December 31, 2006 under our credit facility with United Commercial Bank dated June 21, 2005 that has a maturity date of October 31, 2009 and had an interest rate of 8.3% in 2006.

However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific repayments at this time.

The amount and timing of our expenditures will depend on several factors, including progress in our research and development efforts and the amount of cash used throughout our organization. Pending use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short- and intermediate-term interest bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with certain covenants under our credit facilities, which restrict or limit our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

26


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization as of December 31, 2006:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis reflecting (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to common stock and additional paid-in-capital and (ii) the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

You should read this table in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2006
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
     (In thousands)

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 29,572     $ 29,572    
                      

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 5,409     $ —       $  

Current and long-term debt

     27,582       27,582    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 62,000 authorized and issuable in series, 58,806 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     320,550       —      

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 25,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 25,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 79,500 shares authorized, 9,054 shares issued and outstanding actual; 79,500 shares authorized; 68,481 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 79,500 shares authorized, 68,481 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     9       68    

Additional paid-in capital

     7,911       333,811    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (153 )     (153 )  

Accumulated deficit

     (313,095 )     (313,095 )  
                      

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (305,328 )     20,631    
                      

Total capitalization

   $ 48,213     $ 48,213     $  
                      

All share numbers reflect a 1-for-4 reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering.

 

27


Table of Contents

This table excludes the following shares:

 

  Ÿ  

7,872,264 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,332,682 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

17,482,974 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 2,070,474 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan, 13,600,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,812,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become effective on the date of this offering.

This table includes the following shares:

 

  Ÿ  

1,513,043 shares of restricted common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per share that are classified as outstanding for financial reporting purposes, except in the calculation of earnings per share.

See the section titled “Management—Equity Benefit Plans” for a description of our equity plans.

 

28


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006 was $20.6 million, or approximately $0.30 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of stockholders’ equity divided by 68,481,069 shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the closing of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover of the prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006 would have been $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share to purchasers of common stock in the offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2006

   $ 0.30   

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
         

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

     
         

Dilution per share to new investors

      $  
         

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $             per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $             per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $             per share.

The following table presents on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2006, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in the offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration    

Average
Price Per

Share

     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    
     (in thousands, except percentages and per share data)

Existing stockholders

   68,481         %   $                   %   $         

New stockholders

            
                          

Totals

      100.0 %      100.0 %  
                          

As of December 31, 2006, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 7,872,264 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share. As of December 31, 2006 there were warrants outstanding to purchase 1,332,682 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $5.41 per share. To the extent outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, there were 1,513,043 shares of restricted common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per share that are classified as outstanding for financial reporting purposes, except in the calculation of earnings per share. For a description of our equity plans, please see the section titled “Management—Equity Benefit Plans.”

 

29


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of future results for any period.

The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share data in the statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 59,427,604 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data :

         

Revenue:

         

Ratable product and related support and services

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,127     $ 53,484  

Product

    —         —         599       —         5,258  
                                       

Total revenue

    —         —         599       4,127       58,742  
                                       

Cost of revenue:

         

Cost of ratable product and related support and services(1)

    —         —         —         27,455       69,765  

Cost of product

    —         —         7,240       —         1,660  
                                       

Total cost of revenue

    —         —         7,240       27,455       71,425  
                                       

Gross loss

    —         —         (6,641 )     (23,328 )     (12,683 )
                                       

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing(1)

    895       1,680       8,294       11,053       20,682  

Research and development(1)

    26,759       41,951       46,306       24,986       38,967  

General and administrative(1)

    4,938       4,587       2,888       4,328       12,650  

Amortization of intangible assets

    —         —         —         —         56  
                                       

Total operating expenses

    32,592       48,218       57,488       40,367       72,355  
                                       

Loss from operations

    (32,592 )     (48,218 )     (64,129 )     (63,695 )     (85,038 )
                                       

Other income (expense), net

    (1,470 )     (2,013 )     (2,351 )     (2,079 )     (4,009 )
                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    (34,062 )     (50,231 )     (66,480 )     (65,774 )     (89,047 )

Provision for income taxes

    —         —         —         12       72  
                                       

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    (34,062 )     (50,231 )     (66,480 )     (65,786 )     (89,119 )
                                       

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    —         —         —         (1,137 )     —    
                                       

Net loss

  $ (34,062 )   $ (50,231 )   $ (66,480 )   $ (64,649 )   $ (89,119 )
                                       

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (17.05 )   $ (16.10 )   $ (15.30 )   $ (13.76 )   $ (14.55 )
                                       

Weighted average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

    1,998       3,119       4,345       4,698       6,127  
                                       

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

          $ (1.47 )
               

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

            60,480  
               

 

30


Table of Contents

 


(1)    Stock-based compensation expense included in above as follows:

 

      

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 151  

Sales and marketing

     —         —         —         36       411  

Research and development

     180       180       180       99       198  

General and administrative

     35       35       34       7       335  
                                        

Total stock-based compensation charge

   $ 215     $ 215     $ 214     $ 142     $ 1,095  
                                        
     As of December 31,  
     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data :

          

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 49,997     $ 54,244     $ 40,017     $ 37,112     $ 29,572  

Working capital

     40,956       43,976       37,665       29,579       2,724  

Total assets

     69,849       75,441       69,514       100,289       230,153  

Current and long-term debt

     16,638       10,256       6,359       22,973       27,582  

Convertible preferred stock

     91,870       151,865       207,315       247,147       320,550  

Common and additional paid-in-capital

     1,628       2,095       2,979       3,529       7,920  

Stockholders’ deficit

     (41,725 )     (91,200 )     (156,471 )     (220,533 )     (305,328 )
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Cash Flow Data:

          

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (31,527 )   $ (43,727 )   $ (62,222 )   $ (56,449 )   $ (67,775 )

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (59,001 )     (4,892 )     9,283       29,451       (18,069 )

Cash provided by financing activities

     38,611       53,573       51,608       58,059       78,780  

 

31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We were founded in December 2000 with a vision to dramatically change the economics, operating simplicity, flexibility, reliability and scalability of optical communications networks. At the core of our Digital Optical Network architecture is the world’s only commercially-deployed, large-scale PIC. Our PICs transmit and receive 100 Gbps of optical capacity and incorporate the functionality of over 60 discrete optical components into a pair of indium phosphide chips. We have used our PIC technology to design a new digital optical communications system called the DTN System, which is architected to improve significantly communications service providers’ economics and service offerings as compared to traditional systems.

We began commercial shipment of our DTN System in November 2004. As of February 15, 2007, we had sold our DTN System for deployment in the optical networks of 25 customers worldwide. Our goal is to be the preeminent provider of optical communications systems to communications service providers. Our revenue growth will depend on the continued acceptance of our DTN System, growth of communications traffic and the proliferation of next-generation bandwidth-intensive services, which are expected to drive the need for increased levels of bandwidth. Our ability to increase revenue and achieve profitability will be directly affected by the level of acceptance of our products in the long-haul and metro markets and our ability to cost-effectively develop and sell innovative products that leverage our technology advantage.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant losses, and as of December 31, 2006 we had an accumulated deficit of $313.1 million. We have not achieved profitability on a quarterly or annual basis, and we expect to continue to incur substantial losses. Our ability to become profitable will be affected by any additional expenses that we incur to expand our manufacturing capacity, sales, marketing, development and general and administrative capabilities in order to grow our business. The largest component of our expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits and incentive compensation for our employees, including commissions for sales personnel and stock-based compensation for all employees.

We primarily sell our products through our direct sales force, with a small proportion sold indirectly through resellers. We derived 85% and 98% of our revenue from direct sales to customers in 2005 and 2006, respectively. We expect to continue generating a significant majority of our revenue from direct sales in the future.

We are headquartered in Sunnyvale, California, with employees located throughout the United States, Europe and the Asia Pacific region. We expect to continue to add personnel in the United States, and internationally to provide additional geographic sales and technical support coverage.

Overview of Consolidated Financial Data

Revenue

We derive our revenue from sales of our products, support and services. Our revenue is comprised of two components: ratable product and related support and services revenue, or ratable

 

32


Table of Contents

revenue, and product revenue. Our DTN System is integrated with software that is more than incidental to the functionality of our equipment. We refer to the integration of our DTN System with our software and related support and services as a bundled product. Revenue related to these bundled products, which is ratable revenue, is the portion of our total revenue that we recognize pursuant to Statement of Position No. 97-2, “ Software Revenue Recognition ,” as amended by SOP 98-9, “ Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions ,” or SOP 97-2. Product revenue consists of sales of products that are sold without related services and, therefore, is not recognized ratably in accordance with SOP 97-2.

The following table illustrates our revenue for the specified periods:

 

    For The Three Months
Ended 2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  For the Three Months
Ended 2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

Revenue

  Mar. 31   Jun. 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31     Mar. 31   Jun. 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31  
(In thousands)   (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)    

Ratable revenue

  $ 421   $ 603   $ 1,126   $ 1,977   $ 4,127   $ 2,653   $ 4,054   $ 6,118   $ 40,659   $ 53,484

Product revenue

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       1,578     3,680     5,258
                                                           

Total revenue

  $ 421   $ 603   $ 1,126   $ 1,977   $ 4,127   $ 2,653   $ 4,054   $ 7,696   $ 44,339   $ 58,742
                                                           

Ratable Revenue .    Substantially all of our sales arrangements consist of product sales bundled with training and product support. Product support services consist of software warranty, updates and unspecified upgrades and product support. To date, we have not established vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value for training and software warranty or product support services. All revenue for these bundled products is deferred and recognized ratably over the longest undelivered service period. In order to establish VSOE, we must have a history of selling our training and product support services separately at a consistent price. By the end of 2008, we expect to have sufficient consistent transactional history to establish VSOE for training, software warranty and product support services.

Historically, our sales arrangements have included rights to software warranty services for a period of one to five years. This warranty obligation typically represented the longest undelivered service period and resulted in straight-line recognition of revenue over the warranty period. This average period was 3.7 years in the third quarter of 2006. In the fourth quarter of 2006, we amended several of our significant sales contracts to shorten our contractual software warranty period to between 90 days and one year, which we believe is more typical in our industry. We may amend other existing contracts to shorten the software warranty period and expect the software warranty period in future contracts generally to be within this range. This contractual change in the software warranty period resulted in the reduction in the revenue recognition period of these contracts and in each case shortened the period to one year. These contractual changes also shortened the average recognition period for ratable revenue to 1.3 years in the fourth quarter of 2006. We expect that our average recognition period for ratable revenue will fluctuate based on the terms of existing and future customer contracts and our customer mix until we establish VSOE.

The ratable revenue that is recognized in each quarter includes a ratable portion recognized from deferred revenue of prior invoiced shipments of bundled products together with a ratable portion of each new invoiced shipment of bundled products in that quarter. Invoiced shipments of bundled products represent sales of our DTN System and services delivered and accepted by the customer for which payment will be made in accordance with normal payment terms, but for which VSOE has not been established. Invoiced shipments of bundled products are amortized and recognized as revenue over the longest undelivered service period in each customer contract.

Product Revenue .    A small portion of our sales arrangements do not require significant customization and the software content is considered incidental to the product. Such product revenue is recognized upon shipment in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “ Revenue Recognition ,” or SAB 104.

 

33


Table of Contents

Deferred Revenue

Only a small amount of our invoiced shipments of bundled products within a quarter are recognized as revenue in such quarter and the majority is recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue increases each quarter by the amount of invoiced shipments of bundled products in that quarter and decreases by the amount of ratable revenue recognized from invoiced shipments of bundled products.

The following table illustrates the changes in deferred revenue for the specified periods:

 

Deferred
Revenue

  For The Three Months
Ended 2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    For The Three Months
Ended 2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 
  Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31       Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31    
(In thousands)   (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)        

Beginning balance

  $ —       $ 2,577     $ 4,020     $ 17,020     $ —       $ 23,200     $ 34,349     $ 49,977     $ 84,284     $ 23,200  

Invoiced shipments of bundled products

    2,998       2,046       14,126       8,157       27,327       13,802       19,682       40,425       66,822       140,731  

Ratable revenue

    (421 )     (603 )     (1,126 )     (1,977 )     (4,127 )     (2,653 )     (4,054 )     (6,118 )     (40,659 )     (53,484 )
                                                                               

Ending balance

  $ 2,577     $ 4,020     $ 17,020     $ 23,200     $ 23,200     $ 34,349     $ 49,977     $ 84,284     $ 110,447     $ 110,447  
                                                                               

In 2005, we recorded $27.3 million of invoiced shipments of bundled products, recognized $4.1 million of revenue and added $23.2 million to the deferred revenue balance. In 2006, we recorded $140.7 million of invoiced shipments of bundled products, recognized $53.5 million of revenue and added $87.2 million to the deferred revenue balance.

When a contract amendment shortens the service obligation period for a customer, all invoiced shipments of bundled products that have not previously been fully recognized for such customer are amortized over this shorter period resulting in increased recognition of revenue beginning on the amendment date. Of the $53.5 million of ratable revenue recognized in 2006, $40.7 million was recognized in the fourth quarter reflecting a combination of increased invoiced shipments of bundled products and the shortening of the contractual service obligation period described above.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue is comprised of two components: cost of ratable revenue and cost of product revenue.

The following table illustrates our cost of revenue for the specified periods:

 

Cost of Revenue

  For The Three Months
Ended 2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  For The Three Months
Ended 2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2006
  Mar. 31   Jun. 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31     Mar. 31   Jun. 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31  
(In thousands)   (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)    

Cost of ratable revenue

  $ 2,380   $ 8,470   $ 8,696   $ 7,909   $ 27,455   $ 9,810   $ 8,145   $ 12,139   $ 39,671   $ 69,765

Cost of product revenue

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       311     1,349     1,660
                                                           

Total cost of revenue

  $ 2,380   $ 8,470   $ 8,696   $ 7,909   $ 27,455   $ 9,810   $ 8,145   $ 12,450   $ 41,020   $ 71,425
                                                           

 

34


Table of Contents

Cost of Ratable Revenue .    Cost of ratable revenue consists primarily of the costs of manufacturing our network equipment, including personnel costs, stock-based compensation, raw materials, overhead and period costs. Period costs consist primarily of shipping fees, logistics costs, manufacturing ramp-up costs, expenses for inventory obsolescence and warranty obligations.

Certain manufacturing costs are recognized in the period in which they are incurred or can be estimated, including period costs and losses associated with products which are sold or anticipated to be sold at a loss. The initial deployment of our DTN System at a customer involves the installation of common equipment, including a chassis, optical line amplifiers and related equipment. This common equipment is typically sold at low or negative gross margins. When we sell equipment at a loss, the losses are recognized in the period in which they are incurred or reasonably estimatable. We refer to this loss as a lower of cost or market adjustment, or LCM adjustment. In the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, our LCM adjustment was $9.7 million and $21.6 million, respectively, and was recorded as part of cost of ratable revenue. The remainder of our cost of ratable revenue is recorded as deferred costs of invoiced shipments of bundled products and is recognized in the same period as the corresponding revenue.

Cost of Product Revenue .    Cost of product revenue consists primarily of the costs of manufacturing network components, such as personnel costs, raw materials and application of overhead.

Deferred Inventory Cost

Deferred inventory cost increases by the cost of invoiced shipments of bundled products in a period and decreases as cost of ratable revenue is amortized in that period.

The following table illustrates the increases in our deferred inventory cost for the specified periods:

 

Deferred
Inventory Cost

  For The Three Months
Ended 2005
   

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

    For The Three Months
Ended 2006
   

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

 
  Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31       Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31    
(In thousands)   (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)        

Beginning balance

  $ —       $ 2,090     $ 3,527     $ 11,637     $ —       $ 16,687     $ 26,548     $ 35,038     $ 55,612     $ 16,687  

Deferred cost of invoiced shipments of bundled products

    2,365       1,872       8,954       6,428       19,619       11,880       11,298       24,442       38,986       86,606  

Amortization to cost of ratable revenue

    (275 )     (435 )     (844 )     (1,378 )     (2,932 )     (2,019 )     (2,808 )     (3,868 )     (27,345 )     (36,040 )
                                                                               

Ending balance

  $ 2,090     $ 3,527     $ 11,637     $ 16,687     $ 16,687     $ 26,548     $ 35,038     $ 55,612     $ 67,253     $ 67,253  
                                                                               

Gross Margin

Gross margins have been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the product mix, average selling prices, or ASPs, of our products, the sale of additional support and services, new product introductions and enhancements, the cost of our hardware and software products, the amount of revenue that is recognized ratably, the period over which our revenue is recognized ratably and the amount of common equipment sold at a loss causing an LCM adjustment.

Our common equipment is typically sold at low margins or at a loss. Customers generally purchase additional common equipment to expand the reach of the DTN System and can increase the capacity of existing common equipment for the DTN System by purchasing our Digital Line Modules, or DLMs, and Tributary Adapter Modules, or TAMs, that are typically sold at higher gross margins. These higher margin sales positively impact overall gross margin over the ratable revenue recognition period.

 

35


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates our gross margin for the specified periods:

 

Gross Margin

  For The Three Months Ended 2005    

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

    For The Three Months Ended 2006    

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

 
  Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31       Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31    
(In thousands)   (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)        

Total revenue

  $ 421     $ 603     $ 1,126     $ 1,977     $ 4,127     $ 2,653     $ 4,054     $ 7,696     $ 44,339     $ 58,742  

Cost of revenue

    2,380       8,470       8,696       7,909       27,455       9,810       8,145       12,450       41,020       71,425  
                                                                               

Gross profit (loss)

  $ (1,959 )   $ (7,867 )   $ (7,570 )   $ (5,932 )   $ (23,328 )   $ (7,157 )   $ (4,091 )   $ (4,754 )   $ 3,319     $ (12,683 )

Gross margin

    -465 %     -1,305 %     -672 %     -300 %     -565 %     -270 %     -101 %     -62 %     7 %     -22 %

We experienced negative gross profit of $23.3 million in 2005 and $12.7 million in 2006. These losses primarily reflect the impact of selling common equipment at low or negative margins, high ramp up manufacturing costs and excess and obsolete inventory costs. The impact on our gross margins of these costs was greater because most of the corresponding revenue was deferred and will be recognized ratably.

We expect our gross margins to continue to improve in the future as deferred revenue is recognized and as ASPs and product mix improve due to new and existing customers purchasing higher margin network components to increase the capacity of their installed DTN Systems. As of December 31, 2006, deferred revenue was $110.4 million and deferred inventory cost was $67.3 million. These deferred amounts will be recognized in future periods and are expected to have a significant positive effect on our gross margins in upcoming periods.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses, and are recognized as incurred. Personnel-related costs are the most significant component of each of these expense categories. We expect personnel costs to continue to increase as we hire new employees to support our anticipated growth. We expect that each of the categories of operating expenses below will increase in absolute dollars, but will decline as a percentage of total revenue over time.

Research and development expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and primarily include salary and related benefit costs, including stock-based compensation expense, and facilities costs. We expense research and development expenses as incurred. We are devoting substantial resources to the continued development of additional functionality for existing products and the development of new products. We intend to continue to invest significantly in our research and development efforts because we believe that they are essential to maintaining our competitive position.

Sales and marketing expenses primarily include salary and related benefit costs, including stock-based compensation expense, sales commissions, marketing and facilities costs. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase as we hire additional personnel both in the United States and internationally to support our expected revenue growth.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary and related benefit costs, including stock-based compensation expense and facilities related to our executive, finance, human resource, information technology and legal organizations, and fees for professional services. Professional services principally consist of outside legal, audit and information technology consulting costs. We expect to incur significant additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

36


Table of Contents

Other Income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net includes interest expense on short- and long-term debt, interest income on our cash balances, and losses or gains on conversion of foreign currency transactions into U.S. dollars. In 2005 and 2006, other income (expense), net, also included an adjustment to record our convertible preferred stock warrants at fair value as required by Staff Position 150-5, “ Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable ,” or FSP 150-5 , as described below.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP in the United States. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include revenue recognition, inventory valuation and the determination of the fair value of stock awards issued. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We believe that the estimates and judgments upon which we rely are reasonable based upon information available to us at the time that these estimates and judgments are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements will be affected.

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Our DTN System is generally integrated with software that is more than incidental to the functionality of such product. Accordingly, we account for revenue in accordance with SOP 97-2. We recognize product revenue when all of the following have occurred: (1) we have entered into a legally binding arrangement with a customer; (2) delivery and acceptance have occurred, which is when product title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer; (3) customer payment is deemed fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized net of cash discounts.

Substantially all of our product sales have been sold in combination with training and product support services, which consist of software warranty and updates, and product support.

Software updates provide customers with rights to unspecified software product upgrades and to maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period. Product support includes internet access to technical content, telephone and internet access to technical support personnel. Training services include the right to a specified number of training classes over the term of the arrangement. Revenue for training and support services is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service contract term, which ranges from one to five years.

VSOE of fair value for training and product support services is determined by reference to the price a customer is required to pay when training and product support services are sold separately. To date, we have not established VSOE of fair value for training and product support services. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met and the only undelivered element is training or product support services, revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the longest undelivered service period. The undelivered service periods range from one to five years. Revenue related to these arrangements is included in ratable revenue in our statements of operations.

 

37


Table of Contents

Contracts and customer purchase orders are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery and transfer of title. Revenue is recognized only when title and risk of loss passes to customers. In instances where acceptance of the product is specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. Payment terms to customers generally range from net 30 to 90 days from invoice. In the event payment terms are provided that differ from our standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and, therefore, revenue is deferred until the fees become fixed or determinable, which we believe is when they are legally due and payable. We assess the ability to collect from our customers based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer and past payment history of the customer.

Revenue for products that does not require significant customization and with regard to which any software is considered incidental, is recognized under SAB 104. Under SAB 104, revenue is recognized provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue related to these arrangements is included in product revenue in our statements of operations.

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and in ratable revenue. The related shipping costs are included in cost of product sales and cost of ratable revenue in our statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ,” or APB No. 25, and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 44, “ Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25 .” The intrinsic value represents the difference between the per share market price of the stock on the date of grant and the per share exercise price of the respective stock option. We generally grant stock options to employees for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. Under APB No. 25, no compensation expense is recorded for employee stock options granted at an exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant.

During the period from January 1, 2006 through the date of filing this registration statement, we granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

 

Stock Award Grant Dates

   Number of
Options
Granted
   Exercise
Price Per
Share
   Most
Recent
Valuation
  

SFAS 123(R) Black-
Scholes Option Fair
Value

February 27, 2006

   118,322    $ 1.32    $ 1.04    $0.80 - $0.92

April 5, 2006

   128,311      1.32      1.04      0.80 -   0.92

August 8, 2006

   3,229,735      2.00      2.00      1.16 -   1.36

August 29, 2006

   193,750      2.00      2.00      1.16 -   1.36

September 7, 2006

   999,766      2.00      2.00      1.16 -   1.36

January 3, 2007

   224,999      4.04      4.04      2.29 -   2.68

January 4, 2007

   683,287      4.04      4.04      2.29 -   2.68

February 7, 2007

   75,000      7.68      7.68    4.35

February 12, 2007

   103,075      7.68      7.68   

4.35

We have increased the estimated fair value of our common stock from January 1, 2006 through the date of the filing of this registration statement based on, among other factors, contemporaneous

 

38


Table of Contents

valuations performed by our independent valuation specialists. Our valuations have taken into account a number of factors, including recognition of the continued increases in revenues and invoiced shipment levels that we have achieved and the increased likelihood of completing an initial public offering.

During 2006, we granted options to employees to purchase a total of 4,669,884 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.32 to $2.00 per share. In 2007, we granted 1,086,361 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $4.04 to $7.68.

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, SFAS 123(R), “ Share-Based Payments ,” or SFAS 123(R). Under SFAS 123(R), stock-based compensation costs for employees is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award at that date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period, which is generally over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, non-vested option awards outstanding at January 1, 2006, continue to be accounted for under the minimum value method as stipulated by SFAS 123(R). All awards granted, modified or settled after the date of adoption are accounted for using the measurement, recognition and attribution provisions of SFAS 123(R).

We make a number of estimates and assumptions related to SFAS 123(R). The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from our estimates, such amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period estimates are revised. Actual results may differ substantially from these estimates. In valuing share-based awards under SFAS 123(R), significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of our common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. Expected volatility of the stock is based on our peer group in the industry in which we do business because we do not have sufficient historical volatility data for our own stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and was calculated based on historical information. In the future, as we gain historical data for volatility in our own stock and more data on the actual term employees hold our options, expected volatility and expected term may change which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense we record.

For 2006, the total compensation cost related to stock-based awards granted under SFAS 123(R) to employees and directors but not yet amortized was approximately $5.2 million, net of estimated forfeitures of $0.4 million. These costs will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.1 years. Amortization for 2006 was approximately $0.9 million, net of estimated forfeitures.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2004    2005    2006

Dividend

     —        —      —  

Volatility

     0%      0%    72% - 83%

Risk-free interest rate

     3.00%      4.05%    4.57% - 5.08%

Weighted-average expected life

     4 years      4 years    4.2 - 5.4 years

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

   $ 0.15    $ 0.15    $0.81 - $1.35

We account for stock options granted to non-employees in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than

 

39


Table of Contents

Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction With Selling, Goods or Services,” or EITF No. 96-18, and related interpretations. We grant stock options to certain consultants and advisory board members for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of our common stock at the date of grant. Under EITF No. 96-18, compensation expense on non-employee stock options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is recorded using the straight-line method over the vesting period, which approximates the service period.

Freestanding Preferred Stock Warrants

On June 29, 2005, the FASB issued FSP 150-5. This Staff Position affirms that such warrants are subject to the requirements in Statement 150, regardless of the timing of the redemption feature or the redemption price. Therefore, under Statement 150, the freestanding warrants that are related to our convertible preferred stock and common stock are liabilities that should be recorded at fair value. We previously accounted for freestanding warrants for the purchase of our convertible preferred stock and common stock under EITF Issue No. 96-18.

Effective July 1, 2005, we adopted FSP 150-5 and reclassified the fair value of the warrants from equity to liability and recorded a cumulative effect charge of approximately $1.1 million income. In addition, we recorded additional charges of approximately $0.2 million to reflect the increase in fair value between July 1, 2005 and December 31, 2005. In 2006, we recorded approximately $2.4 million of charges reflected as other loss, to reflect the increase in fair value between January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006. The calculation of fair value requires the input of highly subjective assumptions and a change in our assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimates.

We will continue to adjust the liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders equity (deficit).

We estimated the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes model for change of control scenario and the Lattice model for a successful initial public offering scenario. We then used a probability weighted average of per-share values under the different scenarios to determine the fair value of these warrants at the respective balance sheet dates.

Both models require the input of highly subjective assumptions and a change in our assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimates.

The following table presents the pro forma effect of the adoption of FSP 150-5 on our results of operations for 2004 and 2005, if applied retroactively, assuming FSP 150-5 had been adopted in those years:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2005  
     (In thousands, except
per share data)
 

Net loss, as reported

   $ (66,480 )   $ (64,649 )

Add: Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle included in net loss

     —         1,137  

Change in fair value of warrants

     1,029       (229 )
                

Pro forma net loss

   $ (65,451 )   $ (66,015 )
                

Pro forma loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (15.06 )   $ (14.05 )
                

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

     4,345       4,698  
                

 

40


Table of Contents

Inventories

Inventories consist of hardware, work-in-process and related component parts and are stated at the lower of standard cost or market. Standard costs approximate the first-in, first-out method. Market value is based upon an estimated average selling price reduced by the estimated cost of disposal. The determination of market value involves numerous judgments including estimated average selling prices based upon recent sales volumes, industry trends, existing customer orders, current contract price, future demand and pricing for our products and technological obsolescence of our products.

Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of our forecasted demand or is anticipated to be sold at a loss is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on historical usage and expected demand. We recorded total inventory write-downs for LCM adjustments in 2004, 2005 and 2006 of $1.6 million, $9.7 million and $21.6 million, respectively. These adjustments related to our inventory and firm purchase commitments with suppliers and are reflected as costs of product and cost of ratable product and related support and services.

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Results of Operations

Revenue

The following table presents our revenue by type, geography and sales channel for 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Years ended December 31,
     2004    2005    2006
     (In thousands)

Total revenue

   $ 599    $ 4,127    $ 58,742

Total revenue by type

        

Ratable product and related support and services

   $ —      $ 4,127    $ 53,484

Product

     599      —        5,258

% Revenue by type

        

Ratable product and related support and services

     0%      100%      91%

Product

     100%      0%      9%

Total revenue by geography

        

Domestic

   $ —      $ 2,660    $ 50,407

International

     599      1,467      8,335

% Revenue by geography

        

Domestic

     0%      64%      86%

International

     100%      36%      14%

Total revenue by sales channel

        

Direct

   $ —      $ 3,488    $ 57,810

Indirect

     599      639      932

% Revenue by sales channel

        

Direct

     0%      85%      98%

Indirect

     100%      15%      2%

 

41


Table of Contents

2005 Compared to 2006 .    Total ratable revenue increased from $4.1 million in 2005 to $53.5 million in 2006. This increase reflected an increase in invoiced shipments of bundled products from $27.3 million in 2005 to $140.7 million in 2006 and the shortening of the ratable revenue recognition period from an average period of 3.7 years in the third quarter of 2006 to 1.3 years in the fourth quarter of 2006. The increase in invoiced shipments of bundled products was due to increased purchases of our DTN System by existing customers and the addition of customers in the United States and Europe.

In 2006, we recorded $5.3 million of product revenue related to the sale of 10 Gbps cards not for use in our DTN System. We do not expect to generate significant revenues from the sale of these products in the foreseeable future.

2004 Compared to 2005 .    Total revenue increased from $0.6 million in 2004 to $4.1 million in 2005. This increase was primarily due to the fact that we signed a master purchase agreement with Level 3 in April 2005 and commenced shipments of our DTN System to Level 3 shortly thereafter. In addition, we signed a number of contracts with other customers in the United States and Europe. Revenue in 2004 consisted of one product sale of evaluation equipment to a customer in Asia Pacific. The product was sold without warranty or support services and revenue was recognized upon shipment.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

The following table presents our revenue, cost of revenue by revenue source, gross profit (loss) and gross margin for 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Total revenue

   $ 599     $ 4,127     $ 58,742  

Cost of ratable product and related support and services

     —         27,455       69,765  

Cost of product

     7,240       —         1,660  
                        

Gross loss

   $ (6,641 )   $ (23,328 )   $ (12,683 )
                        

Gross margin

     N/M % (1)     -565 %     -22 %

(1) N/M = Not Meaningful.

2005 Compared to 2006 .    Gross margins improved from 2005 to 2006 due to increased ratable revenue, increased ASPs and improved product mix as customers purchased higher margin products to increase their network capacity. In addition, in 2006 we experienced reduced per unit manufacturing costs primarily due to improved yields and increased production volume, offset by an increase in LCM adjustments and charges for excess and obsolete inventory of $11.9 million. Gross margins in 2005 were impacted primarily by negative manufacturing variances due to low volume production. To the extent our production volume increases, we expect continued improvement in manufacturing and materials costs per unit.

2004 Compared to 2005 .    Cost of product revenue in 2004 is comprised of the cost of one evaluation equipment sale, excess and obsolete inventory, inventory reserves and manufacturing costs associated with the ramp up of production. Cost of ratable revenue in 2005 consisted of the amortization of deferred inventory costs and period costs including inventory reserves, LCM adjustments and increased costs related to the roll-out of our service organization.

 

42


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

The following table presents our research and development expenses in absolute dollars and as a percent of total revenue for 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

 

       Years Ended December 31,
     2004    2005    2006
     (In thousands)

Research and development expenses

   $ 46,306    $ 24,986    $ 38,967

Percent of total revenue

     N/M%      605%      66%

2005 Compared to 2006 .    Research and development expenses increased from 2005 to 2006 due primarily to increased personnel-related costs of $7.0 million. In addition, during 2006 we wrote off $4.5 million of in-process research and development expenses related to an asset acquisition we completed in 2006 because technological feasibility had not been established and no alternative future uses existed.

2004 Compared to 2005 .    Research and development expenses decreased from 2004 to 2005 because we commenced shipment of products in 2005 and all production related costs were allocated to cost of sales. In addition, spending on prototypes and scrap decreased by $9.0 million from 2004 to 2005.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

The following table presents our sales and marketing expenses in absolute dollars and as a percent of total revenue for 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2004    2005    2006
     (In thousands)

Sales and marketing expenses

   $ 8,294    $ 11,053    $ 20,682

Percent of total revenue

     N/M%      268%      35%

2005 Compared to 2006 .    Sales and marketing expenses increased from 2005 to 2006 due primarily to an increase in commission expense of $7.5 million, reflecting significant increases in revenue and invoiced shipments and increased personnel-related costs in 2006. Other compensation expenses increased by $1.8 million in 2006 due to an increase in the number of sales and marketing employees. Our headcount growth reflected the expansion of our sales team in the United States and internationally. Increases in personnel and commission costs accounted for approximately 90% of the increase in overall sales and marketing expense.

2004 Compared to 2005 .    Sales and marketing expenses increased from 2004 to 2005 due primarily to increased personnel-related costs of $2.0 million. In addition, equipment expenses decreased due to fewer pre-sale evaluation units.

General and Administrative Expenses

The following table presents our general and administrative expenses in absolute dollars and as a percent of total revenue for 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2004    2005    2006
     (In thousands)

General and administrative expenses

   $ 2,888    $ 4,328    $ 12,650

Percent of total revenue

     482%      105%      22%

 

43


Table of Contents

2005 Compared to 2006 .    General and administrative expenses increased from 2005 to 2006 due primarily to increased legal and accounting fees related to our preparations to become a public company of $3.2 million, increased professional services and information technology consulting fees of $3.0 million and increased personnel-related costs of $2.1 million.

2004 Compared to 2005 .    General and administrative expenses increased from 2004 to 2005 due primarily to an increase in personnel-related costs of $1.0 million and professional services fees of $0.7 million.

Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table presents our interest income, interest expense and other loss, net for 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 1,166     $ 686     $ 2,100  

Interest expense

     (1,949 )     (2,591 )     (4,542 )

Other loss, net

     (1,568 )     (174 )     (1,567 )
                        

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (2,351 )   $ (2,079 )   $ (4,009 )
                        

2005 Compared to 2006 .    Interest income increased from 2005 to 2006 due to higher invested balances resulting from funds raised in our Series G convertible preferred stock financing. The increase in interest expense from 2005 to 2006 was due to increased borrowings required to support our continued growth. Other loss, net increased from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to charges related to the revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities at fair market value of $2.1 million, offset by a $0.5 million gain from foreign currency exchange translation.

2004 Compared to 2005 .    Interest expense increased from 2004 to 2005 due to the utilization of new credit facilities to support our continued growth. Interest income decreased due to lower invested balances as we continued to utilize cash. In 2004, other loss, net included a $1.5 million charge related to redemption of certain of our Series D convertible preferred stock. In 2005, other loss, net primarily consisted of $0.2 million charge related to the revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities at fair market value.

Provision for Income Taxes

Since inception, we have incurred operating losses and, accordingly, have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented other than foreign provisions for income tax. As of December 31, 2006, we had net operating loss carry-forwards for both federal and state income tax purposes of $397.6 million. We also had federal research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $5.6 million and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $3.7 million. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. If not utilized, the federal and state net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 and 2013 for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. Utilization of these net operating losses and credit carry-forwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, that are applicable if we have experienced an “ownership change” in the past, or if an ownership change occurs in the future, for example, as a result of this offering aggregated with certain other sales of our stock before or after this offering.

 

44


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters ended December 31, 2006. The data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and you should read the following table in conjunction with such financial statements. The table includes all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

    For the Three Months Ended (Unaudited)  
  2005     2006  
  Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sep. 30     Dec. 31     Mar. 31     Jun. 30     Sep. 30     Dec. 31  
  (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue:

               

Ratable product and related support and services

  $ 421     $ 603     $ 1,126     $ 1,977     $ 2,653     $ 4,054     $ 6,118     $ 40,659  

Product

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,578       3,680  
                                                               

Total revenue

    421       603       1,126       1,977       2,653       4,054       7,696       44,339  

Cost of revenue:

               

Cost of ratable product and related support and services

    2,380       8,470       8,696       7,909       9,810       8,145       12,139       39,671  

Cost of product

    —         —         —         —         —         —         311       1,349  
                                                               

Total cost of revenue

    2,380       8,470       8,696       7,909       9,810       8,145       12,450       41,020  
                                                               

Gross loss

    (1,959 )     (7,867 )     (7,570 )     (5,932 )     (7,157 )     (4,091 )     (4,754 )     3,319  

Operating expenses

    10,265       9,393       9,682       11,027       10,524       13,720       22,928       25,183  
                                                               

Loss from operations

    (12,224 )     (17,260 )     (17,252 )     (16,959 )     (17,681 )     (17,811 )     (27,682 )     (21,864 )

Other income (expense), net

    141       413       521       1,004       414       290       815       2,490  
                                                               

Loss before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    (12,365 )     (17,673 )     (17,773 )     (17,963 )     (18,095 )     (18,101 )     (28,497 )     (24,354 )

Provision for income taxes

    —         —         —         12       15       15       23       19  
                                                               

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    (12,365 )     (17,673 )     (17,773 )     (17,975 )     (18,110 )     (18,116 )     (28,520 )     (24,373 )
                                                               

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    —         —         (1,137 )     —         —         —         —         —    
                                                               

Net loss

  $ (12,365 )   $ (17,673 )   $ (16,636 )   $ (17,975 )   $ (18,110 )   $ (18,116 )   $ (28,520 )   $ (24,373 )
                                                               

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (2.74 )   $ (3.84 )   $ (3.52 )   $ (3.63 )   $ (3.55 )   $ (3.26 )   $ (4.32 )   $ (3.36 )
                                                               

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Commencing with the first shipment of our DTN System in the fourth quarter of 2004, revenue has increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented due to increases in the number of products sold to new and existing customers and the shortening of our ratable revenue recognition period to 1.3 years in the fourth quarter of 2006. In the fourth quarter of 2006, we amended several of our significant sales contracts to shorten our contractual software warranty period, which was primarily responsible for the significant increase in our quarterly revenue and cost of revenue from the third quarter of 2006 to the fourth quarter of 2006.

Operating expenses fluctuated from quarter-to-quarter and increased significantly in the third quarter of 2006 due to increased research and development expenses related to two asset acquisitions

 

45


Table of Contents

completed in 2006. In addition, sales commission expense increased in the second half of 2006 due to significant increases in our invoiced shipments. We also invested heavily in finance, information systems and legal resources in 2006 as we prepared to become a public company.

In the third quarter of 2005, we adopted FSP 150-5, which requires us to classify the warrants to purchase our convertible preferred stock and common stock as liabilities and to adjust the warrant instruments to fair value at each reporting period. We recorded a $1.1 million cumulative effect for adoption as of July 1, 2005, reflecting the fair value of the warrants as of that date, and $(29,000), $(0.2) million, $0.1 million, $(0.4) million, $(0.7) million and $(1.4) million of additional expense that was recorded in other income (expense), net in the quarters ended September 30, 2005, December 31, 2005, March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively, to reflect the increase in the fair value of the warrants.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     As of December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Working capital

   $ 37,665     $ 29,579     $ 2,724  

Cash and cash equivalents

     5,031       36,013       28,884  
     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (62,222 )   $ (56,449 )   $ (67,775 )

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     9,283       29,451       (18,069 )

Cash provided by financing activities

     51,608       58,059       78,780  

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments in time deposits held at major banks, commercial paper, U.S. government agency discount notes, money market mutual funds and other money market securities with original maturities of 90 days or less. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of equity and from borrowings under credit facilities and more recently from cash collections on the sales of our DTN System.

Operating Activities

We experienced negative cash flows from operating activities of $67.8 million in 2006. We generated a net loss for the period of $89.1 million, and we had non-cash charges of $15.5 million consisting primarily of $7.0 million of depreciation, $4.5 million in-process research and development related to our acquisition of certain assets of Little Optics, Inc., $2.4 million related to revaluation of convertible preferred stock and common stock warrant liabilities and $1.1 million of stock-based compensation expense related to employees. The net loss also reflects the non-cash deferral of $87.2 million of deferred revenue and $50.6 million of deferred inventory cost to the balance sheet in the period. We funded increased working capital requirements of $26.9 million due to significant growth of the business. Our continued investment in the development of our DTN System and the expansion of our sales and marketing presence in the United States and internationally also negatively impacted our cash flow from operations.

Cash used in operating activities amounted to $56.4 million in 2005, primarily due to the generation of a net loss of $64.6 million. Results from operations in 2005 were negatively impacted by lower sales volumes, unfavorable manufacturing variances and the need to record charges for excess and obsolescent inventory. Deferred revenue increased by $22.8 million compared to an increase in deferred cost of inventory of $16.7 million. We commenced product shipments in November 2004 and

 

46


Table of Contents

inventory levels increased in 2005 by $16.5 million to support customer requirements. This increase was offset by increases in accounts payable of $7.8 million.

Cash used in operating activities in 2004 was $62.2 million, primarily due to the generation of a loss of $66.5 million in the period. We were a development stage company for most of 2004 and the majority of our cash used in operating activities in 2004, $46.3 million reflected investment in research and development to develop our DTN System.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $18.1 million in 2006, $15.3 million for the purchase of property and equipment related to the expansion of our manufacturing operations and $4.7 million related to our acquisition of certain assets of Little Optics Inc., a research and development company, partially offset by the sale of surplus assets acquired as part of a previous acquisition that generated $1.5 million.

We generated net cash from investing activities in 2005 of $29.5 million. $34.0 million was generated from the net sale of short-term investments, offset by $4.0 million from purchases of property and equipment and $0.7 million from the acquisition of certain assets from Big Bear Networks, Inc.

In 2004, net cash provided by investing activities was $9.3 million. This was comprised primarily of net proceeds of $13.0 million from the sale of short term investments, offset by the purchases of property and equipment for $3.3 million.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities provided cash of $78.8 million in 2006. The primary source of these funds was the issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock. In 2006, we sold an aggregate of 14.1 million shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock for a net amount of $74.1 million to various investors. The purchase price for these shares of Series G convertible preferred stock was $5.40 per share, with the exception of a board member’s purchase of 67,934 shares at $7.36 per share. We also received $4.4 million from employee stock options exercised during 2006.

Our financing activities provided cash of $58.1 million in 2005. $42.6 million was raised from the issuance of convertible preferred stock. In addition, we borrowed a net amount of $14.4 million under new and existing credit facilities.

Our financing activities provided cash of $51.6 million in 2004. $55.1 million was generated from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, proceeds from loans amounted to $7.1 million and we raised $0.7 million from the sale of common stock, offset by $11.4 million for principal payments on our outstanding loan obligations.

Credit Facilities

We entered into a borrowing arrangement in December 2004 with our primary financial institution, Silicon Valley Bank, which provides for two related facilities, an operating line of credit and a revolving line of credit. The operating line of credit allows us to borrow against our accounts receivables. The revolving line of credit allows for borrowing subject to our maintaining certain minimum cash balances. These facilities are secured by our assets, including our intellectual property. Total available credit under the arrangement is $25.0 million, and the weighted average interest rate on this facility for 2006 was 10.1%. Borrowings under these two facilities amounted to $9.5 million of debt and $3.2 million of outstanding stand-by letters of credit as of December 31, 2006.

 

47


Table of Contents

In June 2005, we put in place a variable rate term facility with United Commercial Bank. Total borrowings under this facility may not exceed $15.0 million and are secured by certain of our equipment and other assets, including our intellectual property. The interest rate on this variable rate facility is set at the bank’s prime rate. The principal balance outstanding under this facility was $7.8 million at December 31, 2006 and had a weighted average interest rate for the year of 8.3%. Amounts under this facility are paid in equal monthly installments from the date the funds are drawn to October 2009.

We also have a growth capital loan agreement with two co-lender financial institutions, Silicon Valley Bank and Gold Hill Ventures Lending 03, L.P., that we entered into in December 2004 under which we had $5.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2006. This loan is secured by our assets, including our intellectual property, and had a weighted average interest rate of 12.2% for 2006. Amounts under this facility are due in equal monthly installments from the date the funds are drawn to June 1, 2008.

The loan agreements described above require us to maintain compliance with certain operating covenants.

 

     As of December 31, 2006
     Total    Borrowings    Stand-by letters
of credit
   Available
     (In millions)

Operating line of credit and revolving loan

   $ 25.0    $ 9.5    $ 3.2    $ 12.3

Variable rate term facility

     15.0      7.8      —        7.2

Term loan

     5.4      5.4      —        —  

Note issued related to acquired assets

     4.5      4.5      —        —  

Other

     0.4      0.4      —        —  
                           
   $ 50.3    $ 27.6    $ 3.2    $ 19.5
                           

As outlined in the table above, at December 31, 2006, we had access to an additional $19.5 million of incremental funds under our existing credit facilities. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, combined with our existing credit facilities and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. However, we may require additional capital from equity or debt financings in the future to fund our operations, respond to competitive pressures or for strategic opportunities in the event that we continue to incur significant losses or otherwise. We may not be able to secure timely additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of any additional financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer dilution in their percentage ownership of us, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering.

 

48


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
   Total    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011 and
beyond
   (In thousands)

Principal payments on credit facility(1)

   $ 27,582    $ 20,025    $ 4,593    $ 2,649    $ —      $ 315

Purchase obligations(2)

     39,176      39,176      —        —        —        —  

Interest payments on credit facility

     2,411      1,809      432      131      19      20

Operating leases

     14,987      3,119      2,940      2,929      2,650      3,349
                                         

Total contractual obligations

   $ 84,156    $ 64,129    $ 7,965    $ 5,709    $ 2,669    $ 3,684
                                         

(1) Represents estimated interest payments on our debt using an effective rate of 8.5% at December 31, 2006.
(2) We have service agreements with our major production suppliers under which we are committed to purchase certain parts.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During 2004, 2005 and 2006, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for recent accounting pronouncements that could have an effect on us.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

Certain of our sales contracts are priced in Euros and, therefore a portion of our revenue is subject to foreign currency risks. Our operating expenses and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the British pound and Euro. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated receivables as of December 31, 2006 would result in a loss of approximately $1.3 million. To date, we have not entered into any hedging contracts although we may do so in the future. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could harm our business in the future.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $36.0 million and $28.9 million at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. These amounts were invested primarily in money market funds. The unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income. If overall interest rates fell by 10% in 2006, our interest income would have declined approximately $46,000, assuming consistent investment levels.

At December 31, 2005 and 2006, we had $23.0 million and $27.6 million, respectively, of debt outstanding. Our debt interest rate is variable and adjusts periodically based on the prime rate. If overall interest rates increased by 10% in 2006, our interest expense would have increased approximately $0.2 million.

 

49


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Infinera has developed an innovative solution that we believe will dramatically change the economics, operating simplicity, flexibility, reliability and scalability of optical communications networks. At the core of our Digital Optical Network architecture is the world’s only commercially-deployed, large-scale photonic integrated circuit, or PIC. Our PICs transmit and receive 100 Gbps of optical capacity and incorporate the functionality of over 60 discrete optical components into a pair of indium phosphide chips approximately the size of a child’s fingernail. We have used our PIC technology to design a new digital optical communications system called the DTN System. The DTN System is designed to enable cost-efficient O-E-O conversion of communications signals. The DTN System is architected to improve significantly communications service providers’ economics and service offerings as compared to traditional systems. Our DTN System is designed to ensure greater signal quality and network management flexibility. Our carrier-class DTN System runs our Infinera IQ Network Operating System and is integrated with our Infinera Management Suite software, which together enhance and simplify network monitoring, management and control.

Our goal is to establish our Digital Optical Network as the preeminent system for optical communications networks. We believe that photonic integrated circuits will fundamentally change optical communications networks in a fashion similar to the integrated circuit’s impact on electronics beginning in the 1950’s. We also believe that our DTN System can provide significant benefits to our customers in the $3.7 billion WDM segment of the global optical communications equipment market, which is estimated by Ovum-RHK, a third-party industry analyst, to be nearly $12 billion in 2006. We have sold our DTN System for deployment in the optical networks of 25 customers worldwide, including Internet2, Interoute, Level 3 Communications and Qwest Communications.

Rapid growth of communications traffic and proliferation of next-generation bandwidth-intensive services such as video are expanding the need and driving demand for optical network capacity. Our DTN System is designed to serve as the key element for long-haul and metro optical transport networks of U.S. and international communications service providers. Customer deployments of our DTN System have ranged from two to hundreds of network access points.

Our DTN System is designed to provide significant advantages over traditional systems, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Operating simplicity and cost savings

 

   

Ease of deployment and scalability .    Our DTN System provides optical capacity in 100 Gbps increments (10 channels at 10 Gbps), enabling our customers to more easily scale their optical networks with the initial installation of the DTN System and to add capacity to existing DTN Systems in less time and with fewer service calls;

 

   

Management and personnel .    Our DTN System offers built-in software intelligence to route services across complex optical communications networks and is designed to simplify our customers’ network planning, engineering and operations; and

 

   

Efficiency and reliability .    Given the high level of photonic integration and digital processing, our DTN System is designed to consume less power, enable simplified testing and improve system reliability;

 

50


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Enhanced revenue generation

 

   

Expand services reach .    Our DTN System significantly lowers the cost of O-E-O conversion, which enables our customers to access markets cost-effectively that had previously not been served due to cost constraints;

 

   

Optimal use of network capacity .    Our DTN System enables communications service providers to combine streams of network traffic from various points throughout the network onto a single wavelength, thereby optimizing existing capacity and increasing revenue opportunities; and

 

   

Accelerate service provisioning .    Our DTN System’s ability to deploy optical capacity in 100 Gbps increments and to process and manage data at each DTN System location remotely enables communications service providers to add customers and provision new services more rapidly than traditional systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

Capital cost savings .    Our DTN System integrates the functionality of over 60 discrete optical components into a single PIC pair, reducing capital expenditures and the physical space required for a given amount of optical network capacity.

We began commercial shipment of our DTN System in November 2004. According to data from a third party industry analyst, in the third quarter of 2005 we achieved, and have since maintained through the fourth quarter of 2006, the #1 market share of 10 Gbps long-haul ports shipped worldwide. We believe, based on data gathered by this third party analyst, we achieved over 30% of the market share for all 10 Gbps long-haul interface ports shipped worldwide in the fourth quarter of 2006. We believe this rapid customer acceptance is due to the compelling benefits our PIC-based digital optical communications system offers over traditional systems.

Industry Background

Optical communications equipment carries digital information as analog light waves over fiber optic networks. Fiber optic networks provide significantly greater data transport capacity than traditional electrical over copper transport technology. The advent of WDM systems has enabled the transmission of larger amounts of data by using multiple wavelengths over a single optical fiber. Service providers often use WDM systems to carry communications traffic between cities, referred to as long-haul networks, and within large metropolitan areas, referred to as metro networks. Most fiber optic networks carry all types of communications traffic, from conventional long-distance telephone calls to e-mails and web sessions to high-definition video streams. As traffic grows, service providers add capacity to existing networks or purchase and deploy additional systems to keep pace with bandwidth demands and service expansion. Fiber optic networks are expensive and complex, and service providers have traditionally experienced significant challenges in generating new revenue while reducing operating and capital costs.

Increased Demand for Network Capacity

The global market for optical communications equipment is estimated by Ovum-RHK, a third party industry analyst, to be nearly $12 billion in 2006. Our DTN System currently competes in the WDM segments of this market, which we estimate to be $3.7 billion in 2006. We intend to address a larger portion of the optical communications equipment market opportunity with enhancements to our existing DTN System and with new product releases in the future.

 

51


Table of Contents

Drivers of Increases in Demand for Network Capacity

We believe that a number of trends in the communications industry are driving growth in demand for network capacity and ultimately will increase demand for optical communications systems, including our DTN System. These trends include:

 

  Ÿ  

Growth of Internet usage and IP traffic.     Internet protocol, or IP, network traffic continues to grow significantly as bandwidth consumed per Internet user and the total number of Internet users increases;

 

  Ÿ  

Increasing broadband penetration and high capacity services .    Communications service providers are offering broadband internet access to an increasing number of subscribers to support voice, video and high speed data offerings. In addition, rapid adoption of new consumer applications such as video and music downloads and business applications such as videoconferencing necessitates an increase in network capacity to accommodate high-quality delivery of these bandwidth-intensive services; and

 

  Ÿ  

Availability of more affordable bandwidth capacity .    Competition among cable, satellite and telecommunications service providers in providing bundled services such as the “Triple Play” (voice, video and data) has caused a decline in consumer pricing for such offerings, which is encouraging greater consumption of bandwidth.

Challenges Faced by Communications Service Providers

Service providers face significant challenges in meeting increasing bandwidth demands, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Price competition pressuring network costs.     Competition between communications service providers places pressure on service pricing and thus network costs. The optical communications network is a significant source of overall network cost, and thus service providers are aggressively seeking ways to reduce their optical network operating and capital costs;

 

  Ÿ  

Operational complexity.     Optical communications network design, planning and engineering involves considerable complexity. This complexity is costly and may slow network expansion and service delivery which, in some cases, results in lost revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

Limited service reach.     Many network operators have optical facilities that pass through small- to mid-sized cities but determine that it is cost-prohibitive to deploy expensive optical systems that would allow them to offer services to potential customers in these locations;

 

  Ÿ  

Slow service provisioning .     Most optical communications networks require fixed allocation of bandwidth between customer sites. Communications service providers often must add capacity to their networks to accommodate new subscribers and services. Adding capacity generally involves complex and costly re-engineering of the existing network and a lengthy time period to implement, test and prepare the network to provide service;

 

  Ÿ  

Lack of protection and management features .     Most traditional long-haul optical communications systems do not offer protection capabilities to restore service in the event of equipment or fiber failure. As a result, communications service providers must purchase, deploy, and manage additional equipment to support protected services, which further increases cost and network complexity; and

 

  Ÿ  

Exposure to equipment failures.     Traditional optical communications systems and sub-systems contain dozens of discrete interconnected optical components. Most failures occur at these connections resulting in reduced system reliability and potential loss of service.

 

52


Table of Contents

Limitations of Traditional Optical Approaches

Optical Components and Sub-systems

Optical component technology today shares many characteristics with electronic component technology in the 1950’s. At that time, all electronic devices were comprised of discrete components, each requiring a separate package to perform a given function. As in traditional systems today, individual components were largely manually-wired to their packages, resulting in higher cost and lower reliability. Due to the numerous discrete connected parts, electronic systems were physically large, consumed significant amounts of power and were prone to failure. These problems were significantly reduced with the advent of the integrated circuit, which led to the proliferation of high-performance, mass-market, low-cost and reliable semiconductor chips suitable for a wide range of computing applications.

Several companies have developed forms of optical sub-system integration, which consist of co-packaging discrete components within a common module. Optical subsystems provide modest space and package savings and some cost reductions in final production and testing. However, we believe that the total cost savings associated with these devices is limited because each must undergo its own manufacturing, separation, testing and production process steps before final integration within a subsystem package. In addition, we believe that these optical subsystems approaches provide minimal improvement in quality or reliability compared to discrete optical components.

Optical Communications Systems

Optical components and sub-systems are the key building blocks of traditional systems. Traditional systems vendors typically rely on a limited number of component and sub-system suppliers, resulting in limited product differentiation. In addition, the ability of traditional systems vendors to benefit from photonic integration is constrained by the development efforts of their optical component and sub-system suppliers.

Optical communications systems typically transport communications signals between cities as wavelengths and switch or add/drop those signals using digital electronics at network access points where services are provided. Most optical communications networks utilize WDM technology that transmits multiple signals, each as separate colors of light, or wavelengths, on a single fiber in a communications service provider’s network. The principal benefit of WDM systems is that they enable the transmission of large amounts of data on multiple wavelengths over a single optical fiber. In optical communications networks, communications service providers cannot access or manage these wavelengths of light, or analog signals, and must convert the wavelengths of light to electrical or digital signals. Once this traffic has been converted into the digital domain, it can be processed by the communications service provider. This processing can include adding/dropping, monitoring or regenerating the traffic. After the digital signal is processed, it is converted back to wavelengths of light so that it can be transported to the next network destination. The process of converting the optical signal to an electrical signal for processing and then converting it back to an optical signal to enable digital processing is known as O-E-O conversion. O-E-O conversion enables access to data that allows communications service providers to differentiate their networks and to generate revenue through value-added services. O-E-O conversion utilizing traditional systems can be expensive.

With some traditional systems, communications service providers must choose at multiple network access points whether to utilize a WDM system that enables high-performance digital management and processing but with high O-E-O conversion costs, or to use an all-optical architecture that reduces O-E-O conversion costs but also may limit service reach and add cost.

 

53


Table of Contents

Traditional WDM Systems

Traditional WDM systems have several disadvantages, including:

 

  Ÿ  

significant capital cost, space and power requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

requirement of discrete components to execute O-E-O conversions for each wavelength, which adds significant cost and reduces reliability;

 

  Ÿ  

expansion of the network is often manually intensive as communications service providers may need to redesign the network, re-allocate available wavelengths or deploy additional hardware at multiple locations each time a new circuit is added;

 

  Ÿ  

limited flexibility to alter traffic flows because dedicated network capacity must be purchased and deployed in advance; and

 

  Ÿ  

high costs associated with implementing advanced features, such as network-wide provisioning or optical layer protection, because additional equipment may be required.

All-Optical Communications Systems

Several optical communications systems vendors have attempted to reduce the cost of transporting data on optical networks by limiting the need for O-E-O conversions. The resulting architecture, known as the all-optical network, utilizes a new generation of WDM systems to manage and switch traffic as analog light waves. ROADMs and wavelength selectable switches are examples of all-optical systems. However, we believe these all-optical approaches possess inherent weaknesses, including:

 

  Ÿ  

limited ability to digitally process the data, which prevents these systems from efficiently adding and dropping traffic at intermediate network access points; this can result in a reduced network footprint and decreased revenue opportunities for communications service providers, particularly in smaller regions and markets;

 

  Ÿ  

more costly and time-consuming network planning and service provisioning, because adding new services requires complex engineering calculations involving power levels, dispersion compensation and other optical non-linear effects;

 

  Ÿ  

higher installation costs, because this process may require complicated components to minimize signal degradation over long distances; all-optical systems also lack the ability to effectively view network performance statistics and reconfigure traffic patterns; and

 

  Ÿ  

overall network capacity can be limited by wavelength blocking, which is the inability to use wavelengths of light because they are already in use in another part of the network.

We believe significant demand exists for an optical communications system that is simple and easy to operate and that reduces operating and capital costs for communications service providers.

The Infinera Solution

Our PIC technology facilitates a new network architecture that allows communications service providers to realize the benefits of both WDM and digital processing more fully and cost-effectively. We believe that our DTN System significantly improves the economics, operating simplicity, flexibility, reliability and scalability of our customers’ optical networks.

Our PICs enable lower-cost O-E-O conversions at every network access point to provide communications service providers with the ability to digitally process the information being transported across their optical networks. Our software enables our customers to leverage this digital information to

 

54


Table of Contents

simplify and speed the delivery of differentiated services and to optimize the utilization of their optical networks.

Our DTN System is designed to serve as the network architecture for long-haul and metro optical transport systems of communications service providers and to offer the following key technical benefits:

 

  Ÿ  

Photonic integration .    Our DTN System integrates the functionality of over 60 discrete optical components within a single PIC pair, reducing capital expenditure and physical space requirements for a given amount of optical network capacity. Our PIC technology also enables service providers to add 10 wavelengths of 10 Gbps capacity concurrently, as compared to one wavelength in traditional systems;

 

  Ÿ  

Digital processing .    Our DTN System processes traffic digitally, which ensures significantly greater signal quality and network management flexibility than analog, or all optical, systems. With our DTN System, communications traffic can be cost-effectively added/dropped, monitored and regenerated through digital processing of data; and

 

  Ÿ  

High value-add software content .    Our software utilizes digital data to enable network provisioning, management, testing and control that provides intelligence not available in traditional optical communications systems.

These distinctive technical features provide significant advantages to our customers, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Operating simplicity and cost savings

 

  -  

Ease of deployment and scalability .    Our DTN System deploys optical capacity in 100 Gbps increments, which enables our customers to rapidly deploy the initial DTN System and to add capacity to existing DTN Systems in less time and with fewer service calls than with traditional systems;

 

  -  

Management and personnel .    Our DTN System offers built-in software intelligence to route and signal services across complex optical communications networks. In addition, our DTN System’s digital protection and manageability enables carriers to offer a broad range of service qualities without requiring a separate synchronous optical network, or SONET, or its international equivalent, synchronous digital hierarchy, or SDH, or optical switching layer for protection and management. These features are designed to provide our customers with flexible management and control of their networks while significantly reducing the amount of information technology personnel and hours dedicated to planning, engineering and operating their optical communications networks; and

 

  -  

Efficiency and reliability .    Given its high level photonic integration and digital processing, our DTN System occupies a fraction of the physical space, generally consumes less power than traditional systems for a given amount of capacity, enables simplified testing and is designed to improve system reliability. We are able to deliver both increased simplicity and reliability to our customers through our differentiated PIC technology and unique approach to optical networking architecture. By enabling frequent O-E-O conversions across their optical networks, we allow our customers to manipulate traffic in the digital domain, which we believe is simpler than architecting traffic and provisioning services with all-optical systems. Likewise, our PICs efficiently perform O-E-O conversions without a need for dozens of discrete components, which in turn require hundreds of failure-prone individual connections. As such, we believe our customers’ service quality can be improved significantly due to our DTN System’s simplified product design.

 

55


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Enhanced revenue generation

 

  -  

Expand services reach .    Our DTN System significantly lowers O-E-O conversion cost, which enables our customers to access markets cost-effectively that had previously not been served due to cost constraints. This provides our customers with new revenue opportunities and can reduce or eliminate the cost paid to other service providers for use of their networks to complete a services connection. Our DTN System also supports a variety of communications interfaces, including SONET/SDH, Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet;

 

  -  

Optimal use of network capacity .    Our DTN System enables communications service providers to combine streams of network traffic from various points throughout the network onto a single wavelength, thereby optimizing existing capacity and increasing revenue opportunities. In contrast, traditional systems often require that communications service providers reserve an entire wavelength for a single stream of traffic, which may consume only a fraction of the available capacity; and

 

  -  

Accelerate service provisioning .    Our DTN System’s ability to deploy optical capacity in 100 Gbps increments and to process and manage data at each DTN System location remotely enables communications service providers to add customers and provision new services more rapidly than traditional optical communications systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

Capital cost savings .    Our DTN System can require significantly less capital expenditure for a given amount of optical network capacity. We believe that photonic integration enables a faster rate of innovation than is possible using conventional discrete optical components and will result in a continued decline in costs and complexity.

The Infinera Strategy

Our goal is to be the preeminent provider of optical systems to communications service providers. Key aspects of our strategy are:

 

  Ÿ  

Increase our customer footprint.     We initially targeted North American competitive long-haul service providers. We have achieved rapid success in this customer segment and intend to increase penetration of our installed base of communications service providers while also targeting new U.S. and international communications service providers, including U.S. RBOCs, international PTTs, cable MSOs and metro carriers;

 

  Ÿ  

Penetrate adjacent markets.     We believe that our PIC technology can benefit the metro core and metro access networks in the same way it does long-haul networks. We intend to increase our addressable market by adding functionality to our DTN System, by developing new products, including products specifically designed for metro applications, and by creating the service and support infrastructure needed to address these markets;

 

  Ÿ  

Maintain and extend our technology lead.     We intend to incorporate the functionality of additional discrete components into our PICs and to pursue further functional integration in our DTN System in order to enhance the performance, scalability and economics of our DTN System; and

 

  Ÿ  

Deliver systems to scale and deliver additional functionality.     Our DTN System is the only commercially-available system which provides 100 Gbps of transport capacity on a single line card. We recognize the need to continually increase our scalability and functionality to maintain product leadership in optical transport networks as demonstrated by expanding our system transport capacity from 400 Gbps to 800 Gbps in 2006; and

 

  Ÿ  

Continue investment in PIC manufacturing activities.     We believe that our manufacturing capabilities serve as a significant competitive advantage and intend to continue to invest in the manufacturing capabilities needed to produce new generations of our PICs.

 

56


Table of Contents

Products

Infinera DTN System

Our DTN System utilizes our PIC technology to enable digital processing and management of data with the capability both to generate WDM wavelengths and to add, drop, switch, manage, protect and restore network traffic digitally. Our DTN System is comprised of two elements, a Digital Transport Node, or DTN, which houses our PIC and enables O-E-O conversion, and an optical line amplifier, or OLA, which extends the optical reach between DTNs. The DTN can automate the connection of circuits and provisioning of new services without costly and cumbersome manual intervention.

Our DTN System is modular in design to enable our customers with the ability to add capacity in a cost-efficient manner. The initial deployment of our DTN System at a customer involves the installation of common equipment, which includes a chassis, optical line amplifiers and related equipment. Customers can purchase additional common equipment to expand the reach of the DTN System and can increase the capacity of existing common equipment for the DTN System by purchasing our Digital Line Modules, or DLMs, and Tributary Adapter Modules, or TAMs. Each DTN System is composed of one or two half rack chassis, each of which supports up to 4 DLM cards. Each DLM card in turn supports up to 5 TAMs. Each DLM contains a pair of PICs that provide 100 Gbps of transport capacity; thus, a single DTN System supports up to 800 Gbps (8 DLMs x 100 Gbps each) of transmit/receive capacity per fiber pair. The individual TAMs serve as client-side interface modules, which support line rates from 155 Mbps to 10 Gbps. Given both the density and the modular architecture of each DTN, our DTN System enables significant flexibility and scalability for communications service providers.

Our DTN System is carrier-class, which means that it complies with applicable Telcordia and equivalent major international standards for central office-based network elements. Our DTN System supports a broad range of optical service interfaces including Ethernet (Gigabit Ethernet and 10 GbE) and SONET/SDH (OC-3/STM-1, or 155 Mbps, to OC-192/STM-64, or 10 Gbps).

LOGO

 

57


Table of Contents

Infinera Optical Line Amplifier

Our OLA is a bidirectional amplifier that extends the optical reach between DTNs. Communications service providers purchase our OLAs for network access points where customer access to data is not required. Our OLA is a small form-factor device that can be managed seamlessly within the DTN System.

Infinera IQ Network Operating System and Management Suite

Our DTN System utilizes proprietary embedded software, the IQ Network Operating System, or IQ NOS, to enable our customers to simplify and speed up the tasks they perform to deliver, differentiate, and manage services and to optimize the utilization of their networks. The IQ NOS software utilizes the DTN System’s digital switching and IP-based technologies, including generalized multiprotocal label switching, or GMPLS, for end-to-end provisioning, protection and restoration services, and a host of performance monitoring and software-definable testing capabilities.

In addition to our IQ NOS software, we offer a broad set of standards-based network and element management tools and Operations Support System, or OSS, integration interfaces. Our management suite software includes our Digital Network Administrator, a scalable, robust, feature-rich Element Management System, and our Graphical Node Manager, an easy-to-use web-based management interface.

Technology

Digital Optical Network Architecture

Our founders have extensive experience in the optical communications market and, therefore, understood the inherent limitations of both traditional WDM systems and all-optical networking systems and sought to develop a product that offered the key benefits of both approaches. They founded Infinera with a vision to both increase the functionality and improve the economics of optical transport systems. To that end, our core engineering team is comprised of optical component and systems experts who have collaborated to create an innovative optical communications architecture that is designed to combine enhanced performance, system-wide simplicity and efficiency, with the ability to be manufactured in a cost-efficient manner. We have focused our efforts, time and capital on developing our innovative DTN System and PIC technology. Our technology platform, based on the world’s first large-scale PIC, and our innovative, systems-based approach forms the core of our vision for our Digital Optical Network architecture.

Our Digital Optical Network architecture is based on our belief that network operators can expand service reach, expedite service provisioning, ensure reliability and more effectively manage, monitor and scale their networks by processing data digitally rather than in analog format. We further believe that the key to delivering this capability in a cost-effective manner is integrating multiple discrete devices into a single semiconductor chip. This integration allows us to eliminate separate optical packages for each discrete optical device, which we believe is the largest cost challenge facing traditional systems. This has further enabled us to provide additional functionality and intelligence to our optical communications systems.

Infinera PIC

We believe that our proprietary PICs are a key source of our value proposition and competitive advantage. We manufacture and package our PICs at our own facilities for use exclusively with our DTN System. We began the simultaneous design and manufacture of our PICs shortly after we were founded in December 2000. We employ a multi-disciplinary approach towards the development and

 

58


Table of Contents

manufacturing of our PICs, with significant interaction between our manufacturing, system engineering and advanced technology groups. As a leader in the development of photonic integration, we have protected the intellectual property associated with our PIC manufacturing through a combination of trade secrets, patents and contractual protections. We believe that as a result of the combination of the multiple disciplines that were required to develop our PIC, together with the intellectual property protections that we have established, it will be difficult for others to duplicate the technology we have developed.

Our DTN System transmits 100 Gbps of optical capacity, utilizing a pair of PICs, one transmitter PIC and one receiver PIC. Our transmitter PIC integrates the functionality of 51 optical components onto a single chip, including lasers and modulators. In addition, our receiver PIC integrates the functionality of 11 components onto a single chip, including photodetectors and an optical de-multiplexer.

LOGO

We expect our PIC technology to enable continued innovation in additional applications and systems beyond the optical transport market currently being served by the DTN System. In March 2006, we demonstrated a next generation PIC prototype that is capable of transporting 1.6 terabits of data. We believe this is 40 times the capacity of the most advanced commercial discrete photonics devices today.

Customers

Our DTN System has been sold to telecommunications carriers, cable operators and other service providers. We have sold our DTN System for deployment in the optical network of 25 customers worldwide, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Citynet, LLC;

 

  Ÿ  

FLAG Telecom Group Limited;

 

  Ÿ  

Global Crossing International Networks Ltd.;

 

  Ÿ  

Freenet Cityline GmbH;

 

  Ÿ  

Integra Telecom Holdings, Inc.;

 

  Ÿ  

Internet2;

 

  Ÿ  

Interoute Communications Limited;

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3 Communications;

 

  Ÿ  

Mid-Atlantic Broadband Cooperative;

 

  Ÿ  

Qwest Communications International, Inc.; and

 

  Ÿ  

XO Communications Services, Inc.

 

59


Table of Contents

Level 3 accounted for 60% of our revenue in 2006, which includes revenue generated under our agreement with Broadwing, acquired by Level 3 in 2007.

Support and Services

We offer our customers a range of support offerings, including product training, installation and deployment services, extended warranties and 24x7 multi-level technical support. These product support services consist of software warranty, updates and unspecified upgrades and product support. Our support services are provided by our employees and third-party support partners. We believe that providing ongoing support is critical to successful long-term relationships with, and follow-on sales to, our customers. We are committed to providing our customers with the highest levels of support and service.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our DTN System and support services primarily through our direct sales force, supported by marketing and product management personnel. We may also use distribution or support partners to enter new markets or when requested by a potential customer. Our sales team has significant previous experience with the buying process and sales cycles typical of high-value telecommunications products. We expect to continue to add sales and support employees as we grow our business.

The sales process for our DTN System entails discussions with prospective customers, analyzing their existing networks and identifying how they can utilize our DTN System capabilities within their network. This process requires developing strong customer relationships, and we expect to leverage our sales force and customer support capabilities to establish relationships with both domestic and international service providers.

Over the course of the sales cycle, service providers often test our DTN System before buying. Prior to commercial deployment, the service provider will generally perform a field trial of our DTN System. Upon successful completion, the service provider generally accepts the products installed in its network and may continue with commercial deployment of additional DTNs or OLAs. We anticipate that our sales cycle, from initial contact with a service provider through the signing of a purchase agreement, may, in some cases, take several quarters.

Direct Sales Force .    Our sales team sells directly to service providers worldwide. We maintain sales presences throughout the United States as well as in China, France, Germany, Japan, South Korea and the United Kingdom.

Indirect Sales Force.     We have and will continue to employ business consultants, resale partners and sales agents to assist in our sales efforts to accelerate and strengthen our customer relationships. We expect to work with business partners to assist our customers in the deployment and maintenance of our systems and have entered into distribution and resale agreements to facilitate the sale of our DTN System in certain international markets.

Marketing and Product Management .    Our product management team is responsible for defining the product features and roadmap required to maximize our success in the marketplace. Product management supports our sales efforts with product and application expertise. Our marketing team works to create demand for our DTN System by communicating our value proposition and differentiation in direct customer interaction, public relations, tradeshows, events and web and other marketing channels.

 

60


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Continued investment in research and development is critical to our business. To this end, we have assembled a team of engineers with expertise in various fields, including systems, sub-systems and components. Our research and development efforts are currently focused in Sunnyvale, California, Allentown, Pennsylvania, Columbia, Maryland and Bangalore, India. We have invested significant time and financial resources into the development of our PIC technology, DTN System, IQ NOS and Management Suite software and manufacturing capabilities. We will continue to expand our product offerings and capabilities in the future and plan to dedicate significant resources to these continued research and development efforts. We are continually increasing the scalability and software features of our current DTN System, and developing additional functionality and new products, including products for metro applications. We are also working to develop new generations of PICs, and we intend to pursue further photonic integration in our DTN System through continued research and development and investments in our manufacturing capabilities.

Our research and development expenses were $46.3 million in 2004, $25.0 million in 2005 and $39.0 million in 2006.

Manufacturing

We have invested significant time and capital to develop and improve the manufacturing process that we use to produce and package our PIC. This includes significant investments in personnel and the facilities to manufacture and package our PIC in Sunnyvale, California and Allentown, Pennsylvania. We also have invested in automating our manufacturing process and in training and maintaining the quality of our manufacturing workforce. As a leader in the development of photonic integration, we have protected the intellectual property associated with our PIC manufacturing through a combination of trade secrets, patents and contractual provisions. We believe that as a result of the combination of the multiple disciplines that were required to develop our PIC, together with the intellectual property protections that we have established, it will be difficult for others to duplicate the technology we have developed. Our manufacturing process has been developed over several years and is protected by a significant number of trade secrets. We believe that the trade secrets associated with the manufacturing and packaging of our PIC provide us with a significant competitive advantage.

We outsource manufacturing of certain components of our DTN System. Our contract manufacturers manufacture our DTN System based on our specifications and bill of materials. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in product specifications or delivery schedules. To date, we have not experienced any significant delays or material unanticipated costs resulting from the use of these contract manufacturers; however, such a strategy involves certain risks, including the potential absence of adequate capacity, the unavailability of or interruptions in access to certain process technologies, and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields, quality and costs. Despite outsourcing manufacturing operations for cost-effective scale and flexibility, we perform rigorous in-house quality control testing to ensure the reliability of our DTN Systems.

Shortages in components that we use in our DTN System are possible and our ability to predict the availability of such components may be limited. Some of these components are available only from single or limited sources of supply. Our DTN System includes some components that are proprietary in nature and only available from a single source, as well as some components that are generally available from a number of suppliers. In some cases, significant time would be required to establish relationships with alternate suppliers or providers of proprietary components. We do not have any long-term contracts with any component providers that guarantee supply of components or their manufacturing services. If we encounter difficulty continuing our relationship with a supplier, or if a supplier is unable to meet our needs, we may encounter manufacturing delays that could adversely

 

61


Table of Contents

affect our business. Our ability to timely deliver products to our customers would be materially adversely impacted if we needed to qualify replacements for any of a number of the components used in our DTN Systems.

We believe that our current manufacturing facilities can accommodate an increase in capacity for PIC production sufficient for the foreseeable future. Given the competitive advantage we believe is provided by our PIC product capabilities, we are continually investing in our manufacturing processes; however, we anticipate that increasing and enhancing production at this facility will not result in significant additional capital expenditures and personnel costs.

Competition

The optical communications network equipment market is highly competitive. Competition in this market is based on any one or a combination of the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

price;

 

  Ÿ  

functionality;

 

  Ÿ  

existing business and customer relationships;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of products and services to meet customers’ immediate and future network requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

installation capability;

 

  Ÿ  

services;

 

  Ÿ  

scalability; and

 

  Ÿ  

manufacturing capability.

Competition in the optical communications market is dominated by a small number of very large, multi-national companies. Many of our competitors have substantially greater name recognition and technical, financial, and marketing resources, and greater manufacturing capacity, as well as better established relationships with the incumbent carriers, than we do. Many of our competitors have more resources to develop or acquire, and more experience in developing or acquiring, new products and technologies and in creating market awareness for these products and technologies. In addition, many of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively. Further, many of our competitors have built long-standing relationships with some of our prospective customers and have the ability to provide financing to customers and could, therefore, have an inherent advantage in selling products to those customers.

Our competitors include current WDM suppliers, such as Alcatel-Lucent, Ciena, Cisco Systems, Fujitsu Limited, Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd., LM Ericsson Telephone Co., NEC Corporation, Nortel Networks, Siemens Systems GmbH, and ZTE Corporation. These companies have historically set the competitive benchmarks for price and functionality. There are also smaller companies, including startups, which have announced plans or developed products that would compete for long-haul and metro optical transport business.

We also face additional competition in certain market segments from companies which offer one or more products that compete directly or indirectly with our DTN System. In addition, we may compete with other companies as we expand into new markets.

 

62


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our success as a company depends upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections.

We rely primarily on trade secret protection for our PIC and PIC manufacturing processes, including design, fabrication and testing of our PICs. However, there can be no assurances that trade secrets will be sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage or that others have not or will not reverse engineer our designs or discover, develop or disclose the same or similar designs and manufacturing processes.

As of December 31, 2006, we held 55 U.S. patents and one international patent expiring between 2021 and 2024, and have 67 U.S. and 29 foreign pending patent applications. We do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims.

We may not receive competitive advantages from the rights granted under our patents and other intellectual property. Any patents granted to us may be contested, circumvented or invalidated over the course of our business, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing these patents. Therefore, the exact effect of the protection of these patents cannot be predicted with certainty.

We believe that the frequency of assertions of patent infringement is increasing as patent holders, including entities that are not in our industry and who purchase patents as an investment or to monetize such rights by obtaining royalties, use such actions as a competitive tactic as well as a source of additional revenue. We have been sued by Cheetah Omni for alleged infringement of their patent. See the section titled “—Legal Proceedings” for additional information regarding this lawsuit. Any claim of infringement from a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such claims, and could distract our management from running our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our DTN System. In addition, we might be required to seek a license for the use of such intellectual property, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, which would require significant effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful.

In addition to these protections, we generally control access to and the use of our proprietary software and other confidential information. This protection is accomplished through a combination of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers, and partners, and through a combination of U.S. and international copyright laws. We incorporate a number of third party software programs into our DTN System pursuant to license agreements.

We license some of our software pursuant to agreements that impose restrictions on our customers’ ability to use such software, such as prohibiting reverse engineering and limiting the use of copies. We also seek to avoid disclosure of our intellectual property by relying on non-disclosure and assignment of intellectual property agreements with our employees and consultants that acknowledge our exclusive ownership of all intellectual property developed by the individual during the course of his or her work with us. The agreements also require that each person maintain the confidentiality of all proprietary information disclosed to them. Other parties may not comply with the terms of their agreements with us, and we may not be able to enforce our rights adequately against these parties. We also rely on contractual rights to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our DTN System.

 

63


Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, we had 605 employees. A total of 120 of those employees were located outside of the United States. None of our employees is represented by labor unions or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our employee relationships to be good.

Facilities

In Sunnyvale, California, we lease approximately 120,000 square feet of office and manufacturing space pursuant to leases that expire between 2007 and 2014. We lease approximately 38,500 square feet of office and manufacturing space in Columbia, Maryland, 35,000 square feet in Annapolis Junction, Maryland and 25,000 square feet in Allentown, Pennsylvania pursuant to leases that expire in 2008, 2012, and 2009, respectively. Internationally, we lease sales office space in Beijing, China that expires in 2007 and we have two leases in Bangalore, India for approximately 40,000 square feet used for research and development that expire in 2009 and 2011. We intend to add new facilities and to expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

On May 9, 2006, we and Level 3 were sued by Cheetah Omni LLC, or Cheetah, for alleged infringement of patent No. 6,795,605, and a continuation thereof. On May 16, 2006, Cheetah filed an amended complaint, which requested an order to enjoin the sale of our DTN System and recover all damages caused by the alleged infringement. We are contractually obligated to indemnify Level 3 for damages suffered by Level 3 to the extent our product is found to infringe, and we have assumed the defense of this matter. On July 12, 2006, we and Level 3 filed a response to Cheetah’s amended complaint denying all infringement claims. On July 20, 2006, we and Level 3 filed an amended response. On November 28, 2006, Cheetah filed a second amended complaint and added patent No. 7,142,347 to the lawsuit. We believe the suit is without merit and intend to defend ourselves vigorously, but we are unable to predict the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome.

From time to time, we may be subject to other legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business.

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

Our executive officers, key employees and directors, and their ages and positions as of February 15, 2007, are set forth below:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Jagdeep Singh

   39    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Thomas J. Fallon

   45    Chief Operating Officer

David F. Welch, Ph.D. 

   46    Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer

Duston M. Williams

   48    Chief Financial Officer

Scott A. Chandler

   38    Vice President, Worldwide Sales

Michael O. McCarthy III

   41    Vice President and General Counsel

William R. Cumpston

   45    Vice President, Systems Engineering

Frederick A. Kish, Jr., Ph.D.(1)

   40    Vice President, PIC Development and Manufacturing

Drew D. Perkins(1)

   43    Chief Technology Officer

Paul M. Whitney(1)

   49    Vice President, Human Resources

Alexandre Balkanski, Ph.D.(3)(4)

   46    Director

Kenneth A. Goldman(2)

   57    Director

Reed E. Hundt(4)

   58    Director

Hugh C. Martin(2)(3)

   53    Director

Dan Maydan, Ph.D.(2)

   71    Director

Carl Redfield(3)(4)

   59    Director

Pradeep S. Sindhu, Ph.D.

   54    Director

(1) Key employee
(2) Member of Audit Committee
(3) Member of Compensation Committee
(4) Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Jagdeep Singh co-founded our company and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2001, and as Chairman of our board of directors since March 2001. From December 1999 to December 2000, Mr. Singh served as co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of OnFiber Communications, Inc., or OnFiber, an optical telecommunications carrier. From January 1998 to March 1999, Mr. Singh served as co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Lightera Networks, or Lightera, an optical switching equipment company, and upon Ciena Corporation’s acquisition of Lightera in March 1999, served as President of Ciena’s Core Switching Division. Mr. Singh holds a B.S. in Computer Science from the University of Maryland, an M.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley.

Thomas J. Fallon has served as our Chief Operating Officer since October 2006. From April 2004 to September 2006, Mr. Fallon was our Vice President of Engineering and Operations. From August 2003 to March 2004, Mr. Fallon was Vice President, Corporate Quality and Development Operations of Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, a networking and telecommunications company. From May 2001 to August 2003, Mr. Fallon served as Cisco’s General Manager of the Optical Transport Business Unit. Mr. Fallon holds a B.S.M.E. and M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin.

David F. Welch, Ph.D. co-founded our company and has served as our Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer since January 2007. From May 2004 to January 2007, Dr. Welch served as our Chief Strategy Officer. From May 2001 to May 2004, he served as our Chief Development Officer/Chief Technology Officer. From May 2001 to November 2006, Dr. Welch also served as a member of our board of directors. From February 2001 to April 2001, Dr. Welch served as Chief Technology Officer of

 

65


Table of Contents

the Transmission Division of JDS Uniphase Corporation, an optical component company. From January 1985 to February 2001, Dr. Welch served in various executive roles, including Chief Technology Officer and Vice President of Corporate Development of SDL, an optical component company. Dr. Welch holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Delaware and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University.

Duston M. Williams has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2006. From December 2004 to June 2006, Mr. Williams was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Maxtor Corporation, an information storage solutions company. From July 2003 to November 2004, Mr. Williams served as Chief Financial Officer of Aruba Networks, Inc., a network infrastructure company. From July 2001 to February 2003, Mr. Williams served as Chief Financial Officer of Rhapsody Networks, Inc., a storage networking provider. Mr. Williams holds a B.S. in Accounting from Bentley College and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

Scott A. Chandler has served as our Vice President, Worldwide Sales since November 2004. From May 2003 to November 2004, Mr. Chandler served as our Vice President, Sales for North America. From October 1999 to May 2003, Mr. Chandler held a number of senior sales positions at Sonus Networks, Inc., a voice over IP infrastructure solutions company, including Vice President of Strategic Sales. Mr. Chandler holds a B.S. in Business Administration from Plymouth State College.

Michael O. McCarthy III has served as our Vice President and General Counsel since May 2003. From May 2001 to February 2003, Mr. McCarthy served as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Support at Ciena, a communications equipment company. From July 1999 to May 2001, Mr. McCarthy served as Ciena’s Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. McCarthy holds a B.A. in Mathematical-Economics from Colgate University and a J.D. from Vanderbilt University’s School of Law.

William R. Cumpston has served as our Vice President, Systems Engineering since June 2006. From September 2005 to June 2006, Mr. Cumpston served as the Senior Vice President of Engineering at XenSource Inc., an enterprise grade platform virtualization solution company. From March 2003 to May 2005, Mr. Cumpston served as Chief Executive Officer of CloudShield Technologies, Inc., a provider of IP services control and security. From June 2002 to August 2002, Mr. Cumpston served as a Senior Vice President of Metro Products at Ciena. From August 1998 to June 2002, Mr. Cumpston served as Vice President, Engineering and Chief Operating Officer at ONI Systems Corporation, a fiber-optic communications equipment company. Mr. Cumpston holds a B.S. in Mathematics from the University of North Carolina.

Frederick A. Kish, Jr., Ph.D. has served as our Vice President, PIC Development and Manufacturing since May 2001. From November 1999 to May 2001, Dr. Kish served as R&D and Manufacturing Development Manager for the Fiber Optics Communications Division of Agilent Technologies, Inc., a measurement and technology company for communications, electronics, life sciences and chemical analysis. Dr. Kish holds B.S., M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in electrical engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Drew D. Perkins co-founded our company and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since May 2001, and as a member of our board of directors from May 2001 to November 2006. From December 1999 to April 2001, he served as co-founder and Chief Technology Officer of OnFiber. From February 1998 to March 1999, Mr. Perkins served as co-founder and Chief Technology Officer of Lightera, and upon Ciena’s acquisition of Lightera in March 1999, served as Chief Technology Officer of Ciena’s Core Switching Division. From February 1993 to March 1997, he served in various senior engineering and management roles at FORE Systems, an internet switching equipment company. Mr. Perkins holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering, Computer Engineering and Mathematics from Carnegie Mellon University.

 

66


Table of Contents

Paul M. Whitney has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since October 2006. From June 2004 to August 2006, Mr. Whitney was Vice President, Human Resources for Portal Software, a provider of billing and revenue management products. From December 2001 to November 2003, Mr. Whitney was International HR Director of Ascential Software, a maker of data integration tools. Mr. Whitney holds a B.S in Managerial and Administrative Science and an M.S in Human Resource Management from the University of Aston in Birmingham, United Kingdom.

Alexandre Balkanski, Ph.D. has been a member of our board of directors since October 2001. Dr. Balkanski has been a General Partner at Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm, since April 2000. From August 1988 to April 2000, Dr. Balkanski was a co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of C-Cube Microsystems Inc., a digital video company. Dr. Balkanski holds a B.S. from Harvard College and an M.A. and a Ph.D. from Harvard University.

Kenneth A. Goldman has been a member of our board of directors since February 2005. From August 2000 until March 2006, Mr. Goldman served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Siebel Systems, Inc., a supplier of customer software solutions and services. From December 1999 to December 2003, Mr. Goldman served as an advisory council member of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Advisory Council. Mr. Goldman serves on the boards of directors of Juniper Networks, Inc., an IP network solutions company, and Leadis Technology Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Goldman holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Reed E. Hundt joined our board of directors in February 2007. Since 1998, he has acted as Co-Chairman of the Forum on Communications and Society at The Aspen Institute, a public policy organization, and as an independent advisor on information industries to McKinsey & Company, Inc., a management consulting firm. Mr. Hundt served as Chairman of the Federal Communications Commission from 1993 to 1997. Mr. Hundt currently serves on the board of directors of Intel Corporation. Mr. Hundt holds a B.A. in History from Yale University and a J.D. from Yale Law School.

Hugh C. Martin has been a member of our board of directors since July 2003. Since April 2004, Mr. Martin has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pacific Biosciences, Inc., a biotechnology company. From September 2003 to April 2004, Mr. Martin acted as a consultant to Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers, a venture capital firm. From May 2002 to May 2003, Mr. Martin was a consultant to Ciena. From January 1998 to May 2002, Mr. Martin was the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ONI Systems Corporation, a fiber-optic communications equipment company. Mr. Martin holds a B.S.E.E. from Rutgers University.

Dan Maydan, Ph.D. has been a member of our board of directors since September 2001. From April 2003 to September 2005, Dr. Maydan served as the President Emeritus of Applied Materials, Inc., a company that manufactures semiconductor equipment, and was a member of its board of directors from June 1992 until March 2006. From December 1993 to April 2003, Dr. Maydan served as President of Applied Materials. Dr. Maydan serves on the boards of directors of Electronics for Imaging, Inc., a digital imaging and print management solutions company, and LaserCard Corporation, a secure ID solutions company. Dr. Maydan holds a B.S. and M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Israel Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in Physics from Edinburgh University of Scotland.

Carl Redfield has been a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Since September 2004, Mr. Redfield has served as Senior Vice President, New England executive sponsor, of Cisco. From February 1997 through September 2004, Mr. Redfield served as Cisco’s Senior Vice President, Manufacturing and Logistics. From September 1993 until February 1997, Mr. Redfield served as Vice President of Manufacturing of Cisco. Mr. Redfield is a member of the board of directors

 

67


Table of Contents

of VA Software Corporation, an online media, software and e-commerce company. Mr. Redfield holds a B.S. in Materials Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and has completed post-graduate studies at the Harvard Business School.

Pradeep S. Sindhu, Ph.D. has been a member of our board of directors since September 2001. In February 1996, Dr. Sindhu co-founded Juniper Networks, Inc., an IP network solutions company, and served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of its board of directors until September 1996. Since September 1996, Dr. Sindhu has served as Chief Technical Officer and Vice Chairman of the board of directors of Juniper Networks. Dr. Sindhu holds a B.S.E.E. from the Indian Institute of Technology in Kanpur, an M.S.E.E. from the University of Hawaii and a Masters in Computer Science and Ph.D. in Computer Science from Carnegie-Mellon University.

Board Composition

Independent Directors

Our board of directors is currently composed of 8 members. Messrs. Goldman, Hundt, Martin and Redfield and Drs. Balkanski, Maydan and Sindhu qualify as independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of NASDAQ. The NASDAQ definition of independence includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director, nor any of his family members, has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as further required by the NASDAQ rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist that, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with his exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management.

Selection Arrangements

Two of our current directors were elected pursuant to a voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common and convertible preferred stock. The provisions of this voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provides for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. Commencing in 2008, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year for three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering:

 

  Ÿ  

Drs. Balkanski and Sindhu will be designated Class I directors whose term will expire at the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

Messrs. Martin and Singh and Dr. Maydan will be designated Class II directors whose term will expire at the 2009 annual meeting of stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

Messrs. Goldman, Hundt and Redfield will be designated Class III directors whose term expires at the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provide that the number of authorized directors shall

 

68


Table of Contents

be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as reasonably possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors and its committees set schedules to meet throughout the year and also can hold special meetings and act by written consent from time to time, as appropriate. The independent members of our board of directors also will hold separate executive session meetings regularly at which only independent directors are present, generally at the regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors. Our board of directors has delegated various responsibilities and authority to its committees as generally described below. The committees will report, as appropriate, their activities and actions to the full board of directors. Each member of each committee of our board of directors qualifies as an independent director in accordance with the NASDAQ standards described above. Each committee of our board of directors has a written charter approved by our board of directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, copies of each charter will be posted on our web site at http://www.infinera.com. The inclusion of our web site address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our web site into this prospectus.

Audit Committee

The current members of the audit committee of our board of directors are Messrs. Goldman and Martin and Dr. Maydan, each of whom is independent under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ. Mr. Goldman chairs our audit committee. In addition to qualifying as independent under the NASDAQ rules, each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with NASDAQ Audit Committee requirements.

The audit committee of our board of directors reviews and monitors our corporate financial statements and reporting and our external audits, including, among other things, our internal controls and audit functions, the results and scope of the annual audit and other services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm and our compliance with legal matters that have a significant impact on our financial statements. Our audit committee also consults with our management and our independent registered public accounting firm prior to the presentation of financial statements to stockholders and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into aspects of our financial affairs. Our audit committee is responsible for establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. In addition, our audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including approving services and fee arrangements. All related party transactions are subject to approval by our audit committee.

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Goldman is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC regulations and the NASDAQ listing standards. The designation does not impose on Mr. Goldman any duties, obligations or liability greater than that generally imposed on him as a member of our audit committee and our board of directors. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

 

69


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The current members of the compensation committee of our board of directors are Messrs. Martin and Redfield and Dr. Balkanski. Dr. Balkanski chairs the compensation committee. The compensation committee reviews, makes recommendations to the board of directors on and approves our compensation policies and all forms of compensation to be provided to our executive officers and directors, including, among other things, annual salaries, bonuses, equity, severance arrangements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements (including, without limitation, perquisites and any other form of compensation). In addition, our compensation committee will administer our stock option plans, having the ability to grant stock options and other equity-based awards to individuals eligible for such grants (including our executive officers, but excluding the non-employee members of our board of directors). The compensation committee will also oversee the administration of other material employee benefit plans, including our 401(k) plan, and review and approve various other compensation policies and matters. Among the committee’s responsibilities are the preparation of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and Compensation Committee Report required by the rules of the SEC. Each member of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and satisfies the NASDAQ independence requirements.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and governance committee of our board of directors are Messrs. Hundt and Redfield and Dr. Balkanski. Mr. Redfield chairs the nominating and governance committee. The nominating and governance committee will review and report to our board of directors on a periodic basis with regard to matters of corporate governance, and will review, assess and make recommendations on the effectiveness of our corporate governance policies. In addition, our nominating and governance committee will review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the size and composition of our board of directors and the appropriate qualities and skills required of our directors in the context of the then-current make-up of our board of directors. This will include an assessment of each candidate’s independence, personal and professional integrity, financial literacy or other professional or business experience relevant to an understanding of our business, ability to think and act independently and with sound judgment, and ability to serve our stockholders’ long-term interests. These factors, and others as considered useful by our nominating and governance committee, will be reviewed in the context of an assessment of the perceived needs of our board of directors at a particular point in time. As a result, the priorities and emphasis of our nominating and governance committee and of our board of directors may change from time to time to take into account changes in business and other trends, as well as the portfolio of skills and experience of current and prospective directors.

Our nominating and governance committee will lead the search for, select and recommend candidates for election to our board of directors. Consideration of new director candidates typically will involve a series of committee discussions, review of information concerning candidates and interviews with selected candidates. Candidates for nomination to our board of directors typically have been suggested by other members of our board of directors or by our executive officers. From time to time, our nominating and governance committee may engage the services of a third-party search firm to identify director candidates. Our nominating and governance committee will consider candidates proposed in writing by stockholders, provided such proposal meets the eligibility requirements for submitting stockholder proposals for inclusion in our next proxy statement and is accompanied by the required information about the candidate specified in our amended and restated bylaws. Candidates proposed by stockholders will be evaluated by our nominating and governance committee using the same criteria as for all other candidates.

 

70


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics. The code applies to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), agents and representatives, including directors and consultants. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our web site at http://www.infinera.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions or our directors on our web site identified above. The inclusion of our web site address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our web site into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The compensation committee of the board of directors currently consists of Messrs. Martin and Redfield and Dr. Balkanski. None of our executive officers has ever served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has or has had one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Any repeal of or modification to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws may not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer for or with respect to any acts or omissions of that director or officer occurring prior to that amendment or repeal. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have obtained such a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by

 

71


Table of Contents

any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Director and Executive Compensation

Director Compensation

Our directors do not currently receive any cash compensation for their services as members of our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors nor do we have a policy of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings. During 2006, each of our non-employee directors who was not a significant stockholder or affiliated with a significant stockholder of ours received an initial stock option award to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock upon such director becoming a member of our board of directors, plus an additional annual stock option award of 18,750 shares. Furthermore, such directors received an option award of 12,500 shares if they served on our audit committee or compensation committee and an additional 6,250 shares if they served as chairman of our audit committee.

Beginning on                     , 2007, each non-employee member of our board of directors will be entitled to receive an annual retainer of $            . In addition, each non-employee director serving on our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee will be entitled to an additional annual retainer of $            , $             and $            , respectively, and the chair of each such committee will be entitled to an additional annual retainer of $            , $             and $            , respectively. The retainer fees will be paid in four quarterly payments on the first day of each calendar quarter.

Non-employee directors will be entitled to an initial stock option award to purchase              shares of our common stock upon such director becoming a member of our board of directors, plus an additional              shares if serving on our audit committee and an additional              shares if serving as chairman of our audit committee. Each initial option will become exercisable for the shares in 48 equal monthly installments. Each year thereafter, each non-employee director will receive an annual stock option award to purchase              shares of our common stock on the date of our annual stockholders meeting, plus an additional              shares if serving on our audit committee and an additional              shares if serving as chairman of our audit committee, each of which will vest in 12 equal monthly installments. All such options will be granted at the fair market value on the date of the award.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the annual director compensation paid or accrued by us to individuals who were directors during any part of 2006. The table excludes Mr. Singh and Dr. Welch who are named executive officers and who did not receive any compensation from us in their roles as directors in 2006. Dr. Welch’s term as a director ended on November 2, 2006.

Director Compensation

For Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

Name

  

Option

Awards(1) ($)

   Options
Held (#)
   Grant Date
Fair Value
of Option
Awards($)

Alexandre Balkanski, Ph.D.

   $ —      —      —  

Gregory Galanos(2)

     —      —      —  

Kenneth A. Goldman

     5,241    37,500    43,650

Vinod Khosla(2)

     —      —      —  

Hugh C. Martin

     8,828    43,750    50,925

Dan Maydan, Ph.D.

     2,746    18,750    21,825

Drew D. Perkins(3)

     —      —      —  

Carl Redfield

     7,219    75,000    87,300

Thurman J. Rodgers, Ph.D.(4)

     —      —      —  

Pradeep S. Sindhu, Ph.D.

     5,440    18,750    21,825

(1) The value reported above in the “Option Awards” column is the amount we expensed during 2006 for each director’s option award calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). All awards were granted under our 2000 Stock Plan.
(2) The terms of Messrs. Galanos and Khosla as directors ended on November 20, 2006.
(3) Mr. Perkins did not receive any options for his role as a director, and his term as a director ended on November 21, 2006.
(4) Dr. Rodgers’ term as a director ended on August 16, 2006.

Executive Compensation

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

For Named Executive Officers

Overview—Compensation Objectives

Our compensation and benefits programs seek to attract and retain our senior executives and to motivate them to pursue our corporate objectives. Through our annual goal setting process, individual objectives are aligned with organizational objectives. We evaluate and reward our executive officers based on their willingness to take a leadership position in improving our internal structures and processes and their ability to identify and exploit opportunities to grow our business. In addition, at the beginning of each year, our compensation committee establishes specific goals and objectives for compensating our employees, including our named executive officers.

Specifically, we have created a compensation program that has a mix of short- and long-term components, cash and equity elements and fixed and contingent payments in the proportions we believe will provide the proper incentives, reward our senior management team and help us achieve the following goals:

 

  Ÿ  

foster a goal oriented, highly-motivated management team whose participants have a clear understanding of business objectives and shared corporate values;

 

  Ÿ  

allocate company resources most effectively in the development of market-leading technology and products;

 

  Ÿ  

control costs in each facet of our business to maximize our efficiency;

 

73


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

enable us to attract, retain and motivate a world class leadership team; and

 

  Ÿ  

achieve internal equity across our organization.

Our executive compensation program has been targeted at below median cash compensation and equity compensation at or above the median. With the relatively large equity weighting, this approach seeks to reward our executive officers when we achieve our goals and objectives and generate stockholder returns. At the same time, if our corporate goals are not achieved, a significant portion of the compensation for our key managers is at risk. In this way, our executive compensation is aligned with the interests of our stockholders.

Role of Our Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee approves, administers and interprets our executive compensation and benefit policies. Our compensation committee was appointed by our board of directors, and consists entirely of directors who are “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Martin and Redfield and Dr. Balkanski, and is chaired by Dr. Balkanski.

Our compensation committee has taken the following steps, in consultation with Compensia, a compensation consulting firm that our compensation committee retained, to ensure that our executive compensation and benefit programs are consistent with both our compensation philosophy and our corporate governance guidelines:

 

  Ÿ  

evaluated our compensation practices and assisted in developing and implementing the executive compensation program and philosophy;

 

  Ÿ  

with input from our management team, developed a competitive peer group composed of public networking equipment companies and performed analyses of competitive performance and compensation levels for us and each of our competitive companies;

 

  Ÿ  

developed recommendations with regard to executive compensation structures based on targeting a competitive level of pay as measured against the peer group of companies that were reviewed and approved by our compensation committee and board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

established a practice, in accordance with the rules of NASDAQ, of prospectively reviewing the performance and determining the compensation earned, paid or awarded to our chief executive officer independent of input from him;

 

  Ÿ  

established a policy, in accordance with the rules of NASDAQ, to review on an annual basis the performance of our other executive officers with assistance from our chief executive officer and determining what we believe to be appropriate total compensation based on competitive levels as measured against our peer group; and

 

  Ÿ  

established a policy to specify grant dates for both new hire and annual retention equity awards as a public company.

Competitive Market Review

The market for experienced management is highly competitive in our industry. We aim to attract and retain the most highly qualified executives to manage each of our business functions. In doing so, we aim to draw upon a pool of talent that is highly sought after by both large and established networking equipment and transport companies in our geographic area and by other competitive companies in development or early stage phases. Established organizations in our industry seek to recruit top talent from emerging companies in the sector just as smaller organizations look to attract

 

74


Table of Contents

and retain the best talent from the industry as a whole. The competition for technical and commercial skills is fierce across the sector and we expect it to remain high for the foreseeable future.

We must match market cash compensation levels and satisfy the day-to-day financial requirements of our candidates through competitive base salaries and cash bonuses. We also compete for key personnel on the basis of our vision of future success; our culture and company values; the cohesiveness and productivity of our teams; and the excellence of our technical and management personnel. In all of these areas, we compete with other emerging networking equipment/optical transport companies. In order to succeed in attracting and retaining top executive talent, we continuously draw upon surveys presented by Compensia, as well as other nationally recognized surveys. Our management and compensation committee review data that analyzes various cross-sections of our industry, as well as relevant geographical areas.

Market Benchmarks: How We Define Our Market and How We Use Market Compensation Data

In 2006, Compensia conducted an executive total compensation review that compares our executive’s total compensation levels to those of other executives at our peer companies. Compensia works directly with the compensation committee and management to interpret the results, make certain specific and general recommendations and assist in setting compensation levels for our executive officers.

Defining the Market.     For 2006, we used two market references to compare our total compensation practices for our executives and levels to those in the market:

 

  Ÿ  

Select Peer Group .    18 companies, including a mix of publicly-traded U.S. networking and optical transport companies; and

 

  Ÿ  

Radford High Technology Industry Report by Aon Consulting .    A national survey of executive compensation levels and practices that covers approximately 80 positions in 700 organizations.

Determining Market Levels and Specific Comparisons .    We compare our practices and levels by each compensation component, by target annual cash compensation, which includes base salary and target annual incentive opportunity, and by total direct compensation, including base salary, target annual incentive opportunity and annual equity compensation components. The competitive comparisons made in this process are used to determine our approximate position relative to the appropriate market benchmark by compensation component and in the aggregate.

Executive Compensation Program

Components of our Compensation Program

Our performance-driven compensation program consists of five components:

 

  Ÿ  

base salary;

 

  Ÿ  

annual cash bonuses;

 

  Ÿ  

equity-based incentives;

 

  Ÿ  

benefits; and

 

  Ÿ  

severance/termination protection.

We chose to build our executive compensation program around each of the above elements because each individual component is useful in achieving one or more of the objectives of the program

 

75


Table of Contents

and we believe that, together, they have been and will continue to be effective in achieving our overall objectives. We utilize short-term compensation, including base salary and cash bonuses, to motivate and reward our key executives in accordance with our “pay for performance” philosophy. We are in the process of implementing and systematizing our review process, with the objective of measuring and providing feedback on individual performance as it relates to the goals we wish to achieve for the company as a whole and the employee individually.

Basis for our Compensation Program

We have an annual goal setting process that is open and collaborative in nature. Executive team members establish their functional objectives taking into account overall corporate goals and incorporating the feedback and commentary of their senior management colleagues and the board of directors. Towards the end of each calendar year, we engage in our annual goal setting process driven by our chief operating officer. In line with established financial objectives, each functional vice president who reports directly to our chief executive officer, submits departmental goals in support of that plan which are then consolidated by our chief operating officer. A meeting is convened and these same vice presidents attend and present their goals to their colleagues for comment and approval. Ultimately, our chief executive officer has final authority with respect to the goals that are established through this process.

To more successfully promote a team-oriented approach to company performance, each executive’s annual incentive compensation is based on achievement against the same company performance objectives. We establish one set of company performance-oriented goals against which the entire management team is measured for purposes of determining annual incentive compensation. Annual incentive compensation is paid based on the average of percentage achievement against each of the corporate goals. We see this approach to our annual incentive compensation as an integral part of our culture of collaborative, team-oriented management. Individual performance and achievement against individual goals and objectives is only taken into account in setting base salaries and annual equity awards. The value of equity awards made to our senior executives will vary in value based on our stock price performance. Our senior executives’ total compensation may vary significantly from year-to-year based on company and individual performance.

Weighting of Elements in our Compensation Program

The use and weight of each compensation element is based on a subjective determination by the compensation committee of the importance of each element in meeting our overall objectives. In general, we seek to put a significant amount of each executive’s total potential compensation “at risk” based on corporate and individual performance. As a result, compensation paid in the form of base salary and benefits represented less than half of each continuing executive’s potential total compensation at target performance levels for 2007. We believe that, as is common in the technology sector, stock option and other equity-based awards are the primary compensation-related motivator in attracting and retaining employees and that salary and bonus levels are secondary considerations to many employees.

Base Salary .    Base salary will typically be used to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of each executive officer, as well as competitive market conditions. In establishing the 2007 base salaries of our named executive officers, our compensation committee took into account a number of factors, including the executive’s seniority, position and functional role and level of responsibility. For executives hired in 2006, we considered the base salary of the individual at his or her prior employment and any unique personal circumstances that motivated the executive to leave that prior position and join our company. In addition, in both cases we considered the competitive market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and industries. For 2006 and

 

76


Table of Contents

2007, base salaries for our senior executives were and are generally positioned below the median of our peer companies, consistent with our philosophy of linking total reward with performance objectives of the company.

The base salary of our named executive group will be reviewed on an annual basis and adjustments will be made to reflect performance-based factors, as well as competitive conditions. We will not apply specific formulas to determine increases. Generally, executive salaries will be adjusted effective January 1 of each year.

Bonuses .    Annual performance bonuses for our executive officers are based on the achievement of company annual goals and objectives and are paid in cash. These objectives may change from year-to-year as the company continues to evolve and different priorities are established, but are subject to the review and approval of the compensation committee. Awards under our bonus programs are based on a thorough quantitative and qualitative review of all the facts and circumstances related to company performance when determining each individual’s annual bonus. The compensation committee approves the annual incentive award for the chief executive officer. For all other executive officers, the compensation committee approves the annual incentive award with input from the chief executive officer.

During 2006, we introduced for the first time a management bonus plan which was applicable only to the second half of that year. Bonus targets were tied to revenue and gross margin targets. There were two levels of bonus dependant upon job title. The chief executive officer and all non-sales vice presidents could achieve 15% of base salary as a bonus for 100% achievement of goals for the second half of 2006 only. For all non-sales employees with a job title at Director level, the target bonus was 7.5% of 2006 base salary. For 2006, there was no maximum on these bonus amounts. Further details of the actual bonus payouts can be reviewed in the table titled “Summary Compensation Table.”

Under our 2007 Executive Bonus Plan, the corporate objectives for bonuses are a combination of financial related measures. The payouts under the bonus plan will be capped at 200% of targeted bonuses. Failure to achieve threshold performance against operating profit as adjusted for certain items, regardless of the achievement against other measures, will result in no bonus being paid. For 2007, the following target bonus percentages, as a percentage of base salary, will apply: Mr. Singh—100%, Mr. Williams—50%, Mr. Fallon—60%, Mr. McCarthy—40% and Dr. Welch—40%. In the future, cash bonuses are expected to be paid in a single installment during the month of February of the year following the measurement year.

Equity-based incentives .    We believe that strong long-term corporate performance is achieved with a corporate culture that encourages long-term performance by our executive officers through the use of stock-based awards. Our equity incentive plans have been established to provide certain of our employees, including our executive officers, with incentives to help align those employees’ interests with the interests of our stockholders. We have not adopted stock ownership guidelines, and, other than for our co-founders, our equity incentive plans have provided the principal method for our executive officers to acquire equity or equity-linked interests in our company. Prior to this offering, we granted equity awards under our 2000 Stock Plan. In connection with our initial public offering, our board of directors has adopted a 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, which permits the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, performance shares and other stock-based awards. Our equity awards are designed to align management’s performance objectives with the interests of our stockholders. Our compensation committee grants equity awards to key executives in order to enable them to participate in the long-term appreciation of our stockholder value, while reducing or eliminating the economic benefit of such awards in the event we do not perform well. Additionally, to the extent that stock options and other equity awards are given in the form of option grants these provide an important retention tool for key executives, as they are in almost all cases subject to vesting over an extended period of time.

 

77


Table of Contents

In general, stock options for executive officers are granted annually in connection with our annual performance review in May of each year and are subject to vesting based on the executive’s continued service. Most new hire option grants vest over a four year period with 25% vesting after the first twelve months of service and the remainder vesting ratably each month thereafter over the next three years. Annual option grants also vest over a four year period and vest ratably each month subject to continued service through each vesting date. All options are granted at the fair market value on the date of grant. Our compensation committee will consider alternative forms of equity, such as performance shares, restricted stock units or restricted stock awards, and alternative vesting strategies based on the achievement of milestones when we become a public reporting company.

The size and terms of the initial option grant made to each executive officer upon joining the company are primarily based on competitive conditions applicable to the executive officer’s specific position. In addition, the compensation committee considers the number of options owned by other executives in comparable positions within our company using a blended model that considers options awarded as a percentage of shares outstanding and the aggregate value for each option grant. For 2006, the compensation committee recommended to the board of directors the annual equity-based incentive award for our chief executive officer. For all other executive officers in 2006, the compensation committee’s recommendations were made with input from the chief executive officer. The compensation committee has established stock option targets for specified categories of executive officers.

We use a number of methodologies to make external comparisons when we set the number of options to be granted to each executive officer. On an individual basis, we compare the fair value of the grant to those to executives made at peer companies using a Black-Scholes valuation for equity awards that is consistent with SFAS 123(R), and the number of option shares granted by position as a percentage of total common shares outstanding. We believe these comparisons provide important additional context for comparing the competitiveness of our equity-based compensation practices versus the market.

The annual performance equity awards we make to our executive officers will be driven by our sustained performance over time, our executive officers’ ability to impact our results that drive stockholder value, their organization level, their potential to take on roles of increasing responsibility, and competitive equity award levels for similar positions and organization levels in comparable companies. Equity forms a key part of the overall compensation for each executive officer and will be considered each year as part of the annual performance review process and incentive payout calculation.

During 2006, our board of directors granted stock options to our executive officers based upon the recommendations of our compensation committee in connection with our annual performance stock option grant process. All of these grants were made during meetings of our board of directors. The exercise price of options was determined by our board or directors after taking into account a wide variety of factors, including external valuation reports received from our independent valuation firms; the pricing of our most recently completed convertible preferred stock financing; the quality and growth of our management team; and market comparables within our industry. Subsequent to our initial public offering, our compensation committee intends to grant options for new hires on a monthly basis on the first business day of the month. All equity awards to our employees, including executive officers, and to our directors have been granted and reflected in our consolidated financial statements, based upon the applicable accounting guidance, with the exercise price equal to the fair market value on the grant date based on the valuation determined by our board of directors with the assistance of our independent valuation firms.

 

78


Table of Contents

Benefits.     We provide the following benefits to our named executive officers, generally on the same basis provided to all of our employees:

 

  Ÿ  

health, dental insurance and vision;

 

  Ÿ  

life insurance;

 

  Ÿ  

employee stock purchase plan;

 

  Ÿ  

employee assistance plan;

 

  Ÿ  

medical and dependant care flexible spending account;

 

  Ÿ  

short-and long-term disability, accidental death and dismemberment; and

 

  Ÿ  

a 401(k) plan.

We believe these benefits are consistent with companies with which we compete for employees.

Severance Compensation & Termination Protection.     We intend to enter into change of control agreements with each of our vice president level officers and above. Our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief operating officer will receive the following benefits if we undergo a change of control transaction and such officer is terminated without cause or is constructively terminated within 12 months following the change of control, subject to the individual’s prior execution of a general release in our favor:

 

  Ÿ  

50% of the shares subject to the new hire option grant or stock award made to such officer will vest;

 

  Ÿ  

100% of the unvested shares of each subsequent option or stock award will vest; and

 

  Ÿ  

the officer will be paid a lump sum equal to 12 months of base salary and will be provided with up to 12 months of COBRA.

Our other vice president level officers and above will receive the following benefits if we undergo a change of control transaction and such officer is terminated without cause or is constructively terminated within 12 months following the change of control, subject to the individual’s prior execution of a general release in our favor:

 

  Ÿ  

50% of the shares subject to the new hire option grant or stock award made to such officer will vest;

 

  Ÿ  

50% of the unvested shares of each subsequent option or stock award will vest; and

 

  Ÿ  

the officer will be paid a lump sum equal to six months of base salary plus up to six months of COBRA.

Accounting and Tax Considerations

Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) limits the amount that we may deduct for compensation paid to our chief executive officer and to each of our four most highly compensated officers to $1,000,000 per person, unless certain exemption requirements are met. Exemptions to this deductibility limit may be made for various forms of “performance-based” compensation. In the past, annual cash compensation to our executive officers has not exceeded $1,000,000 per person, so the compensation has been deductible. In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer’s total compensation to exceed $1,000,000. Under certain regulations, option spread compensation from options that meet certain requirements will not be subject to the

 

79


Table of Contents

$1,000,000 cap on deductibility, and in the past we have granted options that met those requirements. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, former principal financial officer and each of the next three most highly compensated executive officers during our year ended December 31, 2006. We refer to these executive officers as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal Position

  Salary($)   Option
Grants
($)(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)

Jagdeep Singh

President and Chief Executive Officer

  $ 200,000   $ 43,560   $ 32,526     $ —       $ 276,086

Duston M. Williams(4)

Chief Financial Officer

    129,808     43,780     40,657       —         214,245

William R. Zerella(5)

former Chief Financial Officer

    142,109     —       —         125,000 (3)     267,109

Scott A. Chandler

Vice President, Worldwide Sales

    225,000     7,260     984,946 (6)     —         1,217,206

Michael O. McCarthy III

Vice President and General Counsel

    230,000     11,610     37,405       —         279,015

David F. Welch, Ph.D.

Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer

    200,000     21,780     32,526       —         254,306

(1) Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of stock options granted in 2006, calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.
(2) The amounts in this column represent total performance-based bonuses earned for services rendered during 2006 under our 2006 Executive Bonus Plan, in which all executives who do not receive sales commissions participate. During 2006, we introduced the bonus plan which was applicable only to the second half of that year. Bonus targets were set related to revenue and margin, which were the key metrics in support of the business plan in effect at that time. 50% of the bonus was based on our performance relative to our revenue plan and the other 50% of the bonus was based on our performance relative to our gross margin plan. Payment of any bonus was contingent on our having achieved both (i) at least 80% of our revenue plan and (ii) at least 80% of our gross margin plan. Target bonus for each named executive officer was 15% of base salary. Bonuses earned in 2006 are anticipated to be paid in April 2007.
(3) This amount represents the amount paid to Mr. Zerella as severance in connection with his termination of employment. See the section titled “Separation Agreement” for a discussion of Mr. Zerella’s severance arrangement.
(4) Mr. Williams became our chief financial officer in June 2006.
(5) Mr. Zerella left Infinera in July 2006.
(6) Mr. Chandler earned this amount during 2006 solely through sales commissions related to certain individual performance targets. $158,633 of Mr. Chandler’s non-equity incentive plan compensation was based on individual performance targets set in 2006 for which payment was contingent on shipments made in January 2007 and was paid in February 2007.

 

80


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2006.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

For Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

   

Estimated Future Payouts
Under

Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards

     

All Other Option
Awards: Number
of Securities

Underlying
Options(#)

 

Exercise or
Base Price
of Option

Awards
($/Sh)

  Grant Date Fair
Value of
Option Awards(3)

Name

 

Threshold($)(1)

  Target($)(2)   Grant Date      

Jagdeep Singh

President and Chief Executive Officer

  $
 
24,000
 
  $ 30,000   8/8/2006
8/8/2006
  50,000
325,000
  $
 
2.00
2.00
  $
 
58,200
378,300

Duston M. Williams

Chief Financial Officer

    30,000     37,500   8/8/2006
8/8/2006
  50,000
325,000
   
 
2.00
2.00
   
 
58,200
378,300

William R. Zerella

former Chief Financial
Officer

    —       —     —     —       —       —  

Scott A. Chandler

Vice President, Worldwide Sales

    —       —     8/8/2006
8/8/2006
  50,000
12,500
   
 
2.00
2.00
   
 
58,200
14,550

Michael O. McCarthy III

Vice President and General Counsel

    27,600     34,500   8/8/2006
8/8/2006
  50,000
50,000
   
 
2.00
2.00
   
 
58,200
58,200

David F. Welch, Ph.D.

Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer

    24,000     30,000   8/8/2006
8/8/2006
  137,500
50,000
   
 
2.00
2.00
   
 
160,050
58,200

(1) The threshold payments under our 2006 Executive Bonus Plan were set at 12% of each named executive officer’s base salary. Please see the Summary Compensation Table above for the amounts our named executive officers earned under the 2006 Executive Bonus Plan.
(2) The target payments under our 2006 Executive Bonus Plan were set at 15% of each named executive officer’s base salary. Please see the Summary Compensation Table above for the amounts our named executive officers earned under the 2006 Executive Bonus Plan.
(3) Amounts reflect the total fair value of stock options granted in 2006, calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).

 

81


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2006

The following table presents certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2006.

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Number
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable(#)
    Number
of Securities
Underlying
Exercised
Options
That Have Not
Vested(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price($)
   Option
Expiration
Date

Jagdeep Singh

President and Chief Executive Officer

   75,757
199,242
50,000
325,000
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
 

60,307
111,568

 

 

 

 

(5)
(5)

  $
 
 
 
1.32
1.32
2.00
2.00
   11/27/2015
11/27/2015
8/7/2016
8/7/2016

Duston M. Williams

Chief Financial Officer

   50,000
325,000
(6)
(7)
     
 
2.00
2.00
   8/7/2016
8/7/2016

William R. Zerella

former Chief Financial Officer

   —       —         —      —  

Scott A. Chandler

Vice President, Worldwide Sales

   33,750
15,000
17,500
66,250
50,000
12,500
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
     
 
 
 
 
 
1.84
2.24
0.76
1.32
2.00
2.00
   5/15/2013
7/5/2014
2/1/2015
11/27/2015
8/7/2016
8/7/2016

Michael O. McCarthy III

Vice President and General Counsel

   5,937
3,750
26,515
35,985
50,000
50,000

(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)

 

 

35,156

 

 

 

 

(20)

   
 
 
 
 
 
1.84
2.24
1.32
1.32
2.00
2.00
   5/15/2013
7/5/2014
11/27/2015
11/27/2015
8/7/2016
8/7/2016

David F. Welch, Ph.D.

Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer

   137,500
50,000
(21)
(22)
 

60,307
42,818
48,927
20,500

 

(23)
(23)
(24)
(24)

   
 
2.00
2.00
   8/7/2016
8/7/2016

(1)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 26,830 shares were fully vested and 48,927 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(2)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 70,565 shares were fully vested and 128,677 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(3)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 6,250 shares were fully vested and 43,750 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(4)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 40,625 shares were fully vested and 284,375 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

 

82


Table of Contents
(5) Shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the early exercise of options, but which are unvested and, therefore, subject to our right to repurchase as of December 31, 2006. Our right to repurchase is at a price per share of $0.76.

(6)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests as to 1/4 th of the shares of the underlying common stock on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the shares of underlying common stock monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2006, no shares were fully vested and 50,000 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(7)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests as to 1/4 th of the shares of the underlying common stock on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the shares of underlying common stock monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2006, no shares were fully vested and 325,000 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(8)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests as to 1/4 th of the shares of the underlying common stock on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the shares of underlying common stock monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2006, 30,234 shares were fully vested and 3,516 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(9)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 9,687 shares were fully vested and 5,313 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(10)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 9,114 shares were fully vested and 8,386 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(11)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 23,463 shares were fully vested and 42,787 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(12)

The option is subject to early exercise provisions and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 6,250 shares were fully vested and 43,750 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(13)

The option is subject to early exercise provisions and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 1,562 shares were fully vested and 10,938 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(14)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests as to 1/4 th of the shares of the underlying common stock on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the shares of underlying common stock monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2006, 2,969 shares were fully vested and 2,969 will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(15)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 2,500 shares were fully vested and 1,250 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(16)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 1,657 shares were fully vested and 24,858 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(17)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 6,155 shares were fully vested and 29,830 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(18)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 7,292 shares were fully vested and 42,709 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(19)

The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 7,292 shares were fully vested and 42,709 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(20) Shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the early exercise of options, but which are unvested and, therefore, subject to our right of repurchase as of December 31, 2006. Our right to repurchase is at a price per share of $0.76.

(21)

The option is subject to early exercise provisions and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 17,187 shares were fully vested and 120,313 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(22)

The option is subject to early exercise provisions and is immediately exercisable. The option vests monthly as to 1/48 th of the shares of the underlying common stock. As of December 31, 2006, 6,250 shares were fully vested and 43,750 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

(23) Shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the early exercise of options, but which are unvested and, therefore, subject to our right to repurchase as of December 31, 2006. Our right to repurchase is at a price per share of $0.76.
(24) Shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the early exercise of options, but which are unvested and, therefore, subject to our right to repurchase as of December 31, 2006. Our right to repurchase is at a price per share of $1.32.

 

83


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Restricted Stock Vesting During 2006

The following table presents certain information on an aggregated basis concerning the exercise of options by, and vesting of restricted stock held by, each of our named executive officers during 2006.

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise(#)
    Value
Realized on
Exercise($)(1)

Jagdeep Singh

President and Chief Executive Officer

   —       $ —  

Duston M. Williams

Chief Financial Officer

   —         —  

William R. Zerella

former Chief Financial Officer

   107,811    

Scott A. Chandler

Vice President, Worldwide Sales

   —         —  

Michael O. McCarthy III

Vice President and General Counsel

   129,061 (2)  

David F. Welch, Ph.D.

Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer

   107,499 (3)  

(1) The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of an option represents the difference between the aggregate market price of the shares of our common stock underlying that option on the date of exercise, which we have assumed to be $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the aggregate exercise price of the option.
(2) As of December 31, 2006, 37,760 of the 129,061 shares with a value of $            , based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, are unvested and subject to repurchase by us at a price per share of $0.76.
(3) As of December 31, 2006, 89,583 of the 107,499 shares with a value of $            , based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, are unvested and subject to repurchase by us at a price per share of $1.32.

Offer Letters

We are party to the following agreements contained in employment offer letters with our named executive officers.

Duston M. Williams

On May 1, 2006, Mr. Williams executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The written offer of employment specifies that Mr. Williams’ employment with us is “at will.” The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $250,000 and on August 8, 2006 we granted Mr. Williams an option to purchase an aggregate of 375,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4 th on the one year anniversary of the June 19, 2006 vesting commencement date and then 1/48 th  per month thereafter. The letter also provides Mr. Williams with certain severance and change of control benefits. See the section titled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Scott A. Chandler

On February 26, 2003, Mr. Chandler executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Vice President, Sales for North America. In November 2004, Mr. Chandler was promoted to the position of Vice President, Worldwide Sales. The written offer of employment specifies that Mr. Chandler’s employment with us is “at will.” The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $200,000, a signing bonus of $10,000, a performance bonus of $10,000 per year, and a grant of an option to purchase 33,750 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4 th on the one year anniversary of the May 15, 2003 vesting commencement date and then 1/48 th  per month thereafter.

 

84


Table of Contents

Michael O. McCarthy III

On January 5, 2003, Mr. McCarthy executed our written offer of employment to serve as our Vice President and General Counsel. The written offer of employment specifies that Mr. McCarthy’s employment with us is “at will.” The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $230,000 and a grant of options to purchase 47,500 shares of our common stock. The option vests 1/4 th on the one year anniversary of the May 5, 2003 vesting commencement date and then 1/48 th  per month thereafter. See the section titled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Separation Agreement

William R. Zerella

Mr. Zerella’s employment terminated as our chief financial officer on July 1, 2006. On June 29, 2006, we entered into a separation agreement and general release with Mr. Zerella pursuant to which we agreed to make a lump sum cash payment to Mr. Zerella of $125,000. Also as part of this agreement, we agreed to accelerate the vesting of approximately one-third of Mr. Zerella’s unvested stock options, 28,125 of his then 84,978 unvested and outstanding options, and to extend Mr. Zerella’s ability to exercise his stock options until December 31, 2006. In 2006, Mr. Zerella exercised all of the 107,811 vested shares pursuant to his options. We also agreed to continue to pay for Mr. Zerella’s health benefits until the earlier of (i) the date of his full-time employment with another entity; and (ii) December 31, 2006. Receipt of these benefits was made contingent upon Mr. Zerella’s execution of a general release of claims against us, which we obtained. Such payments and benefits had a value of:

 

Termination of Employment

Compensation and Benefits

   Separation Agreement($)

Cash

    $ 125,000

Equity Acceleration(1)

  

Health Care Benefits(2)

    

(1) 28,125 shares of common stock subject to Mr. Zerella’s options were accelerated under the terms of his separation agreement. The amount indicated in the table is calculated as the spread value of the options subject to accelerated vesting on December 31, 2006 but assuming a price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, or 28,125 multiplied by $            .
(2) We did not pay any COBRA health benefits for Mr. Zerella.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

We intend to enter into change of control agreements and/or maintain employee benefits plans that require specific payments and/or benefits to be provided to the following named executive officers in the event of termination of employment. The following tables describe the payments and/or benefits which are owed by us to each of our named executive officers upon termination of employment in the following situations and for the following reasons described below. The terms “Cause,” “Constructively Terminated” and “Change of Control” have the meanings set forth in the relevant agreements.

Jagdeep Singh

On October 28, 2004, we granted Mr. Singh options to purchase an aggregate of 374,999 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th  per month over a four year period. Under the terms of the related option agreements and our planned change of control agreement with Mr. Singh, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Singh is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Singh would be entitled to acceleration of 100% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

 

85


Table of Contents

On November 28, 2005, we granted Mr. Singh options to purchase an aggregate of 274,999 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period from the July 26, 2005 vesting commencement date. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. Singh, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Singh is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Singh would be entitled to acceleration of 100% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On August 8, 2006, we granted Mr. Singh options to purchase an aggregate of 375,000 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month from the June 29, 2006 vesting commencement date . Under the terms of the planned change of control agreement, if Mr. Singh is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Singh would be entitled to acceleration of 100% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

In addition, the change of control agreement that we intend to enter into with Mr. Singh will require us to pay him a lump sum equal to twelve months of base salary plus twelve months of COBRA if he is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated within a one-year period after a Change of Control.

Assuming Mr. Singh’s employment terminated on December 31, 2006, by virtue of the agreements described above, he would be entitled to benefits with the value set forth in the table below:

 

Termination of Employment

Compensation and Benefits

   Termination Without
Cause or
Constructively
Terminated After
Change of Control($)

Equity Acceleration(1)

   $  

Salary

     200,000

Health Care Benefits

  

(1) 171,875 shares of common stock subject to Mr. Singh’s options would accelerate if he were terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated in connection with a Change of Control on December 31, 2006. The amount indicated in the table is calculated as the spread value of the options subject to accelerated vesting on December 31, 2006 but assuming a price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, or 171,875 multiplied by $            .

Duston M. Williams

On August 8, 2006, we granted Mr. Williams options to purchase an aggregate of 375,000 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/4 th on the one year anniversary of the June 19, 2006 vesting commencement date and then 1/48 th  per month thereafter. Under the terms of the related option agreements, his offer letter and our planned change of control agreement with Mr. Williams, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control Mr. Williams is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Williams will be entitled to acceleration of 100% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants. Mr. Williams would also be entitled to such acceleration if he is terminated without Cause after the appointment of a new chief executive officer.

In addition, the change of control agreement that we intend to enter into with Mr. Williams will require us to pay him a lump sum equal to twelve months of base salary plus twelve months of COBRA if he is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated within a one-year period after a Change of Control.

 

86


Table of Contents

Assuming Mr. Williams’ employment terminated on December 31, 2006, by virtue of the agreements described above, he would be entitled to benefits with the value set forth in the table below:

 

Termination of Employment

Compensation and Benefits

   Termination Without
Cause In
Connection with
Appointment of a
New CEO($)
  

Termination Without
Cause or
Constructively
Terminated After

Change of Control($)

Equity Acceleration(1)

   $                     $  

Salary

     —        250,000

Health Care Benefits

     —     

(1) 187,500 shares of common stock subject to Mr. Williams’ options would accelerate if he were terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated in connection with a Change of Control, or if he is terminated without Cause in connection with the appointment of a new chief executive officer, on December 31, 2006. The amount indicated in the table is calculated as the spread value of the options subject to accelerated vesting on December 31, 2006 but assuming a price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, or 187,500 multiplied by $            .

Scott A. Chandler

On May 16, 2003, we granted Mr. Chandler options to purchase 33,750 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/4 th after one year from the May 15, 2003 vesting commencement date and then 1/48 th per month thereafter. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. Chandler, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Chandler is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Chandler will be entitled to acceleration of 100% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On July 6, 2004, we granted Mr. Chandler options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. Chandler, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Chandler is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Chandler will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On February 2, 2005, we granted Mr. Chandler options to purchase 17,500 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. Chandler, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Chandler is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Chandler will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On November 28, 2005, we granted Mr. Chandler options to purchase 66,250 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. Chandler, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Chandler is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Chandler will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On August 8, 2006, we granted Mr. Chandler options to purchase an aggregate of 62,500 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th  per month from June 28, 2006. Under the terms of the related option agreements and the planned change of control agreement with Mr. Chandler, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. Chandler is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. Chandler will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the shares underlying these option grants (or the remainder if more than 50% are then vested).

 

87


Table of Contents

In addition, the change of control agreement that we intend to enter into with Mr. Chandler requires us to pay him a lump sum equal to six months of base salary plus six months of COBRA if he is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated within a one-year period after a Change of Control.

Assuming Mr. Chandler’s employment terminated on December 31, 2006, by virtue of the agreements described above, he would be entitled to benefits with the value set forth in the table below:

 

Termination of Employment

Compensation and Benefits

   Termination Without
Cause or
Constructively
Terminated After
Change of Control ($)

Equity Acceleration(1)

   $  

Salary

     112,500

Health Care Benefits

  

(1) 31,250 shares of common stock subject to Mr. Chandler’s options would accelerate if he were terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated in connection with a Change of Control on December 31, 2006. The amount indicated in the table is calculated as the spread value of the options subject to accelerated vesting on December 31, 2006 but assuming a price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, or 31,250 multiplied by $            .

Michael O. McCarthy III

On May 16, 2003, we granted Mr. McCarthy options to purchase 47,500 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/4 th one year from the May 5, 2003 vesting commencement date and then 1/48 th per month thereafter. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. McCarthy, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. McCarthy is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. McCarthy will be entitled to acceleration of 100% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On July 6, 2004, we granted Mr. McCarthy options to purchase 3,750 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. McCarthy, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. McCarthy is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. McCarthy will be entitled to acceleration of the 50% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On May 11, 2005, we granted Mr. McCarthy options to purchase 62,500 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. McCarthy, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. McCarthy is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. McCarthy will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On November 28, 2005, we granted Mr. McCarthy options to purchase an aggregate of 87,500 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Mr. McCarthy, if within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. McCarthy is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. McCarthy will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On August 8, 2006, we granted Mr. McCarthy options to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th  per month from June 29, 2006. Under the terms of the related option agreements and the planned change of control agreement with Mr. McCarthy, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Mr. McCarthy is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Mr. McCarthy will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the shares underlying these option grants (or the remainder if more than 50% are then vested).

 

88


Table of Contents

In addition, the change of control agreement that we intend to enter into with Mr. McCarthy will require us to pay him a lump sum equal to six months of base salary plus six months of COBRA if he is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated within a one-year period after a Change of Control.

Assuming Mr. McCarthy’s employment terminated on December 31, 2006, by virtue of the agreements described above, he would be entitled to benefits with the value set forth in the table below:

 

Termination of Employment

Compensation and Benefits

   Termination Without
Cause or
Constructively
Terminated After
Change of Control($)

Equity Acceleration(1)

   $  

Salary

     115,000

Health Care Benefits

  

(1) 73,646 shares of common stock subject to Mr. McCarthy’s options would accelerate if he were terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated in connection with a Change of Control on December 31, 2006. The amount indicated in the table is calculated as the spread value of the options subject to accelerated vesting on December 31, 2006 but assuming a price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, or 73,646 multiplied by $            .

David F. Welch

On October 28, 2004, we granted Dr. Welch options to purchase an aggregate of 224,999 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th  per month from the October 28, 2004 vesting commencement date. Under the terms of the related option agreements and the planned change of control agreement with Dr. Welch, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Dr. Welch is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Dr. Welch will be entitled to acceleration of 100% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On November 28, 2005, we granted Dr. Welch options to purchase an aggregate of 107,499 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th per month over a four-year period from the July 26, 2005 vesting commencement date. Under the terms of our planned change of control agreement with Dr. Welch, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Dr. Welch is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Dr. Welch will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the unvested shares underlying these option grants.

On August 8, 2006, we granted Dr. Welch options to purchase an aggregate of 187,500 shares of common stock. The options vest 1/48 th  per month over a four year period from June 29, 2006. Under the terms of the related option agreements and the planned change of control agreement with Dr. Welch, if, within a one-year period after a Change of Control, Dr. Welch is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated, then Dr. Welch will be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the shares underlying these option grants (or the remainder if more than 50% are then vested).

In addition, the change of control agreement that we intend to enter into with Dr. Welch will require us to pay him a lump sum equal to six months of base salary plus six months of COBRA if he is terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated within a one-year period after a Change of Control.

 

89


Table of Contents

Assuming Dr. Welch’s employment terminated on December 31, 2006, by virtue of the agreements described above, he would be entitled to benefits with the value set forth in the table below:

 

Termination of Employment

Compensation and Benefits

   Termination Without
Cause or
Constructively
Terminated After
Change of Control($)

Equity Acceleration(1)

   $                 

Salary

     100,000

Health Care Benefits

  

(1) 103,125 shares of common stock subject to Dr. Welch’s options would accelerate if he were terminated without Cause or Constructively Terminated in connection with a Change of Control on December 31, 2006. The amount indicated in the table is calculated as the spread value of the options subject to accelerated vesting on December 31, 2006 but assuming a price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, or 103,125 multiplied by $            .

Equity Benefit Plans

2000 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2000 Stock Plan on December 6, 2000 and stockholders approved it on December 6, 2000. Certain amendments were made to the plan as of March 16, 2001; September 25, 2001; April 12, 2002; December 5, 2002; March 12, 2003; April 29, 2003; March 25, 2004; November 18, 2004; September 23, 2005; June 29, 2006 and December 12, 2006. Our 2000 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees. The plan also provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, and stock purchase rights that permit us to grant awards of restricted stock, to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Share Reserve

We have reserved an aggregate of 15,762,128 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2000 Stock Plan. As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase 7,872,264 shares of our common stock were outstanding, and 2,070,474 shares were available for future grant under this plan. Our board of directors has decided not to grant any additional options or other awards under the plan following the completion of this offering. However, the plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under the plan.

Administration

Our board of directors or a committee of our board, or a combination thereof, administers our 2000 Stock Plan. Our plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of participants and, if permitted by the applicable laws, our board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the plan. The board may increase or reduce the size of any committee to the extent permitted by the applicable laws and as permitted by Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to institute an option exchange program whereby outstanding options are exchanged for options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the fair market value of the common stock.

 

90


Table of Contents

Transferability

Under our 2000 Stock Plan incentive stock options and stock purchase rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. Prior to the date our common stock becomes a listed security, the administrator may provide that nonstatutory stock options may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to immediate family, on such terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate. After our common stock becomes a listed security, the administrator may provide that nonstatutory stock options will be transferable on such terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

Change in Control Transaction

Our 2000 Stock Plan provides that subject to any required action by our stockholders, the number of shares covered by each outstanding option or stock purchase right, and the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the plan but as to which no options or stock purchase rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the plan upon cancellation or expiration of an option or stock purchase right, as well as the price per share covered by each such outstanding option or stock purchase right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the company shall not be deemed to have been effected without receipt of consideration.

In the event of a corporate transaction, each outstanding option or stock purchase right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case the option or stock purchase right will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our 2000 Stock Plan will automatically terminate in 2010, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2000 Stock Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant without his or her consent.

2007 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan in February 2007 and we expect our stockholders will approve the plan prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Share Reserve

We have reserved a total of 13,600,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides for annual increases in

 

91


Table of Contents

the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2008 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year;

 

  Ÿ  

9,000,000 shares; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors or a committee of our board may determine.

Administration

Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Different committees with respect to different groups of service providers may administer our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced, outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a lower exercise price, or outstanding awards may be transferred to a third party.

Stock Options

The exercise price of options granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof. Stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it

 

92


Table of Contents

determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock units are awards of restricted stock, performance shares or performance units that are paid out in installments or on a deferred basis. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Payment for performance units and performance shares may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the administrator.

Transferability

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Change in Control Transaction

Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of our change in control, as defined in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, all options and stock appreciation rights will fully vest and become fully exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met. The administrator will provide notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise the option and stock appreciation right as to all of the shares subject to the award, and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of the period of time the administrator provides in the notice.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2017, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.

 

93


Table of Contents

2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Concurrently with this offering, we intend to establish the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in February 2007, and we expect our stockholders will approve the plan prior to the completion of this offering.

Share Reserve

A total of 1,812,500 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale. In addition, our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2007 fiscal year, equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of the fiscal year;

 

  Ÿ  

1,875,000 shares; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors or a committee of our board may determine.

Administration

Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our board of directors or its committee has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and determine eligibility.

Eligibility

All of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least twenty hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock if:

 

  Ÿ  

such employee immediately after the grant would own stock or options possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

such employee’s rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding.

Offering Periods

Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, and provides for consecutive six-month offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after February 15 and August 15 of each year, except for the first such offering period which will commence on the first trading day on or after the effective date of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after February 15, 2008.

Limitations

Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation which includes a participant’s straight time gross earnings, commissions, overtime and shift premium, exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 3,000 shares of common stock during an offering period.

 

94


Table of Contents

Purchase of Shares

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period. The purchase price is 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of the offering date or on the exercise date (i.e., the last day of the offering period), whichever is lower. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their payroll deductions to date. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Transferability

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Change in Control Transaction

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will automatically terminate in 2027, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a retirement plan, the 401(k) Plan, which is intended to be a tax-qualified retirement plan. The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all of our employees. Participants may elect to defer a percentage of their eligible pretax earnings each year up to the maximum contribution permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. All participants’ interests in his or her deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As such, contributions to the 401(k) Plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to participants until distributed from the 401(k) Plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

95


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2004, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the “Management” section of this prospectus, and the transactions described below.

Private Placement Financings

The following table summarizes purchases of our convertible preferred stock since January 1, 2004 by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all of our convertible preferred stock will convert to common stock.

 

     Shares of Convertible Preferred Stock      

Purchasers

   Series E(#)    Series G(#)     Aggregate
Purchase Price($)

Executive Officers and Directors(1):

       

Jagdeep Singh

   989,316    46,296     $ 2,624,360

Thomas F. Fallon

   125,000    —         300,000

Michael O. McCarthy III

   —      18,518       100,001

David F. Welch

   981,977    46,296       2,606,747

Kenneth A. Goldman

   —      18,518       100,000

Hugh C. Martin

   —      46,296       250,000

Carl Redfield(2)

   —      67,934       500,000

Thurman J. Rodgers(3)

   296,228    —         710,950

5% Stockholders(4):

       

Advanced Equities, Inc.

   —      5,859,936       31,643,673

KPCB Holdings, Inc., as Nominee

   3,132,196    925,925       12,517,271

Mobius VI, LLC

   3,132,194    —         7,517,265

RWI Ventures, L.P.

   555,016    2,504,628       14,857,037

Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P.(5)

   1,534,980    —         3,683,955

Worldview Technology Partners

   1,106,687    —         2,656,053

Dates

   September 2004 to
November 2004
   October 2005 to
June 2006
 
 
 

Sale Price

   $            2.40    $          5.40 (2)  

(1) Includes immediate family members and affiliated entities of our executive officers and directors.
(2) The 67,934 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock sold to Carl Redfield in October 2006 were at a purchase price of $7.36 per share.
(3) Dr. Rodgers resigned as a member of our board of directors on August 16, 2006. Includes shares purchased by Cypress Semiconductor. Dr. Rodgers is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cypress Semiconductor.
(4) Includes current 5% or greater holders as well as individuals or entities that were 5% or greater holders at the time of a related party transaction since January 1, 2004.
(5) Dr. Balkanski, one of our directors, is a managing member of Benchmark Capital Management Co. IV, L.L.C., the general partner of Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P.

 

96


Table of Contents

Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with the private placements referenced above, we have entered into an amended and restated Investors’ Rights Agreement with certain of our founders and stockholders. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such parties certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock and common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of the convertible preferred stock held by them. For more information regarding this agreement, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” In addition to the registration rights, the amended and restated Investors’ Rights Agreement provides for certain information rights and rights of first refusal. The provisions of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, other than those relating to registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Agreement

We have entered into an amended and restated voting agreement with certain of our founders and stockholders. This agreement concerns the composition of our board of directors, and requires parties to it to vote in favor of certain designees of our stockholders. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate in its entirety and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Employment Arrangements

Certain of our executive officers have signed offer letters describing certain terms of their employment. See the section titled “Management—Offer Letters” for additional information.

Change of Control Arrangements

We intend to enter into certain severance and change of control agreements with each of our executive officers. For information regarding these arrangements, see the section titled “Management—Executive Compensation Program and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Separation Arrangements

We entered into a separation agreement with William R. Zerella, our former chief financial officer on June 29, 2006. For information regarding this agreement, see the section titled “Management—Separation Agreement.”

Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors. For more information regarding these stock options, see the section titled “Management—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

 

97


Table of Contents

Other Transactions with our Significant Stockholders

On April 11, 2005, we entered into a long-term supply agreement with BTE Equipment, LLC, an affiliate of Level 3, for the supply of our DTN System and support services. On May 19, 2005, August 20, 2005 and November 15, 2006, we amended the terms of our supply agreement with Level 3. Certain of these amendments were entered into when Level 3 owned more than 5% of our outstanding shares. Pursuant to the agreement, we recognized $1.0 million of revenue in 2005 and $35.2 million of revenue in 2006.

On June 22, 2005, we entered into a Finder Agreement with Advanced Equities, Inc., or AEI, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, pursuant to which we engaged AEI as our non-exclusive agent in connection with the proposed sale by private placement of our Series G convertible preferred stock. Under the terms of the agreement, as amended, we agreed to pay AEI a placement fee equal to 5% of the aggregate purchase price of the Series G convertible preferred stock sold to certain qualified investors by AEI, or the Placement Amount, and to issue a warrant to purchase shares of Series G convertible preferred stock equal to the quotient of (i) 5% multiplied by the Placement Amount divided by (ii) the price per share of the Series G convertible preferred stock, with the Placement Amount being capped at $24 million for closings of Series G convertible preferred stock taking place after March 31, 2006. We paid AEI $3.9 million pursuant to this agreement and issued AEI warrants to purchase 600,784 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock. We also agreed to reimburse AEI for up to $20,000 worth of printing fees.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We have adopted a formal policy that our executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders, including their immediate family members and affiliates, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in the case it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of such persons’ immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees are required to report to our audit committee any such related party transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to the risks, costs and benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability of other sources for comparable services or products, and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee shall approve only those agreements that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

98


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table provides information concerning beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2006, and as adjusted to reflect our sale of the common stock being sold in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The following table lists the number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned based on 68,481,069 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006. The table also lists the applicable percentage beneficial ownership based on              shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters’ of their option to purchase up to an aggregate of              shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally includes voting power and/or investment power with respect to the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options for purposes of computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o Infinera Corporation, 169 Java Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned
        Percent
    Number   Before
Offering
    After
Offering

5% Stockholders

     

Entities affiliated with Advanced Equities Investments(1)

  6,460,720   9.3 %  

Entities affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers(2)

  6,422,311   9.3    

Entities affiliated with Mobius Venture Capital(3)

  5,364,334   7.8    

Entities affiliated with RWI Ventures(4)

  3,450,269   5.0    

Directors and Named Executive Officers

     

Alexandre Balkanski, Ph.D.(5)

  2,657,763   3.9    

Kenneth A. Goldman(6)

  106,018   *    

Reed E. Hundt(7)

  —     *    

Dan Maydan, Ph.D.(8)

  68,750   *    

Hugh C. Martin(9)

  140,046   *    

Carl Redfield(10)

  142,934   *    

Pradeep S. Sindhu, Ph.D.(11)

  50,000   *    

Jagdeep Singh(12)

  3,174,347   4.5    

Duston M. Williams(13)

  375,000   *    

William R. Zerella

  107,811   *    

Scott A. Chandler(14)

  195,000   *    

Michael O. McCarthy III(15)

  319,768   *    

David F. Welch, Ph.D.(16)

  2,801,887   4.0    

All current directors and executive officers as a group
(15 persons)(17)

  11,001,506   15.5    

 

99


Table of Contents

 * Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.
(1) Consists of (i) 2,443,494 shares held of record by Advanced Equities Investments XXVII, LLC; (ii) 272,237 shares held of record by Advanced Equities Investments XXVIII, LLC; (iii) 1,107,169 shares held of record by Advanced Equities Investments XXXI, LLC; (iv) 1,851,851 shares held of record by AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC; (v) 185,185 shares held of record by AEI Trilogy Fund I, LLC; and (vi) 600,784 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Advanced Equities, Inc. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $5.40 per share. The address for these entities is 311 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1650, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
(2) Includes (i) 4,394,857 shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-A, L.P., (ii) 123,952 shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-B, L.P. and (iii) 1,903,502 shares held by individuals affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers. The general partner of both Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-A, L.P. and Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-B, L.P. is Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X Associates, LLC. Shares are held for convenience in the name of “KPCB Holdings, Inc. as nominee” for the account of entities affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers and others. KPCB Holdings, Inc. has no voting, dispositive or pecuniary interest in any such shares. The address for all entities and individuals affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(3) Consists of (i) 2,492,271 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P.; (ii) 101,921 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P.; (iii) 97,093 shares held of record by Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P.; and (iv) 2,673,049 shares held of record by SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P. The address for these entities is 100 Superior Plaza Way, Suite 200, Superior, Colorado 80027.
(4) Consists of (i) 1,954,899 shares held of record by RWI Ventures I, L.P. and (ii) 1,495,370 shares held of record by RWI Ventures II, L.P. The general partner of RWI Ventures I, L.P. is RWI Ventures I, LLC; the general partner of RWI Ventures II, L.P. is RWI Ventures Management II, LLC. The address of these entities is 2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(5) Consists of 2,657,763 shares held of record by Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P., as nominee for Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund IV, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund IV-A, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund IV-B, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund IV-X, L.P. and related individuals. Dr. Balkanski is a managing member of Benchmark Capital Management Co. IV, L.L.C., which is the general partner of Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P. Dr. Balkanski disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by this fund except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Dr. Balkanski and this fund is c/o Benchmark Capital Partners, 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(6) Consists of (i) 50,000 shares held of record by Kenneth A. Goldman, 25,651 of which are subject to a repurchase option we hold as of December 31, 2006; (ii) 18,518 shares held of record by the Goldman-Valeriote Family Trust u/a/d 11/15/95; and (iii) options to purchase 37,500 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, of which 6,250 are fully vested. Mr. Goldman is a limited partner in certain Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers funds, RWI Ventures funds and Benchmark Capital Partners funds that hold 6,422,311, 3,450,269 and 2,657,763 shares of our common stock, respectively, as disclosed in footnotes 2, 4 and 5 to this table. Mr. Goldman disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(7) Mr. Hundt is a limited partner in certain Benchmark Capital Partners funds that hold an aggregate of 2,657,763 shares of our common stock, as disclosed in footnote 5 to this table. Mr. Hundt disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(8) Consists of (i) 50,000 shares held of record by Dan Maydan, 18,229 of which are subject to a repurchase option we hold as of December 31, 2006; and (ii) options to purchase 18,750 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, of which 3,125 are fully vested.
(9) Consists of (i) 50,000 shares held of record by Hugh Martin, 20,693 of which are subject to a repurchase option we hold as of December 31, 2006; (ii) 46,296 shares held of record by Hugh Martin and Moira Cullen Martin, Trustees of the HMCM Trust U/T/A October 14, 1992; and (iii) options to purchase 43,750 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, of which 7,291 are fully vested.
(10) Consists of (i) 75,000 shares held of record by Carl Redfield, all of which are subject to a repurchase option we hold as of December 31, 2006; and (ii) 67,934 shares held of record by Carl Redfield, Trustee of Carl Redfield Annuity Trust III dated November 6, 2006.

 

100


Table of Contents
(11) Consists of options to purchase 50,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, of which 17,448 are fully vested.
(12) Consists of (i) 125,000 shares held of record by Jagdeep Singh Trustee of the Roshni Singh Annuity Trust dated 6/21/05; (ii) 1,802,874 shares held of record by Jagdeep Singh and Roshni Singh Trustees of the Singh Family Trust UDT dated 10/3/96; (iii) 125,000 shares held of record by Jagdeep Singh Trustee of the Jagdeep Singh Annuity Trust dated 6/21/06; (iv) 471,519 shares held of record by Jagdeep Singh, 171,875 of which are subject to a repurchase option we hold as of December 31, 2006; and (v) options to purchase 649,954 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, of which 171,335 are fully vested. As of December 31, 2006, Mr. Singh also holds proxies to vote an aggregate of 168,750 shares; by their terms, these proxies expire as of the consummation of an initial public offering and, as such, have been excluded from the numbers provided above. Mr. Singh is a limited partner in certain Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers funds and Benchmark Capital Partners that hold 6,422,311 and 2,657,763 shares of our common stock, respectively, as disclosed in footnotes 2 and 5 to this table. Mr. Singh is also a limited partner in certain Accel Partners funds that hold 1,419,023 shares of our common stock. Mr. Singh disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, Benchmark Capital Partners and Accel Partners, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(13) Consists of options to purchase 375,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, none of which are vested as of such date.
(14) Consists of options to purchase 195,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, 88,437 of which are vested as of such date.
(15) Consists of 18,518 shares of Series G preferred stock, 129,061 shares of common stock, of which 37,760 shares are subject to a repurchase option as of December 31, 2006 and options to purchase 172,187 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, 31,846 of which are fully vested.
(16) Consists of (i) 553,750 shares held of record by SEI Private Trust Company, Trustee of Welch Family Heritage Trust I u/l dated 9/24/01; (ii) 329,998 shares held of record by David Welch, 172,551 of which are subject to a repurchase option we hold as of December 31, 2006; (iii) 500,000 shares held of record by Welch Group, L.P., a limited partnership of which Dr. Welch is the general partner; (iv) 1,214,284 shares held of record by LRFA, LLC, a limited liability company of which Dr. Welch is the sole managing member; (v) 16,355 shares held of record by Welch Family Trust dated 4/3/96; and (vi) options to purchase 187,500 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, of which 31,249 are fully vested. As of December 31, 2006, Dr. Welch also holds proxies to vote an aggregate of 23,750 shares; by their terms, these proxies expire as of the consummation of an initial public offering and, as such, have been excluded from the numbers provided above.
(17) Consists of (i) 8,846,865 shares held of record by the current directors and executive officers, 715,664 of which are subject to repurchase rights we hold as of December 31, 2006; and (ii) options to purchase 2,154,641 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006, of which 373,647 are fully vested.

 

101


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 25,000,000 shares of convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of December 31, 2006, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, we had outstanding 68,481,069 shares of common stock, held of record by 554 stockholders.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to convertible preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.” In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of convertible preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Convertible Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering,

 

  Ÿ  

the 3,690,629 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock will be converted into 3,812,409 shares of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the 2,112,529 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock will be converted into 2,367,932 shares of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the 1,334,776 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock will be converted into 1,580,241 shares of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the 6,919,590 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock will be converted into 6,919,590 shares of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the 21,590,036 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock will be converted into 21,590,036 shares of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the 2,722,563 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock will be converted into 2,722,563 shares of common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the 20,434,833 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock will be converted into 20,434,833 shares of common stock.

 

102


Table of Contents

Our board of directors is authorized to issue convertible preferred stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of such shares and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The issuance of convertible preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of convertible preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the convertible preferred stock.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding warrants to purchase:

 

  Ÿ  

36,299 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.96 per share, which after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for a like number of shares of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

135,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share, which after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 139,455 shares of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

15,884 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $13.944 per share, which after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for 17,803 shares of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

291,666 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.40 per share, which after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for a like number of shares of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

19,824 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.7832 per share, which after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for a like number of shares of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

827,635 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.40 per share, which after this offering will remain outstanding and will become exercisable for a like number of shares of our common stock.

Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 59,427,604 shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, are entitled to the “Demand,” “Piggyback” and “Form S-3” registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. In addition, the holders of an additional 407,172 shares of registrable securities issued or issuable upon exercise of warrants are also entitled to certain registration rights. Finally, the holders of an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock, specifically founders shares purchased by Jagdeep Singh, Drew D. Perkins and David F. Welch, are entitled to the “Piggyback” registration rights set forth below. As applicable, we refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

Registration of shares of common stock in response to exercise of the following rights would result in the holders being able to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We generally must pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts, taxes and commissions, related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights.

 

103


Table of Contents

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of five years after completion of this offering, or with respect to the registration rights of an individual holder, when the holder of one percent or less of our outstanding common stock can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in any three-month period without registration, in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exception.

Demand Registration Rights

If, at any time after the earlier to occur of six months after completion of this offering or June 10, 2010, the holders of at least 40% of the registrable securities request in writing that an amount of securities covering at least 40% of the registrable securities outstanding be registered, we may be required to register their shares. We are only obligated to effect one registration in response to these demand registration rights for the holders of registrable securities. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for up to 120 days. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after this offering, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their share of registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of at least 20% of the registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, when registration of our shares under Form S-3 becomes possible, and when the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $5,000,000, subject to certain exceptions.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult:

 

  Ÿ  

acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise; and

 

  Ÿ  

removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

104


Table of Contents

Classified Board .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provides for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. Commencing in 2008 a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year for three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering:

 

  Ÿ  

Drs. Balkanski and Sindhu will be designated Class I directors whose term will expire at the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

Messrs. Martin and Singh and Dr. Maydan will be designated Class II directors whose term will expire at the 2009 annual meeting of stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

Messrs. Goldman, Hundt and Redfield will be designated Class III directors whose term expires at the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders.

Election and Removal of Directors .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause.

Special Stockholder Meetings .    Under our amended and restated bylaws, only the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president (in the absence of our chief executive officer) or a majority of the authorized number of our directors may call special meetings of stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals .    Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law .    We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which is an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or another transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the date of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions that are not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

No Cumulative Voting .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder will not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors based on the number of shares of our stock the stockholder holds

 

105


Table of Contents

as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of director’s decision regarding a takeover.

Undesignated Preferred Stock .    The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of our company.

These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be             . Its telephone number is             .

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “INFN.”

 

106


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a significant public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. As described below, no shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to certain contractual and securities law restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could cause the prevailing market price to decline and limit our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options or warrants to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2006. The shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates.

The remaining 68,481,069 shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Section 4(1) or Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. We describe these rules in greater detail below.

The following table shows approximately when the 68,481,069 shares of our common stock that are not being sold in this offering, but which will be outstanding when this offering is complete, will be eligible for sale in the public market:

Eligibility of Restricted Shares for Sale in the Public Market

 

Days After Date of this Prospectus

   Shares Eligible
for Sale
  

Comment

Upon effectiveness

      Shares sold in the offering

180 days, subject to reduction or extension

   64,441,825   

Lock-up released, subject to modification or extension; shares saleable under Rules 144, 144(k) and 701

Thereafter

   4,039,244    Restricted securities held for one year or less

Resale of                      of the restricted shares that will become available for sale in the public market starting 180 days after the effective date will be limited by volume and other resale restrictions under Rule 144 because the holders are our affiliates.

Lock-up Agreements

Our officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., which period of restriction may be extended for up to an additional 34 days under certain limited circumstances. Goldman, Sachs & Co. currently does not anticipate shortening or waiving any of the lock-up agreements and does not have any pre-established conditions for such modifications or waivers. Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, however, in its sole discretion at any time and without notice, release for sale in the public market all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreement.

 

107


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, would be entitled to sell within any three month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding that will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for a least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirement, of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or director of or consultant to us who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares. All Rule 701 shares are, however, subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the 180-day lock up agreements. Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock up agreements.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 62,427,604 shares of our common stock and the holders of warrants to purchase 407,172 shares of our common stock have the right to have their shares registered under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” All such shares are covered by lock-up agreements. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by our affiliates.

We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

108


Table of Contents

Form S-8 Registration Statement

Following the effective date of this offering, we will file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering 25,355,238 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans. As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase a total of 7,872,264 shares were outstanding and 2,070,474 shares were reserved for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. Effective on the date of this offering, we will have 13,600,000 shares reserved for issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 1,812,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See the section titled “Management–Equity Benefit Plans.” Subject to the lock-up agreements described above and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

 

109


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Lehman Brothers Inc.

  

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from the company to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

Paid by Infinera

   No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $                     $                   

Total

   $      $  

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted

 

110


Table of Contents

period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to quote the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “INFN.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the company in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority

 

111


Table of Contents

in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  1.1 it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA would not, if the issuer was not an authorised person, apply to the issuer; and

 

  1.2 it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or

 

112


Table of Contents

distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             million.

The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

113


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock being offered will be passed upon for the company by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, Palo Alto, California. As of the date of this prospectus, an attorney employed by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation beneficially owns 20,000 shares of our common stock.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2005 and 2006 for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young, LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. This prospectus contains all information about us and our common stock that may be material to an investor in this offering. The registration statement includes exhibits to which you should refer for additional information about us.

You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this web site.

 

114


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

   F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-11

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Infinera Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Infinera Corporation as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Infinera Corporation at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” and on July 1, 2005, the Company adopted FASB Staff Position 150-5 (FSP 150-5) “Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable.”

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

February 12, 2007, except as to Note 20, as to which the date is June     , 2007

 


The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the reverse stock split described in Note 20 to the financial statements.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

February 20, 2007

 

F-2


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     December 31,   

Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit) as
of December 31,
2006

(see Note 1)

     2005    2006   
               (Unaudited)

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,013    $ 28,884   

Short-term investments

     1,099      688   

Accounts receivable

     3,410      42,148   

Receivables from disposition of acquired assets

     1,450      —     

Inventory

     24,653      58,269   

Deferred inventory costs

     5,084      62,936   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     790      3,115   
                

Total current assets

     72,499      196,040   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     14,534      26,665   

Intangible assets

     788      1,806   

Deferred inventory costs, non-current

     11,603      4,317   

Other non-current assets

     865      1,325   
                

Total assets

   $ 100,289    $ 230,153   
                
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)         

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 14,518    $ 41,767   

Accrued expenses

     6,039      16,574   

Accrued compensation and related benefits

     2,507      7,628   

Accrued warranty

     798      1,339   

Deferred revenue

     6,636      100,574   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     —        5,409   

Current portion of debt obligation

     12,422      20,025   
                

Total current liabilities

     42,920      193,316   

Long-term portion of debt obligation

     10,551      7,557   

Accrued warranty, non-current

     894      1,378   

Deferred revenue, non-current

     16,564      9,873   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,941      —     

Long-term exercised unvested options

     359      996   

Other long-term liabilities

     446      1,811   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS—(Continued)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    December 31,    

Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit) as
of December 31,
2006

(see Note 1)

 
    2005     2006    
                (Unaudited)  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     

Convertible preferred stock (total aggregate liquidation preference of $325,227):

     

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares—3,919 in 2005 and 2006
Issued and outstanding shares—3,691 in 2005 and 2006; and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
(aggregate liquidation preference of $36,906)

    36,789       36,789       —    

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares—2,128 in 2005 and 2006
Issued and outstanding shares—2,112 in 2005 and 2006; and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
(aggregate liquidation preference of $29,457)

    29,350       29,350       —    

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares—1,335 in 2005 and 2006
Issued and outstanding shares—1,335 in 2005 and 2006; and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
(aggregate liquidation preference of $24,400)

    24,301       24,301       —    

Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares—7,143 in 2005 and 2006
Issued and outstanding shares—6,920 in 2005 and 2006; and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
(aggregate liquidation preference of $62,000)

    61,749       61,749       —    

Series E convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares—22,975 in 2005 and 2006
Issued and outstanding shares—21,590 in 2005 and 2006; and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
(aggregate liquidation preference of $51,816)

    53,167       53,167       —    

Series F convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares—3,000 in 2005 and 2006
Issued and outstanding shares—2,723 in 2005 and 2006; and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
(aggregate liquidation preference of $10,300)

    10,252       10,252       —    

Series G convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares—9,500 in 2005 and 21,500 in 2006; issued and outstanding shares—6,304 in 2005 and 20,435 in 2006; and no shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
(aggregate liquidation preference of $110,348)

    31,539       104,942       —    
                       

Total convertible preferred stock:

    247,147       320,550       —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

     

Common stock, $0.001 par value

     

Authorized shares—67,500, and 79,500 in 2005 and 2006, respectively

     

Issued and outstanding shares—6,000 and 9,054 in 2005 and 2006, respectively, and 68,481 shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    6       9       68  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,523       7,911       333,811  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (86 )     (153 )     (153 )

Accumulated deficit

    (223,976 )     (313,095 )     (313,095 )
                       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (220,533 )     (305,328 )   $ 20,631  
                       

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 100,289     $ 230,153    
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  

Revenue:

      

Ratable product and related support and services

   $ —       $ 4,127     $ 53,484  

Product

     599       —         5,258  
                        

Total revenue

     599       4,127       58,742  

Cost of revenue:

      

Cost of ratable product and related support and services(1)

     —         27,455       69,765  

Cost of product

     7,240       —         1,660  
                        

Total cost of revenue

     7,240       27,455       71,425  
                        

Gross loss

     (6,641 )     (23,328 )     (12,683 )
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing(1)

     8,294       11,053       20,682  

Research and development(1)

     46,306       24,986       38,967  

General and administrative(1)

     2,888       4,328       12,650  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         —         56  
                        

Total operating expenses

     57,488       40,367       72,355  
                        

Loss from operations

     (64,129 )     (63,695 )     (85,038 )

Other income (expense), net:

      

Interest income

     1,166       686       2,100  

Interest expense

     (1,949 )     (2,591 )     (4,542 )

Other loss, net

     (1,568 )     (174 )     (1,567 )
                        

Total income (expense), net

     (2,351 )     (2,079 )     (4,009 )

Loss before provision of income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (66,480 )     (65,774 )     (89,047 )

Provision for income taxes

     —         12       72  
                        

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (66,480 )     (65,786 )     (89,119 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         (1,137 )     —    
                        

Net loss

   $ (66,480 )   $ (64,649 )   $ (89,119 )
                        

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (15.30 )   $ (13.76 )   $ (14.55 )
                        

Weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

     4,345       4,698       6,127  
                        

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

       $ (1.47 )
            

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

         60,480  
            
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  

      

(1) Stock-based compensation expense included in above as follows:

      

Cost of revenue

   $ —       $ —       $ 151  

Sales and marketing

     —         36       411  

Research and development

     180       99       198  

General and administrative

     34       7       335  
                        

Total stock-based compensation charge

   $ 214     $ 142     $ 1,095  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock  

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

 

Deferred

Stock-Based

Compensation

   

Accumulated

Other
Comprehensive

Loss

   

Accumulated

Deficit

    Total  
    Shares     Amount           Shares   Amount          

Balance at December 31, 2003

  13,835     $ 151,865         4,275   $ 4   $ 2,091   $ (225 )   $ (223 )   $ (92,847 )   $ (91,200 )

Exercise of stock options

  —         —           559     1     730     —         —         —         731  

Reclassification of options exercised but not vested

  —         —           —       —       90     —         —         —         90  

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock for cash at $8.96 per share, net of issuance costs of $58

  446       3,942         —       —       —       —         —         —         —    

Transfer of Series D convertible preferred stock at $8.96 per share to Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.40 per share

  (223 )     (2,000 )       —       —       —       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.40 per share, net of issuance costs of $111

  21,590       51,705         —       —       —       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock in exchange for Series D convertible preferred stock

  —         1,464         —       —       —       —         —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to change in employment status

  —         —           —       —       —       180       —         —         180  

Issuance of warrants to purchase Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.40 per share in connection with debt

  —         339         —       —       —       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of warrants to purchase common stock at $8.96 per share in connection with debt

  —         —           —       —       29     —         —         —         29  

Stock options issued to non-employees

  —         —           —       —       34     —         —         —         34  

Comprehensive loss:

                     

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments

  —         —           —       —       —       —         133       —         133  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —         —           —       —       —       —         12       —         12  

Net loss

  —         —           —       —       —       —         —         (66,480 )     (66,480 )
                           

Total comprehensive loss

                        (66,335 )
                                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2004

  35,648     $ 207,315         4,834   $ 5   $ 2,974   $ (45 )   $ (78 )   $ (159,327 )   $ (156,471 )
                                                                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006—(Continued)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock  

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

   

Deferred

Stock-Based

Compensation

   

Accumulated

Other
Comprehensive

Loss

   

Accumulated

Deficit

       
    Shares   Amount           Shares     Amount           Total  

Balance at December 31, 2004 (brought forward)

  35,648   $ 207,315         4,834     $ 5   $ 2,974     $ (45 )   $ (78 )   $ (159,327 )   $ (156,471 )

Issuance of common stock

  —       —           1,162       1     994       —         —         —         995  

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock at $3.78 per share, net of issuance costs of $53

  2,723     10,247         —         —       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock at $5.40 per share, net of issuance costs of $2,451 and receivable of $50

  6,304     31,717         —         —       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of restricted stock at $1.84 per share in exchange for services

  —       —           8       —       14       —         —         —         14  

Repurchase of common stock at $1.84 per share

  —       —           (4 )     —       (7 )     —         —         —         (7 )

Reclassification of options exercised but not vested

  —       —           —         —       (520 )     —         —         —         (520 )

Reclassification of warrants to liabilities

  —       (2,132 )       —         —       (29 )     —         —         —         (29 )

Stock options issued to non-employees

  —       —           —         —       7       —         —         —         7  

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to change in employment status

  —       —           —         —       —         45       —         —         45  

Compensation charge related to non-recourse notes

  —       —           —         —       90       —         —         —         90  

Comprehensive loss:

                     

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments

  —       —           —         —       —         —         71       —         71  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —           —         —       —         —         (79 )     —         (79 )

Net loss

  —       —           —         —       —         —         —         (64,649 )     (64,649 )
                           

Total comprehensive loss

                        (64,657 )
                                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2005

  44,675   $ 247,147         6,000     $ 6   $ 3,523     $ —       $ (86 )   $ (223,976 )   $ (220,533 )
                                                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006—(Continued)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock   

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

   

Accumulated

Other
Comprehensive

Loss

   

Accumulated

Deficit

    Total  
     Shares    Amount           Shares     Amount         

Balance at December 31, 2005 (brought forward)

   44,675    $ 247,147         6,000     $ 6    $ 3,523     $ (86 )   $ (223,976 )   $ (220,533 )

Stock options exercised

   —        —           3,066       3      4,374       —         —         4,377  

Stock options repurchased

   —        —           (12 )     —        (7 )     —         —         (7 )

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock at $5.40 and $7.36 per share, net of issuance costs of $3,089

   14,131      73,403         —         —        —         —         —         —    

Proceeds from non-recourse notes

   —        —           —         —        261       —         —         261  

Stock options issued to non-employees

   —        —           —         —        22       —         —         22  

Reclassification of options exercised but not vested

   —        —           —         —        (1,335 )     —         —         (1,335 )

Stock-based compensation

   —        —           —         —        876       —         —         876  

Stock-based compensation expense related to non-recourse notes

   —        —           —         —        197       —         —         197  

Comprehensive loss:

                        

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments

   —        —           —         —        —         (2 )     —         (2 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —        —           —         —        —         (65 )     —         (65 )

Net loss

   —        —           —         —        —         —         (89,119 )     (89,119 )
                              

Total comprehensive loss

                           (89,186 )
                                                              

Balance at December 31, 2006

   58,806    $ 320,550         9,054     $ 9    $ 7,911     $ (153 )   $ (313,095 )   $ (305,328 )
                                                              

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (66,480 )   $ (64,649 )   $ (89,119 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     5,561       6,197       7,148  

In-process research and development

     —         —         4,474  

Amortization of debt discount

     345       219       218  

Issuance of warrants

     —         —         189  

Revaluation of warrant liabilities

     —         (883 )     2,376  

Stock-based compensation to employees

     —         —         876  

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

     180       45       —    

Stock-based compensation expense related to non-recourse notes

     —         90       197  

Stock-based compensation to non-employees

     34       7       22  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (2,947 )     (463 )     (38,738 )

Inventory

     (8,030 )     (16,466 )     (33,616 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (172 )     93       (2,325 )

Deferred inventory costs

     —         (16,686 )     (50,566 )

Other non-current assets

     1,406       92       (555 )

Accounts payable

     4,379       7,793       27,249  

Accrued liabilities and other expenses

     3,061       3,711       16,123  

Deferred revenue

     441       22,759       87,247  

Accrued warranty

     —         1,692       1,025  
                        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (62,222 )     (56,449 )     (67,775 )

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Purchase of short-term investments

     (88,234 )     (2,715 )     (6,501 )

Proceeds from sale or maturity of short-term investments

     101,275       36,672       6,912  

Proceeds from disposition of acquired assets

     —         200       1,450  

Purchase of property and equipment

     (3,279 )     (4,006 )     (15,255 )

Change in prepaid deposit for equipment

     (479 )     —         —    

Acquisition of certain assets, net

     —         (700 )     (4,675 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     9,283       29,451       (18,069 )

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Principal payments on loan obligation

     (11,362 )     (12,629 )     (21,520 )

Cash payments for debt issuance costs

     —         (185 )     (14 )

Proceeds from loans

     7,127       27,244       21,628  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     731       1,009       4,377  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     55,112       42,627       74,055  

Proceeds from non-recourse notes

     —         —         261  

Repurchase of common stock

     —         (7 )     (7 )
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     51,608       58,059       78,780  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  

Effect of exchange rate changes

   $ 12     $ (79 )   $ (65 )

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,319 )     30,982       (7,129 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     6,350       5,031       36,013  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 5,031     $ 36,013     $ 28,884  
                        

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,944     $ 1,629     $ 3,585  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ —       $ 5     $ 28  

Supplemental schedules of non-cash investing and financing activities

      

Issuance of warrants in connection with debt arrangements

   $ 368     $ 179     $ —    

Debt assumed in connection with acquisition of certain assets of Big Bear Networks, Inc.

   $ —       $ 2,000     $ —    

Debt assumed in connection with acquisition of certain assets of Little Optics, Inc.

   $ —       $ —       $ 4,500  

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants in connection with Series G financing and the acquisition of certain assets of Little Optics, Inc.

   $ —       $ 660     $ 902  

Issuance of common stock for notes receivables

   $ 183     $ —       $ —    

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

Infinera Corporation (the Company) was founded in December 2000 and has developed a digital optical communications system called the Infinera DTN System. The Company began commercial shipment of its DTN System in November 2004.

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

The Company has filed a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to sell shares of its common stock to the public. If the initial public offering is completed under the terms presently anticipated, all of the Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2006 will be converted into 59,427,604 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of all Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock, is set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the convertible preferred and common stock warrant liability of $5.4 million at December 31, 2006 will be reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in-capital. Pro forma stockholders’ equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock warrants, is set forth on the consolidated balance sheet.

Use of Estimates

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States. These accounting principles require the Company to make certain estimates, assumptions and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Significant estimates, assumptions and judgments made by management include revenue recognition, inventory valuation and the determination of the fair value of stock awards and warrants issued. Management believes that the estimates and judgments upon which they rely are reasonable based upon information available to them at the time that these estimates and judgments are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, the Company’s consolidated financial statements will be affected.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s networking products are generally integrated with software that is more than incidental to the functionality of the equipment. Accordingly, the Company accounts for revenue in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-2, “ Software Revenue Recognition ,” as amended by SOP 98-9, “ Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions .” The Company recognizes product revenue when all of the following have occurred: (1) it has entered into a legally binding arrangement with a customer; (2) delivery has occurred, which is when product title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer; (3) customer payment is deemed fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized net of cash discounts.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Substantially all of the Company’s product sales have been sold in combination with training and product support services, which consist of software warranty, updates and product support.

Software updates provide customers with rights to unspecified software product upgrades and to maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period. Product support includes internet access to technical content, telephone and internet access to technical support personnel. Training services include the right to a specified number of training classes over the term of the arrangement. Revenue for training and support services is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service contract term, which ranges from one to five years.

Vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value for training and product support services is determined by reference to the price the customer will be required to pay when training and product support services are sold separately. To date, the Company has not established VSOE of fair value for training and product support services. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met and the only undelivered element is training or product support services, revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the longest undelivered service period. The undelivered service periods range from one to five years. Revenue related to these arrangements is included in ratable product and related support and services revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Contracts and customer purchase orders are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery and transfer of title. Revenue is recognized only when title and risk of loss pass to customers. In instances where acceptance of the product is specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. Payment terms to customers generally range from net 30 to 90 days from product acceptance. In the event payment terms are provided that differ from the Company’s standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and, therefore, revenue is deferred until the fees become fixed or determinable which the Company believes is when they are legally due and payable. The Company assesses the ability to collect from its customers based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer and past payment history of the customer.

Revenue for products that does not require significant customization, and with respect to which any software is considered incidental, is recognized under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “ Revenue Recognition ” (SAB 104). Under SAB 104, revenue is recognized only when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue related to these arrangements is included in product revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and in ratable product and related support and services revenue. The related shipping costs are included in cost of product sales and cost of ratable product and related support and services in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “ Accounting for Stock

 

F-12


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Issued to Employees ,” (APB No. 25) and Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 44, “ Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25 .” The intrinsic value represents the difference between the per share market price of the stock on the date of grant and the per share exercise price of the related stock option. The Company grants stock options to employees for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. Under APB Opinion No. 25, no compensation expense is recorded for employee stock options granted at an exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense for any stock options granted with an exercise price that is less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of the Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R) “ Share-Based Payments ” (SFAS 123(R)). Under SFAS 123(R), stock-based compensation costs for employees is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award at that date, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period, which is generally over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, non-vested option awards outstanding at January 1, 2006 continue to be accounted for under the minimum value method under SFAS No. 123, “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation .” All awards granted, modified or settled after the date of adoption are accounted for using the measurement, recognition and attribution provisions of SFAS 123(R).

During 2006, the Company granted options to employees to purchase a total of 4.7 million shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.32 to $2.00 per share at a weighted average price of $1.96. These options have exercise prices equal to the deemed market value of the Company’s common stock on the dates these options were granted.

The Company makes a number of estimates and assumptions related to SFAS 123(R). The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from the Company’s estimates, such amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period estimates are revised. Actual results may differ substantially from these estimates. In valuing share-based awards under SFAS 123(R), significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. Expected volatility of the stock is based on the Company’s peer group in the industry in which the Company does business because the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data for its own stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and was calculated based on historical information. In the future, as the Company gains historical data for volatility in its own stock and more data on the actual term employees hold their options, the expected volatility and expected term may change, which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense the Company records.

For 2006, the total compensation cost related to stock-based awards granted under SFAS 123(R) to employees and directors but not yet amortized was approximately $5.2 million, net of estimated forfeitures of $0.4 million. These costs will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 1.1 years. Amortization of stock-based compensation in 2006 was approximately $0.9 million. Basic and diluted loss per share for 2006 were $0.15 higher than if the Company had continued to account for stock-based compensation under APB No. 25.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2004    2005    2006

Dividend

   —      —      —  

Volatility

   0%    0%    72% - 83%

Risk-free interest rate

   3.00%    4.05%    4.57% - 5.08%

Weighted-average expected life

   4 years    4 years    4.2 -5.4 years

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

   $0.15    $0.15    $0.81 - $1.35

The Company accounts for stock options granted to non-employees in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 96-18, “ Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction With Selling, Goods or Services ” (EITF No. 96-18) and related interpretations. The Company grants stock options to certain consultants and non-employee advisory board members for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Under EITF No. 96-18, compensation expense on non-employee stock options is calculated using the Black Scholes option-pricing model and is recorded using the straight-line method over the vesting period, which approximates the service period. Total compensation expense related to options granted to consultants was not material for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Inventory Valuation

Inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods and are stated at the lower of standard cost or market. Standard costs approximate the first-in, first-out method. Market value is based upon an estimated average selling price reduced by the estimated cost of disposal. The determination of market value involves numerous judgments including estimated average selling prices based upon recent sales volumes, industry trends, existing customer orders, current contract price, future demand and pricing for our products and technological obsolescence of the Company’s products.

Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of the Company’s forecasted demand or is anticipated to be sold at a loss is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on historical usage and expected demand.

The Company recorded total inventory write-downs for lower of cost or market (LCM) adjustments in 2004, 2005 and 2006 of $1.6 million, $9.7 million and $21.6 million, respectively. These adjustments related to the Company’s inventory and firm purchase commitments with suppliers and are reflected as costs of product and cost of ratable product and related support and services.

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

Management makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices. At both December 31, 2005 and

 

F-14


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2006, management has not reserved any of the Company’s accounts receivable as they were deemed fully collectible.

Warranty Reserve

Upon delivery of the Company’s products, it provides for the estimated cost to repair or replace products or the related components that maybe returned under warranty. In general, the Company’s hardware warranty periods range from 2 to 5 years. Hardware product warranties provide the customer with protection in the event that the product does not perform to product specifications. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Warranty reserves amounted to $1.7 million and $2.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. There was no warranty activity in 2004.

Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

The Company considers all liquid instruments with an original maturity at the date of purchase of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

The Company considers all instruments with remaining time to maturity of one year or less to be short-term investments. At December 31, 2005 and 2006, cash equivalents and short-term investments consisted primarily of money market funds, commercial paper and municipal bonds. The Company’s cash equivalents and short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115, “ Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities .”

All cash equivalents and short-term investments are stated at fair market value based on quoted market prices with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit). The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, both of which are included in interest income. Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary, which were insignificant, are recorded as a component of interest income using the specific-identification method.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short of time to maturity. Fair values of short-term investments are based on quoted market prices. The fair values of the Company’s obligations under lines of credit and term loans are based on current rates offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of the same remaining maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s lines of credit and term loans approximated fair value at December 31, 2005 and 2006. The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities was estimated using a combination of both the Black-Scholes and Lattice models.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of

 

F-15


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the asset. An assumption of lease renewal where a renewal option exists is used only when the renewal has been determined to be reasonably assured. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The estimated useful life for each asset category is as follows:

 

     Estimated Useful lives

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

   1.5 to 10 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Computer hardware and software

   1.5 to 3 years

Leasehold improvements

   1 to 7 years

The Company regularly reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated. If impairment indicators are present and the projected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the carrying values are reduced to the estimated fair value. If assets are determined to be recoverable, but the useful lives are shorter than originally estimated, the carrying value of the assets is depreciated over the newly determined remaining useful lives. No impairment losses have been recognized through December 31, 2006.

Valuation of Intangibles

The Company tests for asset impairment of amortizing intangible assets using the guidance of SFAS No. 144, “ Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” where recoverability of these assets is assessed only when events have occurred that may give rise to impairment. When events or circumstances indicate that a potential impairment may have occurred, future undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives are compared to the current carrying amounts of such assets. When projected cash flows are less than the carrying amounts of the intangibles, an impairment loss would be recognized by comparing the discounted present value of future cash flows to carrying amounts and writing down the excess of the carrying amounts to their respective fair values. No impairment losses have been recognized through December 31, 2006.

Deferred Inventory Costs

When the Company’s products have been delivered, but the product revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria in SOP 97-2, the Company also defers the related inventory costs for the delivered items in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin 43, “ Restatement and Revision of Accounting Research Bulletins .”

Accounting for Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company estimates actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. In general, deferred tax assets represent future tax benefits to be received when certain expenses previously recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations become deductible expenses under applicable income tax laws or loss or

 

F-16


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

credit carry-forwards are utilized. Accordingly, realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income against which these deductions, losses and credits can be utilized.

The Company must assess the likelihood that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely the Company must establish a valuation allowance. Management judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets. The Company recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2006 because, based on the available evidence, the Company believed at that time it was more likely than not that it would not be able to utilize all of its deferred tax assets in the future. The Company intends to maintain the full valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. The Company makes estimates and judgments about its future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with its plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from the Company’s estimates, the amount of the Company’s valuation allowance could be materially impacted.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and trade receivables. Investment policies have been implemented that limit investments to investment grade securities. Credit risk with respect to trade receivables is mitigated by credit evaluations the Company performs on its customers and by the financial strength of the Company’s customer base. Collateral is not required for trade receivables. In 2004, the Company had one customer that represented 100% of revenues. In 2005, the Company had five customers that each represented over 10% of the Company’s revenue. In 2006, the Company had one customer that represented 60% of revenue and no other customer that represented more than 10% of revenue.

The Company depends on a single or limited number of suppliers for components and raw materials. The Company generally purchases these single or limited source components and materials through standard purchase orders and has no long-term guarantee supply agreements with its suppliers. While the Company seeks to maintain sufficient reserve stock of such products, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay in receiving such components and materials, the receipt of defective parts, an increase in price of such components and materials or the Company’s inability to obtain reduced pricing from its suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The Company considers the functional currencies of its foreign subsidiaries to be the local currency. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, and costs and expenses are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the year. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Foreign denominated monetary accounts have been remeasured to the U.S. dollar. Aggregate foreign currency transaction gains (losses) recorded were $0, $(31,881) and $10,661 in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Accumulated Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of other comprehensive loss and net loss. Other comprehensive loss includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net loss. Specifically, cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments are included in other accumulated comprehensive loss. Comprehensive loss has been reflected in the consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit).

The components of other accumulated comprehensive loss are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2006  

Accumulated net unrealized loss on foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ (87,395 )   $ (152,780 )

Net unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments

     1,176       (161 )
                

Other accumulated comprehensive loss

   $ (86,219 )   $ (152,941 )
                

Advertising

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses were approximately $63,000, $56,000, and $0.2 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Research and Development

All costs to develop the Company’s hardware products are expensed as incurred. Software development costs are capitalized beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. Generally, the Company’s products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established. As a result, costs subsequent to achieving technological feasibility have not been significant and all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Freestanding Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Freestanding warrants and other similar instruments related to shares that are redeemable are accounted for in accordance with FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 150, “ Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity ” (FSP 150-5). Under FSP 150-5, the freestanding warrants that are related to the Company’s convertible preferred stock and common stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The warrants will be subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value will be recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the liability will be reclassified as common stock and additional paid-in-capital.

2. Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

On June 29, 2005, the FASB issued FSP 150-5. This Staff Position affirms that such warrants are subject to the requirements in FSP 150-1, regardless of the timing of the redemption feature or the redemption price. Therefore, under FSP 150-5, the freestanding warrants that are related to the Company’s convertible preferred stock and common stock are liabilities that should be recorded at fair

 

F-18


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

value. The Company previously accounted for freestanding warrants for the purchase of the Company’s convertible preferred stock under EITF No. 96-18.

Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted FSP 150-5 and reclassified the fair value of the warrants from equity to liability and recorded a cumulative effect of $1.1 million. In addition, the Company recorded charges of $0.2 million to reflect the increase in fair value between July 1, 2005 and December 31, 2005. In 2006, the Company recorded $2.4 million of charges reflected as other loss, net to reflect the increase in fair value between January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006. The calculation of fair value requires the input of highly subjective assumptions and changes in those assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimates.

The Company will continue to adjust the liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders equity (deficit).

The Company estimated the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes model for change of control scenario and the Lattice model for a successful initial public offering scenario. The Company then used a probability weighted average of per-share values under the different scenarios to determine the fair value of these warrants at the respective balance sheet dates.

Both models require the Company to make highly subjective assumptions, and a change in the Company’s assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimates.

The impact of the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle on net loss per common share was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (In thousands, except
per share data)
 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted:

      

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ (15.30 )   $ (14.00 )   $ (14.55 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         0.24       —    
                        

Net loss

   $ (15.30 )   $ (13.76 )   $ (14.55 )
                        

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

     4,345       4,698       6,127  
                        

 

F-19


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents the pro forma effect of the adoption of FSP 150-5 on results of operations for 2004 and 2005, if applied retroactively, assuming FSP 150-5 had been adopted in those years.

 

     December 31,  
       2004     2005  
     (In thousands, except
per share data)
 

Net loss, as reported

   $ (66,480 )   $ (64,649 )

Add: Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle included in net loss

     —         (1,137 )

Change in fair value of warrants

     1,029       (229 )
                

Pro forma net loss

   $ (65,451 )   $ (66,015 )
                

Pro forma loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (15.06 )   $ (14.05 )
                

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

     4,345       4,698  
                

3. Balance Sheet Components

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Property, plant and equipment

    

Computer hardware

   $ 1,404     $ 2,148  

Computer software

     1,846       2,892  

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

     23,156       36,262  

Furniture and fixtures

     434       559  

Leasehold improvements

     6,832       10,918  
                
   $ 33,672     $ 52,779  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (19,138 )     (26,114 )
                

Property, plant and equipment, net(1)

   $ 14,534     $ 26,665  
                

Inventory:

    

Raw materials

     3,617       7,198  

Work in process

     16,715       37,786  

Finished goods(2)

     4,321       13,285  
                
   $ 24,653     $ 58,269  
                

Accrued expenses:

    

Loss contingency related to purchase commitments

     1,299       3,518  

Customer prepay liability

     —         2,855  

Professional and other consulting fees

     435       2,063  

Other accrued expenses

     4,305       8,138  
                
   $ 6,039     $ 16,574  
                

(1) Property, plant and equipment, net includes approximately $0.4 million and $0.8 million in asset retirement obligations recorded as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. These asset retirement obligations are related to various office leases in California and Maryland.
(2) Included in finished goods inventory at December 31, 2005 and 2006, were $3.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively, of inventory at customer locations where the sales transaction did not meet the Company’s revenue recognition criteria.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. Acquired Assets

On November 9, 2005, the Company purchased certain assets of Big Bear Networks, Inc. (BBN) for a net consideration of $1.1 million. The purchase price consisted of $2.0 million in an assumed note payable, $0.6 million in cash and $0.1 in transaction fees. An additional $25,000 was retained in an escrow account, which is payable to BBN’s former shareholders and subject to any indemnification claims at the end of the applicable escrow period. This was offset by net proceeds of $1.7 million from the sale of certain non-strategic assets acquired from BBN to a third party purchaser and a $50,000 write-off of an accounts payable balance due to BBN. The purchase of these assets was accounted for under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142), for intangible assets acquired with a group of other assets not part of a business combination.

Based on the assessment of fair value of the acquired assets performed by an independent third party valuation firm, the Company allocated $60,000 to tangible equipment, $0.2 million to inventory and the remaining $0.8 million to intangible assets. The intangible assets represent purchased technologies and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of seven years. The amortization is recorded in cost of ratable product and related support and services. The accumulated amortization for intangible assets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $19,230 and $0.1 million, respectively. The carrying value of these intangibles at December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Based on identified intangible assets recorded at December 31, 2006, the annual amortization expense for each period is expected to be $0.1 million for each year beginning 2007 through 2012, at which time the intangible assets will be fully amortized.

On July 13, 2006, the Company entered into a supply and services agreement with Broadwing Corporation (Broadwing) whereby the Company agreed to provide manufacturing and support for certain of Broadwing’s product divisions. The manufacturing is based on Broadwing’s specifications using its technology, former manufacturing facility and equipment, and intellectual property underlying the manufacture of such products and owned or licensed by Broadwing. In connection with the agreement, the Company issued 92,592 warrants to Broadwing to purchase Series G convertible preferred stock at a price of $5.40 per share. The fair value of the warrants of $189,000 was recorded as a reduction to product revenue. In addition, the Company hired certain Broadwing employees.

On August 16, 2006, the Company purchased certain assets of Little Optics, Inc. for net consideration of $9.5 million. The purchase price consisted of $4.7 million in cash, $4.5 million in an assumed note payable, $251,000 in fair value of a warrant to purchase 0.1 million shares of Series G convertible preferred stock, and $90,000 in net liabilities assumed. The purchase of these assets was accounted for under the guidance of SFAS 142 for intangible assets acquired with a group of assets not part of a business combination.

Based on the assessment of fair value of the acquired assets performed by an independent third party valuation firm, the Company allocated $4.5 million to in-process research and development, $3.8 million to tangible equipment and the remaining $1.2 million to intangible assets. The in-process research and development was written off on the acquisition date because technological feasibility had not been established and no alternative future uses existed. The intangible assets represent patents, assembled workforce and customer contracts. The fair values of the intangibles on the date of acquisition will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from three to fifteen years. The amortization is recorded in amortization of intangible assets on the statement of operations. The accumulated amortization for these intangible assets as of December 31, 2006 was $56,000. The carrying value of these intangibles at December 31, 2006 was $1.1 million. Based on

 

F-21


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

identified intangible assets recorded at December 31, 2006, the annual amortization expense for each period is expected to be $0.1 million for each year beginning 2007 through 2011, $55,000 in 2012 through 2020 and $34,000 in 2021, at which time the intangible assets will be fully amortized. The in-process research and development charge of $4.5 million was recorded in research and development expense in 2006.

5. Intangible Assets

Purchased other intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization expenses are recorded to the appropriate cost and expense categories. The Company expects amortization expense on purchased intangible assets to be $0.3 million from 2007 through 2009, $0.2 million from 2010 through 2012, $55,000 from 2013 through 2020, and $34,000 in 2021, at which time purchased intangible assets will be fully amortized. The weighted average amortization period as of December 31, 2006 was 10 years.

 

     December 31, 2005    December 31, 2006
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net    Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
          (In thousands)               (In thousands)      

Patents & developed technology

   $ 808    $ (19 )   $ 789    $ 1,628    $ (155 )   $ 1,473

Assembled workforce and other

     —        —         —        370      (36 )     334
                                           

Total intangible assets

   $ 808    $ (19 )   $ 789    $ 1,998    $ (191 )   $ 1,807
                                           

6. Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of vested common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common shares, including options, restricted common stock, common stock subject to repurchase, warrants to purchase common and convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock.

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2004             2005             2006      
    

(In thousands, except

per share data)

 

Net loss

   $ (66,480 )   $ (64,649 )   $ (89,119 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding net of weighted-average common shares subject to repurchase

     4,345       4,698       6,127  
                        

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (15.30 )   $ (13.76 )   $ (14.55 )
                        

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares used above

     4,345       4,698       6,127  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

         54,353  
            

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per common share

         60,480  
            

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

       $ (1.47 )
            

The following outstanding options, restricted common stock, common stock subject to repurchase, warrants to purchase common and convertible preferred stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented because including them would have had an antidilutive effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
         2004            2005            2006    
     (In thousands)

Restricted common stock

   21    —      —  

Options to purchase common stock

   5,190    6,696    7,872

Common stock subject to repurchase

   186    739    1,513

Options outstanding related to non-recourse notes

   331    331    114

Convertible preferred stock (as converted basis)

   36,270    45,297    59,428

Convertible preferred stock and common stock warrants (as converted basis)

   444    867    1,333

 

F-23


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

The following is a summary of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2005   December 31, 2006
    Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value

Cash in banks

  $ 11,310   $   $   $ 11,310   $ 13,791   $     —   $     —     $ 13,791

Money market

    19,813             19,813     16               16

Commercial paper

    5,988     1         5,989     15,075     2           15,077

Corporate bonds

                    690         (2 )     688
                                                 

Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 37,111   $ 1   $   $ 37,112   $ 29,572   $ 2   $ (2 )   $ 29,572
                                                 

Classified as cash and cash equivalents

        $ 36,013         $ 28,884

Classified as short term investments

          1,099           688
                       

Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

        $ 37,112         $ 29,572
                       

Under a loan arrangement with a financial institution, the Company maintains on deposit with the financial institution an unrestricted compensating balance of $4.0 million. Commercial paper and corporate bond investments have a contractual maturity term of less than one year. Realized gains (losses) on short-term investments were not material for 2004, 2005 and 2006.

8. Deferred Revenue and Deferred Inventory Costs

Deferred revenue and deferred inventory costs consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2005    2006
     (In thousands)

Deferred ratable product and related support and services, current

   $ 6,636    $ 100,574

Deferred ratable product and related support and services, non-current

     16,564      9,873
             

Total deferred revenue

   $ 23,200    $ 110,447
             

Deferred inventory costs, current

   $ 5,084    $ 62,936

Deferred inventory costs, non-current

     11,603      4,317
             

Total deferred inventory costs

   $ 16,687    $ 67,253
             

Deferred ratable product and related support and services revenue consists of revenue on transactions where VSOE of fair value of support and other services has not been established and the entire arrangement is being recognized ratably over the longest bundled support or service period. In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company amended several of its significant sales contracts to shorten the contractual software warranty periods to between 90 days and one year, which management believes is more typical in the industry. This contractual change in the software warranty period resulted in the reduction of the average recognition period for ratable revenue from 3.7 years in the third quarter 2006 to 1.3 years in the fourth quarter of 2006.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. Commitment and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. The Company had four primary lease agreements at December 31, 2006 covering its headquarters, research and development (R&D) and manufacturing facility in Sunnyvale, California, its R&D and manufacturing facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania, and its software development facility in Bangalore, India. Terms of the leases are from one to seven years. The Sunnyvale, California lease on the R&D and manufacturing facility was terminated ten months early on December 31, 2005 due to the sale of the property. A new seven year lease on the same facility expiring on December 31, 2012 was entered into with the new landlord. The Company recognizes lease payments on its facilities on a straight-line basis. Both leases at the Sunnyvale facility have annual rent escalation clauses, which resulted in a deferred rent balance of $45,999 and $0.8 million at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The unamortized deferred rent balance of $0.1 million that was related to the terminated lease with the predecessor landlord was charged to expense upon termination of the lease in 2005.

On August 31, 2005, the Company entered into a 15-month lease for office space adjacent to its manufacturing facility in Sunnyvale, California, expiring on December 31, 2006. On July 24, 2006, this lease was extended for an additional year and expires on December 31, 2007.

On July 17, 2006, the Company entered into a five year lease expiring on August 31, 2011 for additional office space adjacent to its existing Sunnyvale, California facility. This new space serves as the Company’s administrative headquarters. On November 2, 2006, this lease was amended to include warehouse space.

Rent expense for all leases was $1.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

On July 13, 2006, the Company entered into a supply and services agreement with Broadwing, whereby the Company agreed to manufacture, sell and support for certain of its division products. In connection with the agreement, the Company assumed a sublease for a manufacturing facility in Maryland, where the manufacture of the products would continue. The sublease expires on October 31, 2007. Total expense for this lease was $0.3 million for 2006.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Purchase Commitments

The Company has service agreements with its major production suppliers, where the Company is committed to purchase certain parts. As of December 31, 2006, these purchase commitments were $39.2 million.

The following is a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006:

 

       Years Ended December 31,
     Total    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011 and
beyond
     (In thousands)

Contractual obligations:

                 

Purchase obligations

   $ 39,176    $ 39,176    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

Operating leases

     14,987      3,119      2,940      2,929      2,650      3,349
                                         

Total contractual obligations

   $ 54,163    $ 42,295    $ 2,940    $ 2,929    $ 2,650    $ 3,349
                                         

Indemnification Obligations

From time to time, the Company enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify parties against third-party claims. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers and directors, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities; and (iii) certain provisions in the Company’s customer agreements that may require the Company to indemnify their customers and their affiliated parties against liabilities if the Company’s products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights.

The terms of such obligations vary. Because the maximum obligated amounts under these agreements generally are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of the indemnification obligations and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10. Debt Obligations

Debt consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2005    2006
     (In thousands)

Bank loans due 2007-2009

   $ 20,652    $ 22,681

Promissory note due 2007

     2,000      4,500

Other debt due 2007-2013

     321      401
             

Total debt

     22,973      27,582

Less current maturities

     12,422      20,025
             

Long-term debt

   $ 10,551    $ 7,557
             

On July 31, 2003, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution that allows for borrowings of up to $0.1 million. The agreement was amended on March 18, 2004 to allow for an additional borrowing amount of $30,000. In August 2004, the agreement was amended and an additional $0.2 million was made available and subsequently, an additional $0.2 million was borrowed under the same arrangement. The weighted average interest rate under this credit facility as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 was 5.7% and 8.1%, respectively. Under the agreements, warrants to purchase 5,049 shares of common stock at $8.96 per share were issued. The fair value of these warrants on the date of grant was estimated to be $5,854. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the amounts recorded as interest expense were not material. The principal balance outstanding and classified as non-current was $0.3 million at December 31, 2005 and 2006.

On December 29, 2004, the Company entered into a growth capital loan agreement with two co-lender financial institutions. The agreement allowed for borrowings of up to $10.0 million. The loan is secured by, among other things, a lien on the Company’s intellectual property. The terms of the loan were interest only through June 30, 2005, and then the higher of 11% or prime plus 6.25% thereafter over three years. In January 2005, the Company borrowed $3.0 million under this line. Under this agreement, warrants to purchase 0.1 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.40 per share were issued. The fair value of these warrants at the date of grant was estimated to be $0.2 million. In March 2005, the Company issued additional warrants to purchase 0.1 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.40 per share when we borrowed the remaining $7.0 million under this line. The fair value of these warrants on the date of grant was estimated to be $0.1 million. The weighted average interest rate under this credit facility as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 was 11.6% and 12.2%, respectively. The amounts recorded as interest expense for both warrant issuances were not material for 2004 and $99,875 and $111,634, for 2005 and 2006, respectively. The principal balance outstanding was $5.4 million, of which $3.5 million and $1.9 million were classified as current and non-current, respectively, at December 31, 2006.

On December 29, 2004, the Company entered into a borrowing arrangement with a financial institution. This arrangement provided for two facilities, an operating line of credit and a revolving line of credit. The operating line of credit allowed for borrowings secured by approved accounts receivable and purchase orders. The revolving line allowed for borrowing subject to the Company maintaining certain minimum cash balances. Total borrowings under the arrangement could not exceed $20.0 million and bore interest at various rates of interest depending on the facility. The total available credit under the agreement was reduced by, among other things, any stand-by letters of credit outstanding. Under this agreement, warrants to purchase 62,500 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $2.40 per

 

F-27


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

share and 9,259 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $5.40 per share were issued. The fair value of these warrants on the date of grant was estimated to be $0.1 million. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the amounts recorded as interest expense were not material for 2004 and $74,460 and $36,507, for 2005 and 2006, respectively. The arrangement was scheduled to expire on June 28, 2006 but was amended a number of times in 2006 by mutual consent to, among other things, extend the maturity date, extend the deadline for providing audited financial statements and waive the deadline for certain other management reports. On October 6, 2006, the arrangement was amended to allow the Company to borrow against its accounts receivable, to increase the facility amount to $25.0 million, to reduce the interest rate on the revolving line to the greater of prime or 6.25% and to extend the maturity date to September 27, 2007. The weighted average interest rate under all sub-facilities as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 was 7.7% and 10.1%, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, there were no outstanding balances on the operating line of credit. The principal balance outstanding under the revolving loan was $9.5 million, which is classified as current.

On June 21, 2005, the Company entered into a loan arrangement with a financial institution. This arrangement provides for two separate sub-facilities, a term loan and a revolving facility. Under the arrangement, the maximum term advance shall not exceed $5.5 million and the maximum revolving advance shall not exceed $6.0 million; provided, however, that at no time may the total outstanding loan obligations under the arrangement exceed $10.0 million. Under the arrangement, the Company maintains on deposit with the bank an unrestricted compensating balance of $4.0 million. The arrangement is secured by, among other things, the Company’s equipment and certain intellectual property. The term facility is repayable over a three-year period and the revolving facility is repayable over a period of twelve months. The interest rate for the arrangement is at a variable rate of 0.50% above the prime interest rate. In connection with the loan arrangement, the Company granted warrants to purchase 19,824 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.78 per share. The fair value of these warrants on the date of grant was estimated at $35,599. For 2004, 2005 and 2006, the amounts recorded as interest expense were not material. During 2006, the loan arrangement was amended at various times by mutual consent to extend the maturity date, amend certain definitions in the agreement, permit the acquisition of the assets of Little Optics, Inc. and waive specified management reports. On October 31, 2006, the arrangement was amended and restated to terminate the term loan and revolving facility, replace them with a new three-year variable rate term facility and the amount borrowed previously under the term loan and revolving facility was repaid from the proceeds of this new facility. Total borrowings under this new facility may not exceed $15.0 million. The interest rate on this new facility is set at the bank’s prime rate and the Company is required to comply with certain information reporting requirements. The weighted average borrowing rate under this facility was 9.0% and 8.3% at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The principal balance outstanding under this facility was $7.8 million, of which $2.5 million and $5.3 million were classified as current and non-current, respectively, at December 31, 2006.

On June 26, 2006, the Company entered into a premium financing agreement with a financial institution for $0.2 million. The loan is repayable over ten months and bears interest at a rate of 6.0% per annum. The principal balance outstanding under this loan was $86,000 at December 31, 2006, which is classified as current.

The above agreements require the Company to maintain compliance with certain covenants and prohibit the Company from paying dividends. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had satisfied all the requirements set forth by the Company’s financial institutions and had access to an additional $19.5 million of incremental funds under the existing credit facilities described above.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At December 31, 2006, the Company’s payments under debt arrangements are due as follows (in thousands):

 

Year

      

2007

   $ 21,834  

2008

     5,025  

2009

     2,780  

2010

     19  

2011

     163  

Thereafter

     172  
        

Total minimum payments

     29,993  

Less amount representing interest

     (2,411 )
        

Present value of future minimum payments

     27,582  

Less current portion of debt obligation

     (20,025 )
        

Long-term portion of debt obligation

   $ 7,557  
        

11. Founder’s Stock, Restricted Stock, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Founders’ Stock

In December 2000, the Company issued 1.4 million shares of common stock at $0.004 per share to a founder of the Company for cash proceeds of $5,500. In March 2001, the Company repurchased 0.4 million of these shares at the original issuance price of $0.004 per share for a total of $1,500. In March 2001, the Company issued 2.0 million shares, at $0.10 per share, to the other founders of the Company for cash proceeds of $0.2 million. The founders’ shares are subject to adjustment for certain events, including mergers, stock dividends, stock splits, and other events. The founders’ shares vested over four years: 20% immediately, and 1.667% per month for 48 months thereafter. At December 31, 2006, all of the shares of the founders’ common stock were fully vested.

One of the founders who received a grant of 1.0 million shares of common stock in March 2001 was an advisor to the Company from March 2001 to May 2001. Accordingly, the Company recorded a compensation charge of $9,000, which was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This founder became an employee of the Company in May 2001, whereupon his stock grant was remeasured due to a change in employment status. The intrinsic value of the unvested shares of common stock as of the change of employment status was $0.7 million. This amount was recognized over the remaining vesting period. For 2004 and 2005, the Company recorded a compensation charge of $0.2 million and $45,000, respectively. At December 31 , 2006, the common stock was fully vested.

Restricted Stock

In March 2001, the Company issued 0.2 million and 0.1 million shares of restricted common stock at $0.10 per share to a member of the Board of Directors and an employee of the Company, respectively, for total cash proceeds of $30,000. The 0.1 million shares of restricted common stock issued to the employee are under the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan. In November 2001, the Company issued 42,500 shares of restricted common stock at $1.40 per share to another member of the Board of Directors of the Company for cash proceeds totaling $59,500. These restricted shares are

 

F-29


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

subject to adjustment for certain events, including mergers, stock dividends, stock splits and other events. These restricted shares vest over four years. In connection with a software license agreement in June 2004, the Company issued 7,500 shares of restricted common stock at $1.84 per share for cash proceeds of $13,800. These restricted shares vested over one year. At December 31, 2006, 0.3 million shares of restricted common stock were fully vested.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The following is a schedule of authorized, issued and outstanding shares of each series of convertible preferred stock (in thousands):

 

    

Authorized

Shares

   Shares Issued and Outstanding
December 31,
                2005                    2006        

Series A

   3,919    3,691    3,691

Series B

   2,128    2,112    2,112

Series C

   1,335    1,335    1,335

Series D

   7,143    6,920    6,920

Series E

   22,975    21,590    21,590

Series F

   3,000    2,723    2,723

Series G

   21,500    6,304    20,435
              

Total convertible preferred stock

   62,000    44,675    58,806
              

On July 30, 2004, the Company issued 0.5 million shares of Series D convertible preferred stock to two investors who are also customers. As part of a settlement, on September 29, 2004, the Company repurchased 0.2 million shares at the Series D convertible preferred stock price of $8.96 and then issued 0.8 million shares of the Series E convertible preferred stock to the same customers at a price of $2.40 per share. The difference of $1.5 million between the repurchase price and the fair market value of the repurchased shares was charged to other loss, net in 2004.

On June 10, 2005, the Company issued 2.7 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at $3.78 per share for $10.3 million, net of issuance costs, of which 2.6 million shares were issued to a customer of the Company and 0.1 million shares were issued to an employee. During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company issued 6.3 million shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $5.40 per share for $31.1 million, net of issuance costs, to various investors.

In January, March, May, July and October of 2006, the Company issued a total of 14.1 million shares of Series G convertible preferred stock for $73.4 million, net of issuance costs. The purchase price for these issuances was $5.40 per share, with the exception of a board member’s purchase of 67,934 shares at $7.36 per share in October 2006. These issuances completed the sale of Series G convertible preferred stock which began in October of 2005. Total Series G convertible preferred stock issued was 20.4 million shares for $105.1 million, net of issuance costs.

The significant rights and obligations of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Voting Rights —Each holder of Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock are convertible.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Dividends —Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at the rate of $0.70, $0.98, $1.28, $0.63, $0.17, $0.26, and $0.38 per annum, respectively, for each share of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G convertible preferred stock outstanding, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. These dividends are payable in preference to common stock dividends. To date, the Company has not declared or paid any dividends.

Liquidation —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series G convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the other stockholders, $2.70 per share for each share of Series G convertible preferred stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends. In the event that the available funds and assets are insufficient for full payment to the holders of Series G convertible preferred stock on a per-share basis as outlined above, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series G convertible preferred stock in proportion to the liquidation preference amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

The holders of Series A through G convertible preferred stock shall then be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution of available funds and assets to shares of common stock, $10.00 for each share of Series A convertible preferred stock, $13.94 for each share of Series B convertible preferred stock, $18.28 for each share of Series C convertible preferred stock, $8.96 for each share of Series D convertible preferred stock, $2.40 for each share of Series E convertible preferred stock, $3.78 for each share of Series F convertible preferred stock, and $5.40 for each share of Series G convertible preferred stock, including the Series G liquidation amount of $2.70 for each share described above, held by them, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on the preferred shares. In the event that the available funds and assets are insufficient for full payment to the convertible preferred stockholders on a per-share basis as outlined above, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock in proportion to the liquidation preference amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

After all payments have been made to the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each (assuming conversion of all Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock) until the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock shall have received up to an additional 20% of the Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock purchase price for each year the Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock is outstanding, respectively; provided, however, that no holder of Series A, B, C, D, E, F or G convertible preferred stock shall receive an aggregate amount greater than the Series A, B, C, D, E, F or G convertible preferred stock original purchase price per share, as applicable; provided further, that the Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock shall be deemed for these purposes to have been outstanding for two years prior to their issuance dates.

Upon completion of the above distributions, the remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each.

Upon liquidation or winding up of the Company, a transfer of greater than 50% of the Company’s voting power or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event. As the redemption event of the convertible preferred stock is outside of the Company’s control,

 

F-31


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

all shares of convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity. The carrying value will remain the same, as EITF Topic D-98: “Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities” states that the initial carrying amount should be the price paid on the issuance date until the redemption is considered probable.

Conversion —Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock. In connection with the issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, an anti-dilution adjustment was triggered for Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock. Under the terms of Article IV, Section 4(d)(i) of the Company’s restated certificate of incorporation, the new conversion prices of the Series A Convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock, respectively, were modified as follows:

Conversion price of Series A convertible preferred stock changed from $2.5 to $2.42;

Conversion price of Series B convertible preferred stock changed from $3.486 to $3.11; and

Conversion price of Series C convertible preferred stock changed from $4.57 to $3.86.

Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock is convertible into the number of shares of common stock that result from dividing the original issue price ($2.50, $3.486, $4.57, $2.24, $0.60, $0.9458, $1.35 and $1.84, respectively) by the conversion price of the Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock ($2.42, $3.11, $3.86, $2.24, $0.60, $0.9458, $1.35 and $1.84, respectively) at December 31, 2006. Accordingly, the conversion ratios for the Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock to common stock are (1:1.0330, 1:1.1209, 1:1.1839, 1:1, 1:1, 1:1, and 1:1, respectively).

Conversion of each series of convertible preferred stock into common stock is automatic upon the earlier of: (i) the closing of an initial public offering, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, which results in aggregate proceeds equal to or exceeding $30.0 million, net of underwriting discounts, to the Company or (ii) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A, B, C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class.

Special Mandatory Conversion —If the Company’s Board of Directors approves a subsequent financing and determines that the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in such qualified financing (Qualified Financing), then each holder of the Company’s convertible preferred stock shall have the right to participate in such Qualified Financing on a pro rata basis. If any holder of convertible preferred stock does not participate in such Qualified Financing up to its full pro rata share, then all or a portion of such holder’s preferred stock shall be converted into fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s common stock upon the closing of such Qualified Financing, based upon the percentage of such holder’s pro rata share that was not purchased by such holder in the Qualified Financing.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Convertible Preferred and Common Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company had the following unexercised convertible preferred and common stock warrants (in thousands, except per share data):

 

Stock

 

Expiration Date(1)

  Exercise
Price per
Share
  

Shares as of

  

Fair Value as of

       December 31,    December 31,
       2005    2006      2005        2006  

Series A convertible preferred

  Apr 2006 to Jul 2008   $ 10.00    197    135    $ 444    $ 445

Series B convertible preferred

  Mar 2009     13.96    16    16      58      59

Series E convertible preferred

  Dec 2011     2.40    292    292      654      1,568

Series F convertible preferred

  Jun 2012     3.80    20    20      43      93

Series G convertible preferred

  Nov 2010 to Aug 2011     5.40    298    828      739      3,212

Common stock

  July 2013 to May 2016     8.96    35    36      3      32
                           

Total

       858    1,327    $ 1,941    $ 5,409
                           

(1) All convertible preferred stock warrants will convert into warrants to purchase shares of common stock at the applicable conversion rate for the related convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In 2006, warrants to purchase 62,500 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock expired unexercised.

The fair value of these warrants was estimated at the date of grant using a probability weighted average of per-share values using the Black-Scholes and Lattice models.

Non-recourse Notes Receivable from Employee Stockholders

The Company had issued non-recourse notes receivables to non-executive officers to finance the purchase of 0.3 million shares of common stock of the Company. Principal and interest were due four years from the original issuance date or upon the occurrence of certain events. Because these employee notes were deemed to be non-recourse, the equity awards are subject to variable accounting. Accordingly, stock compensation expense of $0.0 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, calculated based on the change of intrinsic value, was recorded in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

12. 2000 Stock Option Plan

On December 6, 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan (2000 Plan), which allows the Company to grant incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Under the terms of the 2000 Plan, the exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant, and the exercise price of non-statutory stock options may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options granted to an employee or a service provider who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company may be no less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of non-statutory stock options granted to an executive officer of the Company may be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant if such option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation. Options granted to date generally vest over a four year period.

The maximum aggregate number of shares reserved for future issuance under the 2000 Plan is 9.9 million shares of common stock as of December 31, 2006. The shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock. The term of each option shall be the term stated in the option

 

F-33


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

agreement, provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant. Any option granted is exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the option is granted.

Terms of the 2000 Plan permit option holders to exercise stock options before they are vested, subject to certain limitations. Common stock issued in connection with such exercises is subject to repurchase at the exercise price if vesting does not occur. Of the total common shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006, 0.8 million and 1.5 million shares, respectively, are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original exercise price. During 2005 and 2006, the Company repurchased and retired 3,750 and 12,156 unvested shares granted under the 2000 Plan, respectively.

A summary of activity under the 2000 Plan is as follows:

 

    Shares
Available for
Grant
    Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price Per Share
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
   

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Balance at December 31, 2003

  646     3,234     $ 1.65  

Additional options authorized

  2,599     —         —    

Granted

  (2,737 )   2,737     $ 1.31  

Exercised

  —       (559 )   $ 1.62  

Canceled

  222     (222 )   $ 1.76  
                   

Balance at December 31, 2004

  730     5,190     $ 1.47  

Additional options authorized

  2,500     —         —    

Granted

  (2,767 )   2,767     $ 1.16  

Exercised

  —       (1,162 )   $ 0.86  

Canceled

  99     (99 )   $ 1.82  
                   

Balance at December 31, 2005

  562     6,696     $ 1.44  

Additional options authorized

  5,750     —         —    

Granted

  (4,670 )   4,670     $ 1.96  

Exercised

  —       (3,066 )   $ 1.43   $ 759

Canceled

  428     (428 )   $ 1.21  
                   

Balance at December 31, 2006

  2,070     7,872     $ 1.77   $ 1,927
                   

Options outstanding that have vested and are expected to vest as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:

 

    

Number of
shares

   Weighted
average
price
  

Weighted average
remaining
contractual term

  

Aggregate
intrinsic
value(1)

     (In thousands)         (In years)    (In thousands)

Vested

   2,466    $ 1.69    7.17    $ 842

Expected to vest

   5,028      1.81    9.30      1,009
                       

Total

   7,494    $ 1.77    8.63    $ 1,851
                       

(1) These amounts represent the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of common stock for all in-the-money options outstanding on December 31, 2006.

Options outstanding that are expected to vest are net of estimated future option forfeitures in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).

 

F-34


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2006:

 

    Options Outstanding   Exercisable Options(1)

Exercise Price

 

Number

of

Shares

 

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

  Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price
 

Number

of

Shares

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise

Price

    (In thousands)   (In Years)       (In thousands)    

  $0.76

  570   8.12   $ 0.76   228   $ 0.76

  $1.00

  81   4.50   $ 1.00   81   $ 1.00

  $1.32

  1,345   8.94   $ 1.32   395   $ 1.32

  $1.40

  65   5.08   $ 1.40   52   $ 1.4

  $1.84

  1,159   5.99   $ 1.84   1,114   $ 1.84

  $2.00

  4,125   9.62   $ 2.00   274   $ 2.0

  $2.24

  527   7.55   $ 2.24   322   $ 2.24
                       
  7,872   8.63   $ 1.77   2,466   $ 1.69
                       

(1) All options under the 2000 Plan may be exercised prior to vesting but are subject to repurchase at the original issuance price in the event the optionees’ employment is terminated.

13. Shares Reserved for Future Issuances

At December 31, 2006, common stock reserved for future issuance was as follows (in thousands):

 

2000 Plan:

  

Outstanding stock options

   7,872

Reserved for future option grants

   2,070
    

Total common stock reserved for stock options

   9,942
    

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

   1,297

Warrants to purchase common stock

   36

Convertible preferred stock:

  

Series A

   3,812

Series B

   2,368

Series C

   1,580

Series D

   6,920

Series E

   21,590

Series F

   2,723

Series G

   20,435
    

Total convertible preferred stock

   59,428
    

Total common stock reserved for future issuances

   70,703
    

14. Income Taxes

The following is a geographic breakdown of the provision for income taxes (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
         2004            2005            2006    

Domestic

   $ —      $ 7    $ 5

Foreign

     —        5      67
                    

Total

   $ —      $ 12    $ 72
                    

 

F-35


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses

   $ 61,683     $ 82,226  

Research credits

     7,901       8,070  

Nondeductible

     4,205       8,319  

Capitalized software

     565       1,979  

Intangibles

     19,771       27,635  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     94,125       128,229  
                

Valuation allowance

     (94,125 )     (128,229 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —       $ —    
                

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $29.1 million, $23.5 million and $34.1 million for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Since inception, the Company has incurred operating losses and, accordingly, have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any periods presented. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of $204.8 million, which expire beginning in the year 2021 if not utilized. The Company also has state net operating loss carry-forwards of $192.8 million, which expire beginning in the year 2013. The Company has federal and California research and development credits of approximately $5.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively. The federal research credits will begin to expire in the year 2021, and the California research credits have no expiration date. $0.1 million of federal net operating losses relate to stock option deductions, for which a full valuation allowance has been recorded.

Utilization of the Company’s net operating losses and credit carry-forwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations under the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating losses and credit carry-forwards before the Company can utilize them.

15. Segment Information

SFAS No. 131, “ Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information ,” establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Company’s chief executive officer. The Company’s chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by geographic region for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for

 

F-36


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

operations, operating results and plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

Revenue by geographic region is based on the shipping address of the customer. The following table sets forth revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region:

Revenue

 

       As of December 31,
         2004            2005        2006
     (In thousands)

United States

   $ —      $ 2,660    $ 50,407

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     —        776      7,565

Asia Pacific and Japan

     599      691      770
                    

Total revenue

   $ 599    $ 4,127    $ 58,742
                    

In 2004, the Company had one customer that represented 100% of revenues. In 2005, the Company had five customers that each represented over 10% of the Company’s revenue. In 2006, the Company had one customer that represented 60% of revenue and no other customer that represented more than 10% of revenue.

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

       As of December 31,
     2004    2005    2006
     (In thousands)

United States

   $ 16,356    $ 14,155    $ 26,030

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     —        —        3

Asia Pacific and Japan

     290      379      632
                    

Total property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 16,646    $ 14,534    $ 26,665
                    

16. Employee Benefit Plan

In July 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the adoption of a savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Expenses related to the Company’s 401(k) plan were immaterial for 2004, 2005 and 2006.

17. Legal Matters

On May 9, 2006, the Company and Level 3 were sued by Cheetah Omni LLC, or Cheetah, for alleged infringement of patent No. 6,795,605, and a continuation thereof. On May 16, 2006, Cheetah filed an amended complaint, which requested an order to enjoin the sale of the Company’s DTN System and recover all damages caused by the alleged infringement. The Company is contractually obligated to indemnify Level 3 for damages suffered by Level 3 to the extent its product is found to infringe, and it has assumed the defense of this matter. On July 12, 2006, the Company and Level 3

 

F-37


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

filed a response to Cheetah’s amended complaint denying all infringement claims. On July 20, 2006, the Company and Level 3 filed an amended response. On November 28, 2006, Cheetah filed a second amended complaint and added patent No. 7,142,347 to the lawsuit. The Company believes the suit is without merit and intend to defend itself vigorously, but it is unable to predict the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome.

From time to time, the Company may be subject to other legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of its business.

18. Guarantees

Product Warranties

Upon delivery of products, the Company provides for the estimated cost to repair or replace products or the related components that may be returned under the hardware warranty. In general, hardware warranty periods range from two to five years. Hardware product warranties provide the purchaser with protection in the event that the product does not perform to product specifications. During the warranty period, the purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of such defect or failure to perform is expressly limited to the correction of the defect or failure by repair, refurbishment or replacement, at the Company’s sole option and expense. The Company estimates the fair value of the Company’s hardware warranty obligations based on the Company’s historical experience of known product failure rates, use of materials to repair or replace defective products, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. In addition, from time to time, specific hardware warranty accruals may be made if unforeseen technical problems arise with specific products. Management periodically assesses the adequacy of the Company’s recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Changes in product warranty liability in 2005 and 2006 are summarized below.

 

    

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
         2005             2006      
     (In thousands)  

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ —       $ 1,692  

Charges to operations

     2,079       4,166  

Utilization

     (407 )     (2,090 )

Change in estimate(1)

     20       (1,051 )
                

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 1,692     $ 2,717  
                

(1) Change in estimate represents overall improvement in average return rates and lower than expected cost of repair.

The Company’s agreements with customers, as well as its reseller agreements, generally include certain provisions for indemnifying customers and resellers and their affiliated parties against liabilities if the Company’s products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification obligations and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Letters of Credit

The Company had $3.2 million of stand-by letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2006, of which $1.0 million related to property leases, $1.2 million related to a vendor credit line and $1.0 million related to a valued added tax license for Europe.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

INFINERA CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ” (FIN 48), an interpretation of SFAS 109, “ Accounting for Income Taxes, ” which clarifies the recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to taken in a tax return. FIN 48 specifies that the evaluation of the tax position is a two-step process: (i) determining whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, and (ii) a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine that amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefits that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. FIN 48 is effective the first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this interpretation on its consolidated results of operations and financial position.

20. Subsequent Events

On February 16, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a 1-for-4 reverse stock split of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock, to be effected prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. All issued and outstanding common stock, convertible preferred stock and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   7

Forward-Looking Statements

   25

Use of Proceeds

   26

Dividend Policy

   26

Capitalization

   27

Dilution

   29

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   30

Management’s Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition And Results of Operations

   32

Business

   50

Management

   65

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   96

Principal Stockholders

   99

Description of Capital Stock

   102

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   107

Underwriting

   110

Industry and Market Data

   114

Legal Matters

   114

Experts

   114

Where You Can Find More Information

   114

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 


Through and including                     , 2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 



             Shares

Infinera Corporation

Common Stock


LOGO

 


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Citigroup

JPMorgan

Lehman Brothers

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

 



Table of Contents

PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table presents the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fees.

 

SEC Registration fee

   $ 4,605

NASD filing fee

     15,500

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     150,000

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *

Custodian and transfer agent fees

     *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *
      

Total

     $     *        
      

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated bylaws of the registrant provide that:

 

  Ÿ  

The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  Ÿ  

The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances in which indemnification is not required by law.

 

  Ÿ  

The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

  Ÿ  

The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

The rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

  Ÿ  

The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

The registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also provides for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains insurance to insure directors and officers against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

From January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2006, we issued the following securities in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act:

1. We granted stock options to purchase 10,207,057 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.76 to $2.24 per share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2000 Stock Plan. We did not grant any stock options outside of the 2000 Stock Plan.

2. We issued and sold an aggregate of 4,786,849 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and other service providers for aggregate consideration of $6,276,978 upon exercises of stock options granted under our 2000 Stock Plan. We did not issue or sell any shares of our common stock to employees, consultants or other service providers outside of the 2000 Stock Plan.

3. In September, October and November 2004, we issued and sold an aggregate of 21,590,036 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock to 107 institutional and individual investors for an aggregate purchase price of $51,800,000.

4. On June 10 and June 20, 2005, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,722,563 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock to an institutional and an individual investor for an aggregate purchase price of $10,300,000.

5. Between October 2005 and October 2006, we issued and sold an aggregate of 20,434,833 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock to 92 institutional and individual investors for an aggregate purchase price of $110,480,000.

6. In June 2004, we issued a warrant to Maple Commercial Financial Corp. to purchase 31,250 shares of common stock in connection with a credit facility extended to us by that lender.

7. In July 2004, we issued a warrant to Ben Franklin Technology Partners Northeast Pennsylvania to purchase 1,875 shares of common stock in connection with a credit facility extended to us by that lender.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

8. In December 2004, we issued warrants to purchase 291,666 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to debt lenders in connection with their extensions of credit to us.

9. In June 2005, we issued a warrant to purchase 19,824 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock to a debt lender in connection with a credit facility extended to us by that lender.

10. Between November 2005 and May 2006, we issued warrants to purchase 600,784 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock to an institutional investor in connection with its services performed on our behalf.

11. In March 2006, we issued a warrant to purchase 37,037 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock to one of our debt lenders in connection with an additional extension of credit to us.

12. In July 2006, we issued a warrant to an institutional investor to purchase 92,592 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock as partial consideration for a strategic transaction with that institutional investor.

13. In August 2006, we issued a warrant to an institutional investor to purchase 125,000 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock as consideration for a strategic transaction with that institutional investor.

14. In August 2006, we issued a warrant to purchase 125,000 shares of Series G convertible preferred Stock to Nomadics, Inc. in connection with the acquisition of certain assets of Little Optics, Inc. from that company.

The sale of securities described in Items 15(1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The sale of securities described in Items 15(3)-(14) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.   

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Infinera in effect before the closing of this offering.
  3.2      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Infinera to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.3      Bylaws of Infinera, as amended, in effect before the closing of this offering.
  3.4      Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Infinera to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of Common Stock certificate of Infinera.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Infinera and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    2000 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.
10.3+    2007 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.4+    2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.   

Description

10.5+*    2007 Executive Bonus Plan.
10.6+*    Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement for Infinera’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief operating officer.
10.7+*    Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement for Infinera’s other officers.
10.8+    Offer Letter Agreement by and between Infinera and Duston M. Williams dated May 1, 2006.
10.9+    Agreement and Release by and between Infinera and William R. Zerella dated June 29, 2006.
10.10    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated October 7, 2005, by and among Infinera and certain stockholders and the Joinder Agreements thereto dated November 17, 2005, December 29, 2005, January 31, 2006, March 31, 2006, May 9, 2006 and June 30, 2006.
10.11*    Master Acquisition Agreement by and between BTE Equipment, LLC and Infinera dated April 11, 2005, as amended on May 19, 2005, August 8, 2005 and November 15, 2006.
10.12    Lease Agreement between Legacy Partners I Sunnyvale, LLC and Infinera, dated December 20, 2005, as amended on February 2, 2006 for Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA premises.
10.13    Lease Agreement between SCM Properties, LLC and Infinera, dated July 17, 2006, as amended on November 2, 2006 for Java Drive, Sunnyvale, CA premises.
10.14*    Loan and Security Agreement (Growth Capital Loan) by and among Infinera, Silicon Valley Bank and Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, L.P. dated December 29, 2004, as amended on March 25, 2005, June 21, 2005, November 9, 2005, August 22, 2006 and October 6, 2006.
10.15*    Intellectual Property Security Agreement by and among Infinera, Silicon Valley Bank and Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, L.P. dated December 29, 2004.
10.16*    Loan and Security Agreement (Operating Line of Credit) by and between Infinera and Silicon Valley Bank dated December 29, 2004, as amended on June 21, 2005, November 9, 2005, June 21, 2006, August 22, 2006 and October 6, 2006.
10.17*    Loan and Security Agreement (Revolving Line) by and between Infinera and Silicon Valley Bank dated December 29, 2004, as amended on May 6, 2005, June 21, 2005, November 9, 2005, June 21, 2006, August 22, 2006 and October 6, 2006.
10.18*    Intellectual Property Security Agreement (Revolving Line and Operating Line of Credit) by and between Infinera and Silicon Valley Bank dated December 29, 2004.
10.19*    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Infinera and United Commercial Bank dated October 31, 2006.
10.20*    Intellectual Property Security Agreement by and between Infinera and United Commercial Bank dated June 21, 2005.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Infinera.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement).

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on this 26 th day of February, 2007.

 

INFINERA CORPORATION

By:

 

/ S /    J AGDEEP S INGH        

  Jagdeep Singh
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jagdeep Singh, Duston M. Williams and Michael O. McCarthy III, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys in fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

      

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J AGDEEP S INGH        

Jagdeep Singh

  

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  February 26, 2007

/ S /    D USTON M. W ILLIAMS        

Duston M. Williams

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  February 26, 2007

/ S /    A LEXANDRE B ALKANSKI        

Alexandre Balkanski

  

Director

  February 26, 2007

/ S /    K ENNETH A. G OLDMAN        

Kenneth A. Goldman

  

Director

  February 26, 2007

/ S /    R EED E. H UNDT        

Reed E. Hundt

  

Director

  February 26, 2007

 

II-6


Table of Contents
      

Title

 

Date

/ S /    D AN M AYDAN        

Dan Maydan

  

Director

  February 26, 2007

/ S /    H UGH C. M ARTIN        

Hugh C. Martin

  

Director

  February 26, 2007

/ S /    C ARL R EDFIELD        

Carl Redfield

  

Director

  February 26, 2007

/ S /    P RADEEP S. S INDHU        

Pradeep S. Sindhu

  

Director

  February 26, 2007

 

II-7


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Infinera in effect before the closing of this offering.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Infinera to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of Infinera, as amended, in effect before the closing of this offering.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Infinera to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of Common Stock certificate of Infinera.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Infinera and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2 +    2000 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.
10.3 +    2007 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.4 +    2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5 +*    2007 Executive Bonus Plan.
10.6 +*    Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement for Infinera’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief operating officer.
10.7 +*    Form of Change of Control Severance Agreement for Infinera’s other officers.
10.8 +    Offer Letter Agreement by and between Infinera and Duston M. Williams dated May 1, 2006.
10.9+    Agreement and Release by and between Infinera and William R. Zerella dated June 29, 2006.
10.10    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated October 7, 2005, by and among Infinera and certain stockholders and the Joinder Agreements thereto dated November 17, 2005, December 29, 2005, January 31, 2006, March 31, 2006, May 9, 2006 and June 30, 2006.
10.11*    Master Acquisition Agreement by and between BTE Equipment, LLC and Infinera dated April 11, 2005, as amended on May 19, 2005, August 8, 2005 and November 15, 2006.
10.12    Lease Agreement between Legacy Partners I Sunnyvale, LLC and Infinera, dated December 20, 2005, as amended on February 2, 2006 for Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA premises.
10.13    Lease Agreement between SCM Properties, LLC and Infinera, dated July 17, 2006, as amended on November 2, 2006 for Java Drive, Sunnyvale, CA premises.
10.14*    Loan and Security Agreement (Growth Capital Loan) by and among Infinera, Silicon Valley Bank and Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, L.P. dated December 29, 2004, as amended on March 25, 2005, June 21, 2005, November 9, 2005, August 22, 2006 and October 6, 2006.
10.15*    Intellectual Property Security Agreement by and among Infinera, Silicon Valley Bank and Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, L.P. dated December 29, 2004.
10.16*    Loan and Security Agreement (Operating Line of Credit) by and between Infinera and Silicon Valley Bank dated December 29, 2004, as amended on June 21, 2005, November 9, 2005, June 21, 2006, August 22, 2006 and October 6, 2006.


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.   

Description

10.17*    Loan and Security Agreement (Revolving Line) by and between Infinera and Silicon Valley Bank dated December 29, 2004, as amended on May 6, 2005, June 21, 2005, November 9, 2005, June 21, 2006, August 22, 2006 and October 6, 2006.
10.18*    Intellectual Property Security Agreement (Revolving Line and Operating Line of Credit) by and between Infinera and Silicon Valley Bank dated December 29, 2004.
10.19*    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Infinera and United Commercial Bank dated October 31, 2006.
10.20*    Intellectual Property Security Agreement by and between Infinera and United Commercial Bank dated June 21, 2005.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Infinera.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement).

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INFINERA CORPORATION

The undersigned, Jagdeep Singh and Michael O. McCarthy, hereby certify that:

1. They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware under the name “Don 1, Inc.” on December 6, 2000.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

“ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Infinera Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

(A) Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 566,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share. 318,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 248,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

(B) Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 15,674,544 shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 8,513,682 shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of


5,339,166 shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 28,571,427 shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 91,901,181 shares. The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 12,000,000 shares. The seventh series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series G Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 86,000,000 shares. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of $0.175 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.24402 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.3199 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock, $0.1568 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock, $0.042 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock, $0.06621 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock and $0.0945 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series G Preferred Stock payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock).

2. Liquidation .

(a) Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, any payment or distribution and setting apart for payments or distributions of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be made in the order of priority as follows:

(i) The holders of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the

 

-2-


Corporation to the holders of any Series A Preferred Stock, any Series B Preferred Stock, any Series C Preferred Stock, any Series D Preferred Stock, any Series E Preferred Stock, any Series F Preferred Stock and any Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, in cash, an amount per share equal to $0.675 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series G Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends (the “ Series G Liquidation Amount ”). If upon a Liquidation the assets of the Corporation are insufficient to permit payment of the Series G Liquidation Amount in full to all holders of Series G Preferred Stock, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive.

(ii) After payment or setting aside of the Series G Liquidation Amount in accordance with Section B.2(a)(i) above, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to: (i) $2.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (“ Series A Purchase Price ”) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, (ii) $3.486 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (“ Series B Purchase Price ”) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, (iii) $4.57 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (“ Series C Purchase Price ”) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, (iv) $2.24 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (“ Series D Purchase Price ”) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, (v) $0.60 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (“ Series E Purchase Price ”) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends, (vi) $0.9458 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) (“ Series F Purchase Price ”) for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends and (vii) $1.35 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like and including the Series G Liquidation Amount) (“ Series G Purchase Price ”) for each share of Series G Preferred Stock then held by them, plus declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this Section B.2(a)(ii).

(b) Participation . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to

 

-3-


stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series G Preferred Stock and the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion into Common Stock of all Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock) until the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall have received up to an additional 20% of the Series A Purchase Price, Series B Purchase Price, Series C Purchase Price, Series D Purchase Price, Series E Purchase Price, Series F Purchase Price or Series G Purchase Price, as the case may be, for each year that any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock are outstanding (with amounts for any partial year pro rated based on full months outstanding for such partial year), provided , however , that solely for purposes of this Section 2(b), each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been outstanding for two (2) years commencing from the date of issuance of each such share of Series E Preferred Stock and each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been outstanding for two (2) years commencing from the date of issuance of each such share of Series F Preferred Stock; provided further , however , that no holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock shall receive an additional aggregate amount pursuant to this Section 2(b) greater than the Series A Purchase Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Purchase Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Purchase Price per share of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Purchase Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Purchase Price per share of Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Purchase Price per share of Series F Preferred Stock or, in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock, the Series G Purchase Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock, as the case may be, under this Section 2(b) (it being understood that the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock may, in lieu of receiving distributions under Section 2(a) above and this Section 2(b), elect to convert their shares into Common Stock and receive distributions under Section 2(c) below).

(c) Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

(d) Certain Acquisitions .

(i) Deemed Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, property or business or merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or enter into a similar transaction or series of related

 

-4-


transactions in which the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding voting stock immediately before such merger, consolidation or transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after such merger, consolidation or transaction or series of related transactions, retain stock representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent entity if the surviving entity is wholly owned by the parent entity) in substantially the same relative percentage held immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions, provided that this Section 2(d)(i) shall not apply to a bona fide equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation.

(ii) Valuation of Consideration . In the event of a deemed liquidation as described in Section 2(d)(i) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate):

(1) If traded on a securities exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market, the value shall be based on a formula approved in good faith by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or Nasdaq over a specified time period;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on a formula approved in good faith by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or Nasdaq over a specified time period; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2(d)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(iii) Notice of Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than ten (10) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction or ten (10) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. Any written consent circulated shall be deemed to satisfy any notice requirements of the previous sentence. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The

 

-5-


transaction shall in no event take place sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

(iv) Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the requirements of this Section 2(d) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the transaction to be postponed until such requirements have been complied with, or cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(d)(iii) hereof.

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

4. Conversion . The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) $2.50 in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $3.486 in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) $4.57 in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) $2.24 in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, (v) $0.60 in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, (vi) $0.9458 in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock and (vii) $1.35 in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The Conversion Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be $2.50, the Conversion Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $3.486, the Conversion Price per share of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $4.57, the Conversion Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be $2.24, the Conversion Price per share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be $0.60, the Conversion Price per share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be $0.9458 and the Conversion Price per share of Series G Preferred Stock shall be $1.35. Such Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d).

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share

 

-6-


immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation, which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of $30,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, or an affidavit of lost instrument with appropriate indemnity provisions, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price . If the Corporation shall issue, on or after the date upon which any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock were first issued (the “ Purchase Date ”) with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock in

 

-7-


effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i). Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Prices of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock in connection with the issuance of any Additional Stock issued after the date of first issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock for a consideration per share equal to or greater than the Series E Conversion Price then in effect.

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section (4)(d)(i), the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such applicable Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock so issued. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

(B) Definition of “Additional Stock” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)), by the Corporation on or after the Purchase Date other than:

(1) Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

(2) Shares of Common Stock (or options to purchase shares of Common Stock) issuable or issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Corporation, provided that such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (or a committee of the Board of Directors), and shares of Common Stock (or options to purchase shares of Common Stock) issuable or issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Corporation pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan, provided that the stock option plan or restricted stock plan is unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (or a committee of the Board of Directors);

(3) Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

-8-


(4) Shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, notes or other rights to acquire securities of the Corporation outstanding as of the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(5) Capital stock or warrants or options to purchase capital stock issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock;

(6) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock;

(7) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock;

(8) Capital stock or warrants or options to purchase capital stock issued or issuable to an entity primarily for purposes other than raising capital as an integral component of any business relationship with such entity also involving a material marketing, distribution, product development, supply and/or technology licensing arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock;

(9) Capital stock issued in any other transaction in which the Board of Directors unanimously excludes such issuance from the definition of Additional Stock set forth herein, but if and only if such revised definition applies equally to all holders of Preferred Stock; and

(10) Any and all authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(C) No Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(D) Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses

 

-9-


allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) Deemed Issuances of Common Stock . In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Purchase Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities or evidences of indebtedness by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any unsatisfied conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any unsatisfied conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further

 

-10-


adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and 4(d)(i)(E)(2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or 4(d)(i)(E)(4).

(F) No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section (4)(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) and 4(d)(i)(E)(4), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(ii) Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event the Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

 

-11-


(iii) Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(g) [Reserved]

(h) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred

 

-12-


Stock or Series G Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of a fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fractional share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors). The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock.

(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock,

 

-13-


Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

(k) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the United States mail, as certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such party’s address or fax number appearing on the books of the Corporation.

5. Voting Rights . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock shall entitle its holder to the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares of Common Stock into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Director ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Series D Director ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Common Directors ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors, and any remaining directors shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class (the “ Joint Directors ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. Each series or class of stockholders that are entitled to

 

-14-


elect a director or directors pursuant to this Section 5 shall also have the right to remove from office such director or directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director or directors.

6. Protective Provisions .

(a) Class Vote . So long as at least 18,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

(i) effect a transaction described in Section 2(d)(i) above;

(ii) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect such shares;

(iii) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock;

(iv) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, or reclassify any outstanding security of the Corporation into, any other equity security, including any security (other than Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock) convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends, conversion or upon liquidation; or

(v) increase the number of authorized members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Series Vote .

(i) So long as at least 1,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class: (i) take any action to amend or modify this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects any rights or value of the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner dissimilar to the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock; or (ii) amend this Section 6(b)(i).

(ii) So long as at least 1,500,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B

 

-15-


Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class: (i) take any action to amend or modify this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects any rights or value of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner dissimilar to the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock; or (ii) amend this Section 6(b)(ii).

(iii) So long as at least 1,500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class: (i) take any action to amend or modify this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects any rights or value of the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner dissimilar to the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock; or (ii) amend this Section 6(b)(iii).

(iv) So long as at least 1,500,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class: (i) take any action to amend or modify this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects any rights or value of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner dissimilar to the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock; or (ii) amend this Section 6(b)(iv).

(v) So long as at least 6,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class: (i) take any action to amend or modify this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects any rights or value of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner dissimilar to the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock; or (ii) amend this Section 6(b)(v).

(vi) So long as at least 1,500,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class: (i) take any action to amend or modify this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects any rights or value of the Series F Preferred Stock in a manner dissimilar to the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock; or (ii) amend this Section 6(b)(vi).

(vii) So long as at least 4,500,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations), the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class: (i) take any action to amend or modify this

 

-16-


Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that adversely affects any rights or value of the Series G Preferred Stock in a manner dissimilar to the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock; or (ii) amend this Section 6(b)(vii).

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8. Special Mandatory Conversion . If at any time following the effective time of this Certificate of Incorporation the Corporation offers to sell any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of the Corporation’s capital stock (“ Shares ”) upon the terms and conditions that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors, including either the Series A Director or Series D Director, determines in good faith that the holders of Preferred Stock (each a “ Preferred Holder ,” and collectively, the “ Preferred Holders ”) shall have the right to purchase their Preferred Pro Rata Share Amount (as defined below) of a portion of such offering pursuant to this Section 8, provided such portion shall not exceed the aggregate number of Shares offered in such offering (such portion of such offering, a “ Qualified Financing ”), then

(a) If a Preferred Holder purchases no portion of its Preferred Pro Rata Share Amount (a “ Non-Participating Preferred Holder ”) at or prior to any closing of a Qualified Financing (a “ Qualified Financing Closing ”) that occurs at least 60 days after the first delivery of the Notice (as defined below) to such Preferred Holder (such 60 day period, the “ Closing Period ”), then effective immediately prior to such Qualified Financing Closing, all Preferred Stock held by such Non-Participating Preferred Holder shall automatically convert into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined pursuant to Article IV, Section 4 above (the “ Special Mandatory Conversion ”).

(b) If a Preferred Holder agrees to purchase a portion but not all of its Preferred Pro Rata Share Amount (a “ Non-Fully Participating Preferred Holder ”) at the Qualified Financing Closing, then effective immediately prior to such Qualified Financing Closing, the Converted Portion (as defined below) of such Non-Fully Participating Preferred Holder’s Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined pursuant to Article IV, Section 4 above (the “ Special Mandatory Conversion ”).

(c) As soon as reasonably practicable after the consummation of a Qualified Financing, each Preferred Holder who holds any shares of Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Sections 8(a) or 8(b) shall deliver to the Corporation during regular business hours at the office of any transfer agent of the Corporation for such Preferred Stock, or at such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the certificate or certificates representing the shares so converted, duly endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Corporation (or an affidavit and indemnity undertaking with respect to lost, stolen or destroyed certificates in a form reasonably acceptable to the Corporation). As promptly thereafter as is practicable, the Corporation shall

 

-17-


issue and deliver to such Preferred Holder, at the place designated by such Preferred Holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of the Common Stock, to which such Preferred Holder is entitled as a result of such Preferred Holder’s conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 8(a) or 8(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure by the Preferred Holder holding any shares of Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Sections 8(a) or 8(b) to deliver to the Corporation the certificate or certificate(s) representing the shares so converted shall not in any way effect the conversion of such Preferred Holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to Sections 8(a) or 8(b). The person in whose name the certificate for such shares of Common Stock is to be issued shall be deemed to have become a stockholder of such shares of Common Stock on the effective date of the Mandatory Conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(d) For purposes of this Section 8, all shares of Preferred Stock held or acquired by Preferred Holders and their Affiliates (as defined below) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining such parties’ Preferred Pro Rata Amounts and the allocation of the Converted Portion amongst such parties, such that if a Preferred Holder, together with any of its Affiliates, purchases the sum of the Preferred Pro Rata Share Amount of such Preferred Holder and any such Affiliates, then none of the shares of Preferred Stock held by such Preferred Holder or such Preferred Holder’s Affiliates shall be converted into Common Stock pursuant to Sections 8(a) or 8(b).

(e) Definitions (for purposes of this Section 8):

(i) “ Affiliate ” is defined as (A) an affiliated fund or entity of a holder of capital stock of the Corporation, which means a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company, (B) a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a holder of capital stock of the Corporation, (C) an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control of a holder of capital stock of the Corporation, (D) a holder of capital stock’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, a holder’s “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include legal adoptive relationships), (E) a trust for the benefit of an individual holder or such holder’s Immediate Family Member, or (F) a fund or entity whose members, partners, limited partners or stockholders are all holders of capital stock of the Corporation or Affiliates thereof.

(ii) “ Converted Portion ” is defined as, with respect to a Preferred Holder as of immediately prior to a Qualified Financing Closing, the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of outstanding Preferred Stock of the Corporation held by such Preferred Holder times (2) the quotient obtained by dividing (X) the difference obtained by subtracting (xx) the Preferred Holder’s Preferred Pro Rata Share Amount minus (yy) the number of securities the Preferred Holder elects to purchase in the Qualified Financing Closing by (Y) the Preferred Holder’s Preferred Pro Rata Share Amount. The Converted Portion shall be allocated across such Preferred Holder’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,

 

-18-


Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, with such Preferred Holder’s shares being converted in that order to such extent as required by this Section 8, provided , however , any Preferred Holder may elect, upon written notice provided to the Corporation prior to the Qualified Financing Closing, to convert its shares in an order different than that provided in this Section 8(e)(ii).

(iii) “ Preferred Pro Rata Share Amount ” is defined as, with respect to a Preferred Holder as of immediately prior to a Qualified Financing Closing, the Qualified Financing Allocated Amount (as defined below) of a Qualified Financing.

(iv) “ Qualified Financing Allocated Amount ” is defined as, with respect to a Preferred Holder as of immediately prior to a Qualified Financing Closing, the number of shares obtained by dividing (1) the product obtained by multiplying (X) the aggregate dollar value of the Shares to be offered in the Qualified Financing times (Y) the quotient obtained by dividing (xx) the total number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis) issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Preferred Holder and its Affiliates as of immediately prior to such Qualified Financing Closing by (yy) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities) by (2) the price per share of the Shares offered in the Qualified Financing.

(v) “ Notice ” shall mean written notice delivered by certified mail to the address of record on the books of the Corporation for the Preferred Holders from the Corporation stating (i) the Corporation’s bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares and (iv) the closing date or dates that such Shares are to be offered.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be subject to the provisions of this Article IV, Section (B), Subsection 8 for any Qualified Financing that occurs on or prior to February 15, 2006.

(C) Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

 

-19-


ARTICLE V

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(B) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

(C) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.”

*     *     *

 

-20-


The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Executed at Sunnyvale, California, on June 30, 2006.

 

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

Jagdeep Singh, President

/s/ Michael O. McCarthy

Michael O. McCarthy, Secretary

EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF INFINERA CORPORATION

Infinera Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under the name “Don 1, Inc.” on December 6, 2000.

B. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), this Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

C. This Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

D. This Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

E. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Infinera Corporation.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

-1-


ARTICLE IV

The corporation shall have authority to issue shares as follows:

500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

The directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the effective date of this Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Effective Date ”), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

-2-


Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the Class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason

 

-3-


of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Except as provided in Article IX above, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

****

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on this      day of                      , 2007.

 

 

Jagdeep Singh
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Michael O. McCarthy
Secretary

 

-5-

EXHIBIT 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

ZEPTON NETWORKS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES

   1
  1.1   Registered Office    1
  1.2   Other Offices    1

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

   1
  2.1   Place of Meetings    1
  2.2   Annual Meeting    1
  2.3   Special Meeting    1
  2.4   Notice of Stockholders' Meeting    2
  2.5   Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice    2
  2.6   Quorum    2
  2.7   Adjourned Meeting; Notice    2
  2.8   Organization; Conduct of Business    3
  2.9   Voting    3
  2.10   Waiver Of Notice    3
  2.11   Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without a Meeting    3
  2.12   Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents    4
  2.13   Proxies    5

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

   5
  3.1   Powers    5
  3.2   Number Of Directors    5
  3.3   Election, Qualification, And Term Of Office Of Directors    5
  3.4   Resignation and Vacancies    6
  3.5   Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone    6
  3.6   Regular Meetings    7
  3.7   Special Meetings; Notice    7
  3.8   Quorum    7
  3.9   Waiver of Notice    7
  3.10   Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting    8
  3.11   Fees And Compensation Of Directors    8
  3.12   Approval Of Loans To Officers    8
  3.13   Removal Of Directors    8
  3.14   Chairman Of The Board Of Directors    8

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

   9
  4.1   Committees Of Directors    9
  4.2   Committee Minutes    9
  4.3   Meetings and Action Of Committees    9

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

   10
 

5.1

  Officers    10
 

5.2

  Appointment Of Officers    10
 

5.3

  Subordinate Officers    10
 

5.4

  Removal And Resignation Of Officers    10
 

5.5

  Vacancies In Offices    10
 

5.6

  Chief Executive Officer    10
 

5.7

  President    11
 

5.8

  Vice Presidents    11
 

5.9

  Secretary    11
 

5.10

  Chief Financial Officer    11
 

5.11

  Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations    12
 

5.12

  Authority And Duties Of Officers    12

ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

   12
 

6.1

  Indemnification Of Directors And Officers    12
 

6.2

  Indemnification Of Others    12
 

6.3

  Payment Of Expenses In Advance    13
 

6.4

  Indemnity Not Exclusive    13
 

6.5

  Insurance    13
 

6.6

  Conflicts    13

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

   14
 

7.1

  Maintenance And Inspection Of Records    14
 

7.2

  Inspection By Directors    14

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

   15
 

8.1

  Checks    15
 

8.2

  Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments    15
 

8.3

  Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares    15
 

8.4

  Special Designation On Certificate    15
 

8.5

  Lost Certificates    16
 

8.6

  Construction; Definitions    16
 

8.7

  Dividends    16
 

8.8

  Fiscal Year    16
 

8.9

  Seal    16
 

8.10

  Transfer Of Stock    17
 

8.11

  Stock Transfer Agreements    17
 

8.12

  Registered Stockholders    17
 

8.13

  Facsimile Signature    17

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

   17

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

ZEPTON NETWORKS, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is Corporation Service Company.

1.2 Other Offices . The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place Of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

2.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors each year. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the president or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the president or the chairman of the board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II, that a meeting will

 

-1-


be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4 Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings . All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place (if any), date and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5 Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice . Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic mail or other electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6 Quorum . The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting to another place (if any), date or time.

2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . When a meeting is adjourned to another place (if any), date or time, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place (if any), thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or a new record date is affixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place (if any), date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

-2-


2.8 Organization; Conduct of Business .

(a) Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the President of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the Secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints.

(b) The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The date and time of opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

2.9 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with provisions of Section 2.12 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

2.10 Waiver Of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.11 Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

-3-


Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section. A telegram, cablegram, electronic mail or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law). If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.12 Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent (including consent by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law) is delivered to the corporation.

 

-4-


(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, if such adjournment is for thirty (30) days or less; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.13 Proxies .

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by an instrument in writing or by an electronic transmission permitted by law filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Powers . Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

3.2 Number Of Directors . [Amended & Superseded – See Amendments] Upon the adoption of these bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be (1) one. Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

3.3 Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors . Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

-5-


Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.4 Resignation And Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws:

(a) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(b) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

3.5 Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

-6-


Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

3.7 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally by facsimile, by electronic transmission, by telephone or by telegram, it shall be delivered at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

3.8 Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9 Waiver Of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice

 

-7-


of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.10 Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.11 Fees And Compensation Of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

3.12 Approval Of Loans To Officers . The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.13 Removal Of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that if the stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

3.14 Chairman Of The Board Of Directors . The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered an officer of the corporation.

 

-8-


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 Committees Of Directors . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate 1 or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporate Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

4.3 Meetings And Action Of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), and Section 3.10 (action without a meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

-9-


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Officers . The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 Appointment Of Officers . The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 Removal And Resignation Of Officers . Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom the power of removal is conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 Vacancies In Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

5.6 Chief Executive Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

 

-10-


5.7 President . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.8 Vice Presidents . In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

5.9 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

5.10 Chief Financial Officer . The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

-11-


The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the bylaws.

5.11 Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations . The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.

5.12 Authority And Duties Of Officers . In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,

AND OTHER AGENTS

6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers . The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.2 Indemnification Of Other s . The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in

 

-12-


connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance . Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive . The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation.

6.5 Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance an behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

6.6 Conflicts . No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

 

-13-


ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records . The corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in each such stockholder’s name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

7.2 Inspection By Directors . Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Checks . From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments . The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the chief financial officer or an assistant or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

8.4 Special Designation On Certificates . If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the

 

-15-


preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.5 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

8.6 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

8.7 Dividends . The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (a) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

8.8 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

8.9 Seal . The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

-16-


8.10 Transfer Of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

8.11 Stock Transfer Agreements . The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

8.12 Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

8.13 Facsimile Signature . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of their power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

-17-


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

DON 1, Inc.

ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

The undersigned person appointed in the certificate of incorporation to act as the Incorporator of DON 1, Inc. hereby adopts the foregoing bylaws as the Bylaws of the corporation.

Executed this 6th day of December, 2000.

 

/s/ Jennie Crawford

Jennie E. Crawford, Incorporator

CERTIFICATE BY SECRETARY OF ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of DON 1, Inc. and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation on December 6, 2000 by the person appointed in the certificate of incorporation to act as the Incorporator of the corporation.

Executed this 6th day of December, 2000.

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

DON-1, INC.

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary of DON 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the sole Director of the Company duly adopted pursuant to Action by Unanimous Written Consent effective as of December 21, 2000, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety as follow:

“3.2 Number Of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be three (3). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: December 21, 2000

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

ZEPTON NETWORKS, INC.

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary of Zepton Networks, Inc. (formerly Don-1, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the Directors of the Company duly adopted pursuant to Action by Unanimous Written Consent effective as of March 28, 2001, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety is follows:

“3.2 Number of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be four (4). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: March 28, 2001

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

ZEPTON NETWORKS, INC.

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary Zepton Networks, Inc. (formerly Don-1, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the Board of Directors of the Company duly adopted pursuant to Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors dated as of September 25, 2001 with such action to become effective September 26, 2001, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“3.2 Number Of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be six (6). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: September 26, 2001

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

ZEPTON NETWORKS, INC.

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary of Zepton Networks, Inc. (formerly Don-1, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the Board of Directors of the Company duly adopted pursuant to Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors dated as of October 8, 2001 with such action to become effective October 16, 2001, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“3.2 Number of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be seven (7). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: October 16, 2001

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

ZEPTON NETWORKS, INC.

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary of Zepton Networks, Inc. (formerly Don-1, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the Board of Directors of the Company duly adopted pursuant to Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors dated as of November 14, 2001 with such action to become effective December 7, 2001, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“3.2 Number of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be eight (8). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: December 7, 2001

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

INFINERA CORPORATION

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary of Infinera Corporation (formerly Zepton Networks, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the Board of Directors of the Company duly adopted at a Meeting of the Board on April 29, 2003 with such action to become effective May 12, 2003, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“3.2 Number of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be nine (9). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. By action of the Board of Directors of the Company duly adopted at a Meeting of the Board on April 29, 2003 with such action to become effective May 12, 2003, a new section shall be added to the Bylaws of the Company to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.14 Right of First Refusal .

(a) Should any holder of common stock of the Corporation (a “ Common Holder ”) (or a Permitted Transferee, as defined below) propose to accept one or more bona fide offers (collectively, a “ Purchase Offer ”) from any persons to purchase shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) from such Common Holder (other than as set forth in Section 8.14(d) of this Bylaw), such Common Holder shall promptly deliver a notice (the “ Notice ”) to the Corporation stating the terms and conditions of such Purchase Offer including, without limitation, the number of Shares proposed to be sold or transferred, the nature of such sale or transfer, the consideration to be paid (the “ Offered Price ”), and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee.


(b) At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Notice, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Common Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred by the Common Holder, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Corporation or its assignee(s) under Section (b) above shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) The Corporation agrees that in the event that the Corporation declines to exercise in full the right of first refusal set forth in Bylaw Section 8.14(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”), the Corporation will provide each Investor (as defined in that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement entered into by and among the Corporation and certain parties thereto (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), dated May 12, 2003) with notice of such determination at least fifteen (15) days prior to the end of the period in which the Right of First Refusal expires under these Bylaws. Each Investor shall then have the right to submit, prior to the end of such period, notice of its irrevocable commitment to exercise such Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Corporation’s notice, as the Corporation’s assignee on a pro rata basis, based upon the number of shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation held by such Investor relative to the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation held by all Investors. Upon expiration or exercise of the Right of First Refusal, the Corporation will provide notice to all Investors as to whether or not the Right of First Refusal has been or will be exercised by the Corporation or the Investors. If any Investors do not exercise their right of first refusal, the Shares that would otherwise be allocated to such non-exercising Investors shall be allocated to each exercising Investor on a pro-rata basis (based upon the number of shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation held by such Investor relative to the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation held by all such exercising Investors), provided that the Right of First Refusal must be exercised, if at all, prior to the expiration of such thirty-day (30) period.

(e) To the extent of the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) and/or the Investor(s) do not elect to acquire all of the Shares specified in the Notice, said transferring Common Holder may, within the thirty-day (30) day period following the period in which the Right of First Refusal expires under these Bylaws, transfer the Shares specified in said Notice

 

- 2 -


which were not acquired by the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) and/or the Investor(s) as specified in said Notice. All Shares so sold by said transferring Common Holder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this Bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) The provisions of sections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Bylaw Section 8.14 shall not pertain or apply to the following transactions (each, a “ Permitted Transaction ”):

(i) Any pledge of the Corporation’s Common Stock made by a Common Holder pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction which creates a mere security interest;

(ii) Any repurchase of Common Stock by the Corporation;

(iii) Any bona fide gift;

(iv) Any transfer to a Common Holder’s ancestors, descendants or spouse or to a trust for their benefit;

(v) any sale or transfer of shares of Common Stock among the Common Holders; or

(vi) any sale or transfer of shares of Common stock that is deemed by the Corporation’s Board of Directors to be a Permitted Transaction; or

provided , in each case, that (i) the Common Holder(s) shall inform the Corporation of such pledge, transfer or gift prior to effecting it, and (ii) the pledgee, transferee or donee (each a “ Permitted Transferee ”) shall furnish the Corporation with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Bylaw Section 8.14 applicable to the Common Holders.

(g) Any attempt by a Common Holder to transfer Shares in violation of Section 8.14(a) of these Bylaws shall be void and the Corporation agrees it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock.

(h) Each certificate representing shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation now or hereafter owned by the Common Holders or issued to any Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 8.14(f) shall bear the following legend:

 

- 3 -


“THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

(i) This Right of First Refusal shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of any one of the following events (and shall not apply to any transfer by a Founder in connection with any such event):

(i) The liquidation, dissolution or indefinite cessation of the business operations of the Corporation;

(ii) The execution by the Corporation of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property and assets of the Corporation;

(iii) A firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Corporation of shares of its Common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of $30,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions); or

(iv) The sale, conveyance or disposal of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property or business or the Corporation’s merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or if the Corporation effects any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed of and the Corporation is not the survivor, provided that this Section 8.14(i)(iv) shall not apply to a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation.

(j) At any time after the termination of this Right of First Refusal in accordance with Section 8.14(i) of these Bylaws, any holder of a stock certificate legended pursuant to Section 8.14(h) of these Bylaws may surrender such certificate to the Corporation for removal of such legend, and the Corporation will duly reissue a new certificate without the legend.

(i) The Corporation may assign its rights hereunder.”

 

- 4 -


4. The matters set forth is this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: May 12, 2003

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary

 

- 5 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

INFINERA CORPORATION

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary of Infinera Corporation (formerly Zepton Networks, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the Board of Directors of the Company duly adopted at a Meeting of the Board on July 8, 2003 and by Written Consent of a majority of the Preferred Stockholders effective July 29, 2003, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“3.2 Number of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be ten (10). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: July 29, 2003

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

INFINERA CORPORATION

The undersigned, Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected and incumbent Secretary of Infinera Corporation (formerly Zepton Networks, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

2. By action of the Board of Directors of the Company duly adopted at a Meeting of the Board on October 5, 2004 and by Written Consent of a majority of the Preferred Stockholders voting together as a separate class effective November 15, 2004, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“3.2 Number of Directors

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be eleven (11). Thereafter, this number may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to section 3.4 of these Bylaws. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

Date: November 15, 2004

 

/s/ Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.

Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr., Secretary

EXHIBIT 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

INFINERA CORPORATION

(initially adopted on February 16, 2007)

(effective as of the closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES    1

1.1

   REGISTERED OFFICE    1

1.2

   OTHER OFFICES    1
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS    1

2.1

   PLACE OF MEETINGS    1

2.2

   ANNUAL MEETING    1

2.3

   SPECIAL MEETING    1

2.4

   ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES; NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS    1

2.5

   MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE    3

2.6

   QUORUM    3

2.7

   ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE    3

2.8

   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS    4

2.9

   VOTING    4

2.10

   STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING    4

2.11

   RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS    4

2.12

   PROXIES    5

2.13

   LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE    5

2.14

   INSPECTORS OF ELECTION    5
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS    6

3.1

   POWERS    6

3.2

   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS    6

3.3

   ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS    6

3.4

   RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES    6

3.5

   PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE    7

3.6

   REGULAR MEETINGS    7

3.7

   SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE    7

3.8

   QUORUM    8

3.9

   BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING    8

3.10

   FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS    8

3.11

   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS    8
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES    9

4.1

   COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS    9

4.2

   COMMITTEE MINUTES    9

4.3

   MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES    9
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS    10

5.1

   OFFICERS    10

5.2

   APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS    10

5.3

   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS    10

5.4

   REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS    10

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

5.5

   VACANCIES IN OFFICES    10

5.6

   REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS    10

5.7

   AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS    11
ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS    11

6.1

   MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS    11

6.2

   INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS    11
ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS    12

7.1

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS    12

7.2

   STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES    12

7.3

   SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES    12

7.4

   LOST CERTIFICATES    13

7.5

   CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS    13

7.6

   DIVIDENDS    13

7.7

   FISCAL YEAR    13

7.8

   SEAL    13

7.9

   TRANSFER OF STOCK    13

7.10

   STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS    14

7.11

   REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS    14

7.12

   WAIVER OF NOTICE    14
ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION    14

8.1

   NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION    14

8.2

   DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION    15

8.3

   INAPPLICABILITY    15
ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION    15

9.1

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    15

9.2

   INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS    16

9.3

   PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES    16

9.4

   DETERMINATION; CLAIM    16

9.5

   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS    16

9.6

   INSURANCE    16

9.7

   OTHER INDEMNIFICATION    16

9.8

   AMENDMENT OR REPEAL    17
ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS    17

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

INFINERA CORPORATION

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of Infinera Corporation shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

The corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. In the absence of such designation the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of May of each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding business day. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES; NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must


be: (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors; (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors; or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days before the one year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy statement to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date of the prior year’s meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in advance of such annual meeting and ten (10) calendar days following the date on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (b) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business; (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder; (d) any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and (e) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), in his capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (i). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (i), and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(ii) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii) shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (i) of this Section 2.4. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person; (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person; (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such person; (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder; and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (b) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 2.4. At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii).

 

-2-


The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

These provisions shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the board of directors, but in connection therewith no new business shall be acted upon at any such meeting unless stated, filed and received as herein provided. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business brought before a meeting by a stockholder shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.

All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.5 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

(i) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the corporation’s records; or

(ii) if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6 QUORUM.

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

-3-


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.9 VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as dividend or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-4-


2.12 PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

 

-5-


(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

-6-


Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

-7-


(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM.

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

-8-


ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum);

(v) Section 7.12 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

-9-


(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS.

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.5 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is

 

-10-


authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, or a person who is the beneficial owner of shares of such stock held either in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. In every instance where the stockholder is other than a record holder of stock, the demand under oath shall state the person’s status as a stockholder, be accompanied by documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of the stock, and state that such documentary evidence is a true and correct copy of what it purports to be. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

6.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

-11-


ARTICLE VII - GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

-12-


7.4 LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.5 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

7.6 DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.7 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8 SEAL.

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

-13-


7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

-14-


However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

8.3 INAPPLICABILITY.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

 

-15-


9.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

9.3 PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES

The corporation shall pay the expenses incurred by any officer or director of the corporation, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that the payment of expenses incurred by a person in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

9.4 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor has been received by the corporation the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

9.5 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.6 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

9.7 OTHER INDEMNIFICATION

The corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

-16-


9.8 AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.”

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

-17-


INFINERA CORPORATION

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws were adopted on                          by the corporation’s board of directors to become effective upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this      day of              , 2007.

 

 

Michael O. McCarthy
Secretary

EXHIBIT 10.1

INFINERA CORPORATION

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of _____________, 2007, by and between Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and _______________ (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Corporation and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for its directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance.

B. The Corporation and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.

C. The Corporation desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Corporation and, in part, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Corporation, wishes to provide for the indemnification and advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law.

D. In view of the considerations set forth above, the Corporation desires that Indemnitee be indemnified by the Corporation as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Corporation and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1 . Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Expenses . The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other (hereinafter a “Claim ) by reason of (or arising in part out of) any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity (hereinafter an “Indemnifiable


Event ”) against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, any such action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Corporation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of such Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (collectively, hereinafter “ Expenses ”), including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses. Such payment of Expenses shall be made by the Corporation as soon as practicable but in any event no later than 10 days after written demand by Indemnitee therefor is presented to the Corporation.

(b) Reviewing Party . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Corporation under Section 1(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party (as defined in Section 8(e) hereof) shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 1(c) hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under Delaware law, and (ii) the obligation of the Corporation to make an advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2(a) (an “ Expense Advance ”) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under Delaware law, the Corporation shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Corporation) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under Delaware law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under Delaware law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Corporation for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Corporation for any Expense Advance shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control (as defined in Section 8(c) hereof), the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, unless the Indemnitee elects to have the Reviewing Party be Independent Legal Counsel (as defined in Section 8(d) hereof) selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). If there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 1(c) hereof. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under Delaware law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Corporation hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation and Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(c) Change in Control . The Corporation agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Corporation (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then, with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitees to payments of Expenses and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Corporation and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under Delaware law and the Corporation agrees to abide by such opinion. The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(d) Mandatory Payment of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement other than Section 7 hereof, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation referred to in Section (1)(a) hereof or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

2. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure .

(a) Advancement of Expenses . The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Corporation to Indemnitee as soon as practicable but in any event no later than ten (10) days after written demand by Indemnitee therefor to the Corporation.

(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee . Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitees’ right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Corporation notice in writing as soon as practicable of any Claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Corporation shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Corporation shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Corporation such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitees’ power.

(c) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty or nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by Delaware law. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did

 

-3-


not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under Delaware law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Corporation to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(d) Notice to Insurers . If, at the time of the receipt by the Corporation of a notice of a Claim pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, the Corporation has liability insurance in effect which may cover such Claim, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(e) Selection of Counsel . In the event the Corporation shall be obligated hereunder to pay the Expenses of any Claim, the Corporation shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Corporation, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Claim; provided that , (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitees’ counsel in any such Claim at Indemnitee expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Corporation, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Corporation shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Claim, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion, including the right to settle any claim against Indemnitee without the consent of the Indemnitee.

3. Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity .

(a) Scope . The Corporation hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation’s Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any Delaware law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any Delaware law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder except as set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

-4-


(b) Nonexclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action Indemnitee took or did not take while serving in an indemnified capacity even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity.

4. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

5. Partial Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of any expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by him or her in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding, but is not entitled, however, to indemnification for all of the total amount thereof, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(b) Contribution . If the Indemnitee is not entitled to the indemnification provided in Section 1 for any reason other than the statutory limitations set forth in the Delaware law, then in respect of any threatened, pending or completed proceeding in which the Corporation is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such proceeding), the Corporation shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by the Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation on the one hand and the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such proceeding arose and (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Corporation agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5(b) were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

-5-


6. Liability Insurance . To the extent the Corporation maintains liability insurance applicable to directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Corporation’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Corporation’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Corporation but is an officer; or of the Corporation’s key employees, agents or fiduciaries, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee, agent or fiduciary.

7. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Excluded Action or Omissions . To indemnify Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s acts, omissions or transactions from which Indemnitee or the Indemnitee may not be relieved of liability under Delaware law;

(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to actions or proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such Claim, or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be;

(c) Lack of Good Faith . To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a Delaware court determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; or

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b) . To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute.

8. Construction of Certain Phrases .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, references to the “ Corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,

 

-6-


employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or its beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation ” as referred to in this Agreement.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “ person ” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation, (A) who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person, or (B) becomes the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than 20% of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Independent Legal Counsel ” shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(b) or Section 1(c) hereof, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Corporation or Indemnitee within the last three (3) years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

 

-7-


(e) For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Reviewing Party ” shall mean any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board of Directors who is not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee are seeking indemnification, or Independent Legal Counsel.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Corporation that vote generally in the election of directors.

9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

10. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Corporation, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to Claims relating to Indemnifiable Events regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or of any other enterprise at the Corporation’s request.

11. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Corporation to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, and shall be entitled to the advancement of Expenses with respect to such action, unless, as a part of such action, a Delaware court over such action determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Corporation under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), and shall be entitled to the advancement of Expenses with respect to such action, unless, as a part of such action, a court having jurisdiction over such action determines that each of Indemnitee material defenses to such action was made in bad faith or was frivolous.

12. Notice . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given (a) three (3) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by

 

-8-


first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid, or (d) one (2) day after the business day of delivery by facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission, with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed if to Indemnitee, at the Indemnitee address as set forth beneath Indemnitee signatures to this Agreement and if to the Corporation at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary) or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto.

13. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Corporation and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be commenced, prosecuted and continued only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, which shall be the exclusive and only proper forum for adjudicating such a claim.

14. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a Delaware court to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitations, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

15. Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents, entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

16. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

17. Amendment and Termination . No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

18. Integration and Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.

 

-9-


19. No Construction as Employment Agreement . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:
Signature: ____________________________

Printed Name: _________________________

Address: _____________________________
____________________________________

____________________________________

 

-11-

EXHIBIT 10.2

INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

(As Amended)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2000 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “Affiliate” means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Cause” for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist if the Participant is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time as provided in Section 5(d) below, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate or successor thereto, if appropriate.

(f) “Change of Control” means when the Company shall sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or enter into a similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting stock immediately before such merger, consolidation or transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after such merger, consolidation or transaction or series of related transactions, retain stock representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent entity if the surviving entity is wholly owned by the parent entity) in substantially the same relative percentage held immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions other than an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(i) “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) “Company” means Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(k) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.


(l) “Continuous Service Status” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(m) “Corporate Transaction” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation and includes a Change of Control.

(n) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(o) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(p) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

(r) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(s) “Listed Security” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(t) “Named Executive” means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(u) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(v) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) “Option Agreement” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(x) “Option Exchange Program” means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(y) “Optioned Stock” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(z) “Optionee” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(aa) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

-2-


(bb) “Participant” means any holder of one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.

(cc) “Plan” means this 2000 Stock Plan.

(dd) “Reporting Person” means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(ee) “Restricted Stock” means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

(ff) “Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(gg) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(hh) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ii) “Stock Exchange” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(jj) “Stock Purchase Right” means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(kk) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(ll) “Ten Percent Holder” means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 63,048,512 Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) General. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

(b) Committee Composition. If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

 

-3-


(c) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options and Stock Purchase Rights are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;

(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

(ix) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(xi) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

5. Eligibility.

(a) Recipients of Grants. Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option. Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation. Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights. The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan.

 

-4-


7. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Reserved.

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(A) granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a person who is at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator;

(B) granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to any other eligible person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator; or

(C) granted on or after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per share Exercise Price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator provided that if such eligible person is, at the time of the grant of such Option, a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise Price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) Permissible Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) delivery of Optionee’s promissory note with such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate (subject to the provisions of Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law); (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and a securities broker approved by the Company shall require to effect exercise of the Option and prompt delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

 

-5-


10. Exercise of Option.

(a) General.

(i) Exercisability. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required by the Applicable Laws, any Option granted prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. In the event that any of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option (which exercise occurs prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security) should be subject to a right of repurchase in the Company’s favor, such repurchase right shall, if required by the Applicable Laws, lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, the Option may become fully exercisable, or a repurchase right, if any, in favor of the Company shall lapse, at any time or during any period established by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such leave.

(ii) Minimum Exercise Requirements. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iii) Procedures for and Results of Exercise. An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(iv) Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. To the extent that the Optionee is not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of his or her termination of Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause. In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, such Optionee may exercise an Option for 60 days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 10(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

(ii) Disability of Optionee. In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within six months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.

 

-6-


(iii) Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve months following the date of death, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(iv) Termination for Cause. In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any Option (including any exercisable portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status. If an Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee shall be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option likewise shall be suspended during the investigation period and the Optionee shall have no right to exercise any Option. This Section 10(b)(iv) shall apply with equal effect to vested Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option granted prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a person other than an officer, Director or Consultant, in that the Company shall have the right to repurchase such Shares from the Participant upon the following terms: (A) the repurchase is made within 90 days of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause at the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of termination, (B) consideration for the repurchase consists of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, and (C) the repurchase right terminates upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. With respect to vested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option granted to any officer, Director or Consultant, the Company’s right to repurchase such Shares upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause shall be made at the Participant’s original cost for the Shares and shall be effected pursuant to such terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Administrator shall determine. Nothing in this Section 10(b)(iv) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

(c) Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

11. Stock Purchase Rights.

(a) Rights to Purchase. When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer. If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator. The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option.

(i) General. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine, provided that with respect to a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security to a purchaser who is not an officer, Director or Consultant of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, it shall lapse at a minimum rate of 20% per year if required by the Applicable Laws.

(ii) Termination for Cause. In the event of termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Participant vested Shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any person other than an officer, Director or Consultant prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common stock becomes a Listed Security upon the following terms: (A) the repurchase must be made within 90 days of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause at the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of termination, (B) consideration for the repurchase consists of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, and (C) the repurchase right terminates upon the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock. With respect to vested Shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any officer, Director or Consultant, the Company’s right to repurchase

 

-7-


such Shares upon termination of such Participant’s Continuous Service Status for Cause shall be made at the Participant’s original cost for the Shares and shall be effected pursuant to such terms and conditions, and at such time, as the Administrator shall determine. Nothing in this Section 11(b)(ii) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares as set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(c) Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

12. Taxes.

(a) As a condition of the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 12 (whether pursuant to Section 12(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(c) This Section 12(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 12, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “Tax Date”).

(d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 12(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

(e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 12(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 12(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

13. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights.

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 13, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option or Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 13.

 

-8-


(b) Limited Transferability Rights. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 13, prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to “Immediate Family” (as defined below), on such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. Following the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the Administrator may in its discretion grant transferable Nonstatutory Stock Options pursuant to Option Agreements specifying the manner in which such Nonstatutory Stock Options are transferable. “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.

14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option and Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “Successor Corporation”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

For purposes of this Section 14(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 14); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Certain Distributions. In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.

15. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights. The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-9-


16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee or holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee or holder of the Stock Purchase Rights and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee or holder and the Company.

17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law.

18. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Agreements. Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

20. Stockholder Approval. If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

21. Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers. Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-10-


INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Infinera Corporation (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:                                                       

Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement

of Employment/Consulting):

                                                      
Exercise Price per Share:   $                                                     
Total Number of Shares Granted:                                                       
Total Exercise Price:   $                                                     
Type of Option:                                                       
Expiration Date:                                                       
Vesting Commencement Date:                                                       

Vesting/Exercise Schedule : This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after the Date of Grant. So long as your employment or consulting relationship with the Company continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:                                                                                                                                     .

Time When Option Becomes Exercisable : Option is immediately exercisable as to all Shares.

Termination Period : This Option may be exercised for 60 days after termination of your employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of your service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.

Transferability: This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Infinera Corporation 2000 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

    INFINERA CORPORATION

 

  By:  

 

Signature     Jagdeep Singh, President

 

   

Address: 169 Java Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Name

   


INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to                      (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Infinera Corporation 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.


(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(c) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker approved by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price.

5. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option as of the Termination Date.

 

-2-


(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) of the Plan.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Incentive Stock Option .

(i) Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

(ii) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

8. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

-3-


9. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

OPTIONEE     INFINERA CORPORATION

 

      By:  

 

    Jagdeep Singh, President

 

-4-


EXHIBIT A

INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                          , by and between Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                          (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2000 Stock Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                          shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted                          (the “ Option Agreement ”). Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                          of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                          Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $                          per Share for a total purchase price of $                          . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Option Agreement, or (d) a combination of the foregoing.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Repurchase Option .

(i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any reason (including death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 90 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

(ii) Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within 90 days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to

 

-1-


all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the 90th day following termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

(iii) One hundred percent (100%) of the Unvested Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Unvested Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(b) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

-2-


(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(c) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(d) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or, if earlier, upon the exchange of the Shares for securities of an entity that are registered under the Securities Act. Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

-3-


4. Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

-4-


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges

 

-5-


that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C (for tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of an option) if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.

9. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-6-


(h) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-7-


The parties have executed this Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

COMPANY:

INFINERA CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

PURCHASER:

OPTIONEE

 

(Signature)

Address:

 

 

 

 

I,                                                   , spouse of                          , have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of                         

 

-8-


ATTACHMENT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchase r”) and Infinera Corporation (the “ Company ”) dated                                       (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                          (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.          , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

Dated:                         

 

Signature:    
 

 

  Optionee
 

 

  Spouse of Optionee (if applicable)

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.


ATTACHMENT B

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                          shares of Common Stock of Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

2. The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

  (a) ¨ has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                          , whose business

address is                          , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan,

and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

  (b) ¨ has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

  (a) ¨ to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the

undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled

“Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” or

 

  (b) ¨ not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Date:  

 

 

 

    Optionee
Date:  

 

 

 

    Spouse of Optionee


ATTACHMENT C

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER: Optionee

NAME OF SPOUSE:                         

ADDRESS:

                                                              
                                                              

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                         

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                         

TAXABLE YEAR:                         

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

                         shares of the Common Stock of Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                         

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                         

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property: $                         

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

    Optionee

Dated:

 

 

 

 

    Spouse of Optionee


EXHIBIT B

INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                          , by and between Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                                   (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2000 Stock Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                          shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted                                                   , (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $                          per Share for a total purchase price of $                          . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Option Agreement, or (d) by a combination of the foregoing.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.


(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

-2-


under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or, if earlier, upon the exchange of the Shares for securities of an entity that are registered under the Securities Act. Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

-3-


  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-4-


(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(h) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-5-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

PURCHASER:

Optionee

 

(Signature)

Address:

 

 

 

 

I,                                          , spouse of Optionee, have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of Optionee

 

-6-


INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee

Address

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Infinera Corporation (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:

                                           

Date of Grant (Later of Board

Approval Date or Commencement

of Employment/Consulting):

                                           

Exercise Price per Share:

   $                                      

Total Number of Shares Granted:

                                           

Total Exercise Price:

   $                                      

Type of Option:

                                           

Expiration Date:

                                           

Vesting Commencement Date:

                                           

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

  

This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after the Date of Grant. So long as your employment or consulting relationship with the Company continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: _________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Acceleration:    In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) and in connection therewith or during the one-year period thereafter, Optionee’s status as an Employee or Consultant is terminated without Cause or is Constructively Terminated (as those terms are defined in the Plan), 50% of the Shares (or the remaining number of Shares if more than 50% are then vested) shall become automatically vested immediately as of the date of such termination.

Time When Option

Becomes Exercisable:

   Option is immediately exercisable as to all Shares.
Termination Period:    This Option may be exercised for 60 days after termination of your employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of your service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:    This Option may not be transferred.


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Infinera Corporation 2000 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

    INFINERA CORPORATION

 

  By:  

 

Signature     Jagdeep Singh, President

 

   
Print Name   Address:  

169 Java Drive

    Sunnyvale, CA 94089
Address (if different from above):    

 

   

 

   

 

-2-


INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to Optionee (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Infinera Corporation 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.


(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(c) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker approved by the Company to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price.

5. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option as of the Termination Date.

 

-2-


(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 10(b)(iv) of the Plan.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Incentive Stock Option .

(i) Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

(ii) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

8. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

-3-


9. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

Optionee       INFINERA CORPORATION

 

  By:  

 

    Jagdeep Singh, President

 

-4-


EXHIBIT A

INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                          , by and between Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Optionee (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2000 Stock Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                          shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted                                                   (the “ Option Agreement ”). Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                          of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                          Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $                          per Share for a total purchase price of $                          . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Option Agreement, or (d) a combination of the foregoing.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below). After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Repurchase Option .

(i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any reason (including death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 90 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

(ii) Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within 90 days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser


constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the 90th day following termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

(iii) One hundred percent (100%) of the Unvested Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Unvested Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(b) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

-2-


(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(c) Involuntary Transfer.

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(d) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or, if earlier, upon the exchange of the Shares for securities of an entity that are registered under the Securities Act. Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

-3-


4. Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

-4-


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges

 

-5-


that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C (for tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of an option) if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.

9. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-6-


(h) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-7-


The parties have executed this Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PURCHASER:
OPTIONEE

 

(Signature)
Address:  

 

 

 

I,                                                   , spouse of Optionee, have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of Optionee

 

-8-


ATTACHMENT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchase r”) and Infinera Corporation (the “ Company ”) dated                      ,           (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                                                   (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.          , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                               to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

Dated:                         

 

Signature:    
 

___________________________________

Optionee

 

___________________________________

Spouse of Optionee(if applicable)

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.


ATTACHMENT B

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of ___________ shares of Common Stock of Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

2. The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

  (a) ¨ has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,

_____________________________________, whose business address is ______________________________, regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

  (b) ¨ has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

  3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

  (a) ¨ to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the

undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” or

 

  (b) ¨ not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Date:                        

 

   Optionee
Date:                        

 

   Spouse of Optionee


ATTACHMENT C

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

  1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER: Optionee
NAME OF SPOUSE:                         
ADDRESS:  

_____________________

 

_____________________

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                         
IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                         
TAXABLE YEAR:                         

 

  2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

______________ shares of the Common Stock of Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

  3. The date on which the property was transferred is: _______________

 

  4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.

 

  5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $____________

 

  6. The amount (if any) paid for such property: $____________

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated: ____________   

 

   Optionee
Dated: ____________   

 

   Spouse of Optionee


EXHIBIT B

INFINERA CORPORATION

2000 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Optionee (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2000 Stock Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted                      , (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $              per Share for a total purchase price of $              . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Purchaser, (c) delivery of shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 4 of the Option Agreement, or (d) by a combination of the foregoing.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.


(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

-2-


under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or, if earlier, upon the exchange of the Shares for securities of an entity that are registered under the Securities Act. Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

-3-


  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-4-


(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(h) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-5-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PURCHASER:
Optionee

 

 

(Signature)
Address:  

 

 

 

I, ______________________, spouse of Optionee, have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of Optionee

 

-6-

EXHIBIT 10.3

INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;


(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

(iii) A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two (2)-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” means directors who either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iv) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-2-


(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

-3-


(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

-4-


3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 54,400,000 (pre-split) Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2008 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (A) 36,000,000 (pre-split) Shares, (B) five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (C) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

-5-


(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Options granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards;

 

-6-


(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

-7-


a) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

b) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, (A) have been owned by the Participant and not subject to substantial risk of forfeiture for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option will be exercised; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award

 

-8-


Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain

 

-9-


exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

-10-


8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, subject to Section 6(a) of the Plan, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-11-


(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual goals, applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be

 

-12-


determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Service Provider will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the ninety-first (91 st ) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

-13-


(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

-14-


14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 18 of the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

-15-


19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-16-


INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Agreement”).

 

Participant:   __________________________________________________
Address:   __________________________________________________
  __________________________________________________

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

  __________________________________________________
Date of Grant   __________________________________________________
Vesting Commencement Date   __________________________________________________
Number of Shares Granted   __________________________________________________
Exercise Price per Share   $_________________________________________________
Total Exercise Price   $_________________________________________________
Type of Option  

¨ Incentive Stock Option

 

¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date   __________________________________________________

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option will vest twelve (12) months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eight (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option will vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

- 17 -


Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for [twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13(c) of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     INFINERA CORPORATION
                       
Signature     By  
                 
Print Name     Title  
Address:    
               
         

 

- 18 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

 

- 19 -


(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

 

- 20 -


8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Infinera Corporation, 169 Java Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10. Grant is Not Transferable . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

11. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

13. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

- 21 -


14. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

15. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

17. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

- 22 -


EXHIBIT B

INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Infinera Corporation

169 Java Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attention:                     

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,              , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Infinera Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated              (the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $              , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

- 1-


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER     INFINERA CORPORATION
                       
Signature     By  
                 
Print Name     Its  
Address:    
               
         
   
           
      Date Received

 

- 2 -


INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Agreement”).

 

Participant:      
Address:      
     

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

     
Date of Grant      
Vesting Commencement Date      

Number of Shares Granted

     

[Exercise Price Per Share

  $_________________________________________________]

Term/Expiration Date

     

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will vest and the Company’s right to repurchase the Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

[PARTICIPANT MUST PURCHASE THE SHARES BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OR THE RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD WILL TERMINATE AND PARTICIPANT WILL HAVE NO FURTHER RIGHT TO PURCHASE THE SHARES.]

 

-1-


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     INFINERA CORPORATION
                       
Signature      
                 
Print Name      
Address:    
               
         

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

1. Purchase of Stock . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) and Participant hereby agrees to purchase the number of Shares (the “Restricted Stock”), at the per Share purchase price and as otherwise described in the Notice of Grant, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail. The purchase price for the Restricted Stock, if any, may be paid by delivery to the Company at the time of execution of this Agreement in cash, a check, or some combination thereof, together with any applicable tax withholding.

OR

Grant of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Escrow of Shares .

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Shares of Restricted Stock vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

 

-3-


(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Common Stock to place a legend on the certificates representing the Restricted Stock or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested at the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Shares of

 

-4-


Restricted Stock, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares of Restricted Stock may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 5, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Shares and the Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2(f), after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT

 

-5-


INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Infinera Corporation, 169 Java Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder or release such Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Stock as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

-6-


16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California , or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-


INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Agreement”).

 

Participant:      
Address:      
     

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

     
Date of Grant      
Vesting Commencement Date      
Number of Restricted Stock Units      

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Unit will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE.]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Unit, the Restricted Stock Unit and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

-1-


PARTICIPANT     INFINERA CORPORATION
                       
Signature     By  
                 
Print Name     Title  
Address:    
               
         

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 6.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-3-


7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Infinera Corporation, 169 Java Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

-4-


12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

14. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

-5-


18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California , or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-6-

EXHIBIT 10.4

INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated payroll deductions. The Company’s intention is to have the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two (2) year period, as a result of which less than a majority of the Directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” means Directors who either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of Directors to the Company).


(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(f) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” means Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Compensation ” means an Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, commissions (to the extent such commissions are an integral, recurring part of compensation), overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other compensation.

(j) “ Designated Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(k) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(l) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee of an Employer and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves. Where the period of leave exceeds ninety (90) days and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the ninety-first (91 st ) day of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Offering Date for all options to be granted on such Offering Date, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is an officer or other manager, or (v) is a highly compensated employee under Section 414(q) of the Code.

(m) “ Employer ” means any one or all of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries.

(n) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

-2-


(o) “ Exercise Date ” means the first Trading Day on or after February 15 and August 15 of each year. The first Exercise Date under the Plan will be February 15, 2008.

(p) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iv) For purposes of the Offering Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “Registration Statement”).

(q) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(r) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date say by shortening any Offering Period then in progress.

(s) “ Offering Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(t) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately six (6) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 15 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or following August 15, approximately six (6) months later, and (ii) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after August 15 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or following February 15, approximately six (6) months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on the first Trading Day on or after February 15, 2008; and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after February 15, 2008 and will end on the first Trading Day on or after August 15, 2008. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.

 

-3-


(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) “ Plan ” means this Infinera Corporation 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(w) “ Purchase Period ” means the period during an Offering Period which shares of Common Stock may be purchased on a participant’s behalf in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Unless and until the Administrator provides otherwise, the Purchase Period will have the same duration and coincide with the length of the Offering Period.

(x) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20.

(y) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(z) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

3. Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period. Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Offering Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

4. Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 15 and

 

-4-


August 15 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on the first Trading Day on or after the earlier of (i) February 15, 2008, or (ii) twenty-seven (27) months from the beginning of the first Offering Period. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.

5. Participation .

(a) First Offering Period. An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “ Enrollment Window ”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s payroll office (or its designee), on or before a date prescribed by the Administrator prior to an applicable Offering Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure prescribed by the Administrator.

6. Payroll Deductions .

(a) At the time a participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a participant will have the payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the subsequent Purchase or Offering Period. A participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) Payroll deductions for a participant will commence on the first pay day following the Offering Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

 

-5-


(c) All payroll deductions made for a participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and will be withheld in whole percentages only. A participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10, or may decrease (but not increase) the rate of his or her payroll deductions during the Offering Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s payroll office (or its designee), on or before a date prescribed by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in payroll deduction rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator; provided, however, that a participant may only make one payroll deduction change during each Offering Period. A participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions for future Offering Periods by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s payroll office (or its designee), on or before a date prescribed by the Administrator prior to an applicable Offering Period, a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in payroll deduction rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator. If a participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of payroll deductions, the rate of his or her payroll deductions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of payroll deduction rate changes that may be made by participants during any Offering Period. Any change in payroll deduction rate made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the date on which the change is made by the participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in payroll deduction rate more quickly).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(c), a participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during an Offering Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(c) hereof, payroll deductions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the participant effective as of the beginning of the first Offering Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10.

(f) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, or any other tax liability payable to any authority, national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee.

7. Grant of Option . On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of

 

-6-


shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than 3,000 shares of the Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19), and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(c) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5(a) on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any future Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5(b). The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Offering Period and/or each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to option will be purchased for such participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant’s account which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period and/or Offering Period, as applicable, subject to earlier withdrawal by the participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the participant. During a participant’s lifetime, a participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Offering Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Offering Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or terminate all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Offering Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Offering Date.

9. Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each participant the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the

 

-7-


Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the participant as provided in this Section 9.

10. Withdrawal .

(a) A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s payroll office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form prescribed by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure prescribed by the Administrator. All of the participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account will be paid to such participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the participant withdraws.

11. Termination of Employment . Upon a participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such participant’s option will be automatically terminated.

12. Interest . No interest will accrue on the payroll deductions of a participant in the Plan.

13. Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 7,250,000 (pre-split) shares, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2008 Fiscal Year, equal to the least of (i) 7,500,000 (pre-split) shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on such date or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

 

-8-


(b) Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board or a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, the Administrator may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures for jurisdictions outside of the United States. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions, making of contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with local requirements.

15. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) A participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

-9-


(c) All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time.

16. Transferability . Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17. Use of Funds . The Company may use all payroll deductions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

18. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock which may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor

 

-10-


corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and will end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each participant in writing prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to participants accounts which have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123(R), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

 

-11-


(iii) shortening any Offering Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a participant may elect to set aside as payroll deductions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of Shares a participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan participants.

21. Notices . All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

24. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-12-


EXHIBIT A

INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

        Original Application    Offering Date:                                                              
        Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   
        Change of Beneficiary(ies)   

 

1.                                               hereby elects to participate in the Infinera Corporation 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

 

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of              % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 15%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

 

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

 

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

 

6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price which I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount


necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one (1)-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

 

7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

8. In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following as my beneficiary(ies) to receive all payments and shares due me under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

 

NAME: (please print)   

 

      First    Middle    Last

 

     

 

Relationship            

 

     

 

Percentage Benefit      
     

 

      Address      
NAME: (please print)   

 

      First    Middle    Last
  

 

     

 

Relationship            

 

     

 

Percentage of Benefit      
     

 

      Address      

 

-2-


Employee’s Social Security Number:

  

 

Employee’s Address:

  

 

  

 

  

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated: __________________________________   

 

   Signature of Employee

 

Dated: __________________________________

  

 

 

   Spouse’s Signature (If beneficiary other than spouse)

 

-3-


EXHIBIT B

INFINERA CORPORATION

2007 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Infinera Corporation 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on                      ,              (the “Offering Date”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:  _______________________________________________________

 

-4-

EXHIBIT 10.8

[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]

May 1, 2006

Duston M. Williams

Dear Duston:

On behalf of Infinera, I am pleased to offer you the position of Vice President and CFO, reporting to Jagdeep Singh, working in our office in Sunnyvale. We are all very impressed with your credentials and look forward to your future success in this position.

Your salary for this position will be $9,615.38, every two weeks, which is equivalent to $250,000 on an annualized basis. As a Company employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits, including a 401(k)-retirement savings plan, health, dental, vision, disability and life insurance and a flexible spending plan.

In addition, we will recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company at the first Board meeting after the start date, that you be granted stock options entitling you to purchase up to 1,400,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company at value as determined by the Board. Such options shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. In addition, the management team will recommend to the board that the company approve an additional two years of accelerated vesting for your stock if there is a change of control and you are constructively terminated after this change of control. The management team will also recommend to the board that the company approve an additional two years of accelerated vesting for your stock if there is a change of CEO and you are terminated without cause after this change of CEO.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and standards. As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement and an Arbitration Agreement.

Your first day of employment will be June 19, 2006. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return one copy to me by May 8, 2006. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. This letter, along with the agreement relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by an officer of the Company and by you. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at will employment.

We are excited by the prospect of you joining us and look forward to working with you! If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Bonnie Bell

Bonnie Bell
Director of Human Resources
Infinera

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this                      (Date)

 

/s/ Duston M. Williams

Duston M. Williams

EXHIBIT 10.9

AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

This Agreement and Release (the “Agreement”) is entered into this 29th day of June, 2006, by and between Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 1322 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089 (the “Company”), and Mr. William Zerella, an individual (“Employee” and together with the Company, the “Parties”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company and Employee have mutually agreed to terminate and have terminated Employee’s employment relationship with the Company, effective July 1, 2006 (the “Termination Date”); and

WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed to amend and supercede any existing employment agreement between the Employee and the Company with this Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Separation from Employment/Benefits . The Parties acknowledge and agree that Employee’s relationship as an employee of the Company terminated on the Termination Date. The Company agrees to continue to pay for your health insurance benefits under COBRA so as to provide coverage until the earlier of: (i) the date of your full time employment by another entity; or (ii) December 31, 2006. Thereafter, you may elect to and remain eligible under COBRA. Except as specifically provided herein, your participation in all other benefits and incidents of employment, including but not limited to paid time off, was terminated as of June 30, 2006.

2. Separation Payment . The Company agrees to make pay Employee on the Termination Date the total gross amount of One Hundred and Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000).

3. Vesting of Stock Options . On the Termination Date, the Parties agree that the Company shall accelerate the vesting for 112,500 of Employee’s 339,912 unvested and outstanding incentive stock options to purchase Company Common Stock (the “Options”). The Parties further agree that Employee will have until December 31, 2006 to exercise such Options; provided, however, that in no event will the period through which the Employee is able to exercise the Options extend beyond a date that would cause the Options to become subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as the result of any such extension of the post-termination exercise period. The Parties agree that the Employee’s non-qualified stock options shall cease to vest as of the Termination Date and must be exercised in accordance with terms of the option agreement governing such options.


4. Confidentiality Agreement . Employee agrees to comply with the terms of the Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement dated May, 2005 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement.

5. Release . In consideration of the Company’s agreement to provide the consideration provided in this Agreement, and the other obligations set forth in this Agreement, Employee hereby fully and forever releases and discharges the Company and its officers, directors, shareholders, investors, administrators, employees, agents, successors, predecessors, subsidiaries and assigns (“Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities, demands or causes of action, including but not limited to those arising out of or relating in any way to his employment with the Company, including the termination of his employment.

Employee understands and agrees that this Release is a full and complete waiver of any and all claims, including but not limited to those claims relating to or arising from his employment relationship with the Released Parties and the termination of that relationship, whether such claims may be known or unknown by him, including but not limited to any claims with respect to his purchase of, or rights to purchase, shares of the capital stock of the Company or the tax characterization of the purchase of shares of capital stock of the Company, any claims of wrongful discharge, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, violation of public policy, defamation, personal injury, emotional distress, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and any other state and federal laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination. Employee agrees that this payment is in full satisfaction and settlement of any such claims, liabilities, demands or causes of action, and Employee agrees that he will not file any lawsuit or institute any proceeding for monetary damages asserting any such claim. This release does not, however, extend to releasing the Company from any responsibilities, or liability the Company may incur, through any future breach of this Agreement, and Employee retains all rights and claims with respect to any such future breach.

In addition, and in further consideration of the foregoing, Employee hereby expressly waives any and all rights and benefits conferred upon him by the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which states as follows;

“A general release does not extend to claims that the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must ham materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

Employee acknowledges that he is aware that he may hereafter discover facts in addition to, or different from, those which he now knows or believes to be true, but it is his intention hereby, fully and finally and forever, to settle and to release any and all matters, disputes and differences, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that do now exist, may exist or heretofore have existed with respect to those matters described above.

6. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in

 

-2-


Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to Jagdeep Singh, CEO of the Company at 1322 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089, by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Claimant signs this Agreement.

7. Payment of Salary . With the exception of the consideration under this Agreement, Employee acknowledges and represents that the Company has paid all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation, housing allowances, relocation costs, interest, severance, stock, stock options, outplacement costs, fees, commissions and any and all other benefits and compensation due to Employee as of the Termination Date.

8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Parties.

(b) Sole Agreement . This Agreement, including the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the sole agreement of the Parties and supersedes all oral negotiations and prior writings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, 48 hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth below, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(d) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

(e) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the Parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the Parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-3-


(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

(g) Non-Disparagement . Each, Party agrees to refrain from any defamation, libel or slander of the other party or tortious interference with the contracts and relationships of the other Party. All inquiries by potential future employers of Employee will be directed to Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Upon inquiry, the Company will only state the Employee’s scope of responsibility, position and dates of employment

(h) Advice of Counsel . EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH PARTY WAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF,

The Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

INFINERA CORPORATION    WILLIAM ZERELLA
By:  

/s/ Michael O. McCarthy

  

/s/ W.R. Zerella

      
Title:  

VP and General Counsel

   Address:  

 

      

 

Date:  

June 29, 2006

   Date:  

June 29, 2006

 

-4-

EXHIBIT 10.10

INFINERA CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 7, 2005 by and among Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Series A Holders ”), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Series B Holders ”), the holders of Series C Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit C attached hereto (the “ Series C Holders ”), the holders of Series D Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Series D Holders ”), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Series E Holders ,”), the holders of Series F Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit F attached hereto (the “ Series F Holders ”) and the holders of Series G Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit G attached hereto (the “ Series G Holders ,” and together with the Series A Holders, Series B Holders, Series C Holders, Series D Holders, Series E Holders and Series F Holders, the “ Investors ”), and Jagdeep Singh, Drew Perkins and David Welch, herein referred to as the “ Founders .”

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Founders, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders have previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of June 10, 2005 (the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company granted the Founders, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders certain rights.

B. The Company and the Series G Holders have entered into a Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to the Series G Holders and the Series G Holders desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock. A condition to the Series G Holders’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Company, the Founders and the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders enter into this Agreement in order to provide the Series G Holders with the rights contained herein. The Company and the Founders desire to induce the Series G Holders to purchase shares of Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

C. The Company, the Founders, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders each desire to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement to add the Series G Holders as parties to this Agreement and make certain other changes.


AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

Amendments of Prior Rights Agreement; Waiver of Right of First Offer .

Effective and contingent upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, as that term is defined in the Prior Rights Agreement, the Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company, the Founders, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders, the Series F Holders and the Series G Holders hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company, the Founders, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders with respect to registration rights of the Company’s securities and certain other rights, as set forth herein.

The Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders, the Series F Holders and the Series B Major Investor hereby waive the Right of First Offer, including the notice requirements, set forth in the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to the issuance of Series G Preferred Stock.

1. Registration Rights . The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

(b) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock held by a Series A Holder, Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder, Series E Holder, Series F Holder or Series G Holder, as the case may be, other than shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 hereof, (ii) the shares of Common Stock issued to the Founders (the “ Founders’ Stock ”), provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 1.2, 1.4 or 1.13 the Founders’ Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Founders shall not be deemed Holders, and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i) or (ii); provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or

 

-2-


(B) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale;

(c) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

(d) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement;

(e) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

(f) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(g) The term “ Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of $30,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) June 10, 2010, or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from the Holders of forty percent (40%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least forty percent (40%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall, within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon

 

-3-


such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all such Holders, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each such Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected one (1) registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registration has been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

1.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act or a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also

 

-4-


being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of not less than twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $5,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (vi) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

 

-5-


1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, keep such registration statement effective for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days. The Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for one hundred twenty (120) days.

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

-6-


(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(i) Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

1.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(ii), whichever is applicable.

1.7 Expenses of Registration .

(a) Demand Registration; Form S-3 Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts, taxes and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (which shall not exceed $30,000) selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition or business of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

-7-


(b) Company Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts, taxes and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders (which shall not exceed $30,000) selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included or (ii) any securities held by the Founders be included if any securities held by any selling Holder are excluded. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling stockholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

 

-8-


1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any final prospectus contained therein or any post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person or if the Holder fails to deliver the final prospectus or any post-effective amendment or supplement thereof.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud by such Holder.

 

-9-


(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

 

-10-


1.11 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to (i) a transferee or assignee who, after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 500,000 shares of such securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations), (ii) a transferee or assignee of all of such Registrable Securities held by such transferring Holder, if less than 500,000 shares, or (iii) a partner or affiliate of the transferring Holder, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with

 

-11-


the partnership; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within one hundred twenty (120) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.14 Lock-Up Agreement .

(a) Lock-Up Period; Agreement . Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1.14(b) and in connection with any initial public offering and upon request of the underwriters managing any initial public offering, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration or acquired on the open market after an initial public offering) without the prior written consent of the underwriters for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of the registration of an initial public offering as may be requested by such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of an initial public offering.

(b) Limitations . The obligations described in Section 1.14(a) shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and holders of three percent (3%) or more of the Company’s outstanding capital stock enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a)).

(d) Transferees Bound . Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five (5) years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three (3)-month

 

-12-


period without registration, provided that such Holder owns less than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding capital stock or (iii) upon termination of the entire Agreement as provided in Section 3.1.

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each holder of at least 850,000 shares of Preferred Stock (other than a holder reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, all in reasonable detail; and

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget (including a comparison to the financial statements) and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company, all in reasonable detail.

2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each holder of at least 850,000 shares of Preferred Stock (except for a holder reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company), at such holder’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor (as hereinafter defined) a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). A “ Major Investor ” shall mean any person who holds at least 850,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and/or Series G Preferred Stock, each as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like. For

 

-13-


purposes of this Section 2.3, Major Investor includes any general partners and affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (“ Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares and (iv) the closing date or dates that such Shares are to be offered.

(b) Within 15 calendar days after delivery of the Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis) issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities) (“ Allocated Amount ”).

(c) Each Major Investor who holds at least 2,750,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (“ Series B Major Investor ”) shall have the right to purchase 1.25 times its Allocated Amount (the “ Increase Right ”), provided that in the event the Company permits a Major Investor to increase its Allocated Amount, each Series B Major Investor’s Allocated Amount shall be similarly increased by the same percentage and each Series B Major Investor shall then have the right to purchase 1.25 times the increased Allocated Amount. The Increase Right shall terminate on the earlier of: (i) a Qualified IPO, (ii) a Change of Control (as defined below), or (iii) for each Series B Major Investor, when such Series B Major Investor has exercised its Increase Right in an equity financing with proceeds to the Company in an amount equal to or greater than the proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (an “ Equity Financing ”), provided , that the Increase Right shall not terminate with respect to a Series B Major Investor if the Company specifically requests such Series B Major Investor to exercise its Increase Right in an Equity Financing.

(d) The purchase of either the Allocated Amount or the Increase Right, as the case may be, shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases its Allocated Amount or the Increase Right, as the case may be (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10)-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or

 

-14-


issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held by all Fully-Exercising Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to purchase Shares available pursuant to an unexercised Increase Right.

(e) The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(d) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares (other than those Shares available pursuant to an unexercised Increase Right) to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(f) The right of first offer in this paragraph 2.3 shall not be applicable to (i) Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; (ii) shares of Common Stock (or options to purchase shares of Common Stock) issuable or issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Company, provided that such issuance is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (or a committee of the Board of Directors), and shares of Common Stock (or options to purchase shares of Common Stock) issuable or issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Company pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan, provided that the stock option plan or restricted stock plan is unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (or a committee of the Board of Directors); (iii) capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; (iv) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, notes or other rights to acquire securities of the Company outstanding as of the date of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; (v) capital stock or warrants or options to purchase capital stock issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock; (vi) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock; (vii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock; (viii) capital stock or warrants or options to purchase capital stock issued or issuable to an entity primarily for purposes other than raising capital as an integral component of any business relationship with such entity also involving a material marketing, distribution, product development, supply and/or technology licensing arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock; (ix) capital stock issued in any other transaction in which the Board of Directors unanimously excludes such issuance from the definition of Additional Stock set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, but if and only if such revised definition applies equally to all holders of Preferred Stock; and (x) any and all authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock. In addition to the

 

-15-


foregoing, the right of first offer in this paragraph 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

2.4 Employees’ Vesting Schedule . Absent unanimous approval by the Board of Directors (or a committee of the Board of Directors), all stock and stock equivalents issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall have a vesting schedule over four years at the rate of  1 / 4 th of the shares after one year and 1/48 th  per month thereafter and shall contain a repurchase option providing that upon termination of the employment of the stockholder, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee shall have the option to repurchase at cost any unvested shares held by such stockholder.

2.5 Expenses of Directors . The Company shall reimburse the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of each director of the Company’s Board of Directors who is not an employee of the Company, which expenses are incurred to attend each meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors (or any committee thereof) and other meetings or events attended on behalf of the Company.

2.6 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first refusal or right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital stock pursuant to the Company’s charter documents, by contract or otherwise, the Company shall, to the extent it may do so subject to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated of even date herewith, entered into by and among the Company and certain investors, assign such right of first refusal or right of first offer to each Major Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Major Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred. Each Major Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Major Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by all Major Investors at the time of such proposed transfer.

2.7 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification . The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

2.8 Initial Public Offering Shares Purchase .

(a) Grant of Right . In connection with the first offering of the Company’s shares of Common Stock in a Qualified IPO, to the extent such offering occurs twelve (12) months after the date hereof, the Company shall attempt in good faith to cause the managing underwriter(s) (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) of the Qualified IPO to offer to each of the Major Investors, the right to purchase in the Qualified IPO, at the offering price per share and upon the same terms and conditions which such shares of Common Stock are offered to the

 

-16-


public in the Qualified IPO, a portion of 5% of the shares issued under a “friends and family” or “directed shares” program (the “ Qualified IPO Shares ”) which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Preferred Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by all Major Investors (the “ Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion ”). To the extent the Company is able to cause the Managing Underwriter to make this offer available to the Major Investors, it is hereinafter referred to as the “Qualified IPO Right.”

(b) Initial Qualified IPO Notice . Subject to the availability of the Qualified IPO Right, within five days after the Company’s red herring preliminary prospectus is first distributed to investors in connection with the Qualified IPO, the Company shall cause the Managing Underwriter to deliver written notice (the “ Initial Qualified IPO Notice ”) to each Major Investor stating the Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion available to each Major Investor in terms of dollars.

(c) Initial Election Notice . Within five days after receipt of the Qualified IPO Notice, each Major Investor desiring to purchase all or a portion of its Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion in the Qualified IPO shall deliver written notice to the Managing Underwriter and the Company (the “ Initial Election Notice ”) indicating the amount of such Major Investor’s Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion in terms of dollars that the Major Investor desires to purchase in the Qualified IPO.

(d) Additional Allocation Shares . Each Major Investor that elected in its Initial Election Notice to purchase its full Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion (a “ Fully-Exercising Preferred Holder ”) shall have the right to purchase in the Qualified IPO that portion (each Fully-Exercising Preferred Holder’s “ Additional Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion ”) of the Qualified IPO Shares for which the Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but were not subscribed for by such Major Investors (the “ Unexercised Qualified IPO Shares ”) which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Preferred Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by all Fully-Exercising Preferred Holders.

(e) Additional Qualified IPO Notice . The Company shall cause the Managing Underwriter to promptly deliver written notice (the “ Additional Qualified IPO Notice ”) to each Fully-Exercising Preferred Holder stating such Fully-Exercising Preferred Holder’s Additional Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion in terms of dollars.

(f) Additional Election Notice . Within three days after receipt of the Additional Qualified IPO Notice, each Fully-Exercising Preferred Holder desiring to purchase all or a portion of its Additional Qualified IPO Pro Rata Portion in the Qualified IPO shall deliver written notice to the Managing Underwriter and the Company indicating the amount of such Fully-Exercising Preferred Holder’s Additional Pro Rata Portion in terms of dollars that the Fully-Exercising Preferred Holder desires to purchase in the Qualified IPO.

 

-17-


(g) Sale of Qualified IPO Shares by the Company . The Company shall have the right to sell to the public (or other “friends and family”) in the Qualified IPO all Qualified IPO Shares not elected to be purchased pursuant to this Section 2.8.

(h) Securities Law Compliance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.8, all action taken pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be made in accordance with all federal and state securities laws, including, without limitation, Rule 134 of the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and other such self-regulating organizations. This arrangement between the Company and each Major Investor is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the Qualified IPO Shares, and any decision any Major Investor makes with respect to the Qualified IPO Shares shall be made only after delivery of the “red herring prospectus” related to the Qualified IPO and shall be made in compliance with all securities laws and regulations. Each Major Investor also understands that the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and other statutory and regulatory provisions may limit such investor’s ability to resell the Qualified IPO Shares. The Company shall be relieved of any obligations under this Section 2.8 if (a) regulatory authorities continue to object to the provisions of this Section 2.8 after full discussion and negotiation with the Company and its legal counsel; (b) regulatory authorities allow the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Section 2.8 only on the condition that rescission rights or other extraordinary liability will be assumed by the Company or the underwriters; or (c) the resolution with regulatory authorities relating to this arrangement would delay the Qualified IPO beyond delays caused by other comments from regulatory authorities, provided that the Company has used its good faith efforts to timely resolve any regulatory issues that arise in connection with this arrangement. Nothing in this Section 2.8 obligates the Company to make a registered public offering of its shares and this Section 2.8 applies only to the Company’s Qualified IPO, if and when one occurs.

(i) Further Assurances . In connection with any potential purchase under this Section 2.8, each of the Major Investors agrees to take all actions that the Company or its counsel reasonably deems necessary, appropriate or desirable in connection with such potential purchase.

2.9 Termination of Covenants .

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect the earlier to occur of one of the following events: (i) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (including immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO) or (ii) when the Company shall sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business or merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or enter into a similar transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting stock immediately before such merger, consolidation or transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after such merger, consolidation or transaction or series of related transactions, retain stock representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent entity if the surviving entity is wholly owned by the parent entity) in substantially the same relative percentage held immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions other than an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation (a “ Change of Control ”).

 

-18-


(b) The covenant set forth in Section 2.8 shall terminate as to each Investor and be of no further force or effect the earlier to occur of one of the following events: (i) immediately following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon the consummation of a Change of Control.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement except Section 2.3 and Section 2.6 may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock; provided that if such amendment has the effect of affecting the Founders’ Stock (i) in a manner materially different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders’ Stock. Section 2.3 and Section 2.6 (except Section 2.3(c)) may only be amended with the written consent of the Company and a majority of the Preferred Stock held by Major Investors. Section 2.3(c) may only be amended with the written consent of the Company and the Series B Major Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with only the written consent of the Company for the sole purpose of including additional purchasers of Series G Preferred Stock as “Investors” and “Holders.” Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

3.3 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth on Exhibit A hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice.

3.4 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-19-


3.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

3.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.7 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

3.10 Delays or Omissions . It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

3.11 Joinder Agreement . The Company may (without the consent of the Investors) enter into a Joinder Agreement for the purpose of adding additional purchasers of Series G Preferred Stock of the Company to become a party to this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-20-


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address:   1322 Bordeaux Drive
  Sunnyvale, CA 95122
Fax:   (408) 572-5343


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FOUNDER:

/s/ Drew Perkins

Drew Perkins

FOUNDER:

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

Jagdeep Singh

FOUNDER:

/s/ David Welch

David Welch


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

DAVID WELCH

/s/ David Welch

SINGH FAMILY TRUST U/D/T DATED

OCTOBER 3, 1996

By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P. as nominee for
Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund IV, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund IV-A, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund IV-B, L.P.
and related individuals
By: Benchmark Capital Management Co. IV, L.L.C.
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

  Managing Member
RWI VENTURES I, L.P.
By:   RWI Ventures I, LLC
By:  

/s/ William R. Baumel

Title:   Managing Member


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
ARGONAUT HOLDINGS L.L.C.
By:   Argonaut Private Equity L.L.C.
Its:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Jason Martin

Name:   Jason Martin
Title:   Managing Director
JAFCO TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS
By:  

/s/ H. Joseph Horowitz

Name:   H. Joseph Horowitz
Title:   Managing General Partner
DREW D. PERKINS TRUST-1999 UDT, DATED DECEMBER 21, 1999
By:  

/s/ Drew D. Perkins

Name:   Drew D. Perkins
Title:   Trustee

SUTTER HILL VENTURES

A California Limited Partnership

By:  

/s/ James N. White

Name:   James N. White
Title:   Managing Director of the General Partner
SUTTER HILL ENTREPRENEURS FUND (AI), L.P.
By:  

/s/ James N. White

Name:   James N. White
Title:   Managing Director of the General Partner


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
SUTTER HILL ENTREPRENEURS FUND (QP), L.P.
By:  

/s/ James N. White

Name:   James N. White
Title:   Managing Director of the General Partner
CRYSTAL INTERNET VENTURE FUND II (BVI), L.P.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Kellogg

Name:   Daniel Kellogg
Title:   VP
CRYSTAL INTERNET VENTURE FUND II (BVI), CRYTSAL VISION, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Daniel Kellogg

Name:   Daniel Kellogg
Title:   VP
MANITOU VENTURES I, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Christopher Wadsworth

Name:   Christopher Wadsworth
Title:   Managing Member, Manitou Venture Management I, L.L.C., Its General Partner
HOCKENHEIM INVESTEMENT PTE LTD
By:  

/s/ Alvin Fong

Name:   Alvin Fong
Title:   Authorized Signatory


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
CHRISTOPHER C. LIOU

/s/ Christopher C. Liou

KPCB HOLDINGS, INC., AS NOMINEE
By:  

/s/ Vinod Khosla

Name:   Vinod Khosla
CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ T.J. Rodgers

Name:   T.J. Rodgers
Title:   President and CEO
WORLDVIEW TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:   Worldview Capital IV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Worldview Equity I, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mike Orsak

Title:   Member
WORLDVIEW TECHNOLOGY INTERNATIONAL IV, L.P.
By:   Worldview Capital IV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Worldview Equity I, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mike Orsak

Title:   Member


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
WORLDVIEW STRATEGIC PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:   Worldview Capital IV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Worldview Equity I, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mike Orsak

Title:   Member
WELCH GROUP
By:  

/s/ David Welch

SEI PRIVATE HERITAGE TRUST COMPANY, TRUSTEE OF THE WELCH FAMILY HERITAGE TRUST DATED 9/24/01
By:  

/s/ Brett G. Chesman

Name:   Brett G. Chesman
Title:   Vice President
VENROCK ASSOCIATES
  by a General Partner
VENROCK ASSOCIATES III, L.P.
  By its General Partner, Venrock Management III LLC
VENROCK ENTREPRENEURS FUND III, L.P.
  By its General Partner, VEF Management III LLC
By:  

/s/ Anthony Sun

Name:   Anthony Sun
Title:   As a General Partner or Member


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
MOBIUS TECHNOLOGY VENTURES VI L.P.
By:   Mobius VI LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jason Mendelson

Its:   Managing Member
SOFTBANK U.S. VENTURES FUND VI L.P.
By:   Mobius VI LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jason Mendelson

Its:   Managing Member
MOBIUS TECHNOLOGY VENTURES ADVISORS FUND VI L.P.
By:   Mobius VI LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jason Mendelson

Its:   Managing Member
MOBIUS TECHNOLOGY VENTURES SIDE FUND VI L.P.
By:   Mobius VI LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jason Mendelson

Its:   Managing Member


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
ACCEL VIII L.P.
By:   Accel VIII Associates L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Title:   Attorney in Fact
ACCEL INTERNET FUND IV L.P.
By:   Accel VIII Associates L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Title:   Attorney in Fact
ACCEL INVESTORS 2000 L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Name:   Tracy L. Sedlock
Title:   Attorney in Fact


EXHIBIT A

SERIES A HOLDERS

 

Name/Address

  

Name/Address

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

2750 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

   Arabinda Chakrabarti

Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P.

2480 Sand Hill Road

Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

   Craig & Antoinette Chiovate

DLJ Capital Corp.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

   Daniel R. Cohen

Sprout IX Plan Investors, L.P.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

  

John Leong, Trustee of Richards/Leong Family Trust

Dated 3/23/2000

Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

   Michael Russo

Sprout Capital IX, L.P.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

   Michael R. Flicker

Accel VIII L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   Randall N. Longfield

Accel Internet Fund IV L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   Jeffrey K. White

Accel Investors 2000 L.L.C.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   Lisa M. Clark

CommVest Partners II Company

20 William Street

Wellesley, MA 02481

   Steve Waldbusser


Name/Address

  

Name/Address

Venture Lending and Leasing III, LLC

2010 North First Street

Suite 310

San Jose, CA 95131

   Kristin G. Butler
Jagdeep Singh    John E. Miller
The Welch Family Trust, Dated 4/3/96    Michael I. Green
Andrew Fraley   

Michael Grant Watters and Terri Lynn Watters,

Trustees of the Watters Family Trust U/D/T dated

December 17, 1999

Koji Morihiro    Regner Lopez
Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.    Vaughn Wahl
Elizabeth R. Harrison    Ching-yun Yin
E. Saunders Ruffin    Pradeep Sinha
R. Harrison Ruffin    Jan C. Lukens

VLG Investments LLC

c/o Heller Ehrman Venture Law Group

2775 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

   Christopher C. Liou

VLG Associates 2000

c/o Heller Ehrman Venture Law Group

2775 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

W. Salvagno Private Equity Mgmt LLP

1058 Mangrove, Suite 2

Chico, CA 95926

Gretchen Knoell    Joy & Devadutta S. Laskar
Takeshi Mori    Jan C. Lukens
The Cross Family Trust, Dated May 7, 1999   

F & W Investments LLC

c/o Fenwick & West LLP

Two Palo Alto Square

Palo Alto, CA 94306

Mark Shafir    Ellen Yin
Adam Wenzel    Kenneth Yin
Jim & Debra Gazis   


EXHIBIT B

SERIES B HOLDERS

 

Name/Address

  

Name/Address

Worldview Technology Partners IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Venrock Associates

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Worldview Technology International IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III, L.P.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Worldview Strategic Partners IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Venrock Associates III, L.P.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Juniper Networks, Inc.

1194 No. Mathilda Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

  

Cypress Semiconductor Corporation

101 Nicholson Lane

San Jose, CA 95134

Applied Materials Ventures I, L.P.

1142 Crane Street

Suite 4

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Thurman J. Rodgers

c/o Cypress Semiconductor Corporation

101 Nicholson Lane

San Jose, CA 95134

Accel VIII, L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Costella Kirsch Venture Partners I, L.P.

201 N. First Street

Suite 310

San Jose, CA 95131

Accel Internet Fund IV L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Venture Lending & Leasing III, Inc.

201 N. First Street

Suite 310

San Jose, CA 95131

Accel Investors 2000 L.L.C.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  


EXHIBIT C

SERIES C HOLDERS

 

Name/Address

  

Name/Address

Sutter Hill Ventures, A California Limited Partnership

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  

Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation

741 Calle Plano

Camarillo, CA 93012

Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (AI), L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  

NewVista Capital Fund L. P.

161 East Evelyn Avenue

Mountain View, CA 94041

Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (QP), L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  

GC&H Investments

One Maritime Plaza, 20 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

David L. Anderson, Trustee, The Anderson Living

Trust, U/A/D 1/22/98

  

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University-LSVF

2770 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Anvest, L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  

Agilent Technologies, Inc.

395 Page Mill Road, MS A3-10

Palo Alto, CA 94306

G. Leonard Baker, Jr.   

Hockenheim Investment Pte Ltd

168 Robinson Road

#37-01 Capital Tower,

Singapore 068912

Saunders Holdings, L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  

Crystal Internet Venture Fund II (BVI), L.P.

100 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 115

Palo Alto, CA 94301

William H. Younger, Jr., Trustee, The Younger Living

Trust, U/A/D 1/20/95

  

Crystal Internet Venture Fund II (BVI), Crystal Vision, L.P.

100 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 115

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tench Coxe and Simone Otus, Co-Trustees, The

Coxe/Otus Revocable Trust, U/A/D 4/23/98

  

Applied Materials Ventures I, L.P.

1142 Crane Street, Suite 4

Menlo Park, California 94025

James C. Gaither   

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV M/P/T FBO Lynne M. Brown (a/c # 10219701)

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Gregory P. and Sarah J.D. Sands as Trustees of Gregory

P. and Sarah J.D. Sands Trust Agreement Dated 2/24/99

  

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV M/P/T FBO Sherryl W. Hossack

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104


Name/Address

  

Name/Address

David E. Sweet   

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV M/P/T FBO David E. Sweet

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Lynne M. Brown   

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV M/P/T FBO William H. Younger, Jr.

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Patricia Tom   

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV M/P/T FBO Lynne M. Brown

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Jeffrey W. Bird, Trustee, The Jeffrey W. Bird and Christina R. Bird Trust Agreement Dated 10/31/2000   

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV M/P/T FBO James N. White

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Yin Family Trust Dated March 1, 1997   


EXHIBIT D

SERIES D HOLDERS

 

Name/Address

  

Name/Address

Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

  

T. J. Rodgers

c/o Cypress Semiconductor Corporation

101 Nicholson Lane

San Jose, CA 95134

SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

  

Juniper Networks, Inc.

1194 N. Mathilda Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

  

Applied Materials Ventures I, L.P.

1142 Crane Street, Suite 4

Menlo Park, California 94025

Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

  

Cypress Semiconductor Corporation

101 Nicholson Lane

San Jose, CA 95134

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

2750 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Venture Lending & Leasing III, LLC

2010 N. First Street

Suite 310

San Jose, CA 95131

Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P.

2480 Sand Hill Road

Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Costella Kirsch Venture Partners I, L.P.

2010 N. First Street

Suite 310

San Jose, CA 95131

Venrock Associates III, L.P.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

CommVest Partners II Company

432 Cherry Street

West Newton, MA 02462

Venrock Associates

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

   Hiroyoshi Usada

Venrock Entrepreneur Fund III, L.P.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation

Attn: Manager of Legal Relations

741 Calle Plano

Camarillo, CA 93012

DLJ Capital Corp.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

  

NewVista Capital Fund L. P.

161 East Evelyn Avenue

Mountain View, CA 94041


Name/Address

  

Name/Address

Sprout IX Plan Investors, L.P.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

  

GC&H Investments

One Maritime Plaza, 20 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

  

GC&H Investments, LLC

One Maritime Plaza, 20 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Sprout Capital IX, L.P.

42 nd Floor

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10172

  

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University-LSVF

2770 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Accel VIII L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Agilent Technologies, Inc.

395 Page Mill Road, MS A3-10

Palo Alto, CA 94306

Accel Internet Fund IV L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Hockenheim Investment Pte Ltd. (Singapore)

168 Robinson Road

#37-01 Capital Tower,

Singapore 068912

Accel Investors 2000 L.L.C.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Crystal Internet Venture Fund II (BVI), L.P.

100 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 115

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Worldview Technology Partners IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Crystal Internet Venture Fund II (BVI), Crystal Vision, L.P.

100 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 115

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Worldview Technology International IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   Christopher C. Liou

Worldview Strategic Partners IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   Gretchen Knoell

Sutter Hill Ventures, A California Limited Partnership

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

   Takeshi Mori

Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (AI), L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

   The Cross Family Trust


Name/Address

  

Name/Address

Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (QP), L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

   Mark Shafir
David L. Anderson, Trustee, The Anderson Living Trust, U/A/D 1/22/98    Adam Wenzel

ANVEST, L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

   Joy & Devadutta S. Laskar
G. Leonard Baker, Jr. and Mary Anne Baker, Co-Trustees of the Baker Revocable Trust U/A/D 2/3/2003    Arabinda Chakrabarti

Saunders Holdings, L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

   Craig & Antoinnette Chiovatero
Tench Coxe and Simone Otus Coxe, Co-Trustees, The Coxe Revocable Trust, U/A/D 4/23/98    Daniel R. Cohen
James C. Gaither    John Leong, Trustee of Richards/Leong Family Trust Dated 3/23/2000
Gregory P. Sands and Sarah J.D. Sands as Trustees of Gregory P. and Sarah J.D. Sands Trust Agreement Dated 2/24/99    Michael Russo

James N. White, Trustee

Sierra Trust U/A/D 12/16/1997

   Michael R. Flicker
James N. White and Patricia A. O’Brien as Trustees of the White Family Trust Dated 4/3/97    Randall N. Longfield
Jeffrey W. Bird and Christina R. Bird, as Trustees of Jeffrey W. and Christinia R. Bird Trust Agreement Dated 10/31/2000    Jeffrey K. White
Ronald Daniel Bernal and Pamela Mayer Bernal as Trustees of Bernal Family Trust U/D/T 11/3/1995    Lisa M. Clark
Patricia Tom    Steve Waldbusser

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Lynne M. Brown

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

   John E. Miller

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Sherryl W. Hossack

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

   Michael I. Green


Name/Address

  

Name/Address

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO David E. Sweet (Rollover)

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

   Michael Grant Watters and Terri Lynn Watters Trustees of the Watters Family Trust U/D/T dated December 17, 1999

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO William H. Younger, Jr.

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

  

Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Robert Yin

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

  
Singh Family Trust U/D/T dated 10/3/96   
LRFA, LLC   
Drew D. Perkins Trust-1999 UDT Dated December 21, 1999    E. Saunders Ruffin
Andrew Fraley    Elizabeth R. Harrison
Kristin G. Butler    R. Harrison Ruffin
Jan C. Lukens   

MOST No. 4 Fund

c/o Korea Technology Investment Corp.

29 th Floor Dongbu Financial Center

891-10, Daechi-dong, Gangnam-Gu

Seoul 135-280, KOREA

Kenneth Yin   

MIC2001-13 KTIC No. 17 Investment Fund

c/o Korea Technology Investment Corp.

29 th Floor Dongbu Financial Center

891-10, Daechi-dong, Gangnam-Gu

Seoul 135-280, KOREA

F & W Investments LLC

c/o Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

   Paul M. Fernes

VLG Investments LLC

c/o Venture Law Group

2775 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  

JAFCO Technology Partners, L.P.

505 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301


Name/Address

  

Name/Address

VLG Associates 2000

c/o Venture Law Group

2775 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

   E.Saunders Ruffin
Edmund S. Ruffin, Jr.   

Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

5650 Yonge Street

Toronto, ON

CANADA M2m 4H5

Ching-Yun Yin   

McQuillan Family Trust LLC

Kevin McQuillan, Trustee

Ellen Yin    John Cadeddu

Argonaut Holdings LLC

6733 South Yale

Tulsa, OK 74136

  

RWI Group IV, LP

835 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94303-1011

Manitou Ventures I, L.P.

Old Engine Co. No. 2

460 Bush Street, Second Floor

San Francisco, CA 94108

   Hikotaro Masunga
Yuki Akaba   


EXHIBIT E

SERIES E HOLDERS

 

Name/Address

 

Name/Address

Mobius Technology Ventures VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

JAFCO Technology Partners, L.P.

505 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

SOFTBANK U.S. Ventures Fund VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

RWI Group IV, LP

835 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94303-1011

Mobius Technology Ventures Advisors Fund VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

Argonaut Holdings LLC

6733 South Yale

Tulsa, OK 74136

Mobius Technology Ventures Side Fund VI L.P.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 500

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Sherryl W. Hossack

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

2750 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Ronald D. Bernal

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P.

2480 Sand Hill Road

Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Robert Yin

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Venrock Associates III, L.P.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. FBO

SHV Profit Sharing Plan FBO Lynne M. Brown (Rollover)

420 Montgomery Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Venrock Associates

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

William H. Younger, Trustee of The

Younger Living Trust U/A/D 1/20/95

Venrock Entrepreneur Fund III, L.P.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

  Singh Family Trust U/D/T dated 10/3/96

Accel VIII L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  LRFA, LLC


Name/Address

 

Name/Address

Accel Internet Fund IV L.P.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  Drew D. Perkins Trust-1999 UDT Dated December 21, 1999

Accel Investors 2000 L.L.C.

428 University Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  Tench Coxe and Simone Otus Coxe, Co-Trustees, The Coxe Revocable Trust, U/A/D 4/23/98

Worldview Technology Partners IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  James C. Gaither

Worldview Technology International IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street

Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  Gregory P. Sands and Sarah J.D. Sands as Trustees of Gregory P. and Sarah J.D. Sands Trust Agreement Dated 2/24/99

Worldview Strategic Partners IV, L.P.

435 Tasso Street Suite 120

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

James N. White, Trustee

Sierra Trust U/A/D 12/16/1997

Sutter Hill Ventures, A California Limited Partnership

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  James N. White and Patricia A. O’Brien as Trustees of the White Family Trust Dated 4/3/97

Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (AI), L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  Jeffrey W. Bird and Christina R. Bird, as Trustees of Jeffrey W. and Christinia R. Bird Trust Agreement Dated 10/31/2000

Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (QP), L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

  David E. Sweet and Robin T. Sweet as Trustees of The David and Robin Sweet Living Trust Dated 7/6/04

David L. Anderson, Trustee, The Anderson Living

Trust, U/A/D 1/22/98

  Patricia Tom

ANVEST, L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

 

Saunders Holdings, L.P.

755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1005

UTStarcom, Inc.

1275 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

 

ITOCHU TECHNO-SCIENCE Corporation

1-11-5 Fujimi, Chiyoda-ku

Tokyo 102-8166

JAPAN


EXHIBIT F

SERIES F HOLDERS

 

Name/Address

 

Name/Address

Level 3 Communications, Inc.

1025 Eldorado Blvd.

Broomfield, Colorado 80021

  Michael Matthys


EXHIBIT G

SERIES G HOLDERS

 

Name/Address

Advanced Equities Investments XXVII, LLC

Advanced Equities, Inc.

311 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1650

Chicago, Illinois 60606

DeVries Family Trust U/D/T 10/10/00

Four Score Investments LLC

P.O. Box 707

Springdale, AR 72765

John H. Harris & Sharon K. Harris, Trustees,

Harris Family 1998 Trust, DTD 10/1/98

Timothy R. Mullen

Randolph Associates

c/o Kirkland & Ellis LLP

200 E. Randolph Dr.

Chicago, IL 60601

Technology Ventures

5 Norman Ct.

Burr Ridge, IL 60527


INFINERA CORPORATION

JOINDER AGREEMENT TO

SERIES G AGREEMENTS

This Joinder Agreement to Series G Agreements (as defined below) is made as of November 17, 2005 (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), by and between the investor signing this Joinder Agreement (the “ Investor ”) and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Series G Purchase Agreement (defined below). The Investor and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Investor agrees to purchase shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “ Series G Purchase Agreement ”).

2. Investor and the Company hereby agree that, pursuant to the Closing conditions set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the Series G Purchase Agreement, as of the date written above, Investor shall also become a party to the following agreements (the “ Series G Agreements ”) and shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of such agreements as though Investor was an original party thereto and was included in the definition of “Investor” as used therein:

 

   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein;

 

   

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein; and

 

   

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein.

3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LAKE MICHIGAN INVESTMENTS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Harmon

Name:   Robert Harmon
Title:   Member / Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Dwight Badger

Name:   Dwight Badger
Title:   Manager of Advanced Equities
  Investments XXVII, LLC,
  on behalf of the entity

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Dwight Badger

Name:   Dwight Badger
Title:   Manager of Advanced Equities
  Investments XXVIII, LLC,
  on behalf of the entity

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
APPLIED MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ George S. Davis

Name:   George S. Davis
Title:   Group Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ D.T. Shipp

Name:   D. Tim Shipp
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
HS PARTNER HOLDINGS III, LP
By:  

/s/ Thomas Ricks

Name:   Thomas Ricks
Title:   Chief Investment Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ John B. Berding

Name:   John Bernard Berding
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Dattilo, CPA

Name:   Thomas J. Dattilo
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ William Effler

Name:   William Effler
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Chester Eng

Name:   Chester Eng
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Eve Cutler Rosen

Name:   Eve Cutler Rosen
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Mark F. Muething

Name:   Mark F. Muething
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ William P. Hogan

Name:   William P. Hogan
Title:   SVP-AMMC

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Rodger M. Miller

Name:   Rodger M. Miller
Title:   N/A

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
NATIONAL TECHNOLOGY ENTERPRISE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Adnan Al-Sultan

Name:   Dr. Adnan Al-Sultan
Title:   VC & MD

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Joanne B. Schubert

Name:   Joanne B. Schubert
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LIBERTYVIEW FUNDS, LP
By:  

/s/ Steven S. Rogers

Name:   Steven S. Rogers
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:

[Illegible]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LIBERTYVIEW SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, LP
By:  

/s/ Steven S. Rogers

Name:   Steven S. Rogers
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
TECHNOLOGY VENTURES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert E. Dods

Name:   Robert E. Dods
Title:   Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
JH INVESTMENT PARTNERS
By:  

/s/ James Hutchings

Name:   James Hutchings
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LONGBOW HOLDING CO., LLC
By:  

/s/ Spencer P. Eccles

Name:   Spencer P. Eccles
Title:   Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
UNIVERSITÉ OPPORTUNITY AFFILIATES FUND
By:  

/s/ James Hutchings

Name:   James Hutchings
Title:   Member Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
UNIVERSITÉ OPPORTUNITY PARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ James Hutchings

Name:   James Hutchings
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


INFINERA CORPORATION

JOINDER AGREEMENT TO

SERIES G AGREEMENTS

This Joinder Agreement to Series G Agreements (as defined below) is made as of December 29, 2005 (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), by and between the investor signing this Joinder Agreement (the “ Investor ”) and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Series G Purchase Agreement (defined below). The Investor and the Company hereby agree as follows:

3. Investor agrees to purchase shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “ Series G Purchase Agreement ”).

4. Investor and the Company hereby agree that, pursuant to the Closing conditions set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the Series G Purchase Agreement, as of the date written above, Investor shall also become a party to the following agreements (the “ Series G Agreements ”) and shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of such agreements as though Investor was an original party thereto and was included in the definition of “Investor” as used therein:

 

   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein;

 

   

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein; and

 

   

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein.

3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LAKE MICHIGAN INVESTMENTS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Harmon

Name:   Robert Harmon
Title:   Member / Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
GREGORY H. SACHS, AS TRUSTEE OF THE GREGORY H. SACHS REVOCABLE TRUST, UNDER DECLARATION OF TRUST DATED APRIL 24, 1998, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
By:  

/s/ Gregory H. Sachs

Name:   Gregory H. Sachs
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
COMMERCIAL BANK OF KUWAIT
By:  

/s/ Jamal Al-Mutawa

Name:   Jamal Al-Mutawa
Title:   CGM & CEO

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
MINER FAMILY TRUST DTD 9/12/05
By:  

/s/ John H.F. Miner

Name:   John H.F. Miner
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Clinton Toms Nealy III

Name:   Clinton Toms Nealy III
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Preet Kapoor Shiv Kapoor

Name:   Preet Kapoor / Shiv Kapoor
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ John P. Roediger

Name:   John P. Roediger
Title:   Managing Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


INFINERA CORPORATION

JOINDER AGREEMENT TO

SERIES G AGREEMENTS

This Joinder Agreement to Series G Agreements (as defined below) is made as of January 31, 2006 (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), by and between the investor signing this Joinder Agreement (the “ Investor ”) and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Series G Purchase Agreement (defined below). The Investor and the Company hereby agree as follows:

5. Investor agrees to purchase shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “ Series G Purchase Agreement ”).

6. Investor and the Company hereby agree that, pursuant to the Closing conditions set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the Series G Purchase Agreement, as of the date written above, Investor shall also become a party to the following agreements (the “ Series G Agreements ”) and shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of such agreements as though Investor was an original party thereto and was included in the definition of “Investor” as used therein:

 

   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein;

 

   

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein; and

 

   

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein.

3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LAKE MICHIGAN INVESTMENTS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Harmon

Name:   Robert Harmon
Title:   Member / Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RWI VENTURES I, L.P.
By: RWI Ventures I, LLC
By:  

/s/ William R. Baumel

Name:   William R. Baumel
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Marc Weiss

Name:   Marc Weiss
Title:   CIO Openfield Capital

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ James Stableford

Name:   James Stableford
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LEGACY PRIVATE TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Gary E. Hippenstiel

Name:   Gary E. Hippenstiel
Title:   Chief Investment Officer
  Legacy Trust Company, N.A.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Sandifer

Name:   Michael J. Sandifer
Title:   Trustee, Michael J. Sandifer, Trust

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:

M. Griffin

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Francois J. Bitz

Name:   Francois J. Bitz
Title:   Individual

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


INFINERA CORPORATION

JOINDER AGREEMENT TO

SERIES G AGREEMENTS

This Joinder Agreement to Series G Agreements (as defined below) is made as of March 31, 2006 (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), by and between the investor signing this Joinder Agreement (the “ Investor ”) and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Series G Purchase Agreement (defined below). The Investor and the Company hereby agree as follows:

7. Investor agrees to purchase shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “ Series G Purchase Agreement ”).

8. Investor and the Company hereby agree that, pursuant to the Closing conditions set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the Series G Purchase Agreement, as of the date written above, Investor shall also become a party to the following agreements (the “ Series G Agreements ”) and shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of such agreements as though Investor was an original party thereto and was included in the definition of “Investor” as used therein:

 

   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein;

 

   

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein; and

 

   

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein.

3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RWI VENTURES I, L.P.
By: RWI Ventures I, LLC
By:  

/s/ William R. Baumel

Name:   William R. Baumel
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
HS PARTNERS HOLDINGS III, LP
By:  

/s/ Michael Schulman

Name:   Michael Schulman
Title:   Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
FI 2006 VENTURE INVESTMENTS I, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dwight Badger

Name:   Dwight Badger
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
CLEF FUND II, L.P.

By: Context HFA, L.P.

       its General Partner

By: Context Capital Partners LP,

       its General Partner

By: RB CCP Holdings, LLC,

       its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Robert J. Biscardi

Name:   Robert J. Biscardi
Title:   Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Eric Cooper

Name:   Eric Cooper
Title:   General Partner
  Cooper-Siegel Family Partners

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Robert D. Sansom

Name:   Robert D. Sansom
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


INFINERA CORPORATION

JOINDER AGREEMENT TO

SERIES G AGREEMENTS

This Joinder Agreement to Series G Agreements (as defined below) is made as of May 9, 2006 (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), by and between the investor signing this Joinder Agreement (the “ Investor ”) and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Series G Purchase Agreement (defined below). The Investor and the Company hereby agree as follows:

9. Investor agrees to purchase shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 9, 2005, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “ Series G Purchase Agreement ”).

10. Investor and the Company hereby agree that, pursuant to the Closing conditions set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the Series G Purchase Agreement, as of the date written above, Investor shall also become a party to the following agreements (the “ Series G Agreements ”) and shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of such agreements as though Investor was an original party thereto and was included in the definition of “Investor” as used therein:

 

   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein;

 

   

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein; and

 

   

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein.

3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Damon John Ennis

Name:   Damon John Ennis
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Mark Lottor

Name:   Mark Lottor
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Takeshi Mori

Name:   Takeshi Mori
Title:   Managing Member
  ADS-ZenShin I-Investment L.P.
  its General Partner
  JAPAN GATE FUND, LLC

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LEGACY PRIVATE TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Gary E. Hippenstiel

Name:   Gary E. Hippenstiel
Title:   Chief Investment Officer
  Legacy Trust Company N.A.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
MICHAEL J. SANDIFER TRUST
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Sandifer

Name:   Michael J. Sandifer
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
BURSE TRUST C/O ROBERT GRIFFIN PENSION OPEN FUND
By:  

/s/ R.M. Griffin

Name:   R.M. Griffin
Title:   Beneficiary

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Marc Weiss

Name:   Marc Weiss
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Ruffin B. Cordell

Name:   Ruffin B. Cordell
Title:   Principal / Individual

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Michael D. Cooper

Name:   Michael D. Cooper
Title:   Primary Trustee and Grantor
  MICHAEL D. COOPER TRUST DATED
  APRIL 21, 2006

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

    

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Lonny J. Orona

Name:   Lonny J. Orona
Title:   V.P. Service & Support
  Infinera

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Michael O. McCarthy Jennifer McCarthy

Name:   Michael O. McCarthy & Jennifer McCarthy
Title:   JTWROS

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Gary D. Gregorich

Name:   Gary D. Gregorich
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Guy Riska

Name:   Guy Riska
Title:   Individual

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ P. Noorosij

Name:   P. Noorosij
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Michael McGurk

Name:   Michael McGurk
Title:   Partner
 

/s/ Cassandra McGurk

  Cassandra McGurk

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Paul Giegerich

Name:   Paul Giegerich
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Marc R. Paul

Name:   Marc R. Paul
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
        Robert T. Cooper
By:  

/s/ Natalie J. Cooper

Name:   Robert T. Cooper
Title:  

 

Name:   Natalie J. Cooper

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Louis Mettler

Name:   Louis Mettler
Title:   Individual

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
AEI 2006 VENTURE INVESTMENT I, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dwight Badger

Name:   Dwight Badger
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
AEI TRILOGY FUND I, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dwight Badger

Name:   Dwight Badger
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
ADVANCED EQUITIES INVESTMENTS XXVII, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dwight Badger

Name:   Dwight Badger
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
ADVANCED EQUITIES INVESTMENTS XXXI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dwight Badger

Name:   Dwight Badger
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ John Bernard Berding

Name:   John B. Berding
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
BLADE VENTURES
By:  

/s/ Craig S. Gunther

Name:   Craig S. Gunther
Title:   President, Blade Capital Management, LLC,
  G.P. of Blade Ventures, L.P.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
CORAL’S MOMENTUM FUND, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Coral’s Momentum Fund Management
       Partners, LLC
       Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Todd Ortberg

Name:   Todd Ortberg
Title:   Member
By:  

/s/ Mark C. Headrick

Name:   Mark C. Headrick
Title:   Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
CORAL’S MOMENTUM FUND, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Coral’s Momentum Fund Management
       Partners, LLC
       Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Todd Ortberg

Name:   Todd Ortberg
Title:   Member
By:  

/s/ Mark C. Headrick

Name:   Mark C. Headrick
Title:   Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RICHARD A. FORSYTHE REVOCABLE TRUST, DTD 1/22/85
By:  

/s/ Richard A. Forsythe

Name:   Richard A. Forsythe
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE CO.
By:  

/s/ Ronald C. Hayes

Name:   Ronald C. Hayes
Title:   Asst. Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Mark F. Muething

Name:   Mark F. Muething
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ William P. Hogan

Name:   William P. Hogan
Title:   SVP, A.M.M.C.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
HUITUNG INVESTMENTS (BVI) LTD.
By:  

/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang

Name:   Tsui-Hui Huang
Title:   President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Rodger M. Miller

Name:   Rodger M. Miller
Title:   N/A

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
NORTHWEST XII LATE STATE PRIVATE EQUITY LLC
By:  

/s/ Justin Shelby

Name:   Justin Shelby
Title:   VP

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RANDOLPH ASSOCIATES
By:  

/s/ Matthew Steinmer

Name:   Matthew Steinmer
Title:   Its General Partner

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
CAPITAL VENTURES INTERNATIONAL
By:   Heights Capital Management, Inc.
  its authorized agent
By:  

/s/ Martin Kobinger

Name:   Martin Kobinger
Title:   Investment Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LAKE MICHIGAN INVESTMENT IV, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Haveman

Name:   Robert Haveman
Title:   Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Andrew Cader

Name:   Andrew Cader
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


INFINERA CORPORATION

JOINDER AGREEMENT TO

SERIES G AGREEMENTS

This Joinder Agreement to Series G Agreements (as defined below) is made as of June 30, 2006 (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), by and between the investor signing this Joinder Agreement (the “ Investor ”) and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Series G Purchase Agreement (defined below). The Investor and the Company hereby agree as follows:

11. Investor agrees to purchase shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 9, 2006, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, as amended on June 30, 2006 (the “ Series G Purchase Agreement ”).

12. Investor and the Company hereby agree that, pursuant to the Closing conditions set out in Sections 4 and 5 of the Series G Purchase Agreement, as of the date written above, Investor shall also become a party to the following agreements (the “ Series G Agreements ”) and shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of such agreements as though Investor was an original party thereto and was included in the definition of “Investor” as used therein:

 

   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein;

 

   

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein; and

 

   

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company and the investors named therein.

3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
SINGH FAMILY TRUST, UDT OCT. 3, 1996
By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

Name:   Jagdeep Singh
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
LREA, LLC
By:  

/s/ David Welch

Name:   David Welch
Title:   President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Hugh Martin

Name:   Hugh Martin
Title:   Hugh Martin and Moira Cullen Martin, trustees
  of the HMCM Trust U/T/A October 14, 1992

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RICHARD M. LUCAS FOUNDATION
By:  

/s/ Donald L. Lucas

Name:   Donald L. Lucas
Title:   Chairman

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:

DONALD L. & LYGIA S. LUCAS TRUST

DTD 12-3-84

By:  

/s/ Donald L. Lucas

Name:   Donald L. Lucas
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
BRENDAN JOSEPH CASSIN AND ISABEL B. CASSIN TRUSTEES OF THE CASSIN FAMILY TRUST U/D/T DATED JANUARY 31, 1996
By:  

/s/ B.J. Cassin

Name:   B.J. Cassin
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RY HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Rick Yan

Name:   Rick Yan
Title:   Sole Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Dwight O. Badger

Name:   Dwight O. Badger
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Norman K. Ty

Name:   Norman K. Ty
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RWI VENTURES I, L.P.
By: RWI Ventures I, LLC
By:  

/s/ William R. Baumel

Name:   William R. Baumel
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
RWI VENTURES II, L.P.
By: RWI Ventures II, LLC
By:  

/s/ William R. Baumel

Name:   William R. Baumel
Title:   Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
KPCB HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Denniston

Name:   John Denniston
Title:   President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Arthur E. Nicholas

Name:   Arthur E. Nicholas
Title:   Member, CAN LLC

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Ken Goldman

Name:   Ken Goldman
Title:  

Trustee, Goldman-Valerate Family Trust

u/a/d 11/15/95

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
DONALD L. LUCAS PROFIT-SHARING TRUST
By:  

/s/ Donald L. Lucas

Name:   Donald L. Lucas
Title:   Successor Ttee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
TETON CAPITAL COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Donald L. Lucas

Name:   Donald L. Lucas
Title:   General Partner

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
CASSIN EDUCATIONAL INITIATIVE FOUNDATION
By:  

/s/ B.J. Cassin

Name:   Brendan Joseph Cassin
Title:   President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Drew D. Perkins    Ellen Sanders Perkins

Name:   Drew D. Perkins    Ellen Sanders Perkins
Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubsuspeck

Name:   Keith Daubsuspeck
Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
CAPITAL VENTURES INTERNATIONAL

By: Heights Capital Management, Inc.

       its authorized agent

By:  

/s/ Martin Kobinger

Name:   Martin Kobinger
Title:   Investment Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
CORAL’S MOMENTUM FUND, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Coral’s Momentum Fund Management Partners
       Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mark C. Headrick

Name:   Mark C. Headrick
Title:   Member
By:  

/s/ Todd Ortberg

Name:   Todd Ortberg
Title:   Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ Tim Mullen

Name:   Tim Mullen
Title:   N/A

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]


The parties have executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
INFINERA CORPORATION
By:      
  Jagdeep Singh, President
Address: 1322 Bordeaux Drive
               Sunnyvale, CA 95122
INVESTOR:
By:  

/s/ John R. Eaton

Name:   John R. Eaton
Title:   Vice President, Corporate Development

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]

EXHIBIT 10.12

Lease Agreement

Basic Lease Information

 

Lease Date:

  December 20, 2005    

Landlord:

 

Legacy Partners I Sunnyvale, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

Landlord’s Address:

 

c/o Legacy Partners Commercial, Inc.

4000 East Third Avenue, Suite 600

Foster City, California 94404-4805

 

Tenant:

  Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation  

Tenant’s Address:

 

1322 Bordeaux Drive,

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

and

7324 Heatherhill Court

Bethesda, MD 20817

Attn: General Counsel

 

Premises:

  Approximately 56,720 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A

Premises Address:

  1320 - 1322 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California  

Building:

  Approximately 56,720 rentable square feet  

Lot:

  APN 110-26-024-00    

Term:

  Seven (7) years beginning on the Commencement Date as defined in Section 2 below and ending on the day before the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date (“Expiration Date”)

Base Rent (¶3):

  Two Thousand Two Hundred Sixty-Eight Dollars ($2,268.80) per month, as adjusted below:

Revised Base Rent:

 

Months

 

NNN Base Rent

 
 

1 – 6

 

$  2,268.80

 
 

7 – 12

 

$30,628.80

 
 

13 – 24

 

$51,615.20

 
 

25 – 36

 

$73,168.80

 
 

37 – 48

 

$75,437.60

 
 

49 – 60

 

$77,706.40

 
 

61 – 72

 

$79,975.20

 
 

73 – 84

 

$82,244.00

 

Advance Rent (¶3):

  Thirty Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-eight and 80/100 Dollars ($30,628.80)

Security Deposit (¶4):

  Two Thousand Two Hundred Sixty-eight and 80/100 Dollars ($2,268.80)

Letter of Credit (¶35):

  Six Hundred Twelve Thousand Dollars ($612,000)

Permitted Uses (¶9):

  Administrative offices, light manufacturing, fabrication and research and development, but only to the extent permitted by the City of Sunnyvale and all agencies and governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof.

Parking Spaces:

  Tenant shall have exclusive use of the Building parking lot at no additional cost, including all parking spaces shown on that certain ALTA Survey of the Lot prepared by Kier & Wright, dated November 8, 2005.

Brokers (¶33):

 

The Staubach Company for Landlord and Tenant

 

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A -         Premises, Building and/or Lot

 

Exhibit B -         Intentionally Deleted

 

Exhibit C -         Rules and Regulations

 

Exhibit D -         Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions

 
 

Exhibit E -         Tenant’s Initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate

 

Exhibit F -         Change of Commencement Date - Example

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

 

     Page
Section     
1.    Premises    3
2.    Occupancy; Adjustment of Commencement Date    3
3.    Rent    3
4.    Security Deposit    3
5.    Condition of Premises    4
6.    Additional Rent    4
7.    Utilities and Services    5
8.    Late Charges    5
9.    Use of Premises    5
10.    Alterations; and Surrender of Premises    6
11.    Repairs and Maintenance    7
12.    Insurance    8
13.    Limitation of Liability and Indemnity    8
14.    Assignment and Subleasing    9
15.    Subordination    10
16.    Right of Entry    10
17.    Estoppel Certificate    11
18.    Tenant’s Default    11
19.    Remedies for Tenant’s Default    11
20.    Holding Over    12
21.    Landlord’s Default    12
22.    Parking    12
23.    Transfer of Landlord’s Interest    12
24.    Waiver    12
25.    Casualty Damage    13
26.    Condemnation    13
27.    Environmental Matters/Hazardous Materials    14
28.    Financial Statements.    15
29.    General Provisions    15
30.    Signs.    16
31.    Mortgagee Protection    17
32.    Warranties of Tenant    17
33.    Brokerage Commission    17
34.    Quiet Enjoyment    17
35.    Letter of Credit    17
36.    Right of First Offer    19
37.    Option to Purchase    19

 

-2-


Lease Agreement

The Basic Lease Information and this Lease are, and shall be construed as, a single instrument.

1. Premises

Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions contained herein. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Premises” shall mean and refer to the entirety of the Building located on the Lot. Additionally, for purposes of this Lease, the term “Lot” shall mean and refer to the land upon which the Building is situated. The term “Common Areas” means and collectively refers to those portions of the Lot exclusive of the Building and shall include but not be limited to parking areas, access and perimeter roads, sidewalks, landscaped areas and similar areas and facilities. Tenant shall also have the exclusive right to use the Common Areas. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that for purposes of this Lease, as of the Lease Date, the rentable square footage area of each of the Premises and the Building shall be deemed to be the number of rentable square feet as set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant further agrees that the number of rentable square feet of the Building may subsequently change after the Lease Date commensurate with any physical modifications to the Building by Landlord approved in writing by Tenant, and an appropriate adjustment shall be made to the Rent hereunder.

2. Occupancy; Adjustment of Commencement Date

2.1 If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Anticipated Commencement Date (defined below) in the condition specified in Section 5 hereof, Landlord shall neither be subject to any liability nor shall the validity of this Lease be affected; provided, the Term and the obligation to pay Rent shall commence on the date possession is actually tendered to Tenant and the Expiration Date shall be extended commensurately. If the Commencement Date of this Lease is other than the Anticipated Commencement Date, the parties shall execute a written amendment to this Lease, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, specifying the actual commencement date, expiration date and the date on which Tenant is to commence paying Rent. Tenant shall execute and return such amendment to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof. The word “Term” means the initial term of this Lease and any valid extension(s) thereof.

2.2 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (a) Tenant currently leases and occupies the Premises from Tatem Operations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Current Landlord”), pursuant to a lease dated July 31, 2001, as amended by amendments dated November 7, 2002, September 19, 2003 and the License Agreement dated March 16, 2004 (collectively, the “Current Lease”), (b) Tenant has established a Letter of Credit with Current Landlord under the Current Lease in the amount of One Hundred Forty Three Thousand Four Hundred Ninety Five Dollars and Four Cents ($143,495.04) (the “Current LOC”), and (c) Landlord is currently in escrow with Current Landlord to acquire the Building and the Lot (collectively, the “Property”) which escrow is being held by First American Title Company, located at 1737 North First Street, Suite 100, San Jose, California 95112, attention Ms. Renée C. Stenesen (“Escrow Holder”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, it shall be a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Lease that Landlord close escrow and acquire the Property on terms and conditions satisfactory to Landlord, at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (collectively, the “Closing”), provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the Closing as soon as reasonably practicable. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice (i) not less than five (5) business days prior to the anticipated date for the Closing to occur (the “Anticipated Commencement Date”) or (ii) promptly upon Landlord’s determination that the Closing will not occur. The Closing shall be deemed to have occurred upon the close of the escrow for the purchase the Property, including the delivery of the deed from Current Landlord to Landlord and the payment and disbursement of the purchase price of the Property in accordance with the purchase and sale agreement therefor. This Lease will commence upon the actual day on which the Closing occurs (the “Commencement Date”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Closing has not occurred for any reason whatsoever by February 28, 2006, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord and this Lease will be of no force and effect and the Current Lease will continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects to take title to the Property in the name of an affiliate or other third party, references in this Section 2.2 to Landlord shall be deemed to refer to such affiliate or third party and, prior to the Closing, Landlord shall assign all of its interest in this Lease to such affiliate or third party and cause such affiliate or third party to assume all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

2.3 Simultaneously with the Closing, (i) Current Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a termination agreement whereby the Current Lease is terminated as of the date of the Closing; provided, such termination shall be conditioned upon the full execution and effectiveness of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant and (ii) Landlord shall be obligated to terminate the Current LOC by executing a termination certificate for the Current LOC as mutually agreed with Tenant.

3. Rent

Three (3) business days prior to the Anticipated Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Escrow Holder the Advance Rent (which shall be applied against the Rent payable for the first month(s) Tenant is required to pay Rent), the Security Deposit, the Letter of Credit and all insurance certificates required to be delivered by Tenant under Section 12 of this Lease (collectively, the “Pre-Commencement Items”). In addition to the Pre-Commencement Items, Tenant shall deliver to Escrow Holder irrevocable instructions for the Pre-Commencement Items to be delivered to Landlord upon the Closing (“Tenant’s Escrow Instructions”) and Tenant shall concurrently deliver a copy of Tenant’s Escrow Instructions to Landlord. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, without prior notice or demand, abatement, offset, deduction or claim, in advance at Landlord’s Address, within three (3) business days of the Commencement Date and thereafter on the first (1st) day of each month throughout the Term (i) Base Rent and (ii) Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, and Utility Expenses, as Additional Rent. The term “Rent” means the aggregate of all these amounts. If Landlord permits Tenant to occupy the Premises without requiring Tenant to pay rental payments for a period of time, the waiver of the requirement to pay rental payments shall only apply to the waiver of Base Rent. If any rental payment date (including the Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one (1) month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month’s rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which the fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated in the same manner. To the extent not already paid as part of the Advance Rent any prorated Rent shall be paid on the Commencement Date, and any prorated Rent for the final calendar month hereof shall be paid on the first day of the calendar month in which the date of expiration or termination occurs.

4. Security Deposit

Three (3) business days prior to the Anticipated Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Escrow Holder, as a Security Deposit for the faithful performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information. If Tenant is in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods hereunder, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, use all or any portion of the Security Deposit to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for all damages sustained by Landlord in connection therewith. Tenant shall, immediately on demand, pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the Security Deposit so applied or used to replenish the amount of the Security Deposit held to increase such deposit to the amount initially deposited with Landlord. Subject to the foregoing, within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant, less such amounts as are reasonably necessary, as determined by Landlord, to remedy Tenant’s default(s) hereunder or to otherwise restore the Premises to the condition required under Section 10.2 of this Lease. If the cost to restore the Premises exceeds

 

-3-


the amount of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord any and all of such excess sums. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Security Deposit from other funds, and, unless required by law, interest shall not be paid on the Security Deposit. Tenant shall not have any use of, or right of offset against, the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby waives (i) California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (or any successor law) and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”), and (ii) any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Security Deposit may be retained and applied by Landlord (a) to offset Rent which is unpaid either before or after termination of this Lease, and (b) against other damages suffered by Landlord before or after termination of this Lease.

5. Condition of Premises

Tenant agrees to (i) accept the Premises on the Commencement Date (and by taking possession of the Premises Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as then being suitable for Tenant’s intended use and in good operating order, condition and repair) in its then existing “AS IS” condition, and (ii) that neither Landlord nor any of Landlord’s agents, representatives or employees has made any representations as to the suitability, fitness or condition of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose, including without limitation, any storage incidental thereto.

6. Additional Rent

Landlord and Tenant intend that this Lease be a “triple net lease.” The costs and expenses described in this Section 6 and all other sums, charges, costs and expenses specified in this Lease as being payable by Tenant to Landlord, other than Base Rent, are to be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent (collectively, “Additional Rent”).

6.1 Operating Expenses

6.1.1 Definition of Operating Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Operating Expenses as Additional Rent. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6.1.1 and Section 6.1.2, the term “Operating Expenses” means the total amounts paid or payable by Landlord in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair and operation of the Premises. These Operating Expenses may include, but are not limited to, Landlord’s cost of: (i) repairs to, and maintenance of, the roof membrane, the non-structural portions of the roof and the non-structural elements of the perimeter exterior walls of the Premises; (ii) maintaining the Common Areas; (iii) annual insurance premium(s) for any and all insurance Landlord elects to obtain including without limitation, “all risk” or “special purpose” coverage, earthquake and flood for the Premises, rental value insurance, and subject to Sections 6.1.2 and 25 below, any deductible; (iv) (a) modifications and/or new improvements to any portion of the Premises occasioned by any rules, laws or regulations effective subsequent to the Lease Date; (b) reasonably necessary replacement improvements to any portion of the Premises after the Commencement Date; and (c) new improvements to the Premises that are intended to reduce operating costs or improve life/safety conditions, all of the foregoing as reasonably determined by Landlord; provided , if such costs are of a capital nature, then such costs or allocable portions thereof shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the capital item or fifteen (15) years whichever is shorter, as reasonably determined by Landlord together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate of prime plus 2.0%; (v) the management and administration of the Premises, including, without limitation, a property management fee (not to exceed three percent (3%) of the Rent for the calendar year); (vi) preventative maintenance and repair contracts including, but not limited to, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, and lifts for disabled persons; (vii) security and fire protection services for any portion of the Premises, if and to the extent, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, such services are provided; (viii) the creation and modification of any licenses, easements or other similar undertakings with respect to the Premises; (ix) supplies, materials, equipment, rental equipment and other similar items used in the operation and/or maintenance of the Premises and any reasonable reserves established for replacement or repair of any Common Area improvements or equipment; (x) any and all levies, charges, fees and/or assessments payable to any applicable owner’s association or similar body; (xi) any barrier removal work or other required improvements, alterations or work to any portion of the Premises generally required under the ADA (defined below) (the “ADA Work”); provided , if such ADA Work is required under the ADA due to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or any Alteration (defined below) made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, then the cost of such ADA Work shall be borne solely by Tenant and shall not be included as part of the Operating Expenses; and (xii) the repairs and maintenance items set forth in Section 11.2 below.

6.1.2 Operating Expense Exclusions . The term “Operating Expenses” shall not include: (i) legal and auditing fees (other than those fees reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance and operation of all or any portion the Premises and included as part of the property management fee); (ii) depreciation of the Building or any other improvements situated within the Premises; (iii) any items for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance; (iv) costs of repairs or other work necessitated by casualty (excluding any deductibles) and/or costs of repair or other work necessitated by the exercise of the right of eminent domain to the extent insurance proceeds or a condemnation award, as applicable, is actually received by Landlord for such purposes; provided , such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the parties in accordance with the provisions of Sections 25 and 26, below; (v) other than any interest charges for capital improvements referred to in Section 6.1.1(iv) hereinabove, any interest or payments on any financing for the Building or the Premises, interest and penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s late payment of any invoice (except to the extent resulting from Tenant’s failure to pay Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses to Landlord when due as set forth herein), and any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for same; (vi) costs associated with the investigation and/or remediation of Hazardous Materials (hereafter defined) present in, on or about any portion of the Premises, unless such costs and expenses are the responsibility of Tenant as provided in Section 27 hereof, in which event such costs and expenses shall be paid solely by Tenant in accordance with Section 27 hereof; (vii) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Premises to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis; or any costs included in Operating Expenses representing an amount paid to any entity related to Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship; (viii) any payments under a ground lease or master lease; (ix) costs of advertising and promotional expenditures for the Property; (x) any fines or penalties incurred solely and directly as a result of actual violations by Landlord of any governmental rule or authority for which Landlord is responsible hereunder; (xi) costs for sculpture, paintings or other objects of art; (xii) costs attributable to repairing items that are covered by warranties from third parties; (xiii) costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the cost of operating the Property, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee or lender, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Property or the Building and disputes of Landlord with the property management company managing the Property; (xiv) costs occasioned by the act, omission or violation of any Law by Landlord, or its agents, employees or contractors; (xv) costs which could properly be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, except to the extent amortized as provided in Section 6.1.1(iv) above; and (xvi) earthquake insurance deductibles in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

6.2 Tax Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Tax Expenses applicable to the Premises. Prior to delinquency, Tenant shall pay any and all taxes and assessments levied upon Tenant’s Property (defined below in Section 10) located or installed in or about the Premises by, or on behalf of Tenant. To the extent any such taxes or assessments are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, then Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced by Landlord. Tenant shall also reimburse and pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, one hundred percent (100%) of (i) any increase in real property taxes attributable to any and all Alterations (defined below in Section 10), fixtures, equipment or other improvements of any kind whatsoever placed in, on or about the Premises for the benefit of, at the request of, or by Tenant and (ii) taxes and assessments levied or assessed upon or with respect to the possession, operation, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises. The term “Tax Expenses” means, without limitation, any form of tax and assessment (general, special, supplemental, ordinary or extraordinary), commercial rental tax, payments under any

 

-4-


improvement bond or bonds, license fees, license tax, business licenses fee, rental tax, transaction tax or levy imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power of tax (including any governmental, school, agricultural, lighting or other improvement district) as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises or any other tax, fee, or excise, however described, including, but not limited to, any tax imposed in substitution (partially or totally) of any tax previously included within the definition of real property taxes, or any additional tax the nature of which was previously included within the definition of Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Tax Expenses” shall not include and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay or reimburse Landlord for (a) any franchise, estate, gift, inheritance, net income, document transfer, or excess profits tax imposed upon Landlord, (b) any penalty or fee imposed solely as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay Tax Expenses when due, (c) any items included as Operating Expenses, (d) any tax, assessment, or increase therein levied on Landlord’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment is imposed in lieu of real property taxes, or (e) any tax, assessment, or increase therein in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term.

6.3 Payment of Expenses . Landlord shall estimate the Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses for the calendar year in which the Lease commences. Commencing on the Commencement Date, one-twelfth (1/12th) of this estimated amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, as Additional Rent, and thereafter on the first (1st) day of each month throughout the remaining months of such calendar year. Thereafter, Landlord may estimate such expenses for each calendar year during the Term and Tenant shall pay one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated amount as Additional Rent on the first (1st) day of each month throughout the Term. Tenant’s obligation to pay the Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses for periods of time during the Term and Landlord’s obligation to reimburse Tenant for any overpayment thereof shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6.4 Annual Reconciliation . By June 30th of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with an accounting of actual and accrued Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses; provided , failure by Landlord to give such accounting by such date shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to collect any underpayment by Tenant at any time. Tenant shall have the right to request in writing that Landlord make available at Landlord’s offices during ordinary business hours such supporting information reasonably requested by Tenant. Within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s delivery of such accounting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of any underpayment. Landlord shall credit the amount of any overpayment by Tenant toward the next monthly installment(s) of Rent falling due, or if the Term has expired, refund the amount of overpayment to Tenant as soon as possible thereafter. If the Term expires prior to the annual reconciliation of expenses Landlord shall have the right to reasonably estimate such expenses, and deduct any underpayment from Tenant’s Security Deposit. Failure by Landlord to accurately estimate such expenses or to otherwise perform such reconciliation shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect any underpayment at any time during the Term or after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6.5 Audit . After delivery to Landlord of at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense through any accountant designated by it, shall have the right to examine and/or audit the books and records evidencing such expenses for the previous one (1) calendar year, during Landlord’s reasonable business hours but not more frequently than once during any calendar year. Tenant may not compensate any such accountant on a contingency fee basis. The results of any such audit (and any negotiations between the parties related thereto) shall be maintained strictly confidential by Tenant and its accounting firm and shall not be disclosed, published or otherwise disseminated to any other party other than to Landlord and its authorized agents except as required by applicable law. Landlord and Tenant each shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in such negotiations and to promptly resolve any discrepancies between Landlord and Tenant in the accounting of such expenses. If through such audit it is determined that there is a discrepancy of more than five percent (5%) in the total of actual Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable accounting costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in performing such audit, including Tenant’s in-house or outside auditors or accountants. Landlord and Tenant shall pay or reimburse, within thirty (30) days following completion of such audit, the other for any underpayment or overpayment of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses.

7. Utilities and Services

As of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause all of the Utility Expenses (hereinafter defined) for the Premises to be placed in Tenant’s name with the invoices sent directly to Tenant at the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all Utility Expenses. Tenant shall pay directly to the appropriate utility company or similar entity the cost of all water, sewer use, sewer discharge fees and sewer connection fees, gas, heat, electricity, refuse pickup, janitorial service, telephone, telecommunications and other utilities (collectively, the “Utility Expenses”) billed or metered separately to the Premises and/or Tenant during the Term. Subject to Section 6.2 above, Tenant shall also pay any and all assessments or charges for utility or similar purposes included within any tax bill for the Lot on which the Building is situated, including without limitation, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees and/or any similar fees or charges. At least quarterly and at such shorter intervals of time upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord written evidence of Tenant’s payment of the Utility Expenses if requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises may become subject to the rationing of utility services or restrictions on utility use as required by a public utility company, governmental agency or other similar entity having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its tenancy and occupancy hereunder shall be subject to such rationing restrictions as may be imposed upon Landlord, Tenant, or the Premises, and Tenant shall in no event be excused or relieved from any covenant or obligation to be kept or performed by Tenant by reason of any such rationing or restrictions. Tenant further agrees to timely and faithfully pay, prior to delinquency, any amount, tax, charge, surcharge, assessment or imposition levied, assessed or imposed upon the Premises, or Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof by a public utility company, governmental agency, taxing authority or similar entity having jurisdiction thereof.

8. Late Charges

The sums or charges set forth in this Section 8 shall be Additional Rent. Tenant acknowledges that late payment (the fifth (5th) day after such payment was due or any time thereafter) of Rent and all other sums due hereunder, will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease. Such costs may include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any note secured by any encumbrance against the Premises, and late charges and penalties due to the late payment of real property taxes on the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent or any other sum payable by Tenant is not received by Landlord by the fifth (5th) day after such payment was due, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord a late charge, as liquidated damages, in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such delinquent amount plus interest thereon at ten percent (10%) per annum for every month or portion thereof that such sums remain unpaid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord waives the late charge for the first (1st) instance during the Term in which Tenant fails to timely pay Rent within five (5) days of written notice of such failure by Landlord. If Tenant delivers to Landlord two (2) checks for which there are not sufficient funds, Landlord may require Tenant to replace such check with a cashier’s check for the amount of such check and all other charges payable hereunder. The parties agree that this late charge and the other charges referenced above represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of such late payment by Tenant, excluding attorneys’ fees and costs. Acceptance of any late charge or other charges shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s default with respect to the delinquent amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord for any other default of Tenant under this Lease.

9. Use of Premises

9.1 Compliance with Laws, Recorded Matters, and Rules and Regulations . The Premises shall be used solely for the permitted uses specified in the Basic Lease Information and for no other uses without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed so long as the proposed change in use (i) does not involve the use of Hazardous Materials other than as expressly permitted under the provisions of Section 27 below, (ii) does not require any additional parking spaces,

 

-5-


and (iii) is compatible and consistent with the other uses then being made in the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord. The use of the Premises by Tenant and its employees, representatives, agents, invitees, licensees, subtenants, customers or contractors (collectively, “Tenant’s Representatives”) shall be subject to, and at all times in compliance with, (a) any and all applicable laws, rules, codes, ordinances, statutes, orders and regulations as same exist from time to time throughout the Term (collectively, the “Laws”), including without limitation, the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, a federal law codified at 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., including, but not limited to Title III thereof, all regulations and guidelines related thereto and all requirements of Title 24 of the State of California (collectively, the “ADA”), (b) any and all instruments, licenses, restrictions, easement or similar instruments, conveyances or encumbrances which are at any time required to be made by or given by Landlord relating to any additional improvements in the Premises (collectively, “Development Documents”), (c) any and all documents, easements, covenants, conditions and restrictions, and similar instruments, together with any and all amendments and supplements thereto made, from time to time, each of which has been or hereafter is recorded in any official or public records with respect to the Premises or any portion thereof (collectively, “Recorded Matters”), and (c) any and all rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C hereto, any other reasonable rules and regulations now or hereafter promulgated by Landlord, (collectively, “Rules and Regulations”). Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to comply with any new rule or regulation unless the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights and does not materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent of Tenant, such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems reasonably necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel or subdivision maps and/or restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions, as applicable, do not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s operations in the Premises or materially increase Tenant’s rights or decrease Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant agrees to sign promptly any commercially reasonable documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easements, rights, dedications, maps or restrictions. Tenant agrees to, and does hereby, assume full and complete responsibility (x) to ensure that the Premises are in compliance with all applicable Laws throughout the Term and (y) for the payment of all costs, fees and expenses associated with any modifications, improvements or other Alterations to the Premises and/or any portion thereof occasioned by the enactment of, or changes to, any Laws arising from Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or Alterations or other improvements made to the Premises regardless of when such Laws became effective. Tenant shall have no right to initiate, submit an application for, or otherwise request, any land use approvals or entitlements with respect to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall not be directly responsible for complying with or causing the Premises to comply with any Laws requiring alterations to the Premises unless due to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant; provided, however, Tenant remains responsible, as an Operating Expense under Section 6.1.1(iv), for the cost of any improvements or repairs to the Building or Premises required in order to comply with any Laws.

9.2 Prohibition on Use . Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises nor keep or bring anything therein which will increase the existing rate of (unless Tenant pays such increase) or materially affect any policy of insurance upon the Premises or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy. No auctions may be conducted in, on or about any portion thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent thereto. The Premises shall not be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any private or public nuisance in, on or about any portion of the Premises, including, but not limited to, any offensive odors, noises, fumes or vibrations. Tenant shall not damage or deface or otherwise commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, upon or about the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises. Tenant shall neither install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, microwave or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises nor make any penetrations of or to the roof of the Building without Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls, or ceilings in excess of the maximum designed load permitted by the applicable Uniform Building Code or which may damage the Premises.

10. Alterations; and Surrender of Premises

10.1 Alterations . Tenant shall be permitted to make, at its sole cost and expense, non-structural alterations and additions to the interior of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, provided said alterations do not adversely affect the Building systems and the cost of such alterations does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) each job (the “Permitted Improvements”). Tenant, however, shall first notify Landlord of such Permitted Improvements so that Landlord may post a Notice of Non-Responsibility on the Premises. Except for the Permitted Improvements, Tenant shall neither install any signs, fixtures, or improvements, nor make any other alterations or additions (individually, an “Alteration”, and collectively, “Alterations”) to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as any such Alteration does not adversely affect the Building systems, structural integrity or structural components of the Premises or Building. If any such Alteration is expressly permitted by Landlord, Tenant shall deliver at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, from the date Tenant commences construction, sufficient to enable Landlord to post and record a Notice of Non-Responsibility. Tenant shall obtain all permits or other governmental approvals prior to commencing any work and deliver a copy of same to Landlord. All Alterations shall be (i) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, and shall be installed by a licensed, insured (and bonded, at Landlord’s reasonable request) contractor (reasonably approved by Landlord) in compliance with all applicable Laws, Development Documents, Recorded Matters, and Rules and Regulations and (ii) performed in a good and workmanlike manner. Landlord’s approval of any plans, specifications or working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall neither create nor impose any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with any Laws. As Additional Rent, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, for actual legal, engineering, architectural, planning and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s Alterations. All such Alterations shall be insured by Landlord in accordance with Section 12 of this Lease immediately upon completion. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Lot on which the Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall, prior to commencing any Alterations, (a) cause its contractor(s) and/or major subcontractor(s) to provide insurance as reasonably required by Landlord, and (b) provide such assurances to Landlord, including without limitation, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof to protect Landlord and the Property from and against any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens.

10.2 Surrender of Premises . At the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord (a) in good condition and state of repair as required by the provisions of this Lease (damage by acts of God, casualty, condemnation, Alterations or other interior improvements which Tenant is permitted to surrender under this Lease and normal wear and tear excepted), but with all interior walls cleaned, any carpets cleaned, all floors cleaned and waxed, all non-working light bulbs and ballasts replaced and all roll-up doors and plumbing fixtures in good condition and working order, (b) in accordance with Section 27 hereof, and (c) with all of Tenant’s Property (defined below) and all personal property, furnishings and fixtures located in, serving or otherwise associated with the clean room, including without limitation, special equipment, cabling and pipelines (collectively, the “Clean Room FF&E”) removed by the Tenant. Normal wear and tear shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by proper maintenance by Tenant, or Tenant otherwise performing all of its obligations under this Lease. “Tenant’s Property” means all tanks, generators and other equipment or similar property located on the Lot outside of the Building or otherwise affixed to the outside of the Building, all equipment, trade fixtures, furnishings, all telephone, data, and other cabling and wiring installed or caused to be installed by Tenant (including any cabling and wiring, installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises), inventories, goods and personal property of Tenant, including certain fixtures and equipment that have been affixed to the Premises (including the Clean Room FF&E). Tenant’s Property shall at all times be and remain Tenant’s property. Except for alterations which cannot be removed without structural injury to the Premises, at any time Tenant may remove Tenant’s Property and Alterations from the Premises, provided that Tenant repairs all damage caused by such removal. Landlord shall have no lien or

 

-6-


other interest in any item of Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall have no right to require Tenant to remove any Alterations unless it notifies Tenant at the time it consents to such Alteration (or within ten (10) business days after receipt of notice of any Permitted Improvements) that it shall require such Alteration to be removed. Any of Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant as required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord in accordance with Law at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and disposition of such property; provided , however , Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all costs incurred in demolishing, removing, storing and disposing of such abandoned property of Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall, within twenty-four (24) hours prior to the expiration of this Lease, at Tenant’s expense and in compliance with the National Electric Code and other applicable Laws, remove all electronic, fiber, phone and data cabling and related equipment that has been installed by or for the benefit of Tenant in or around the Premises (collectively, the “Cabling”); provided , however , Tenant shall not remove such Cabling if Tenant receives a written notice from Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of the Lease authorizing such Cabling to remain in place, in which event the Cabling shall be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. All Alterations, except those which Landlord requires Tenant to remove or Tenant elects to remove, shall remain in the Premises as the property of Landlord. If the Premises are not surrendered at the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, and in accordance with this Section 10 and Section 27 below, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of Rent (as the same may be increased pursuant to Section 20 below) until the Premises are so surrendered in accordance with said provisions. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Indemnitees (hereafter defined) harmless from and against any and all Claims (defined below) (x) arising from any delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any Claims made against Landlord by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and (y) suffered by Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant.

11. Repairs and Maintenance

11.1 Tenant’s Repairs and Maintenance Obligations . Except for those portions of the Premises to be maintained by Landlord, as provided in Sections 11.2 and 11.3 below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain all parts of the Premises in good, clean and safe condition and repair, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements, whether ordinary or extraordinary, with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality as the original thereof, all of the foregoing in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 10 hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord including, but not limited to, repairing any damage (and replacing any property so damaged) caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives. Without limiting any of the foregoing, Tenant shall be solely responsible for promptly maintaining, repairing and replacing those part of the Premises that include (a) all mechanical systems, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems serving the Premises, unless maintained by Landlord, (b) all plumbing work and fixtures, (c) electrical wiring systems, fixtures and equipment, (d) all interior lighting (including, without limitation, light bulbs and/or ballasts) and exterior lighting on the Premises, (e) all glass, windows, window frames, window casements, skylights, interior and exterior doors, door frames and door closers, (f) all roll-up doors, ramps and dock equipment, including without limitation, dock bumpers, dock plates, dock seals, dock levelers and dock lights, (g) sprinkler systems, fire protection systems and security systems, and (h) all tenant signage, and (i) all partitions, fixtures, equipment, interior painting, interior walls and floors, and floor coverings of the Premises and every part thereof (including, without limitation, any demising walls contiguous to any portion of the Premises). Any such work shall be performed by licensed, insured and bonded contractors and subcontractors reasonably approved by Landlord. Additionally, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the performance of the regular removal of trash and debris. Within three (3) business days of Landlord’s request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written evidence of Tenant’s payment of maintenance and repair services (including any preventative maintenance services) rendered to, or on behalf of, Tenant with respect to the Premises, including without limitation, any and all summaries, reports and similar information prepared in connection with such maintenance and repair services.

11.2 Maintenance by Landlord . Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, and further subject to Tenant’s obligation under Section 6 to reimburse Landlord, in the form of Additional Rent, for the cost and expense of the following described items, Landlord shall repair and maintain the following items: the roof and roof coverings ( provided that if Tenant installs additional air conditioning or other equipment on the roof that damages the roof coverings, Tenant shall pay all costs relating to the presence of such additional equipment); any rail spur and rail crossing; exterior painting of the Premises; and the parking areas, pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the Common Areas. If Landlord elects to perform any repair or restoration work required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Tenant shall promptly report, in writing, to Landlord any defective condition known to it which Landlord is required to repair. The Parties agree that any repair or improvement which could be treated as a “capital expenditure” under GAAP shall be treated as such by Landlord and Tenant shall pay for its share of such repairs or improvements as part of its Operating Expenses.

11.3 Landlord’s Repairs and Maintenance Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Sections 11.1, 25 and 26, and except for repairs rendered necessary by the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to (a) keep in good repair the structural portions of the floors, foundations and exterior perimeter walls of the Premises (exclusive of glass and exterior doors), and (b) replace the structural portions of the roof of the Premises (excluding the roof membrane).

11.4 Tenant’s Failure to Perform Repairs and Maintenance Obligations . If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair and maintain the Premises and the other areas properly as required herein and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord (i) Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, at any time after ten (10) days following written notice thereof to Tenant (unless such repair is of an urgent nature, in which event no prior notice shall be required), make such repairs or maintenance without Landlord having any liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s Property or to Tenant’s business by reason thereof, except to the extent any damage is caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord or its authorized agents and representatives and (ii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred therefor. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 11.4 shall survive the expiration of the Term or the earlier termination thereof. Tenant hereby waives any right to repair at the expense of Landlord under any applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect.

11.5 Tenant’s Ability to Perform Landlord’s Unperformed Obligations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord shall fail to perform any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions to be performed or complied with by Landlord under Sections 11.2 and 11.3 of this Lease (such terms, provisions, covenants or conditions are referred to herein, collectively as “Landlord Repair Obligations”) after expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods for Landlord’s and any mortgagee’s benefit as set forth in Sections 21 and 31, respectively, then Tenant may, at Tenant’s option and risk, but without any obligation to do so, after delivery of an additional ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, perform such Landlord Repair Obligations on Landlord’s behalf. If Tenant so performs any of such Landlord Repair Obligations hereunder, then Tenant will perform such Landlord Repair Obligations (1) in compliance with all applicable Laws, and requirements to which Landlord would be subject under this Lease (if Landlord were performing such Landlord Repair Obligations), (2) in a good workmanlike manner using materials of a quality and grade at least equal to that in place as of the date of delivery of the Premises to Tenant, if applicable, and (3) in compliance with the terms and provisions of Section 10.1 hereof, as applicable. Tenant will promptly assign to Landlord any warranties or guaranties in respect of any Landlord Repair Obligations. If Tenant so performs any of such Landlord Repair Obligations hereunder, the full amount of the fair and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant shall be owing by Landlord to Tenant, and Landlord shall pay to Tenant the full amount thereof within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written demand therefor together with reasonable evidence verifying the amount of such costs and expenses.

 

-7-


12. Insurance

12.1 Types of Insurance . Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect at all times during the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the protection of Tenant and Landlord, as their interests may appear, policies of insurance issued by carriers reasonably acceptable to Landlord and its lender which afford the following coverages: (i) worker’s compensation and employer’s liability, as required by law; (ii) commercial general liability insurance (occurrence form) providing coverage against any and all claims for bodily injury and property damage occurring in, on or about the Premises arising out of Tenant’s and Tenant’s Representatives’ use or occupancy of the Premises and such insurance shall (a) include coverage for blanket contractual liability, fire damage, premises, personal injury, completed operations and products liability, and (b) have a combined single limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence with a Three Million Dollar ($3,000,000) aggregate limit and excess/umbrella insurance in the amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) (if Tenant has other locations which it owns or leases, the policy shall include an aggregate limit per location endorsement); (iii) comprehensive automobile liability insurance with a combined single limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence for claims arising out of any company owned automobiles; (iv) “all risk” or “special purpose” property insurance, including without limitation, sprinkler leakage, covering damage to or loss of any of Tenant’s Property located in, on or about the Premises, and in addition, coverage for flood and business interruption of Tenant, together with, if the property of any of Tenant’s invitees, vendors or customers is to be kept in the Premises, warehouser’s legal liability or bailee customers insurance for the full replacement cost of the property belonging to such parties and located in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a replacement cost basis in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value of the aggregate of the items referred to in this clause (iv); and (v) such other insurance or higher limits of liability as may be reasonably required by any of Landlord’s lenders.

12.2 Insurance Policies . Insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall be written by companies (i) licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) domiciled in the United States of America, and (iii) having a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A:VIII(or such higher rating as may be required by a lender having a lien on the Premises) as set forth in the most current issue of “A.M. Best’s Rating Guides.” Any deductible amounts under any of the insurance policies required hereunder shall not exceed Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance and true and complete copies of any and all endorsements required herein for all insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder at the time of execution of this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall, at least fifteen (15) days prior to expiration of each policy, furnish Landlord with certificates of renewal or “binders” thereof. Each certificate shall expressly provide that such policies shall not be cancelable or otherwise subject to material modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to the parties named as additional insureds as required in this Lease (except for cancellation for nonpayment of premium, in which event cancellation shall not take effect until at least ten (10) days’ notice has been given to Landlord). Tenant shall have the right to provide insurance coverage which it is obligated to carry pursuant to the terms of this Lease under a blanket insurance policy, provided such blanket policy expressly affords coverage for the Premises and for Landlord as required by this Lease.

12.3 Additional Insureds and Coverage . Each of Landlord, Landlord’s property management company or agent, and Landlord’s lender(s) having a lien against the Premises shall be named as additional insureds or loss payees (as applicable) under all of the policies required in Section 12.1(ii) hereof, provided that Landlord has notified Tenant of the name and contact information for all such parties. All such policies shall provide for severability of interest. All insurance to be maintained by Tenant shall, except for workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance, be primary, without right of contribution from insurance maintained by Landlord. Any umbrella/excess liability policy (which shall be in “following form”) shall provide that if the underlying aggregate is exhausted, the excess coverage will drop down as primary insurance. The limits of insurance maintained by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease. It is the parties’ intention that the insurance to be procured and maintained by Tenant as required herein shall provide coverage for any and all damage or injury arising from or related to Tenant’s operations of its business and/or Tenant’s or Tenant’s Representatives’ use of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent Landlord’s cost of maintaining insurance with respect to the Building is increased as a result of Tenant’s acts, omissions, Alterations, improvements, use or occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of, and for, each such increase as Additional Rent.

12.4 Failure of Tenant to Purchase and Maintain Insurance . If Tenant fails to obtain and maintain the insurance required herein throughout the Term, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, purchase the necessary insurance and pay the premiums therefor. If Landlord so elects to purchase such insurance, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, the amount so paid by Landlord, upon Landlord’s demand therefor. In addition, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, any and all Claims (defined below) which Landlord may incur due to Tenant’s failure to obtain and maintain such insurance.

12.5 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other and their respective agents, employees, successors, assignees and subtenants for any loss of, or damage to, either parties’ property to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required to be in effect at the time of such loss or damage, or would be insured against under a special form insurance policy without regard to the negligence of the party so released. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by its insurer, whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party. This provision is intended to waive fully, and for the benefit of the parties hereto, any rights and/or claims which might give rise to a right of subrogation in favor of any insurance carrier.

12.6 Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall, during the Term of this Lease, procure and keep in force the following insurance, the cost of which shall be deemed an Operating Expense under Section 6.1 of this Lease: property insurance insuring the Building and improvements within the Property and rental value insurance for perils covered by the causes of loss - special form and in addition coverage for flood, earthquake and boiler and machinery (if applicable). Such coverage (except for flood and earthquake) shall be written on a replacement cost basis equal to one Hundred percent (100%) of the full insurable replacement value of the foregoing and shall not cover Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures or personal property located on or in the Premises, including without limitation, Tenant’s Property. Additionally, Landlord shall, during the Term of this Lease, procure and keep in force the following insurance, the cost of which shall be deemed an Operating Expense under Section 6.1 of this Lease: commercial general liability insurance (occurrence form) providing coverage against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage occurring in, on or about the Common Areas, having a combined single limit of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate.

13. Limitation of Liability and Indemnity

Except to the extent of Claims resulting from the active gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized representatives, agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, or Landlord’s breach of this Lease and subject to the provisions of Section 12.5, Tenant agrees to protect, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and Landlord’s lenders, partners, members, property management company (if other than Landlord), agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, contractors, successors and assigns and each of their respective partners, members, directors, heirs, employees, representatives, agents, contractors, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) harmless and indemnify the Indemnitees from and against all liabilities, damages, demands, penalties, costs, claims, losses, judgments, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs of court and expenses necessary in the prosecution or defense of any litigation including the enforcement of this provision) (collectively, “Claims”) arising from or in any way related to, directly or indirectly, (i) Tenant’s or Tenant’s Representatives’ use of the Premises, (ii) the conduct of Tenant’s business, (iii) from any activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises, and/or (iv) Tenant’s failure to perform any covenant or obligation of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant agrees that the obligations of Tenant herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

-8-


Except to the extent of Claims resulting from the active gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized representatives, agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, or Landlord’s breach of this Lease, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of the Indemnitees shall at any time or to any extent whatsoever be liable, responsible or in any way accountable for any loss, liability, injury, death or damage to persons or property which at any time may be suffered or sustained by Tenant or by any person(s) whomsoever who may at any time be using, occupying or visiting the Premises. Tenant shall not, in any event or circumstance, be permitted to offset or otherwise credit against any payments of Rent required herein for matters for which Landlord may be liable hereunder.

14. Assignment and Subleasing

14.1 Prohibition. Subject to the provisions of Section 14.8, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber, grant any license or concession, pledge or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein, permit any assignment or other transfer of this Lease by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives (collectively, “Transfers” and any entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). No consent to any Transfer shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Section 14, and all Transfers may be made only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but which consent shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 14.

14.2 Request for Consent. If Tenant seeks to make a Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing (“Tenant’s Notice”), and deliver to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed commencement date of the Transfer (“Proposed Effective Date”) the following: (i) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”); (ii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer, including without limitation, the Proposed Effective Date, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of the existing or proposed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer; (iii) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, member, partner or owner thereof, and, if available, audited financial statements for the previous three (3) most recent consecutive fiscal years; and (iv) such other information as Landlord may then reasonably require. Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Tenant’s Notice Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of its determination with respect to such requested proposed Transfer and Landlord’s election as set forth in Section 14.5. If Landlord does not elect to recapture pursuant to Section 14.5 and Landlord does consent to the requested proposed Transfer, Tenant may thereafter assign its interests in and to this Lease or sublease all or a portion of the Premises to the same party and on the same terms as set forth in the Tenant’s Notice.

14.3 Criteria for Consent. Tenant agrees that, among other circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where (a) Tenant is in default of its obligations under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods or at any time during the Term Tenant has been in Chronic Default, (b) the use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is prohibited, or differs from the uses permitted, under this Lease, (c) the proposed Transferee or its business is subject to compliance with additional requirements of the ADA beyond those requirements which are applicable to Tenant, (d) the proposed Transferee does not intend to occupy the Premises, (e) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the proposed Transferee’s business operating ability or history, reputation or creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted at the Premises, (f) the proposed Transferee is a governmental agency or unit, (g) the proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to violate another agreement or obligation to which Landlord is a party or otherwise subject, (h) either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee has negotiated with Landlord during the four (4) month period immediately preceding the Tenant’s Notice, (i) the proposed Transferee will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials (defined below) of a type, nature or quantity not consistent with the Permitted Uses.

14.4 Effectiveness of Transfer and Continuing Obligations. Prior to the date on which any permitted Transfer becomes effective, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document, (ii) an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (the “Transferee HazMat Certificate”), and (iii) Landlord’s standard form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease, as applicable, executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations under this Lease (and such form may contain such modifications as are reasonably acceptable to all parties thereto). Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such consent instrument shall not release or discharge the Transferee from its obligation to do so or from any liability as provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases. Each permitted assignee (but not sublessee) shall assume and be deemed to assume this Lease and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with Tenant for payment of Rent and for the due performance of, and compliance with all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed or complied with, for the Term of this Lease. No Transfer shall affect the continuing liability of Tenant (which, following the Transfer, shall be joint and several with the Transferee) under this Lease whether occurring before or after such Transfer, and Tenant shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. A Transferee of Tenant shall become directly liable to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of any Rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer. For purposes hereof, except with respect to an Affiliate (defined below), any shares issued to venture capital companies or others prior to an initial public offering, any shares issued in connection with a public offering, and any shares traded over nationally recognized stock exchanges, the exercise of stock options or warrants, or the conversion of preferred stock, if Tenant, directly or indirectly transfers fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interest of the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more than one transaction in any 30 day period of time) such transaction(s) (each, a “Financing Transaction”) shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Section 14; provided in all instances that: (I) any such Financing Transaction was not conducted as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Section 14; (II) Tenant give Landlord prior notice of any such Financing Transaction or notice within five (5) days after the completion of such Financing Transaction (provided that in all events, Landlord shall keep all information relating to such Financing Transaction confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than (A) Landlord’s lenders, attorneys, accountants and financial consultants, (B) as required to make or defend any Claims, or (C) as required by Law); and (III) Tenant shall immediately following such Financing Transaction, have a tangible net worth and net assets, in the aggregate, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding goodwill as an asset), which is equal to no less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000). Except with respect to an Affiliate, any and all options, rights of refusal, improvement allowances and other similar rights granted to Tenant in this Lease, if any, shall not be assignable by Tenant unless expressly authorized in writing by Landlord. Any transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent, shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a material default by Tenant of this Lease. As Additional Rent, Tenant shall promptly (a) pay to Landlord each time it requests a Transfer, a fee in the amount of two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) and (b) reimburse Landlord for actual legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any actual or proposed Transfer.

14.5 Recapture. If the Transfer (i) by itself or taken together with then existing or pending Transfers covers or totals, as the case may be, fifty percent (50%) or more of the rentable square feet of the Premises, or (ii) is for a term which is fifty percent (50%) or more of the period then remaining in the Term of this Lease as of the time of the Proposed Effective Date, then Landlord shall have the right, to be exercised by giving written notice to Tenant, to recapture the Subject Space described in the Tenant’s Notice. If such recapture notice is given, it shall serve to terminate this Lease with respect to the proposed Subject Space, or, if the proposed

 

-9-


Subject Space covers all the Premises, it shall serve to terminate the entire Term of this Lease, in either case, as of the Proposed Effective Date. If this Lease is terminated with respect to less than the entire Premises, Rent and the Letter of Credit shall be adjusted on the basis of the proportion of rentable square feet retained by Tenant to the rentable square feet originally demised and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect.

14.6 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, as Additional Rent, at the same time as the monthly installments of Rent are payable hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium. The term “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent and other consideration actually paid by such Transferee and received by Tenant which either initially or over the term of the Transfer exceeds the Rent or pro rata portion of the Rent, as the case may be, for the Subject Space.

14.7 Waiver. Notwithstanding any Transfer, or any indulgences, waivers or extensions of time granted by Landlord to any Transferee, or failure by Landlord to take action against any Transferee, Tenant agrees that Landlord may, at its option, proceed against Tenant without having taken action against or joined such Transferee, except that Tenant shall have the benefit of any indulgences, waivers and extensions of time granted to any such Transferee.

14.8 Affiliated Companies/Restructuring of Business Organization. A change in control of the Tenant, or the assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of this Lease or the Premises to (i) a parent or subsidiary of Tenant, or (ii) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by or under the common control with Tenant, or (iii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of Tenant, or (iv) any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated, whether or not the Tenant or the other entity is the surviving entity (all such persons or entities described above being sometimes herein referred to as “Affiliates”) shall not be deemed a Transfer under Section 14 (hence, the aforesaid events shall not be subject to obtaining Landlord’s prior consent; and Landlord shall not have any right to receive any Transfer Premium in connection therewith; and Landlord shall not have the recapture rights described in Section 14.5 above), provided in all instances that:

14.8.1 any such Affiliate was not formed as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Section 14;

14.8.2 Tenant give Landlord prior notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate or notice within five (5) days after the effective date of such transfer (provided that in all events, Landlord shall keep all information relating to such transfer confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than (a) Landlord’s financial, legal and space planning consultants, (b) as required to make or defend any Claims, or (c) as required by Law);

14.8.3 the successor of Tenant shall immediately following such Transfer, have a tangible net worth and net assets, in the aggregate, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding goodwill as an asset), which is equal to no less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000);

14.8.4 any such assignment or sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, and such assignee (but not sublessee), other than in the case of an Affiliate resulting from a merger or consolidation as described in Section 14.8(iv) above, shall assume, in a written document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the effective date of such assignment or sublease, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and

14.8.5 Tenant and any guarantor shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, except in the case of an Affiliate resulting from the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant described in Section 14.8(iii) or from a merger or consolidation as described in Section 14.8(iv) above.

15. Subordination

To the fullest extent permitted by law, this Lease, the rights of Tenant under this Lease and Tenant’s leasehold interest shall be subject and subordinate at all times to: (i) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Lot, and (ii) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now or hereafter exist for which the Building, the Lot, ground leases or underlying leases or Landlord’s interest or estate therein is specified as security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord or any such ground lessor, mortgagee, or any beneficiary shall have the right to require this Lease be superior to any such ground leases or underlying leases or any such liens, mortgage or deed of trust. If any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord, provided such successor in interest will not disturb Tenant’s use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises if Tenant is not in material default beyond applicable notice and cure periods of this Lease. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from any mortgagee or beneficiary a nondisturbance agreement in form reasonably acceptable to the parties whereby such mortgagee or beneficiary agrees that Tenant’s possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods; provided, the successor in interest to Landlord following foreclosure, sale or deed in lieu thereof shall not be: (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership except for ongoing failure to fulfill its maintenance and repair obligations under this Lease; (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior lessor; (c) bound by prepayment of more than one (1) month’s Rent; or (d) liable to Tenant for any Security Deposit not actually received by such successor in interest to the extent any portion of such Security Deposit has not already been forfeited by, or refunded to, Tenant. Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for all or any portion of the Security Deposit not forfeited by, or refunded to Tenant, until and unless Landlord transfers such Security Deposit to the successor in interest. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute (and acknowledge if required by Landlord, any lender or ground lessor) and deliver, within ten (10) days after a written demand or request by Landlord and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord, ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground leases or underlying leases or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to any future ground or underlying lease or any future deed of trust or mortgage pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 15 is conditioned upon Landlord delivering to Tenant from the lessor under such future ground or underlying lease or the holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust, a non-disturbance agreement agreeing, among other things, that Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease shall not be disturbed provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods hereunder. Landlord has informed Tenant that, as of the Commencement Date, there will exist no deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Premises or Building.

16. Right of Entry

Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all times during normal business hours, upon reasonable prior notice, but in no event (except in the case of an emergency) less than one (1) business day, solely for purposes of inspection, exhibition, posting of notices, investigation, replacements, repair, maintenance and alteration. It is further agreed that Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means Landlord deems necessary to enter the Premises in an emergency. Landlord shall have the right to place (i) “for rent” or “for lease” signs on the outside of the Premises, the Building and in the Common Areas, but only during the last nine (9) months of the Term, and (ii) “for sale” signs on the outside of the Building and in the Common Areas. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the disruption to Tenant’s business in connection with such entry and to comply with Tenant’s reasonable security measures. Tenant hereby waives any Claim from damages or for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, or any other loss occasioned thereby as a result of Landlord’s entry onto the Premises hereunder, except for any Claim for any of the foregoing arising out of the active gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized representatives.

 

-10-


17. Estoppel Certificate

Tenant shall execute (and acknowledge if required by any lender or ground lessor) and deliver to Landlord, within seven (7) business days after Landlord provides such to Tenant, a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification), the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder or specifying such defaults as are claimed, and such other matters as Landlord may reasonably require. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by Landlord and any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon the Tenant that (a) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord; (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance; and (c) not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

18. Tenant’s Default

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a material default by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease:

18.1 The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, as abandonment is statutorily defined in California Civil Code Section 1951.3 or all similar or successor laws;

18.2 The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent required hereunder within five (5) business days after Landlord’s delivery of written notice to Tenant that said payment is past due; provided , however , that Landlord shall only be required to provide such 5-business day written notice only with respect to the first two instances in any twenty-four (24) month period during the Lease Term that Tenant fails to timely pay all or any portion of Rent and thereafter, Tenant shall be in material default of this Lease if Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent when due. Tenant agrees (i) that any such notice delivered by Landlord shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, serve as the statutorily required notice under applicable law (accordingly, such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1161, et seq. and all similar or successor laws) and (ii) to notice and service of notice as provided for in this Lease;

18.3 Except as otherwise provided in Section 19.4 hereof, the failure by Tenant to observe, perform or comply with any of the conditions, covenants or provisions of this Lease (except failure to make any payment of Rent and/or Additional Rent and any other payment or charge required hereunder) and such failure is not cured within (i) thirty (30) days of the date on which Landlord delivers written notice of such failure to Tenant for all failures other than with respect to (a) Hazardous Materials (defined in Section 27 hereof), (b) Tenant making the repairs, maintenance and replacements required under the provisions of Section 11.1 hereof, or (c) within five (5) business days of the date on which Landlord delivery written notice of such failure to Tenant, the delivery by Tenant of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (an “SNDA”), a counterpart of a fully executed Transfer document and a consent thereto (collectively, the “Transfer Documents”), an estoppel certificate and insurance certificates, (ii) ten (10) days of the date on which Landlord delivers written notice of such failure to Tenant for all failures in any way related to Hazardous Materials or Tenant failing to timely make the repairs, maintenance or replacements required by Section 11.1, and (iii) the time period, if any, specified in the applicable sections of this Lease with respect to subordination, assignment and sublease, estoppel certificates and insurance. However, provided a Chronic Default has not occurred, Tenant shall not be in default of its obligations hereunder if such failure (other than any failure of Tenant to timely and properly make the repairs, maintenance, or replacements required by Section 11.1, or timely deliver an SNDA, the Transfer Documents, an estoppel certificate or insurance certificates, for which no additional cure period shall be given to Tenant) cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) or ten (10) day period, as applicable, and Tenant promptly commences, and thereafter diligently proceeds with same to completion, all actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as is reasonably possible, but in no event shall the completion of such cure be later than sixty (60) days after the date on which Landlord delivers to Tenant written notice of such failure, unless Landlord, acting reasonably and in good faith, otherwise expressly agrees in writing to a longer period of time based upon the circumstances relating to such failure as well as the nature of the failure and the nature of the actions necessary to cure such failure. Any such written notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1161, et seq. and all similar or successor laws; or

18.4 The making of a general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant or the filing of an involuntary petition by any of Tenant’s creditors seeking the rehabilitation, liquidation, or reorganization of Tenant under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other relief of debtors and, in the case of an involuntary action, the failure to remove or discharge the same within sixty (60) days of such filing, the appointment of a receiver or other custodian to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or this leasehold, Tenant’s insolvency or inability to pay Tenant’s debts or failure generally to pay Tenant’s debts when due, any court entering a decree or order directing the winding up or liquidation of Tenant or of substantially all of Tenant’s assets, the cessation or suspension of Tenant’s business operations, or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or this leasehold.

19. Remedies for Tenant’s Default

19.1 Landlord’s Rights . In the event of Tenant’s material default under this Lease which is not cured by Tenant within the applicable cure period provided for in Section 18, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises by any lawful means. Following delivery of written notice by Landlord, this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in such notice and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In addition, whether or not this Lease is terminated, Landlord shall have the right to immediately re-enter the Premises, and if Landlord’s right of re-entry is exercised following Tenant’s abandonment of the Premises, all of Tenant’s Property left on the Premises shall be deemed abandoned. If Landlord relets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant shall immediately be liable to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises or any part thereof, including, without limitation, broker’s commissions, expenses of cleaning, redecorating, and further improving the Premises and other similar costs (collectively, the “Reletting Costs”). All Reletting Costs shall be fully chargeable to Tenant and shall not be prorated or otherwise amortized in relation to any new lease for the Premises or any portion thereof. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining term of this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess rent received by Landlord. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possess the Premises, including without limitation, acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease. At all times Landlord shall have the right to remedy any default of Tenant, to maintain or improve the Premises, to cause a receiver to be appointed to administer the Premises and any new or existing subleases and to add to the Rent payable hereunder all of Landlord’s reasonable costs in so doing, with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law from the date of such expenditure.

19.2 Damages Recoverable . If Tenant breaches this Lease and abandons the Premises before the end of the Term, or if Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession following Tenant’s breach or default under this Lease, then in either such case, Landlord may recover from Tenant all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, the unamortized portion of any brokers or leasing agents commission incurred with respect to the leasing of the Premises to Tenant for the balance of the Term remaining after the date on which Tenant is in default of its obligations

 

-11-


hereunder, and all Reletting Costs, and the worth at the time of the award (computed in accordance with paragraph (3) of Subdivision (a) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code) of the amount by which the Rent then unpaid hereunder for the balance of the Lease Term exceeds the amount of such loss of Rent for the same period which Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided by Landlord and in such case, Landlord prior to the award, may relet the Premises for the purpose of mitigating damages suffered by Landlord because of Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder; provided , however , that even if Tenant abandons the Premises following such breach, this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect for as long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right of possession, and until such termination, Landlord shall have the remedy described in Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations) and may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the Rent from Tenant as it becomes due hereunder. The “worth at the time of the award” within the meaning of Subparagraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. Tenant hereby waives for itself and for all those claiming under Tenant its right to obtain redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179 (or any successor or substitute statute), or under any other present or future law, in the event judgment for possession enters against Tenant or Landlord takes possession of the Premises following any default of Tenant hereunder.

19.3 [Intentionally Deleted]

19.4 Chronic Default. The term “Chronic Default” as used in this Lease shall mean that Tenant has materially defaulted in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease (except failure to pay Rent and any other payment or charge required hereunder) more than three (3) times during any twenty-four (24) month period during the Term, regardless of whether or not Tenant cures any such material default. A Chronic Default is not curable by Tenant. Upon the occurrence of a Chronic Default and at all times thereafter during the balance of the Term, Landlord shall no longer be obligated to provide Tenant written notice of default as set forth in Section 18.3 hereof and Tenant shall no longer be entitled to those cure periods set forth in Section 18.3. Following a Chronic Default, Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect to provide written notice of default to Tenant or grant Tenant a period during which it may cure any such default, however, no such delivery of written notice or grant of a cure period by Landlord shall in any way obligate Landlord to provide Tenant any subsequent written notices of default or cure periods.

19.5 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . The foregoing rights and remedies of Landlord are not exclusive; they are cumulative in addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise, and to any remedies Landlord may have under bankruptcy laws or laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

20. Holding Over

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Term, with the express consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable for the first two (2) months of such holdover, at a monthly rate equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Term under this Lease and thereafter, at a monthly rate equal to the greater of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Term under this Lease and (ii) the fair market rental of the Premises as of the commencement date of such holdover period. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term and provision contained herein. Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in the condition required herein upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 20 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all Claims resulting from such failure, including but not limited to, any Claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

21. Landlord’s Default

Landlord shall not be considered in default of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Landlord hereunder. For purposes hereof, a reasonable time shall in no event be more than thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice specifying the nature of the obligation Landlord has not performed; provided , however , that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days, after receipt of written notice, is reasonably necessary for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default of this Lease if performance of such obligation is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

22. Parking

Tenant shall have exclusive use of the parking spaces specified in the Basic Lease Information. Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to ensure that such spaces are available to Tenant for its use, but Landlord shall not be required to enforce Tenant’s right to use the same. Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives shall not park or permit any parking of vehicles overnight.

23. Transfer of Landlord’s Interest

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Premises, Building and this Lease. Tenant expressly agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be entirely released from all liability under this Lease thereafter accruing and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder accruing after the date of such transfer. Any transferee shall be deemed to have assumed all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder arising or accruing after the date of such transfer. A ground lease or similar long term lease by Landlord of the entire Building or Lot, of which the Premises are a part, shall be deemed a sale within the meaning of this Section 23. Tenant agrees to attorn to such new owner provided such new owner does not disturb Tenant’s use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises so long as Tenant is not in material default of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period.

24. Waiver

No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of either party on any default by the other party shall impair such a right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord after default by Tenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such default, other than a waiver of timely payment for the particular Rent payment involved, and shall not prevent Landlord from maintaining an unlawful detainer or other action based on such default. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Rent and other sums due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rent or other sums due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or other sum or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. No failure, partial exercise or delay on the part of the Landlord or Tenant in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

 

-12-


25. Casualty Damage

25.1 Casualty . If the Premises or any part [excluding any of Tenant’s Property and any Alterations installed by or for the benefit of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant’s FF&E”)] shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty (each, an “Event of Casualty”), Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof to Landlord. Within sixty (60) days after receipt by Landlord of such notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing (each, a “Casualty Notice”), of (i) the dollar amount of any shortfall between the insurance proceeds available to Landlord and the cost of repairing and restoring the Premises due to an Event of Casualty (the “Shortfall Amount”) and (ii) the following time period within which the necessary repairs can reasonably be made, as estimated by Landlord: (a) within one hundred eighty (180) days, or (b) in more than one hundred eighty (180) days, from the date of such notice. For purposes of Section 25.3 below, the Shortfall Amount shall include any deficiency of funds available to Landlord due to the Lender’s (defined below) application of insurance proceeds to any indebtedness on the Property.

25.1.1 Minor Insured Damage . If the Premises (other than Tenant’s FF&E) are damaged only to such extent that repairs, rebuilding and/or restoration can be reasonably completed within one hundred eighty (180) days, this Lease shall not terminate and, provided that insurance proceeds are available and paid to Landlord to fully repair the damage and/or Tenant otherwise voluntarily contributes any shortfall thereof, Landlord shall repair the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the occurrence of such casualty, except Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair, or replace any of Tenant’s FF&E. The Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately from the date and to the extent Tenant vacates the affected portions of the Premises until any and all repairs required herein to be made by Landlord are substantially completed, but such abatement shall (i) only be to the extent of the portion of the Premises which is actually rendered unusable and unfit for occupancy, (ii) only during the time Tenant is not actually using same , and (iii) only be to the extent that Landlord receives rental abatement insurance proceeds therefor.

25.1.2 Major Insured Damage . If the Premises (other than Tenant’s FF&E) are damaged to such extent that repairs, rebuilding and/or restoration cannot be reasonably completed, as reasonably determined by Landlord, within one hundred eighty (180) days, then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Casualty Notice. Subject to the provisions of Section 25.6 below, if either party notifies the other of its intention to so terminate this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate and the Rent shall be abated from the date of the occurrence of such damage, provided Tenant diligently proceeds to and expeditiously vacates the Premises (but, in all events Tenant must vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord by no later than ten (10) business days thereafter or there shall not be any abatement of Rent until Tenant so vacates the Premises). If neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion the repairs to the Premises, provided insurance proceeds are available and paid to Landlord to fully repair the damage or Tenant voluntarily contributes any shortfall thereof (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair, or replace any of Tenant’s FF&E). During the time when Landlord is prosecuting such repairs to substantial completion, the Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately from the date and to the extent Tenant actually vacates the affected portions of the Premises until any and all repairs required herein to be made by Landlord are substantially completed, but such abatement shall (i) only be to the extent of the portion of the Premises which is actually rendered unusable and unfit for occupancy, (ii) only during the time Tenant is not actually using same, and (iii) only be to the extent Landlord receives rental abatement insurance proceeds therefor.

25.1.3 Damage Near End of Term . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease except for the provisions of Section 25.3 below, if the Premises are substantially damaged during the last six (6) months of then applicable term of this Lease, either Landlord or Tenant may, at their option, cancel and terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party of its election to do so within forty-five (45) days after receipt by Landlord of notice from Tenant of the occurrence of such casualty. If either party so elects to terminate this Lease, all rights of Tenant hereunder shall cease and terminate ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt or delivery of such notice, as applicable, and Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and surrender possession thereof to Landlord.

25.2 Deductible and Uninsured Casualty . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the deductible amounts under the insurance policies obtained by Landlord and Tenant under this Lease if the proceeds are used to repair the Premises. If any portion of the Premises is damaged and is not fully covered by the aggregate of insurance proceeds received by Landlord and any applicable deductible, and Tenant does not voluntarily contribute any shortfall thereof, then Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to the other party within thirty (30) days after the date of notice to Tenant of such event, whereupon all rights of Tenant shall cease and terminate ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice, and Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and surrender possession thereof to Landlord.

25.3 Lender’s Rights . If the holder of any indebtedness secured by the Property (the “Lender”) requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then (subject to the provisions of Section 25.6 below) Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the Casualty Notice to Tenant whereupon all rights of Tenant shall cease and terminate ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice, and Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and surrender possession thereof to Landlord.

        25.4 Tenant’s Waiver . Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, injury to the business of Tenant, loss of use of any part of the Premises by Tenant or loss of Tenant’s Property, resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof. With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair, Tenant waives all rights to terminate this Lease or offset any amounts against Rent pursuant to rights accorded Tenant by any law currently existing or hereafter enacted, including without limitation, all rights pursuant to California Civil Code Sections 1932(2.), 1933(4.), 1941 and 1942 and any similar or successor laws.

25.5 Tenant’s Fault . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Premises (other than Tenant’s FF&E) or any portion thereof is damaged by fire or other casualty due to the acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives, Tenant will not have any right to terminate this Lease due to the occurrence of such casualty.

25.6 Tenant’s Payment of the Shortfall Amount . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 25 to the contrary, Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Sections 25.1.2 or 25.3 if within ten (10) days following receipt of the Casualty Notice, Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice of Tenant’s election to pay to Landlord the Shortfall Amount. If Tenant elects to pay the Shortfall Amount, (i) the Shortfall Amount shall be deemed Additional Rent, and Tenant shall deliver the Shortfall Amount to Landlord within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor, (ii) upon receipt of the Shortfall Amount, Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently pursue to completion the repairs to the Premises, and (iii) Rent shall abate in accordance with the provisions of the last sentence of Section 25.1.2 above. Tenant’s failure to give such notice within said 10-day period shall be deemed an election by Tenant to not pay the Shortfall Amount. If Tenant elects (or is deemed to have elected) to not pay the Shortfall Amount, all rights of Tenant under this Section 25.6 to maintain the Lease shall cease and the parties shall proceed pursuant to the provisions of Section 25.1.2 or 25.3, as applicable.

26. Condemnation

If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Premises is condemned by eminent domain, inversely condemned or sold in lieu of condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (“Condemned”), then Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date when physical possession of the Premises is taken and title vests in such condemning authority, and Rent shall be adjusted to the date of termination. Tenant shall not because of such condemnation assert any claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for any compensation because of such condemnation, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate of interest or other interest of Tenant; provided , however , Tenant shall be entitled to make a

 

-13-


separate claim for loss of, or damage to, Tenant’s Property, for damages for cessation or interruption of Tenant’s business, for the unamortized value of any alterations or improvements made to the Premises at Tenant’s expense and for the “bonus value” of this Lease (i.e., the difference between rent payable hereunder and the then fair market value of the Premises) for the balance of the Term, provided any such award(s) is separate from Landlord’s award and does not diminish or otherwise impair the award otherwise payable to Landlord. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to seek compensation for the relocation costs recoverable by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of California Government Code Section 7262. If neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, if necessary, promptly proceed to restore the Premises, to substantially the same condition prior to such partial condemnation, allowing for the reasonable effects of such partial condemnation, and a proportionate allowance shall be made to Tenant, as determined by Landlord, for the Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises of which, Tenant is deprived on account of such partial condemnation and restoration.

27. Environmental Matters/Hazardous Materials

27.1 Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate . Simultaneously herewith, Tenant has delivered to Landlord Tenant’s executed initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “Initial HazMat Certificate”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E . Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information in the Initial HazMat Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Materials which will be made and/or used on the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall, commencing with the date which is one year from the Commencement Date and continuing every year thereafter, deliver to Landlord, an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (“the “HazMat Certificate”), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , describing Tenant’s then present use of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and any other reasonably necessary documents as requested by Landlord.

27.2 Definition of Hazardous Materials . “Hazardous Materials” means (a) any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances, and other pollutants or contaminants, which are or become regulated by any Environmental Laws; (b) petroleum, petroleum by products, gasoline, diesel fuel, crude oil or any fraction thereof; (c) asbestos and asbestos containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls; (e) radioactive materials; (f) lead and lead-containing materials; (g) any other material, waste or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined or become defined by any Environmental Law (defined below); (h) any materials which cause or threatens to cause a nuisance upon or waste to any portion of the Premises or any surrounding property; or (i) any materials which pose or threaten to pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons on the Premises or any surrounding property. For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials” shall not include nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners, office supplies and janitorial supplies which are not actionable under any Environmental Laws.

27.3 Prohibition; Environmental Laws . Except to the extent expressly permitted to be used, stored and handled by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and except for the type and quantities of Hazardous Materials specified in the Initial HazMat Certificate, Tenant shall not be entitled to use, store or handle any Hazardous Materials on, in, or about any portion of the Premises without, in each instance, obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto. If Landlord, in its sole discretion, consents to any such handling, usage or storage, then Tenant shall be permitted to handle, use and/or store only those Hazardous Materials and in such quantities (A) that are necessary for Tenant’s business, (B) to the extent disclosed in the most recent HazMat Certificate, and (C) expressly approved by Landlord in writing. In all events such handling, usage and storage must at all times be in full compliance with any and all applicable local, state and federal environmental, health and/or safety-related laws, statutes, orders, standards, courts’ decisions, ordinances, rules and regulations (as interpreted by judicial and administrative decisions), decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future (collectively, the “Environmental Laws”). To the extent that Tenant is required to obtain Landlord’s consent, Tenant agrees that any changes to the type and/or quantities of Hazardous Materials specified in the most recent HazMat Certificate may be implemented only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not be entitled nor permitted to install any tanks under, on or about the Premises for the storage of Hazardous Materials without the express written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right at all times during the Term to (i) inspect the Premises, (ii) conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with this Section 27 or to determine if Hazardous Materials are present in, on or about the Premises, and (iii) request lists of all Hazardous Materials used, stored or otherwise located on, under or about any portion of the Premises and/or the Common Areas. The cost of all such inspections, tests and investigations (collectively, “Inspections”) shall be borne by Tenant, if Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives are directly or indirectly responsible for any contamination revealed by such Inspections. The aforementioned rights granted herein to Landlord and its representatives shall not create (a) a duty on Landlord’s part to perform Inspections, monitor or otherwise observe the Premises or Tenant’s and Tenant’s Representatives’ activities with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, Tenant’s operation, use and any remediation related thereto, or (b) liability on the part of Landlord and its representatives for Tenant’s handling, use, storage, disposal or remediation of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

        27.4 Tenant’s Environmental Obligations . If required by applicable Laws, Tenant shall post in and about the Premises Proposition 65 notices with respect to the Existing Hazardous Materials (defined below) and prepare and file any required Hazardous Materials Management Plan (the “HMMP”). Tenant shall also (i) inform all of its employees, workers and all persons working in and about the Premises (in particular, all construction workers) of the presence of Existing Hazardous Materials, and (ii) comply with, and cause all Tenant Representatives to comply with, the provisions of any O&M Manual prepared by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to the Premises. However, the O&M Manual shall not unduly restrict Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord copies of the HMMP and all permits and plans and similar documents issued to Tenant or prepared by Tenant with respect to any Hazardous Materials used, stored or handled by Tenant in, on and about the Premises. Tenant shall give to Landlord immediate verbal and follow up written notice of any spills, releases, discharges, disposals, emissions, migrations, removals or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, under or about any portion of the Premises or in any Common Areas (collectively, a “Release”); provided , that Tenant has knowledge of such event(s). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, covenants and warrants to promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore and otherwise remediate (including, without limitation, preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any and all closures) any Release of Hazardous Materials arising from or related to the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives such that the affected portions of the Premises and any adjacent property are returned to the condition existing prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials. Any such investigation, clean up, removal, restoration and other remediation shall only be performed after Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on any portion of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to respond immediately to an emergency without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall conduct and perform, or cause to be conducted and performed, all closures related to its use of Hazardous Materials as required by any Environmental Laws or any agencies or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof. If Tenant fails to so promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore, provide closure or otherwise so remediate a Release of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, take any and all steps necessary to rectify the same and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord, upon written demand, for all costs and expenses to Landlord of performing investigation, clean up, removal, restoration, closure and remediation work. All such work undertaken by Tenant, as required herein, shall be performed in such a manner so as to enable Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises after the satisfactory completion of such work.

27.5 Environmental Indemnity . Tenant shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims (including, without limitation, diminution in

 

-14-


value of any portion of the Premises, damages for the loss of or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space, and from any adverse impact of Landlord’s marketing of any space within the Premises) arising at any time during or after the Term in connection with or related to, directly or indirectly, the use, presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Premises by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives in violation of Laws or this Lease. Neither the written consent of Landlord to the presence, use or storage of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about any portion of the Premises nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Environmental Laws shall excuse Tenant from its obligations of indemnification pursuant hereto. Tenant shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under the provisions of this Section 27.5 due to Landlord’s status as either an “owner” or “operator” under any Environmental Laws.

27.6 Survival . Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Section 27 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Landlord determines that Tenant is in violation of any of the provisions of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, then Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant can surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises existed prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials (except for reasonable wear and tear), including without limitation, performing closures as required by any Environmental Laws. For purposes hereof, the term “reasonable wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Premises in any manner whatsoever related to directly, or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent and will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance.

27.7 Disclosure . Pursuant to the provisions of California Health & Safety Code §25359.7, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant that as of the Lease Date (i) the Lot contains certain Hazardous Materials, as such Hazardous Materials are more particularly described in (a) that certain Results of Baseline Soil and Groundwater Investigation prepared by EKI for the Current Landlord, dated December 14, 2001, (b) that certain Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, dated December 21, 2005, prepared by ENV America, (c) that certain Phase II Environmental Site Assessment, dated December 2005, prepared by ENV America, and (d) that certain Hazardous Materials Report (the “Asbestos Survey”) prepared for ENV America by Winzler & Kelly, dated December 16, 2005 (collectively, the “Environmental Reports”) and (ii) the Building contains asbestos containing materials in the locations and of the type and nature as designated and described in the Asbestos Survey. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, none of the environmental conditions or presence of Hazardous Materials (including any asbestos containing materials) on, in or under the Lot or located in the Building, as described in the Environmental Reports or the Asbestos Survey, as applicable (collectively, the “Existing Hazardous Materials”), have been in any way caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives. Landlord will deliver to Tenant a copy of the Environmental Reports and any Asbestos Survey it obtains with respect to the Premises as soon as practicable after the Lease Date. To the extent required by applicable Laws, Landlord will also prepare and deliver to Tenant an O&M Manual with respect to the asbestos containing materials presently known to exist in the Building as specified in the Asbestos Survey.

27.8 Exculpation of Tenant . Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for nor otherwise obligated to Landlord under any provision of this Lease with respect to the following: (i) any claim, remediation, obligation, investigation, liability, cause of action, attorney’s fees, consultants’ cost, expense or damage resulting from any of the Existing Hazardous Materials or any other Hazardous Materials present in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Lot to the extent not caused nor otherwise permitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or (ii) the removal, investigation, monitoring or remediation of any of the Existing Hazardous Materials or any other Hazardous Materials present in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Lot to the extent not caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives; provided , however , Tenant shall be fully liable for and otherwise obligated to Landlord under the provisions of this Lease for all liabilities, costs, damages, penalties, claims, judgments, expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and experts fees and costs) and losses to the extent (a) Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives exacerbates the conditions caused by such Hazardous Materials or Existing Hazardous Materials, (b) Tenant and/or Tenant’s Representatives allows or permits persons over which Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives has control, and/or for which Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives are legally responsible for, to cause Hazardous Materials to be present in, on, under, through or about any portion of the Premises or the Building or the Lot in violation of Laws, or (c) Tenant and/or any of Tenant’s Representatives does not take all reasonably appropriate actions to prevent such persons over which Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives has control and/or for which Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives are legally responsible from causing the presence of Hazardous Materials in, on, under, through or about any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Lot in violation of Laws and/or the provisions of this Lease.

28. Financial Statements .

Tenant and any permitted Transferee, for the reliance of Landlord, any lender holding or anticipated to acquire a lien upon any portion of the Premises or any prospective purchaser of any portion of the Premises, shall deliver to Landlord the then current audited financial statements of Tenant (including interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available) within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor, but not more often than once annually so long as Tenant is not in material default of this Lease. If audited financial statements have not been prepared, Tenant and any permitted Transferee shall provide Landlord with unaudited financial statements (certified by an authorized representative or officer of Tenant), which reflect the financial condition of Tenant and any permitted Transferee, as applicable. Landlord shall hold such information confidential except Landlord may disclose such information to Landlord’s lenders, attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, prospective purchasers of the Property, or as otherwise required by law or court order.

29. General Provisions

29.1 Time . Time is of the essence in this Lease and with respect to each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor.

29.2 Successors and Assigns . The covenants and conditions herein contained, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

29.3 Recordation . Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof.

29.4 Landlord Exculpation . The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to the amount of the actual interest of Landlord and its present or future partners or members in the Property (including rents due from tenants and insurance, condemnation, and sales proceeds), and Tenant agrees to look solely to the amount of Landlord’s interest in the Building (including rents due from tenants and insurance, condemnation, and sales proceeds) for satisfaction of any liability and shall not look to other assets of Landlord nor seek any recourse against the personal assets of the individual partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, agents or employees of Landlord, including without limitation, any property management company of Landlord (collectively, the “Landlord Parties”). It is the parties’ intention that Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not in any event or circumstance be personally liable, in any manner whatsoever, for any judgment or deficiency hereunder or with respect to this Lease. The liability of Landlord under this Lease is limited to its actual period of ownership of title to the Building.

29.5 Severability and Governing Law . Any provisions of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. This Lease shall be enforced, governed by and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

29.6 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any dispute between the parties results in litigation or other proceeding, the prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the party not prevailing therein for all reasonable costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees and costs incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such litigation or other proceeding, and any appeal thereof. Such costs, expenses and fees shall be included in and made a part of any judgment recovered by the prevailing party.

 

-15-


29.7 Entire Agreement . It is understood and agreed that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease (including all exhibits and addenda) supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith (a) contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, and (b) shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents. This Lease may not be modified, deleted or added to except by a writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease. The parties acknowledge that (i) each party and/or its counsel have reviewed and revised this Lease, and (ii) no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation or enforcement of this Lease or any amendments or exhibits to this Lease or any document executed and delivered by either party in connection with this Lease.

29.8 Warranty of Authority . On the date that Tenant executes this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such documents as Landlord may reasonably request with regard to the lawful existence of Tenant. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant that each person executing this Lease on behalf of such party (i) is duly and validly authorized to do so on behalf of the entity it purports to so bind, and (ii) if such party is a limited liability company, partnership, corporation or trustee, that such limited liability company, partnership, corporation or trustee has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and perform all of its obligations hereunder. Each Party hereby warrants that this Lease is legal, valid and binding upon such party.

29.9 Notices . All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, delivered by a nationally recognized same-day or overnight courier (e.g. FedEx or UPS) or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the Tenant’s Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at Landlord’s Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date that is three (3) business days following the date it is mailed as provided in this Section 29.9, upon the first (1st) business day after delivery to a nationally recognized same-day or overnight courier, or upon the date personal delivery is made.

29.10 Joint and Several . If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, the obligations of all such persons or entities shall be joint and several.

29.11 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the contents of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep and maintain such information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than (a) Tenant’s financial, legal and space planning consultants, (b) as required to make or defend any Claims, or (c) as required by Law. Landlord agrees to hold as confidential any non-public financial or proprietary information disclosed by Tenant in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Lease; provided , however , Landlord may disclose such information to Landlord’s lenders, attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, prospective purchasers of the Property, or as otherwise required by Law or court order.

29.12 Landlord Renovations . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time, at Landlord’s sole option, renovate, improve, develop, alter or modify (collectively, “Renovations”) portions of the Premises, and Common Areas, including without limitation, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same; provided Landlord shall utilize commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the disruption and interference with Tenant’s business and operations at the Premises. In connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Premises, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Premises, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Premises, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility, or for any reason be liable to Tenant, for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s Property, Alterations or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations; provided Landlord shall utilize commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the disruption and interference with Tenant’s business and operations at the Premises.

29.13 Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto shall and they hereby do waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way related to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Building, and/or any claim of injury, loss or damage.

         29.14 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.15 Approvals . Whenever this Lease requires an approval, consent, determination, selection or judgment by either Landlord or Tenant, unless another standard is expressly set forth, such approval, consent, determination, selection or judgment and any conditions imposed thereby shall be reasonable and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In exercising any right or remedy hereunder, each party shall at all times act reasonably and in good faith.

30. Signs.

To the extent in compliance with all applicable Laws, Development Documents and Recorded Matters, all signs and graphics of every kind visible from any Common Area or by the public existing as of the Commencement Date are hereby approved by Landlord. All new signs and graphics of every kind visible from any Common Area or by the public shall be subject to (i) Landlord’s prior written approval and (ii) compliance with all applicable Laws, Development Documents, Recorded Matters, Rules and Regulations, and Landlord’s reasonable sign criteria (“Sign Criteria”) as same may exist from time to time. Tenant shall remove all such signs and graphics prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Such installations and removals shall be made in a manner as to avoid damage or defacement of the Premises. Tenant shall repair any such damage, including without limitation, discoloration caused by such installation or removal. Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to deduct from the Security Deposit such sums as are reasonably necessary to remove such signs and make any repairs necessitated by such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any neon, flashing or moving sign(s) be permitted hereunder. Tenant further agrees to maintain each such sign and graphics, as may be approved, in good condition and repair at all times.

 

-16-


31. Mortgagee Protection

Upon any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant will give written Notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage covering the Premises who has provided Tenant with Notice of their interest together with an address for receiving Notice, and shall offer such beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure. If such default cannot be cured within such time period, then such additional time as may be necessary will be given to such beneficiary or mortgagee to effect such cure so long as such beneficiary or mortgagee has commenced the cure within the original time period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion, in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such cure is being diligently pursued. Tenant agrees that each lender to whom this Lease has been assigned by Landlord is an express third party beneficiary hereof. Except for the Advance Rent, Tenant shall not make any prepayment of Rent more than one (1) month in advance without the prior written consent of each such lender. Tenant waives the collection of any deposit from each such lender or purchaser at a foreclosure sale unless said lender or purchaser shall have actually received and not refunded the deposit. Tenant agrees to make all payments under this Lease to the lender with the most senior encumbrance upon receiving a direction, in writing, to pay said amounts to such lender. Tenant shall comply with such written direction to pay without determining whether an event of default exists under such lender’s loan to Landlord. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Premises, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modification(s) to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided such modifications do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights hereunder, including Tenant’s use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises or materially increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Landlord shall credit Tenant for any payments made to such lender pursuant to such direction.

32. Warranties of Tenant

Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord, for the express benefit of Landlord, that Tenant has undertaken a complete and independent evaluation of the risks inherent in the execution of this Lease and the operation of the Premises for the use permitted hereby, and that, based upon said independent evaluation, Tenant has elected to enter into this Lease and hereby assumes all risks with respect thereto. Tenant further warrants and represents to Landlord, for the express benefit of Landlord, that in entering into this Lease, Tenant has not relied upon any statement, fact, promise or representation (whether express or implied, written or oral) not specifically set forth herein and that any statement, fact, promise or representation (whether express or implied, written or oral) made at any time to Tenant, which is not expressly incorporated herein, is hereby waived by Tenant.

33. Brokerage Commission

Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants for the benefit of the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the Premises and/or the negotiation of this Lease, except for the Broker(s) specified in the Basic Lease Information, and that it knows of no other real estate broker, agent or finder who is or might be entitled to a real estate brokerage commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease or otherwise based upon contacts between the claimant and Tenant. Each party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any and Claims with respect to a fee or commission by any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the Premises and this Lease other than the Broker(s) (if any) resulting from the actions of the indemnifying party. Unless expressly agreed to in writing by Landlord and Broker(s), no real estate brokerage commission or finder’s fee shall be owed to, or otherwise payable to, the Broker(s) for any renewals or other extensions of the initial term of this Lease or for any additional space leased by Tenant other than the Premises as same exists as of the Lease Date. Tenant further represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant will not receive (i) any portion of any brokerage commission or finder’s fee payable to the Broker(s) in connection with this Lease or (ii) any other form of compensation or incentive from the Broker(s) with respect to this Lease.

34. Quiet Enjoyment

Landlord covenants with Tenant, upon the paying of Rent and observing and keeping the covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease on its part to be kept within applicable notice and cure periods in each case, and during the periods that Tenant is not otherwise in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods of this Lease, and subject to the rights of any of Landlord’s lenders, (i) that Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises and Common Areas during the Term, and (ii) neither Landlord, nor any successor or assign of Landlord, shall disturb Tenant’s occupancy or enjoyment of the Premises and Common Areas. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

35. Letter of Credit

         35.1 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has advised Tenant that Pacific Coast Capital Funding, LLC (collectively, with its successors and assigns, “PCCF”), is providing a loan (the “Loan”) to Landlord for Landlord’s acquisition of the Lot, the Building and the Premises. The Loan will be secured by a deed of trust to be recorded against the Lot and the Building, which deed of trust, along with all other documents between PCCF and Landlord concerning the Loan, are collectively referred to as the “Loan Documents”. Tenant further acknowledges that, as required by the Loan Documents, (X) Landlord has assigned to PCCF its rights and interests in and to this Lease and the Rent, as security for repayment of the Loan and (Y) PCCF shall be the named Beneficiary of the Letter of Credit (defined below). Three (3) business days prior to the Anticipated Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (for the benefit of and delivery to PCCF), as collateral for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord and/or PCCF (solely as assignee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease) may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant of this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”), in the form and containing the terms required herein, payable in Santa Clara County, California, running in favor of PCCF issued by a solvent nationally recognized bank or financial institution, under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a National Banking Association, in the amount of Six Hundred Twelve Thousand Dollars ($612,000) (the “LC Amount”). The Letter of Credit shall be (i) at sight and irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) subject to the terms of this Section 35, maintained in effect, whether through replacement, renewal or extension, for the period from the Commencement Date of the Lease and continuing until the date which is thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date of the Lease (the “Letter of Credit Expiration Date”) and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord, for the benefit of PCCF, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by PCCF, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord or PCCF, (iii) subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev) International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, (iv) fully assignable by PCCF and permit partial draws. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit and the bank issuing the same (the “Bank”) shall be acceptable to PCCF, in PCCF’s reasonable discretion, and shall provide, among other things, in effect that: (A) PCCF, or its then authorized agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit upon the presentation to the Bank of PCCF’s (or PCCF’s authorized agent’s) statement that (1) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, (2) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or (3) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Federal Bankruptcy code, it being understood that if PCCF or its authorized agent be a limited liability company, corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by a managing member (if a limited liability company) an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity); (B) the Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank without inquiry as to the accuracy thereof and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement; and (C) in the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building and/or Landlord has unconditionally paid the Loan in full (as applicable), PCCF shall transfer the Letter of Credit (or cause a substitute letter of credit to be delivered, as applicable), to the transferee as directed by Landlord and thereupon Landlord and PCCF shall, without any further

 

-17-


agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to such transferee or successor-in-interest to Landlord, as the case may be.

35.2 Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of PCCF to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any default on the part of Tenant hereunder, and (ii) PCCF provided the Loan to Landlord in material reliance upon the ability of PCCF to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any default on the part of Tenant hereunder. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that if PCCF cannot draw upon the Letter of Credit within the times and in the manner as anticipated by PCCF herein, Landlord and PCCF shall suffer irreparable damage, harm and injury. From time to time during the Term of this Lease it is anticipated by the parties that the Letter of Credit will need to be amended, modified and, possibly reissued. Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and agree to cooperate with one another to promptly effectuate any such commercially reasonable amendments, modifications and new issuances, including without limitation, executing and submitting to the Bank any and all documents or instruments as may be reasonably required to effectuate same. Each and every time during the Term of this Lease there is a change in the identity or address of the parties, including without limitation, any change in the identity of Landlord or PCCF due to (A) the sale, transfer or other conveyance by Landlord of its rights and interests in, to and under this Lease to any other party, person or entity, (B) the payoff or refinance of the Loan by Landlord, or (C) the assignment or transfer by PCCF of its rights and interests in, to and under the Loan, as applicable, the Letter of Credit shall immediately be amended or reissued to reflect such changes and the parties hereby agree to execute and submit to the Bank such further applications, documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate same. It is the intention of the parties that each and every successor and assign of each of Landlord, PCCF and Tenant be bound by and subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 35. PCCF may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, assign all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such assignment is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord or PCCF, as applicable, of its rights and interests in and to this Lease.

35.3 If, as a result of any such application or use of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the LC Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days thereafter, provide Landlord (for PCCF’s benefit) with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total amount of the LC Amount) and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 35, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 18 hereof, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord or PCCF nor any of their respective successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, Landlord (for PCCF’s benefit) will accept a renewal letter of credit or substitute letter of credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the Letter of Credit Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord and PCCF, in their sole discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed or a substitute letter of credit is not timely received, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 35, PCCF shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Section 35, and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by PCCF against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord and/or PCCF (solely as assignee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease) has suffered or that Landlord and/or PCCF (solely as assignee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease) reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds need not be segregated from Landlord’s or PCCF’s other assets. Landlord agrees to cause PCCF to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord or PCCF and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord or PCCF ) solely as assignee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease) (or reasonably estimated by Landlord or PCCF, solely as assignee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, that it will suffer) as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease; provided , however , that if prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, then neither PCCF nor Landlord shall be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed. In the event that PCCF draws upon the Letter of Credit solely due to Tenant’s failure to renew the Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days before its expiration, such failure to renew shall not constitute a default hereunder so long as (i) no other event of default occurs hereunder beyond applicable notice and cure periods and (ii) Tenant renews the Letter of Credit before the actual expiration date of the Letter of Credit. Provided Tenant is not in default of its obligations under this Lease, upon receipt of a replacement Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements hereunder, Landlord or PCCF, as applicable, shall return the cash proceeds of the original Letter of Credit drawn by PCCF minus any amounts necessary to compensate Landlord or PCCF (solely as assignee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease) for any past due Rent, damages, costs, expenses or attorneys’ fees incurred hereunder related to Tenant’s failure to timely replenish the Letter of Credit.

         35.4 If there shall occur a default of this Lease as set forth in Section 18 of this Lease, PCCF may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to the extent required to cure any default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord or PCCF (as applicable and with respect to PCCF, solely as assignee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease) for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which may be sustained by Landlord or PCCF to the extent resulting from Tenant’s default. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to PCCF of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by PCCF of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to PCCF’s right to draw from the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Subject to the provisions of this Section 35, from the Commencement Date through the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that it has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof and that, in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

35.5 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor be (x) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (as supplemented, amended, replaced and substituted from time to time), (y) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7 (as supplemented, amended, replaced and substituted from time to time), or (z) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7 (as supplemented, amended, replaced and substituted from time to time). The parties hereto (a) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 (as supplemented, amended, replaced and substituted from time to time), and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (b) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

35.6 So long as Tenant has not at any time been, or is currently not in default of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods: (i) if at any time following the second (2nd) year of the Term of this Lease, Tenant has three (3) consecutive fiscal quarters of positive net cash flow (as reported in Tenant’s audited annual financial statements as prepared by a certified public accountant), then the face amount of the Letter of Credit shall decline to Three Hundred Six Thousand Dollars ($306,000.00) (the

 

-18-


“Initial LC Reduction”), and (ii) following the Initial LC Reduction, if Tenant has two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters of positive net cash flow in excess of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00) per quarter (as reported in Tenant’s audited annual financial statements as prepared by a certified public accountant), then the face amount of the Letter of Credit shall decline to One Hundred Fifty-three Thousand Dollars ($153,000.00). Such reductions of the face amount of the Letter of Credit shall be effectuated by amending the Letter of Credit and the parties hereby agree to execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate same. In addition to the foregoing, each and every time during the Term of this Lease there is a change in the identity or address of the parties, including without limitation, any change in the identity of (a) Landlord due to the sale, transfer or other conveyance by Landlord of its rights and interests in, to and under this Lease to any other party, person or entity, or (b) Landlord’s lender due to the payoff or refinance of the Loan, or (c) PCCF due to the sale or other conveyance of the Loan by PCCF, the Letter of Credit shall immediately be amended to reflect such changes and the parties hereby agree to execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate same.

36. Right of First Offer

36.1 Grant of Right of First Offer . During the first thirty-six (36) months of the Term only, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer (the “Right of First Offer”) to purchase the Property. Tenant’s Right of First Offer, as granted herein, shall be void if (i) Tenant has been in default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period at any time during the term of this Lease, (ii) on the date of Landlord’s Availability Notice (defined below) Tenant is then in default in the performance of any of its obligations under the Lease, (iii) Tenant has assigned its interest in the Lease, or (iv) the Premises are being subleased at the time that this Right of First Offer is offered.

36.2 Notice of Offer . Provided the above conditions are satisfied, and Landlord desires to sell the Property, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of such desire to sell the Property (“Landlord’s Availability Notice”) and Tenant shall have the right to exercise Tenant’s Right of First Offer. Tenant shall have a period of ten (10) business days following receipt of Landlord’s Availability Notice to submit written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to purchase the Property (the “ROFO Notice”). If Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord the ROFO Notice within the time specified herein, it shall be deemed that (a) Tenant has elected not to offer to purchase the Property; (b) Landlord may thereafter enter into negotiations with any person or entity and/or negotiate and consummate an agreement to sell the Property with any person or entity on any terms and conditions Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall deem desirable; and (c) all rights under this Right of First Offer and the Purchase Option (defined below) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect. Time is of the essence herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, in the event that the Landlord shall receive an offer to purchase all or substantially all of its portfolio, which offer is conditioned on the Premises being included in the assets to be purchased, the Right of First Offer herein contained shall not apply to such offer and Tenant waives its rights hereunder in respect of such sale.

36.3 Purchase Agreement . In the event Tenant exercises this Right of First Offer as herein provided, the parties shall have ten (10) business days after Landlord receives the ROFO Notice from Tenant in which to execute a purchase agreement setting forth the agreed-upon terms; provided, the parties hereby agree that the purchase price for the Property shall be Nine Million Nine Hundred Twenty-six Thousand Dollars ($9,926,000) and the Property shall be conveyed to Tenant on an AS-IS basis on Landlord’s standard form purchase agreement. In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to enter into a purchase and sale agreement within the above-referenced ten (10) business day period, it shall be deemed that (i) Tenant has elected not to purchase the Property; (ii) Landlord may thereafter enter into negotiations with any person or entity and/or negotiate and consummate an agreement to sell the Property with any person or entity on any terms and conditions Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall deem desirable; and (iii) all rights under this Right of First Offer and the Purchase Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

36.4 Assignment . This Right of First Offer is personal to Tenant and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, separate from or as a part of the Lease. Any such attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void and render the Right of First Offer invalid.

37. Option to Purchase

37.1 Grant of Purchase Option . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right and option (the “Purchase Option”) to purchase the Property subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions contained in this Section 37. The purchase price for the Property shall be Nine Million Nine Hundred Twenty-six Thousand Dollars ($9,926,000) and the Property shall be conveyed to Tenant on an AS-IS basis on Landlord’s standard form purchase agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) if Landlord delivers a Landlord’s Availability Notice pursuant to Section 36 above, the Purchase Option shall immediately terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the date of delivery of such Landlord’s Availability Notice, and (ii) if Tenant is in default of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period at any time during the term of this Lease, then the Purchase Option granted herein shall immediately expire, lapse and terminate for all purposes as of the date of the occurrence of such uncured default and thereafter shall be of no further force or effect.

        37.2 Term of Purchase Option . The term of the Purchase Option (the “Purchase Option Term”) shall be for a period of twelve (12) months, commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) month of the Term of this Lease and ending on the last day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month of the Term of this Lease. Unless timely and properly exercised as provided herein, the Purchase Option shall expire, lapse and terminate for all purposes at the end of the Purchase Option Term and thereafter shall be of no further force or effect.

37.3 Exercise of Purchase Option . Tenant shall exercise the Purchase Option, if at all, by (i) delivering written notice to Landlord during the Purchase Option Term (the “Purchase Notice”). In the event Tenant properly and timely exercises the Purchase Option as herein provided, the parties shall have ten (10) business days after Landlord receives the Purchase Notice from Tenant in which to execute a purchase agreement setting forth the agreed-upon terms. If the parties fail to execute and deliver such purchase agreement within said ten (10) business day period, the Purchase Option shall immediately expire and be of no further force or effect.

37.4 Assignment . The Purchase Option is personal to Tenant and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any party or entity, separate from or as part of the Lease. Any such attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void and render the Purchase Option invalid.

///continued on next page///

 

-19-


///continued from previous page///

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease is executed by the parties as of the Lease Date specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

LANDLORD:

LEGACY PARTNERS I SUNNYVALE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   LEGACY PARTNERS COMMERCIAL, L.P.,
  a California limited partnership,
  as Property Manager and Agent for Landlord
  By:   LEGACY PARTNERS COMMERCIAL, INC.,
    General Partner
    By:  

/s/ Debra Smith

      Debra Smith
    Its:   Executive Vice President
Date: January 11, 2006

 

TENANT:

Infinera Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ W. R. Zerella

Name:   W. R. Zerella
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
By:  

/s/ Michael O. McCarthy

Name:   Michael O. McCarthy
Title:   VP, General Counsel and Secretary

If Tenant is a CORPORATION , the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the president or vice-president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

-20-


Exhibit A

Legal Description of the Premises

This exhibit, entitled “Legal Description of the Premises”, is and shall constitute Exhibit A to that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as of December 20, 2005 (the “Lease”), by and between Legacy Partners I Sunnyvale, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for the leasing of certain premises located at 1320 - 1322 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”).

The Premises consist of the rentable square footage of space specified in the Basic Lease Information and has the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises are a part of and are contained in the Building specified in the Basic Lease Information.

[Graphic Omitted]

 

Exhibit A, Page 1


Exhibit C

Rules and Regulations

This exhibit, entitled “Rules & Regulations”, is and shall constitute Exhibit C to that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as of December 20, 2005 (the “Lease”), by and between Legacy Partners I Sunnyvale, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), for the leasing of certain premises located at 1320 - 1322 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”). The terms, conditions and provisions of this Exhibit C are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.

1 . Subject to Section 30 of the Lease, no advertisement, picture or sign of any sort shall be displayed on or outside the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such unapproved item without Notice and at Tenant’s expense.

2 . Tenant shall park motor vehicles in those general parking areas, as designated by Landlord, except for loading and unloading. Tenant shall not regularly park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.

3 . Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the prior written consent of Landlord.

4 . Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord.

5. Except to the extent compatible with the Permitted Uses, or as disclosed in the Initial HazMat Certificate, and subject to Section 27 of the Lease, Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials in or around the Premises or the Building.

6 . No person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission, except as required to conduct maintenance and repairs.

7 . Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that all goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises shall be immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight. Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods, merchandise, pallet ors equipment of any sort outside of the Premises or Building. No displays or sales of merchandise are allowed in the parking lots or other portions of the Common Areas.

8 . Tractor trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the auto parking areas of the Property or on streets adjacent thereto.

9 . Forklifts which operate on asphalt paving areas shall not have solid rubber tires and shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.

10 . Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All such trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles and stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord.

11 . Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in the Premises, Building, Common Areas or the Property.

12 . Tenant shall not permit (i) any motor vehicles to be washed in any portion of the Premises or Common Areas, and (ii) any mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed in any portion of the Premises or Common Areas.

 

Exhibit C, Page 1


Exhibit D

Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions

See Attached

 

Exhibit D, Page 1


SO 354157 EMW

APN 110-26-2

Arb 1 ORS 224

When recorded return to:

The Prudential Insurance Co. of America

Mr. Lee Cashion

555 California St. - Suite 2400

San Francisco, CA 94104

DECLARATION OF PROTECTIVE COVENANTS

MOFFETT INDUSTRIAL PARK NO. 2

THIS DECLARATION, made this 31st day of August, 1973, by THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA (hereinafter called Prudential), a New Jersey corporation,

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS Prudential is the owner of that certain real property located in the City of Sunnyvale, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described in Exhibit “A” (hereinafter called Moffett Industrial Park No. 2), and

WHEREAS Prudential proposes to subdivide Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 and to subject it to the following restrictions:

NOW, THEREFORE, Prudential hereby declares that Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 is and shall be held, conveyed, encumbered, leased and used subject to the following uniform restrictions, covenants and equitable servitudes in furtherance of a plan for the subdivision, improvement and sale thereof and to enhance the value, desirability and attractiveness of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2, the restrictions set forth herein shall run with the real property included within Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 shall be binding upon all persons having or acquiring any interest in such real property or any part thereof, shall inure to the benefit of every portion of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 and any interest therein and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each successor in interest of Prudential and may be enforced by Prudential or its successors in interest or by any Owner (as defined in Article 1 below) or his successors in interest.

 

I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

  A. Definitions.

 

  1. “Architectural Control Committee” means Prudential, or any committee which Prudential may appoint by an appropriate instrument recorded with the Santa Clara County Recorder.

 

  2. “Lot” means each lot shown on the parcel or subdivision map, or maps for Moffett Industrial Park No. 2.

 

  3. “Site” means a parcel consisting either of a Lot, a portion of a Lot, contiguous Lots, or portions of contiguous Lots.

 

  4. “Improvements” means all improvements to a Site including, but without limitation, buildings loading areas, trackage, parking areas, pavement, poles, fences, landscaping, signs and structures of any type.

 

  5. “Building” means the main portion of any building or similar structure and all projections or extensions thereof, including garages, outside platforms and docks.

 

  6. “Owner” means the person or persons, partnership or corporation in whom title to a Site is vested, as shown by the official records of the Office of the County Recorder of Santa Clara County, “Owner” does not mean mortgagees, trustees and beneficiaries of deeds of trust or holders of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed or trust.

 

  B. Purposes of Restrictions.

The purpose of these covenants, conditions and restrictions is to insure proper development and use of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2, to protect the Owner of each Site against such improper development and use of other Sites as will depreciate the value of his Site, to prevent the erection of structures of unsuitable


on inharmonious design or construction, to secure and maintain sufficient setbacks from streets and between structures, to maintain Common Landscaping (as defined in Article V) and in general to provide for a high quality of improvement of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 in accordance with a general plan.

 

II. REGULATION OF IMPROVEMENTS.

 

  A. Minimum Setback Lines .

No Improvement shall be constructed upon any Site within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way line of any public street. No Improvement other than landscaping, paving and fences shall be constructed upon any Site within twenty (20) feet of any other Site. The Architectural Control Committee may approve lesser setback lines if in its opinion a variation would be compatible with the general development of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2.

 

  B. Ground Coverage .

No more than forty-five per cent (45%) of the surface of any Site shall be covered with a Building or Buildings.

 

  C. Construction Operations .

Construction of all Improvements shall be expedited so that none shall remain in a partially finished condition any longer than reasonably necessary for the completion thereof.

 

  D. Excavation .

No excavation shall be made on, and no sand, gravel or soil shall be removed from, any Site, except in connection with the construction of Improvements, and upon completion thereof, exposed openings shall be backfilled, and disturbed ground shall be graded, leveled and paved or landscaped.

 

  E. Landscaping .

Within ninety (90) days of the occupancy or completion of any Building on a Site, whichever occurs first, such Site shall be landscaped in accordance with plans approved by the Architectural Control Committee. The Owner of the Site shall maintain such landscaping in good order and condition.

 

  F. Signs .

No billboard or advertising signs shall be permitted on any Site other than those approved by the Architectural Control Committee which identify the name, business and products of the person or firm occupying the Site or offer the Site for sale or lease.

 

  G. Parking Areas .

Each Site shall have facilities for parking sufficient to serve the business conducted thereon without using adjacent streets thereof, and no use shall be made of any Site which would require parking in excess of the parking spaces on the Site. In any event, the number and size of the parking spaces on each Site shall conform with all ordinances of the City of Sunnyvale applicable with respect thereto. Parking areas shall be laid out and constructed according to plans approved by the Architectural Control Committee and shall be maintained thereafter in good condition. Except with the approval of the Architectural Control Committee no parking shall be permitted within fifty (50) feet of the right-of-way line of any street or between any Building and any street.

 

  H. Loading Areas .

All vehicle loading and unloading in connection with an Owner’s business shall be conducted upon his Site, and sufficient space shall be provided therefor. Loading Areas shall be screened from view from streets and adjoining properties by a visual barrier not less than six (6) feet in height. Except with the prior written approval of the Architectural Control Committee, loading areas shall not be located between any Building and any street or any closer than seventy-five (75) feet to the right-of-way line of any street.

 

-2-


  I. Storage Areas .

No materials, supplies, equipment or trash containers shall be stored on a Site except inside a Building or behind a visual barrier not less than six (6) feet in height or rising two (2) feet above the stored materials, supplies or equipment, whichever is higher, screening such storage areas from view from streets and adjoining Sites. Except with the prior written approval of the Architectural Control Committee, storage areas shall not be located between any Building and any Street.

 

  J. Building Regulations .

All Buildings shall be constructed and maintained in accordance with the following standards unless an exception is approved in writting by the Architectural Control Committee:

 

  1. Exterior walls shall be of masonry, concrete or approved equal material.

 

  2. Exterior walls shall be painted or otherwise finished in a manner acceptable to the Architectural Control Committee. Exterior walls shall not be repainted or refinished unless and until the Architectural Control Committee shall have approved the color or refinishing materials to be used.

 

  3. All Buildings shall be maintained in good order and repair and condition. All exterior painted surfaces shall be maintained in first-class condition and shall be repainted at least once every five (5) years.

 

  4. All electrical, telephone and other utility lines shall be underground and shall not be exposed on the exterior of any Building.

 

  5. All electrical and mechanical apparatus, equipment, fixtures (other than lighting fixtures) conduit, ducts, vents, flues and pipes located on the exterior of any Building shall be concealed from view and shall be architecturally treated in a manner acceptable to the Architectural Control Committee.

 

III. APPROVAL OF PLANS.

No Improvement shall be erected, placed, altered, maintained or permitted to remain on any Site until plans and specifications showing plot layout and all exterior elevations, with materials and colors therefor and structural design, signs and landscaping shall have been submitted to and approved in writing by the Architectural Control Committee. Such plans and specifications shall be submitted in writing over the signature of the Owner of the Site or his authorized agent. Approval shall be based, among other things, on adequacy of Site dimensions; adquacy of structural design; effect of location and use of improvements on neighboring Sites; improvements, operations, and uses; relation of topography, grade, and finished ground elevation of the Site being improved to that of neighboring Sites; proper facing of main elevation with respect to nearby streets; and conformity of the plans and specifications to the purpose and general plan and intent of this Declaration. The Architectural Control Committee shall not arbitrarily or unreasonably withhold its approval of such plans and specifications. If the Architectural Control Committee fails either to approve or disapprove such plans and specifications within thirty (30) days after the same have been submitted to it, it shall be conclusively presumed that the Architectural Control Committee has approved said plans and specifications, subject, however, to the restrictions contained in Articles II and IV hereof.

Neither the Architectural Control Committee nor its successors or assigns shall be liable in damages to anyone submitting plans to them for approval, or to any Owner by reason of mistake in judgment, negligence, or nonfeasance arising out of or in connection with the approval or disapproval or failure to approve any such plans. Every person Who submits plans to the Architectural Control Committee for approval agrees, by submission of such plans, and every Owner agrees, by acquiring title to a Site, that he will not bring any action or suit against the Architectural Control Committee to recover any such damages.

 

-3-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, after the expiration of one (1) year from the date of issuance of a building permit by municipal or other governmental authority for any Improvement, said Improvement shall, in favor of purchasers and encumbrances in good faith and for value, be deemed to be in compliance with all provisions of this Article III, unless actual notice of such noncompliance or noncompletion, executed by the Architectural Control Committee, shall appear of record in the Office of the Recorder of Santa Clara County, California, or unless legal proceedings shall have been instituted to enforce compliance or completion.

 

IV. REGULATION OF OPERATIONS AND USES.

 

  A. Permitted Operations and Uses .

Except as provided in paragraphs B and C below, any industrial use will be permitted on a Site including, but without limitation, manufacturing, processing, storage, wholesale, office, laboratory, professional and research and development. Such retail uses as may be required for the convenience of Owners and their employees shall be permitted and such retail uses may include, but without limitation, restaurants, drug stores, barber and beauty shops, shoe repair shops, cleaners, motels, post offices, banks and automobile service stations. Such municipal, governmental and public utility uses as may be necessary or appropriate shall be permitted.

 

  B. Prohibited Operations and Uses .

No Site shall be used as a junk yard, stock yard, or slaughter yard or for commercial excavation of building or construction materials, fat rendering or distillation of bones, dumping, disposal, incineration or reduction of garbage, sewage, offal, dead animals or refuse, or the smelting of iron, tin, zinc or other ores or the prospecting or drilling for natural gas, oil or like substances, except with the prior written permission of the Architectural Control Committee, and then only in such manner as will not materially inconvenience other Owners, or materially depreciate the value of adjacent property.

 

  C. Nuisance .

No noxious or offensive activity shall be carried on nor shall anything be done on any Site which may be or become an annoyance or nuisance to the Owners or occupants of other Sites or which will be offensive by reason of odor, fumes, dust, dirt, fly-ash, smoke, noise, glare or which will be hazardous by reason of danger of fire or explosion.

 

V. COMMON LANDSCAPING.

The Owner of each Site shall maintain landscaping existing thereon at the time of purchase (“Common Landscaping”) in a condition that meets the approval of the Architectural Control Committee. In the event that the Owner of any Site does not maintain Common Landscaping in such condition or the landscaping described in Article II E as therein provided, Prudential or its agents shall have the right to maintain such landscaping in such condition. Prudential or its agents shall have the right at any reasonable time to enter into any Site for the purpose of such maintenance and for such other purposes as are reasonably related thereto. Prudential shall use due diligence and reasonable care in repairing, maintaining and installing Common Landscaping to see that such repair, maintenance and installation does not interfere with the Owner’s use of its Site. In the event that Prudential or its agents should undertake any such maintenance on any such Site, the Owner therof shall reimburse Prudential for all of Prudential’s costs incurred in such maintenance. In any legal proceeding brought by Prudential to recover such costs, the Owner shall be obligated to pay for the costs and expenses of such proceeding, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

IV. ENFORCEMENT.

 

  A. Interpretation .

In case of uncertainty as to the meaning of any article, section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase or word of this Declaration the interpretation of Prudential shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all interested parties.

 

-4-


  B. Abatement and Suit .

Violation or breach of any restriction herein contained shall give to Prudential and every Owner the right to enter the property upon or as to which said violation or breach exists and to summarily abate and remove at the expense of the Owner thereof, any structure, thing or condition that may be or exist thereon contrary to the intent and meaning of the provisions hereof, or to prosecute a proceeding at law or in equity against the person or persons who have violated or are attempting to violate any of these restrictions to enjoin or prevent them from doing so, to cause said violation to be remedied or to recover damages for said violation.

In any legal or equitable proceeding for the enforcement of this Declaration the losing party or parties shall pay the attorneys’ fees of the prevailing party or parties, in such amount as may be fixed by the court in such proceedings. All remedies provided herein or at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

 

  C. Inspection.

Prudential may from time to time at any reasonable hour or hours, enter and inspect any property subject to these restrictions to ascertain compliance therewith.

 

  D. Failure to Enforce Not a Waiver of Rights .

Except as provided in the last paragraph of Article III hereof, the failure of Prudential or any Owner to enforce any restriction contained herein shall in no event be deemed to be a waiver of the right to do so thereafter nor of the right to enforce any other restriction contained herein.

 

VII. EXTINGUISHMENT, CONTINUATION AND MODIFICATION.

This Declaration, every provision hereof and every covenant, condition and restriction contained herein shall continue in full force and effect for a period of forty (40) years from the date hereof; provided, however, that this Declaration, or any provision hereof, or any covenant, condition or restriction contained herein, may be terminated, extended, modified, or amended with the written consent of the Owners of sixty-five per cent (65%) of the land in Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 (exclusive of portions thereof now or hereafter dedicated to public use); provided, further, that so long as Prudential owns at least twenty per cent (20%) of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2, no such termination, extension, modification or amendment shall be effective without the written consent of Prudential. No such termination, extension, modification or amendment shall be effective until a proper instrument in writing has been executed and acknowledged and recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Santa Clara County, California.

 

VIII. MOFFETT INDUSTRIAL PARK NO. 2 OWNERS ASSOCIATION.

 

  A. Membership .

Each Owner shall be a member of the Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 Owners Association, an unincorporated association (hereinafter called the “Association”).

 

  B. Transfer of Rights and Duties .

The rights and duties of Prudential under this Declaration shall be transferred to any automatically assumed by the Association upon the earliest of the following to occur:

 

  1. The sale of ninety per cent (90%) of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2 by Prudential to Owners as evidenced by the official records of the Santa Clara County Recorder; or

 

  2. The recordation by Prudential of an appropriate instrument with the Santa Clara County Recorder transferring the rights and duties of Prudential under this Declaration to the Association.

 

-5-


  C. Organization.

The members of the Association may at any time meet and adopt by-laws or rules of procedure to govern the operation of the Association. Until such by-laws or rules of procedure are adopted, meetings of the Association may be called by any member thereof upon seven (7) days’ written notice to each member setting forth the time and place thereof, provided that notice may be waived in writing at any time by any member or members not so notified; twenty-five per cent (25%) of the members of the Association shall constitute a quorum; and the Association may act by a vote of a majority of its members present at a meeting, duly called, at which a quorum is present or without a meeting by unanimous written consent of its members.

 

IX. ASSIGNABILITY OF PRUDENTIAL’S RIGHTS AND DUTIES.

Any and all of the rights, powers and reservations of Prudential herein contained may be assigned to any person, corporation or entity which assumes in writing the duties of Prudential pertaining to the particular rights, powers and reservations assigned, and thereafter to the extent of such assignment, such person, corporation or entity shall have the same rights and powers and be subject to the same obligations and duties as are herein given to and assumed by Prudential.

 

X. CONSTRUCTIVE NOTICE AND ACCEPTANCE.

Every Owner is and shall be conclusively deemed to have consented and agreed to every covenant, condition and restriction contained herein, whether or not any reference to this Declaration is contained in the instrument by which such Owner acquired an interest in any portion of Moffett Industrial Park No. 2.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Prudential, the declarant herein, has caused its name to be hereunto subscribed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
By  

/s/ Terry P. Nover

  Terry P. Nover, Assistant Resident Attorney

 

-6-


EXHIBIT “A”

DESCRIPTION

THE LAND REFERRED TO IN THIS REPORT IS SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, CITY OF SUNNYVALE, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

ALL THAT CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY IN THE CITY OF SUNNYVALE, COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

ALL OF PARCEL A AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, “PARCEL MAP FOR GUY F. ATKINSON COMPANY, BEING A PORTION OF RANCHO PASTORIA DE LOS BORREGAS, CROSSMAN SUB. NO. 2, T. J. MURPHY SUB. NO. 3”, WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON JANUARY 6, 1970 IN BOOK 263 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 20.


Exhibit E

Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. Initially, the information provided by you in this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is necessary for the Landlord (identified below) to evaluate and finalize a lease agreement with you as Tenant. After a lease agreement is signed by you and the Landlord (the “Lease Agreement”), on an annual basis in accordance with the provisions of Section 27 of the signed Lease Agreement, you are to provide an update to the information initially provided by you in this certificate. The information contained in the initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate and each annual certificate provided by you thereafter will be maintained in confidentiality by Landlord subject to release and disclosure as required by (i) any lenders and owners and their respective environmental consultants, (ii) any prospective purchaser(s) of all or any portion of the property on which the Premises are located, (iii) Landlord to defend itself or its lenders, partners or representatives against any claim or demand, and (iv) any laws, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, or ordinances, including, without limitation, court orders or subpoenas. Any and all capitalized terms used herein, which are not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in the signed Lease Agreement. Any questions regarding this certificate should be directed to, and when completed, the certificate should be delivered to:

 

Landlord:    Legacy Partners I Sunnyvale, LLC
   c/o Legacy Partners Commercial, Inc.
   4000 East Third Avenue, Suite 600
   Foster City, California 94404-4805
   Attn:                             
   Phone: (650) 571-2200

 

Name of (Prospective) Tenant:                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Mailing Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

Contact Person, Title and Telephone Number(s):                                                                                                                                                                         

Contact Person for Hazardous Waste Materials Management and Manifests and Telephone Number(s):

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

Address of (Prospective) Premises:                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Length of (Prospective) Initial Term:                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

1. General Information:

Describe the initial proposed operations to take place in, on, or about the Premises, including, without limitation, principal products processed, manufactured or assembled services and activities to be provided or otherwise conducted. Existing Tenants should describe any proposed changes to on-going operations.

 

2. Use, Storage and Disposal of Hazardous Materials

 

  2.1 Will any Hazardous Materials be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises? Existing Tenants should describe any Hazardous Materials which continue to be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises.

 

Wastes

   Yes   ¨   No   ¨     

Chemical Products

   Yes   ¨   No   ¨     

Other

   Yes   ¨   No   ¨     

 

If yes, please explain:  

 

 

 

 

  2.2 If “Yes” is marked in Section 2.1, attach a list of any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises, including the applicable hazard class and an estimate of the quantities of such Hazardous Materials at any given time; estimated annual throughput; the proposed location(s) and method of storage (excluding nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners and janitorial supplies which are not regulated by any Environmental Laws); and the proposed location(s) and method of disposal for each Hazardous Material, including, the estimated frequency, and the proposed contractors or subcontractors. Existing Tenants should attach a list setting forth the information requested above and such list should include actual data from on-going operations and the identification of any variations in such information from the prior year’s certificate.

 

3. Storage Tanks and Sumps

 

  3.1 Is any above or below ground storage of gasoline, diesel, petroleum, or other Hazardous Materials in tanks or sumps proposed in, on or about the Premises? Existing Tenants should describe any such actual or proposed activities.

 

Yes   ¨    No   ¨   

 

If yes, please explain:  

 

 

 

 

4. Waste Management

 

  4.1 Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number? Existing Tenants should describe any additional identification numbers issued since the previous certificate.

 

Yes   ¨    No   ¨   

 

  4.2 Has your company filed a biennial or quarterly reports as a hazardous waste generator? Existing Tenants should describe any new reports filed.

 

Yes   ¨    No   ¨   

If yes, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.

 

Exhibit E, Page 1


5. Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

 

  5.1 Will your company discharge wastewater or other wastes to:

             storm drain?                    sewer?

             surface water?                  no wastewater or other wastes discharged.

Existing Tenants should indicate any actual discharges. If so, describe the nature of any proposed or actual discharge(s).

 

 

  5.2 Will any such wastewater or waste be treated before discharge?

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

If yes, describe the type of treatment proposed to be conducted. Existing Tenants should describe the actual treatment conducted.                                                                                                                                                                        

 

 

6. Air Discharges

 

  6.1 Do you plan for any air filtration systems or stacks to be used in your company’s operations in, on or about the Premises that will discharge into the air; and will such air emissions be monitored? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not there are any such air filtration systems or stacks in use in, on or about the Premises which discharge into the air and whether such air emissions are being monitored.

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

 

If yes, please describe:  

 

 

 

 

  6.2 Do you propose to operate any of the following types of equipment, or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit? Existing Tenants should specify any such equipment being operated in, on or about the Premises.

             Spray booth(s)                    Incinerator(s)

             Dip tank(s)                          Other (Please describe)

             Drying oven(s)                    No Equipment Requiring Air Permits

 

If yes, please describe:  

 

 

 

 

7. Hazardous Materials Disclosures

 

  7.1 Has your company prepared or will it be required to prepare a Hazardous Materials management plan (“Management Plan”) pursuant to Fire Department or other governmental or regulatory agencies’ requirements? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not a Management Plan is required and has been prepared.

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

If yes, attach a copy of the Management Plan. Existing Tenants should attach a copy of any required updates to the Management Plan.

 

  7.2 Are any of the Hazardous Materials, and in particular chemicals, proposed to be used in your operations in, on or about the Premises regulated under Proposition 65? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not there are any new Hazardous Materials being so used which are regulated under Proposition 65.

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

 

If yes, please explain:  

 

 

 

 

8. Enforcement Actions and Complaints

 

  8.1 With respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws, has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees or has your company received requests for information, notice or demand letters, or any other inquiries regarding its operations? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not any such actions, orders or decrees have been, or are in the process of being, undertaken or if any such requests have been received.

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

 

If yes, describe the actions, orders or decrees and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions, orders or decrees and also describe any requests, notices or demands, and attach a copy of all such documents. Existing Tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new actions, orders, decrees, requests, notices or demands not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 27 of the signed Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

 

  8.2 Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against your company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?

Yes   ¨     No   ¨

If yes, describe any such lawsuits and attach copies of the cross-complaint(s), pleadings and all other documents related thereto as requested by Landlord. Existing Tenants should describe and attach a copy of any

 

Exhibit E, Page 2


new complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other related documents not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 27 of the signed Lease Agreement.                                                                  

 

 

 

  8.3 Have there been any problems or complaints from adjacent Tenants, owners or other neighbors at your company’s current facility with regard to environmental or health and safety concerns? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not there have been any such problems or complaints from adjacent Tenants, owners or other neighbors at, about or near the Premises.

 

Yes   ¨    No   ¨   

 

If yes, please describe. Existing Tenants should describe any such problems or complaints not already disclosed to Landlord under the provisions of the signed Lease Agreement.                                                                             

 

 

 

9. Permits and Licenses

 

  9.1 Attach copies of all Hazardous Materials permits and licenses including a Transporter Permit number issued to your company with respect to its proposed operations in, on or about the Premises, including, without limitation, any wastewater discharge permits, air emissions permits, and use permits or approvals. Existing Tenants should attach copies of any new permits and licenses as well as any renewals of permits or licenses previously issued.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that (A) this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered in connection with, and as required by, Landlord in connection with the evaluation and finalization of a Lease Agreement and will be attached thereto as an exhibit; (B) that this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered in accordance with, and as required by, the provisions of Section 27 of the Lease Agreement; and (C) that Tenant shall have and retain full and complete responsibility and liability with respect to any of the Hazardous Materials disclosed in the HazMat Certificate notwithstanding Landlord’s/Tenant’s receipt and/or approval of such certificate. Tenant further agrees that none of the following described acts or events shall be construed or otherwise interpreted as either (a) excusing, diminishing or otherwise limiting Tenant from the requirement to fully and faithfully perform its obligations under the Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, Tenant’s indemnification of the Indemnitees and compliance with all Environmental Laws, or (b) imposing upon Landlord, directly or indirectly, any duty or liability with respect to any such Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, any duty on Landlord to investigate or otherwise verify the accuracy of the representations and statements made therein or to ensure that Tenant is in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (i) the delivery of such certificate to Landlord and/or Landlord’s acceptance of such certificate, (ii) Landlord’s review and approval of such certificate, (iii) Landlord’s failure to obtain such certificate from Tenant at any time, or (iv) Landlord’s actual or constructive knowledge of the types and quantities of Hazardous Materials being used, stored, generated, disposed of or transported on or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Landlord and its partners, lenders and representatives may, and will, rely upon the statements, representations, warranties, and certifications made herein and the truthfulness thereof in entering into the Lease Agreement and the continuance thereof throughout the term, and any renewals thereof, of the Lease Agreement.

I (print name)                                          , acting with full authority to bind the (proposed) Tenant and on behalf of the (proposed) Tenant, certify, represent and warrant that the information contained in this certificate is true and correct.

(Prospective) Tenant:

 

By:

   
Title:    
Date:    

 

Exhibit E, Page 3


Exhibit F

Change of Commencement Date—Example

This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into to be effective as of                      by and between Legacy Partners I Sunnyvale, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Infinera Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

Recitals

A. Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as of December 20, 2005 (the “Lease”), for the leasing of certain premises containing approximately 56,720 rentable square feet of space located at 1320—1322 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”) as such Premises are more fully described in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant wish to amend the Commencement Date of the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals : Landlord and Tenant agree that the above recitals are true and correct.

2. The Commencement Date of the Lease shall be                     .

3. The last day of the Term of the Lease (the “Expiration Date”) shall be                     .

4. The dates on which the Base Rent will be adjusted are:

for the period                      to                      the monthly Base Rent shall be $              ;

for the period                      to                      the monthly Base Rent shall be $              ; and

for the period                      to                      the monthly Base Rent shall be $              .

5. Effect of Amendment : Except as modified herein, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and continue in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail.

6. Definitions : Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

7. Authority : Subject to the provisions of the Lease, this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Each party hereto and the persons signing below warrant that the person signing below on such party’s behalf is authorized to do so and to bind such party to the terms of this Amendment.

8. The terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby incorporated in this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

LEGACY PARTNERS I SUNNYVALE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   LEGACY PARTNERS COMMERCIAL, L.P.,
 

a California limited partnership,

as Property Manager and Agent for Landlord

  By:   LEGACY PARTNERS COMMERCIAL, INC.,
    General Partner
    By:  

 

      Debra Smith
    Its:   Executive Vice President

Date:                      , 200   

 

TENANT:

Infinera Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit F, Page 1


First Amendment to Lease Agreement

Change of Commencement Date

This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into to be effective as of February 2, 2006, by and between LEGACY PARTNERS I SUNNYVALE, LLC, a delaware limited liability company (“landlord”), and INFINERA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

Recitals

A. Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated December 20, 2005 (the “Lease”), for the leasing of certain premises containing approximately 56,720 rentable square feet of space located at 1320-1322 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”) as such Premises are more fully described in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant wish to establish the Commencement Date of the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals : Landlord and Tenant agree that the above recitals are true and correct.

2. The Commencement Date of the Lease shall be January 24, 2006.

3. The last day of the Term of the Lease (the “Expiration Date”) shall be January 23, 2013.

4. The dates on which the Base Rent will be adjusted are:

for the period 1/24/06 to 7/23/06 the monthly Base Rent shall be $2,268.80;

for the period 7/24/06 to 1/23/07 the monthly Base Rent shall be $30,628.80;

for the period 1/24/07 to 1/23/08 the monthly Base Rent shall be $51,615.20;

for the period 1/24/08 to 1/23/09 the monthly Base Rent shall be $73,168.80;

for the period 1/24/09 to 1/23/10 the monthly Base Rent shall be $75,437.60;

for the period 1/24/10 to 1/23/11 the monthly Base Rent shall be $77,706.40;

for the period 1/24/11 to 1/23/12 the monthly Base Rent shall be $79,975.20; and

for the period 1/24/12 to 1/23/13 the monthly Base Rent shall be $82,244.00.

5. Effect of Amendment : Except as modified herein, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and continue in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail.

6. Definitions : Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

7. Authority : Subject to the provisions of the Lease, this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Each party hereto and the persons signing below warrant that the person signing below on such party’s behalf is authorized to do so and to bind such party to the terms of this Amendment.

8. The terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby incorporated in this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:   TENANT:
LEGACY PARTNERS I SUNNYVALE, LLC,   Infinera Corporation,
a Delaware limited liability company, Owner   a Delaware corporation
By:   LEGACY PARTNERS COMMERCIAL, L.P.,   By:  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  a California limited partnership,   Name:   Jagdeep Singh
  as Property Manager and Agent for Owner   Its:   President
  By:   LEGACY PARTNERS COMMERCIAL, INC.,   Date:   February 7, 2006
    General Partner    
    By:  

/s/ Debra Smith

  By:  

/s/ Michael O. McCarthy

      Debra Smith   Name:   Michael O. McCarthy
    Its:   Executive Vice President   Its:   VP and General Counsel
Date:   February 13, 2006   Date:   February 3, 2006

If Tenant is a CORPORATION , the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the president or vice-president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

1

EXHIBIT 10.13

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

SCM PROPERTIES, LLC

A Delaware limited liability company

as “ Landlord

and

INFINERA CORPORATION

A Delaware corporation

as “ Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

1.

   PREMISES    3

2.

   TERM; POSSESSION    3

3.

   RENT    4

4.

   SECURITY DEPOSIT    7

5.

   USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS    8

6.

   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS    13

7.

   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS    14

8.

   TENANT’S TAXES    16

9.

   UTILITIES AND SERVICES    17

10.

   EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION    17

11.

   INSURANCE    18

12.

   DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION    20

13.

   CONDEMNATION    21

14.

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    23

15.

   DEFAULT AND REMEDIES    25

16.

   LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST    29

17.

   WAIVER    29

18.

   ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE    30

19.

   SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER    30

20.

   ENCUMBRANCES    31

21.

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    32

22.

   NOTICES    33

23.

   ATTORNEYS’ FEES    33

24.

   QUIET POSSESSION    34

25.

   SECURITY MEASURES    34

26.

   FORCE MAJEURE    34

27.

   RULES AND REGULATIONS    34

28.

   LANDLORD’S LIABILITY    34

29.

   CONSENTS AND APPROVALS    35

30.

   WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL    35

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page
31.    BROKERS    35
32.    LEGAL AUTHORITY    35
33.    TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT    36
34.    RELOCATION OF PREMISES    36
35.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT    36
36.    MISCELLANEOUS    36
37.    AUTHORITY    37

 

-ii-


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Additional Rent    5       Interest Rate    28
Affiliate    22       L/C    7
Alterations    12       Landlord    3
Award    20       Laws    8
Broker    34       Life Safety Contract    14
Building    3       Mortgagee    30
Building Rules    33       Operating Costs    4
Building Systems    8       Parking Area    3
Claims    16       Permitted Hazardous Materials    10
Commencement Date    3       Permitted Use    8
Condemnation    20       Premises    3
Condemnor    20       Project    3
Construction Rider    3       Property    3
Controls    15       Proposed Transferee    22
Date of Condemnation    20       Remediation Actions    11
Encumbrance    30       rent    6
Entrance Assessment    11       Rental Tax    15
Environmental Losses    10       Representatives    9
Environmental Requirements    9       Security Deposit    7
Event of Default    24       Service Failure    15
Exit Assessment    11       Taxes    5
Expiration Date    3       Tenant    3
Extension Option    36       Tenant Improvements    12
Extension Period    36       Tenant’s Taxes    15
Fair Market Base Rental    37       Term    3
Fees    32       Trade Fixtures    13
Handled by Tenant    9       Transfer    21
Handling by Tenant    9       Transferee    23
Hazardous Materials    9       Utility Services    15
HVAC    8       Visitors    9
HVAC Contract    13         


BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:    The date of this Lease is July 17, 2006
Landlord:    SCM PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Tenant:    INFINERA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
Premises    169 W. Java Drive, Sunnyvale, California
Term:    Sixty-one (61) full calendar months (plus any partial month at the beginning of the Term)
Commencement Date:    July 17, 2006.
Expiration Date:    The last day of the sixty-first (61st) full calendar month in the Term
Base Rent:    Months:   Rent:
   01-07        08/01/2006 – 02/28/2007   $0.00
   08-13        03/01/2007 – 08/31/2007   $26,250.00
   14-25        09/01/2007 – 08/31/2008   $55,352.00
   26-37        09/01/2008 – 08/31/2009   $57,868.00
   38-49        09/01/2009 – 08/31/2010   $60,384.00
   50-61        09/01/2010 – 08/31/2011   $62,900.00

Security Deposit:

   $350,000.00 (subject to reduction; see Section 4)
Landlord’s Address for
Payment of Rent:
   SCM Properties, LLC
2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 340
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Candice U. Hamilton

 

1


Landlord’s Address for
Notices:
 

SCM Properties, LLC
2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 340
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Michael R. Uytengsu

 

With a copy to:

 

Stephen R. Barbieri
Law Office of Stephen R. Barbieri
214 Grant Avenue, Suite 400
San Francisco, CA 94108

Tenant’s Address for
Notices:
  Infinera Corporation
1322 Bordeaux Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
Attn: General Counsel’s Office
Broker(s):  

TENANT: Mr. Steve Levere and Mr. Richard Branning of
Trammel Crow Company

 

LANDLORD: Mr. Steve Pace and Mr. Dan Hollingsworth of
CPS CORFAC International

 

Exhibits:    
Exhibit A:   The Premises
Exhibit B:   Construction Rider
Exhibit C:   Building Rules
Exhibit D:   Legal Description of Property
Exhibit E:   Form of Letter of Credit

The Basic Lease Information set forth above is part of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between any provision in the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the Lease shall control.

 

2


THIS LEASE is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between the Landlord identified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Landlord ”), and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (“ Tenant ”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. PREMISES. Landlord is the owner of that certain real property located at 169 W. Java Drive, Sunnyvale, California, in the County of Santa Clara (the “ Property ”), as more particularly described on Exhibit D attached hereto, comprising a portion of the Moffet Industrial Park. Landlord is also the owner of 111 W. Java Drive and 140 Caspian Court, which collectively with the Property are referred to herein as the “ Project ”. Landlord has constructed on a portion of the Property that certain building consisting of approximately 50,320 rentable square feet (the “ Building ”) and that certain parking lot (the “ Parking Area ”). Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Lease, the space identified in the Basic Lease Information as the Premises (the “ Premises ”), consisting of the entire Building, the Parking Area, and the Property (including the landscaped portions of the Property). The approximate configuration of the Project and the location of the Premises, the Parking Area and the Property are shown on Exhibit A . Landlord and Tenant agree that the number of rentable square feet of the Premises is an estimate and that such number shall not be construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the exact rentable square footage of the Premises.

2. TERM; CONDITION OF PREMISES.

2.1 Lease Term . The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Commencement Date ”) and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided, however, if Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. No delay in delivery of possession shall operate to extend the initial term hereof. If, however Landlord has not delivered possession of the Premises for any reason on or before July 19, 2006, then the date Tenant is otherwise obliged to commence payment of rent shall be delayed by one (1) day for each day that possession is delayed beyond July 19, 2006. If the Commencement Date has not occurred for any reason whatsoever on or before August 1, 2006, then, Tenant may terminate the Lease by written notice to Landlord, whereupon any monies previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be reimbursed to Tenant.

2.2 Condition of Premises . Except as set forth in the Construction Rider attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Construction Rider ”): (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their “AS IS” and “WHERE IS” condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Laws; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms

 

3


and conditions of this Lease, other than payment of Rent. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use.

2.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord agrees that, as of the Commencement Date, the Building Systems will be in good operating condition, the Building’s roof will be in weather tight condition, and the Building will be in broom clean condition, provided however, that Landlord’s only responsibility for repair or replacement of the Building Systems and the Building’s roof, under the provisions of this Section 2.3 shall apply to defects or deficiencies in the Building Systems or the Building’s roof of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within the first sixty (60) days of the Lease Term.

3. RENT.

3.1 Triple Net Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that this Lease is intended to be “triple-net” to Landlord such that Tenant shall be required to pay the following: (i) Base Rent, which shall be paid to Landlord in accordance with terms below; (ii) Additional Rent, which includes insurance maintained by Landlord, Taxes paid by Landlord, and other Operating Costs, which costs will be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the terms below; and (iii) all additional amounts required to operate, maintain and occupy the Premises (including, without limitation the Utility Services) which shall be paid directly by Tenant.

3.2 Base Rent . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Base Rent set forth in the Basic Lease Information, without prior notice or demand, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term, except that Base Rent for the first full calendar month in which Base Rent is payable shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease and Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Commencement Date. Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month. Any change in Base Rent provided for in the Basic Lease Information by reference to years or months (without specifying particular dates) will take effect on the applicable annual or monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date.

3.3 Additional Rent .

(a) Definitions.

(1) “ Operating Costs ” means all reasonable costs of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the Property actually incurred by Landlord, including all costs, expenditures, fees and charges for: (A) operation, maintenance and repair of the Premises; (B) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) for persons below the level of project manager who perform duties in connection with the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Premises, such compensation to be appropriately allocated for persons who also perform duties unrelated to the Premises; (C) “all risk” property (including coverage for earthquake if carried by Landlord as required by Landlord’s lender), flood, liability,

 

4


rental income and other insurance relating to the Premises, and expenditures for deductible amounts paid under such insurance; (D) licenses, permits and inspections; (E) complying with the requirements of any Law (as defined below); (F) amortization of capital improvements required to comply with Laws, or which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve the utility, efficiency or capacity of any Building System, with interest on the unamortized balance at the rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed to finance such capital improvements (or, if Landlord finances such improvements out of Landlord’s funds without borrowing, the rate that Landlord would have paid to borrow such funds, as reasonably determined by Landlord), over such useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine; (G) an office in the Project for the management of the Premises, including expenses of furnishing and equipping such office and the rental value of any space occupied for such purposes; (H) property management fees (not to exceed three percent (3%) of Base Rent); (I) accounting, legal and other professional services incurred in connection with the operation of the Premises and the calculation of Operating Costs and Taxes; (J) a reasonable allowance for depreciation on machinery and equipment used to maintain the Premises and on other personal property owned by Landlord in the Premises; (K) reasonably contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Premises; (L) the Building’s equitable share of any shared or common area maintenance fees and expenses (including costs and expenses of operating, managing, owning and maintaining the Parking Area and any common areas of the Project; (M) landscaping; and (N) any other reasonable cost, expenditure, fee or charge, whether or not hereinbefore described, which in accordance with generally accepted property management practices would be considered an expense of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the Premises.

Operating Costs shall not include (i) capital improvements (except as otherwise provided above); (ii) costs of special services rendered to individual tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made; (iii) interest and principal payments on loans or indebtedness secured by the Building or rent under any ground lease of the Property; (iv) costs of improvements for Tenant or other tenants of the Project; (v) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Building or the Project or enforcing such leases; (vi) depreciation or amortization, other than as specifically enumerated in the definition of Operating Costs above; (vii) expense reserves; (viii) costs, fines or penalties incurred due to the violation of any Law by Landlord or by any other Tenant of the Project, or by their respective agents, employees or contractors; (ix) costs of any renovation, improvement, painting or redecorating of any portion of the Project not made available for Tenant’s use; (xi) costs incurred in connection with marketing or advertising the Project; and (xii) lease payments and costs for machinery and equipment such as air conditioners and elevators not providing service to the Building (xii) costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Material, except to the extent caused by the release of the Hazardous Material in violation of this Lease.

(2) “ Taxes ” means: all real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Premises; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Premises; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Premises; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in

 

5


addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Premises or the personal property described above; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Section 8—Tenant’s Taxes), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes. “Taxes” shall not include any tax or assessment expense or any increase thereof (i) levied on Landlord’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment expense is imposed in lieu of real property taxes; (ii) in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest possible term then available; (iii) imposed on land and improvements other than the Project; or (iv) attributable to Landlord’s net income, inheritance, gift, estate or state taxes.

(b) Additional Rent .

(1) Tenant shall pay Landlord as “ Additional Rent ” for each calendar year or portion thereof during the Term the sum of (x) the amount of Operating Costs for such period, and (y) the amount of Taxes for such period. In addition, Tenant shall pay (without duplication) its proportional share of any Operating Costs that are related to the Project as a whole.

(2) Prior to the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Additional Rent for the following calendar year. Commencing on the first day of January of each calendar year and continuing on the first day of every month thereafter in such year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent. If Landlord thereafter estimates that Operating Costs or Taxes for such year will vary from Landlord’s prior estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise the estimate for such year (and Additional Rent shall thereafter be payable based on the revised estimate).

(3) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement with respect to such year, showing the actual Additional Rent for the year, and the total payments made by Tenant with respect thereto. Unless Tenant raises any objections to Landlord’s statement within ninety (90) days after receipt of the same, such statement shall conclusively be deemed correct and Tenant shall have no right thereafter to dispute such statement or any item therein or the computation of Additional Rent based thereon. If Tenant does object to such statement, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable verification of the figures shown on the statement and the parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes. Any objection of Tenant to Landlord’s statement and resolution of any dispute shall not postpone the time for payment of any amounts due Tenant or Landlord based on Landlord’s statement, nor shall any failure of Landlord to deliver Landlord’s statement in a timely manner relieve Tenant of Tenant’s obligation to pay any amounts due Landlord based on Landlord’s statement.

(4) If Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for any calendar year exceeds the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement. If the total

 

6


payments made by Tenant on account thereof exceed Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for such year, Tenant’s excess payment shall be credited toward the Rent next due from Tenant under this Lease. For any partial calendar year at the beginning or end of the Term, Additional Rent shall be prorated on the basis of a 365-day year by computing Tenant’s Additional Rent for the entire year and then prorating such amount for the number of days during such year included in the Term. Notwithstanding the termination of this Lease, Landlord shall pay to Tenant or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as the case may be, within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s final statement for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, the difference between Tenant’s Additional Rent for that year, as finally determined by Landlord, and the total amount previously paid by Tenant on account thereof.

(5) If for any reason Taxes for any year during the Term are increased, Tenant’s Additional Rent shall be adjusted accordingly. The obligations of Landlord to refund any overpayment of Additional Rent and of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent not previously paid shall survive the expiration of the Term.

(6) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent shall commence on the first (1 st ) day of the fourth (4 th ) month of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Additional Rent allocable to any periods prior thereto.

3.4 Payment of Rent . All amounts payable or reimbursable by Tenant under this Lease, including late charges and interest (collectively, “ Rent ”), shall constitute Rent and shall be payable and recoverable as Rent in the manner provided in this Lease. All sums payable to Landlord on demand under the terms of this Lease shall be payable within fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord of the amounts due. All Rent shall be paid without offset, recoupment or deduction in lawful money of the United States of America to Landlord at Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent as set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate.

4. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

4.1 Initial Security Deposit . On execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a clean, unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (“ L/C ”) issued by a major money-center bank or other bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E in the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information as the Security Deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”), as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord approves Silicon Valley Bank as an issuer of the L/C. Tenant shall maintain the L/C from the date of Tenant’s execution of this Lease through the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the later of: (i) the Expiration Date of this Lease (as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 39), and (ii) the surrender of the Premises by Tenant in accordance with this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Rent or other charges when due hereunder, otherwise commits an Event of Default or fails to perform any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder Landlord may draw upon the L/C (in whole or in part) and use the funds drawn down toward such payment or to cure such Event of Default or to compensate Landlord for any damage Landlord incurs as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In such event, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a new L/C in an amount sufficient to replenish the Security Deposit.

 

7


Tenant’s failure to provide and keep the L/C in full force and effect and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Section 4 shall constitute a material breach of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights of Tenant under the provisions of California Civil Code section 1950.7 with respect to the L/C, any amounts drawn thereupon, and any other security deposits made by Tenant in accordance with other provisions of this Lease. If Tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit or the balance thereof then held by Landlord and not applied as provided above. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay interest on the Security Deposit to Tenant.

4.2 Reduction of Security Deposit . Tenant shall have the right to have the Security Deposit reduced (as hereinafter provided) at any time if (i) Tenant has not, prior to the date of reduction, committed an Event of Default and (ii) either (a) Tenant has completed an initial public offering raising net proceeds in a minimum, aggregate amount of $50,000,000 or (b) Tenant has achieved and maintained Net Income Profitability (as hereinafter defined). Tenant may request such reduction by a written request to Landlord furnishing Landlord with satisfactory evidence and documentation that it has satisfied the conditions set forth above. Upon Landlord’s review and reasonable approval of such documentation (including such additional documentation as Landlord shall reasonably request to confirm satisfaction of such conditions), Tenant’s Security Deposit shall be reduced as hereinafter provided. Following Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a replacement clean, unconditional, irrevocable L/C in the amount of One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Fifty-Six Dollars ($166,056.00), whereupon Landlord shall return the previously retained L/C to Tenant and thereafter the Security Deposit required under this Lease shall be reduced to One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Fifty-Six Dollars ($166,056.00), which amount Landlord shall hold for the balance of the Term in accordance with this Section 4. Alternatively, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate reasonably to amend the then-existing L/C to reduce the amount thereof to One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Fifty-Six Dollars ($166,056.00). For purposes of this paragraph 4.2, “Net Income Profitability” shall mean that Tenant shall have achieved net profitability (i.e., revenues exceeding expenses) for at least a six month consecutive period, as demonstrated by audited financial statements provided by Tenant to Landlord, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and as reviewed and approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant achieves Net Income Profitability and the Security Deposit is reduced, Tenant shall continue to provide quarterly financial statements to Landlord and if Tenant fails to maintain Net Income Profitability for two consecutive quarters, and Tenant has not completed the initial public offering described in clause (a) above, then the Security Deposit shall promptly be increased to the original amount set forth in the Basic Lease Information and Tenant shall provide a new L/C in an amount sufficient to maintain such original amount.

5. USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

5.1 Use . The Premises shall be used and occupied for general business office and for research and development and for no other use or purpose (the “ Permitted Use ”) without Landlord’s prior consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or denied. Tenant shall comply with all present and future Laws relating to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises (and make any repairs, alterations or improvements as required to comply with all

 

8


such Laws), and shall observe the “Building Rules” (as defined in Section 27—Rules and Regulations). Tenant shall not do, bring, keep or sell anything in or about the Premises that is prohibited by, or that will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall not do, bring, keep or sell anything in or about the Premises that is prohibited by, or that will cause an increase in the existing premium for, any insurance policy covering the Premises or any part thereof unless Tenant agrees to pay for such increase. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with all requirements of Landlord’s insurance carriers that relate to Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with all requirements of Landlord’s insurance carriers that relate to the Premises. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner that will constitute waste or a nuisance, or disturb the quiet enjoyment of or otherwise annoy other tenants in the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, the Premises shall not be used for educational activities (other than training of Tenant’s employees and customers), practice of medicine or any of the healing arts, providing social services, for any governmental use (including embassy or consulate use). Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord, (i) bring into the Building or the Premises anything that may cause substantial noise, odor or vibration, overload the floors or the roof structure of the Premises or the Building or any of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building (“ Building Systems ”), or jeopardize the structural integrity of the Building or any part thereof; (ii) connect to the utility systems of the Building any apparatus, machinery or other equipment other than typical equipment which can be accommodated by the then-existing utility systems of the Building; or (iii) connect to any electrical circuit in the Premises any equipment or other load with aggregate electrical power requirements in excess of 80% of the rated capacity of the circuit.

5.2 Except as otherwise provided in Sections 7 and 12 hereof, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, recorded covenants and restrictions, and requirements of all municipal, state, and federal authorities now or later in force, including, but not limited to, all provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) any requirements of Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or in the future constituted, and the direction or occupancy certificate issued by public officers (collectively the “ Laws ”), insofar as they relate to the condition, occupancy and use of the Premises, the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the construction of any future Alterations, including but not limited to the correction or remediation of a violation arising out of or in connection with the construction of Tenant Improvements or other Alterations done by or on behalf of Tenant or which violation arises out of or results from the actions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant that Tenant has violated any Law in the condition, use, or occupancy of the Premises, will be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

 

9


5.3 Hazardous Materials .

(a) Definitions .

(1) “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any Law, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq .; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq .; the Clean Water Act, also known as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq. ; the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), 15 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. ; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (HMTA), 49 U.S.C. §1801 et seq. ; the Insecticide, Fungicide, Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. §136 et seq. ; the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq. ; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq. ; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f et seq. ; the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq. ; the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act, 30 U.S.C. §1201 et seq. ; the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act, 42 U.S.C. §11001 et seq. ; the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §655 and 657; the California Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances Act, H & S C §25280 et seq. ; the California Hazardous Substances Account Act, H & S C §25300 et seq. ; the California Hazardous Waste Control Act, H & S C §25100 et seq. ; the California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act, H & S C §24249.5 et seq. ; the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Act, Water Code §13000 et seq. ; any amendments of or regulations promulgated under the statutes cited above and any other federal, state, or local law, statute, ordinance, or regulation now in effect or later enacted that pertains to occupational health or industrial hygiene, or the regulation or protection of the environment, including ambient air, soil, soil vapor, groundwater, surface water, or land use, or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

(2) “ Environmental Requirements ” shall mean all present and future Laws, orders, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

(3) “ Handled by Tenant ” and “ Handling by Tenant ” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, assignees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “ Visitors ”), at or about the Premises in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

(4) “ Environmental Losses ” shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or the Project.

 

10


(b) Tenant’s Covenants . No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“ Permitted Hazardous Materials ”), may be used and stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and Property and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and Property all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Section by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section (including its indemnification obligations under paragraph (e) and (g) below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(c) Compliance . Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Property, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Property or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing and sale of the Property or the Project. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Property. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Property in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

(d) Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time (subject to Tenant’s reasonable security measures and operating procedures) (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.3, and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Section if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Section. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.

 

11


(e) Tenant’s Indemnification . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord and its partners or members and its or their partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Property or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises.

(f) Landlord has provided to Tenant and Tenant has approved that certain REPORT – PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW, prepared by MJO Earthscience Services Inc., dated June 30, 2006, identified as Project No. OL064-2.1, together with the schedules and exhibits attached thereto, covering, inter alia, the Premises (the “ Entrance Assessment ”).

(g) Within fifteen (15) days after vacating the Premises, Tenant shall perform, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment covering the Premises and the Property as necessary to bring current the Entrance Assessment prepared by a reputable environmental consulting firm acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion (the “ Exit Assessment ”), provided, however, that the firm which issues the Entrance Assessment shall be acceptable to Landlord for purposes of issuing the Exit Assessment, so long as such firm remains licensed and in good standing within its industry. In the event that the Exit Assessment discloses contamination of the Property or the Premises resulting from or arising out of causes other than (i) the use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises or (ii) the off site migration of Hazardous Materials onto or under the Premises, occurring prior to, during or after Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, immediately commence and diligently pursue to completion the remediation of such contamination as well as such other actions as may be recommended by the Exit Assessment (collectively, “ Remediation Actions ”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Remediation Actions that extend beyond the termination or sooner expiration of this Lease may cause Landlord to sustain lost rental income. Accordingly, if Remediation Actions extend beyond the termination or sooner expiration of this Lease, to the extent the delay is attributable to Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Holdover Rent for the entire Premises for the period during which such Remediation Actions extend beyond the termination or sooner expiration of this Lease. Nothing contained herein shall limit or restrict any liability of Tenant for the completion of the Remediation Actions in accordance with applicable law and the recommendations of the Exit Assessment, nor shall anything herein serve to limit or restrict Tenant’s liability under this Section 5.3.

(h) To the best knowledge of Landlord, (a) except as described in the Entrance Assessment, no Hazardous Material is present in the Building or at the Project or the soil, surface water or groundwater thereof, (b) no underground storage tanks are present on the Project, and (c) no action, proceeding or claim is pending or threatened regarding the Building or the Project concerning any Hazardous Material or pursuant to any Environmental Requirements.

 

12


Under no circumstance shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any losses, costs, claims, liabilities and damages (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) of every type and nature, directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Material present in, on or about the Building, the Project, or the soil, air, improvements, groundwater or surface water thereof, or the violation of any Environmental Requirements, as a consequence of acts or omissions which occurred prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease, except to the extent that Tenant’s actions or omissions exacerbate such condition.

6. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS.

6.1 Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”), as provided in the Construction Rider. Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises, including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring (“ Alterations ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Landlord hereby consents to the Alterations which constitute the Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Construction Rider. Any such Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using good quality materials; (ii) in compliance with plans and specifications reasonably approved by Landlord; (iii) in compliance with any reasonable construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; (iv) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and (v) subject to all conditions which Landlord may in its reasonable discretion impose. For Alterations that involve an aggregate cost of $100,000.00, such conditions may include the requirement that Tenant provide payment or performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals). Unless otherwise directed by Landlord, all Alterations, including the Tenant Improvements other than the FF&E (which shall remain the property of Landlord), shall be removed prior to or upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the Building Systems, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Property and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements. Except as otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord.

6.2 Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed construction plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors for major trades proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any reasonable expenses actually incurred by Landlord in connection with any Alterations made by Tenant,

 

13


including reasonable fees charged by Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

6.3 Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Property, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s reasonable administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 16.2—Interest). Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any Alterations and cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

6.4 Subject to the provisions of Section 5—Use and Compliance with Laws and the foregoing provisions of this Section, Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“ Trade Fixtures ”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, Tenant may construct Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior approval (but only after giving Landlord prior, written notice and a copy of the related plans), if the cost of any such project does not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), and the Alterations are non-structural and will not affect the Building Systems or the exterior appearance of the Building. Tenant’s Trade Fixtures shall at all times be and remain Tenant’s property. Except for Alterations which cannot be removed without structural injury to the Premises, Tenant may at any time remove Alterations and Tenant’s Trade Fixtures from the Premises (such removal representing an Alteration and being subject to the applicable provisions of this Lease), provided that Tenant repairs all damage caused by such removal. Landlord shall have no lien or other interest in any item of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or other personal property.

7. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

7.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7 or in Sections 2.2 or 12, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, keep and maintain the Premises (including without limitation, interior walls, roof membrane, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, operating systems, Building Systems, sidewalks, parking lots, interior and exterior glass, fire sprinklers, and alarms that are part of or adjoin the Premises) in a clean and good condition and repair, including without limitation replacements as needed thereof, and to deliver to Landlord physical possession of the Premises at the termination of this Lease or any sooner expiration thereof, in sound and fully functioning condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall be responsible for all repairs and replacements necessary to maintain the Premises, including repairs and replacements of the Building Systems and of the roof or roof membrane. All repairs and replacements required of Tenant shall be promptly made with new materials of like kind and

 

14


quality. If the work affects the structural elements of the Premises or Building Systems, or if the estimated cost of any item of repair or replacement is in excess of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the scope of the work, the plans for the work, the materials to be used, and the contractor hired to perform the work.

7.2 Tenant shall maintain continuously throughout the term of the Lease a service contract for the maintenance of all heating, air conditioning, and ventilation equipment with a licensed repair and maintenance contractor reasonably approved by Landlord; the contract should provide for periodic inspections and servicing of the heating, air conditioning, and ventilation equipment at least once every ninety (90) days during the term of the Lease (the “ HVAC Contract ”).

7.3 Tenant shall maintain continuously throughout the term of the Lease a service contract for the monitoring of fire sprinklers and alarms located on or about the Premises with a licensed service, which contract shall, inter alia, provide for the periodic testing, repair and if necessary replacement of the fire sprinklers and alarms located on or about the Premises (the “ Life Safety Contract ”).

7.4 Within fifteen (15) days of the Commencement Date, and within fifteen (15) days of any revisions to or substitutions for, Tenant shall provide complete copies of the HVAC Contract and the Life Safety Contract to Landlord.

7.5 If at any time during the Term, including renewals or extensions thereof, Tenant fails (after expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods) to maintain the Premises, make any repairs or replacements as required by this Section or maintain service contracts required by this Section, Landlord shall have the right to, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises and perform the maintenance or make the repairs or replacements or enter into appropriate service contracts, as the case may be, all for the account of Tenant and any sums expended by Landlord in so doing, together with interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the highest rate allowed by law, shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be promptly due from Tenant on demand of Landlord.

7.6 Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942 and any other law that would require Landlord to maintain the Premises in a tenantable condition or would provide Tenant with the right to make repairs and deduct the cost of those repairs from the Rent.

7.7 Landlord agrees that it shall, at its sole expense, maintain, repair and comply with all Laws regarding the Building foundation and the structure of the roof and the exterior walls of the Building, including any latent defects discovered therein; provided however that Landlord shall not be responsible for any repairs to or maintenance to the Building foundation or the structure of the exterior walls caused by or resulting from the actions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors, other than ordinary and customary wear and tear. Tenant agrees that it shall be responsible for and shall promptly repair or replace, as necessary, any part or portion of the Building foundation, the exterior walls and the roof structure of the Premises if such repair or maintenance arises out of or results from the actions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s

 

15


Representatives or Visitors. In addition, Landlord agrees that it shall be responsible for and shall promptly repair or replace, as necessary, any part or portion of the Premises if such repair or maintenance arises out of or results from the actions of Landlord or any of Landlord’s contractors, employees, licensees, invitees or agents (other than Tenant) .

7.8 During the Term, Tenant at Tenant’s expense but under the direction of Landlord, shall repair and maintain the Premises, including the interior walls, floor coverings, ceiling (ceiling tiles and grid), exterior walls (other than structural maintenance and repair), Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fire extinguishers, outlets and fixtures, and any appliances (including dishwashers, hot water heaters and garbage disposers) in the Premises, in a sound and fully functional condition for the uses permitted under this Lease, and keep the Premises in a clean, safe and orderly condition.

7.9 Landlord hereby reserves the right, upon reasonable written notice, without liability to Tenant, and without constituting an eviction, constructive or otherwise, or entitling Tenant to any abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease:

(a) To make alterations, additions, repairs, improvements to or in all or any part of the Building, the fixtures and equipment therein, and the Building Systems;

(b) To change the Building’s or Project’s name or street address;

(c) To install and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and interior of the Building and the Project;

(d) To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the Project (including the Parking Area) and other tenancies and premises in the Project and to create additional rentable areas in the Project; and

(e) If any governmental authority promulgates or revises any Law or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Project relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions or reduction or management of traffic or parking on the Project (collectively “ Controls ”), to comply with such Controls, whether mandatory or voluntary, or make any alterations to the Project related thereto.

8. TENANT’S TAXES. “ Tenant’s Taxes ” shall mean (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Property, (b) all rental, excise, sales or transaction privilege taxes arising out of this Lease (excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the income of Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing authority upon Landlord or upon Landlord’s receipt of any Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease (“ Rental Tax ”), and (c) any increase in Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. Tenant shall pay any Rental Tax to Landlord in addition to and at the same time as

 

16


Base Rent is payable under this Lease, and shall pay all other Tenant’s Taxes before delinquency (and, at Landlord’s request, shall furnish Landlord satisfactory evidence thereof). If Landlord pays Tenant’s Taxes or any portion thereof, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

9.1 Description of Services . From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining telephone, water, sewer, gas, heat, electricity, garbage disposal, trash disposal, fire sprinkler and alarm monitoring, janitorial and any and all other utilities or maintenance and services of any kind that may be used on or in connection with the Premises (collectively, the “ Utility Services ”). Tenant shall pay promptly, before delinquency, all charges or assessments for the Utility Services.

9.2 Interruption of Services . In the event of an interruption in or failure or inability to provide any services or utilities to the Premises for any reason (a “ Service Failure ”), such Service Failure shall not, regardless of its duration, impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1), permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability.

10. EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord . Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and authorized representatives harmless from and against claims, actions, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same (“ Claims ”) arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to (a) this Lease, the tenancy created under this Lease, or the Premises, or (b) the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors in or about the Premises, or (c) any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant on the Premises (including any design defects), or (d) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant, or (e) any loss, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Premises during the Term.

10.2 Damage to Tenant and Tenant’s Property . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to Tenant or to Tenant’s property in or about the Premises or the Property from any cause (including defects in the Property or in any equipment in the Property; fire, explosion or other casualty; bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes or lines, sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands in, above, or about the Premises or the Property; or acts of other tenants in the Project). Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any such loss, injury or damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating thereto, including any loss, injury or damage except to the extent caused by Landlord’s gross negligence (active or passive) or willful misconduct.

 

17


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of revenues or business by Tenant.

10.3 Survival . The obligations of the parties under this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

11. INSURANCE.

11.1 Tenant’s Insurance .

(a) Liability Insurance . Tenant shall maintain in full force throughout the Term, commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) annual general aggregate, and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall: (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage coverage including completed operations, blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to defend all insureds under the policy; (iii) provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; (iv) cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Property; (v) extend coverage to cover liability for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors; and (vi) designate separate limits for the Property. Each policy of liability insurance required by this Section shall: (1) contain a cross liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause; (2) provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss does not void coverage; (3) provide that it is primary to and not contributing with, any policy of insurance carried by Landlord covering the same loss; (4) provide that any failure to comply with the reporting provisions by Tenant shall not affect coverage provided to Landlord, its partners, property managers and Mortgagees; and (5) name Landlord, its partners, Mortgagees, and such other parties in interest as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate to Tenant in writing, as additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided at least the same extent of coverage as is provided to Tenant under such policies with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of the Premises. All endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 11 85 or CG 20 11 11 01 96 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office.

(b) Property Insurance . Tenant shall at all times maintain in effect with respect to any Alterations and Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and personal property, commercial property insurance providing coverage, on an “all risk” or “special form” basis, in an amount equal to at least 90% of the full replacement cost of the covered property and including coverage for fire sprinkler leakage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and all plate glass on the Premises. Tenant may carry such insurance under a blanket policy, provided that such policy provides coverage equivalent to a separate policy. During the Term, the proceeds from any such policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the Alterations, Trade Fixtures and

 

18


personal property so insured. Landlord shall be provided coverage under such insurance to the extent of its insurable interest and, if requested by Landlord, both Landlord and Tenant shall sign all documents reasonably necessary or proper in connection with the settlement of any claim or loss under such insurance. Landlord will have no obligation to carry insurance on any Alterations or on Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or personal property.

(c) Business Interruption . Tenant shall obtain and keep in force, at all times during the Lease Term including any extensions thereof, a policy of business interruption insurance coverage, insuring that one hundred percent (100%) of the Rent due hereunder will be paid to Landlord for a period of not less than one (1) year if the Premises are damaged or destroyed or rendered unfit for occupancy by a risk insured against by the policy of All Risk coverage including fire sprinkler leakage, vandalism, and malicious mischief endorsements.

(d) Requirements For All Policies . Each policy of insurance required under this Section 11.1 shall: (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) be maintained at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and (iii) require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, nonrenewal or modification of insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall have rating classifications of “A” or better and financial size category ratings of “VII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be admitted carriers licensed to do business in the state where the Property is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall not exceed $50,000. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section, including any endorsement effecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid.

(e) Updating Coverage . Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any Mortgagee, and, not more frequently than once every three (3) years, as recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

(f) Certificates of Insurance . Prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not less than thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required by this Section is in force, accompanied by an endorsement showing the required additional insureds reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form. Notwithstanding the requirements of this paragraph, Tenant shall at Landlord’s request provide to Landlord a certified copy of each insurance policy required to be in force at any time pursuant to the requirements of this Lease or its Exhibits.

11.2 Landlord’s Insurance . During the Term, to the extent such coverages are available at a commercially reasonable cost, Landlord shall maintain in effect insurance on the Building with responsible insurers, on an “all risk” or “special form” basis, insuring the Building and the Tenant Improvements in an amount equal to at least 90% of the replacement cost thereof, excluding land, foundations, footings and underground installations. Landlord may, but shall not

 

19


be obligated to, carry insurance against additional perils and/or in greater amounts. Landlord may maintain flood insurance and, if required by a lender, earthquake insurance. All costs associated with Landlord’s insurance shall be included in Operating Costs.

11.3 Mutual Waiver of Right of Recovery & Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any right of recovery against each other and the partners, managers, members, shareholders, officers, directors and authorized representatives of each other for any loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any operation therein, regardless of cause, including negligence (active or passive) of the party benefiting from the waiver. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Lease or to the Premises or the Property does not permit the foregoing waiver or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

12.1 Landlord’s Duty to Repair .

(a) If all or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Property from fire or other casualty then, unless either party is entitled to and elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Sections 12.2—Landlord’s Right to Terminate and 12.3—Tenant’s Right to Terminate, Landlord shall, at its expense, use reasonable efforts to repair and restore the Premises and/or the Property, as the case may be, to substantially their former condition to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord have any obligation for repair or restoration beyond the extent of insurance proceeds received by Landlord for such repair or restoration, or for any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

(b) If Landlord is required or elects to repair damage to the Premises and/or the Property, this Lease shall continue in effect, but Tenant’s Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably abated to the extent Tenant’s use is diminished by reason of such damage from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of Landlord’s repair of the affected portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty or by reason of any repairs to any part of the Property necessitated by such casualty.

12.2 Landlord’s Right to Terminate . Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease following damage by fire or other casualty under the following circumstances:

(a) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the Premises and/or the Property cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one (1) year from the date of the casualty;

(b) Omitted

 

20


(c) If the Building is damaged or destroyed by a risk that would not normally be covered by “all risk” or “special form” property insurance and, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the cost to repair and restore the Building would exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement cost of the Building; or

(d) If the fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the Term.

If any of the circumstances described in subparagraphs (a), (c) or (d) of this Section 12.2 occur or arise, Landlord shall give Tenant notice within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the casualty, specifying whether Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided above and, if not, Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease.

12.3 Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If all or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Premises from fire or other casualty, and Landlord does not elect to terminate as provided above, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease is greater than one hundred eighty (180) days, in which event Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice of such election to terminate within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 12.2—Landlord’s Right to Terminate.

12.4 Waiver . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2), 1933(4) and any other applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of a lease agreement in the event of damage or destruction under any circumstances other than as provided in Sections 12.2—Landlord’s Right to Terminate and 12.3—Tenant’s Right to Terminate.

13. CONDEMNATION.

13.1 Definitions .

(a) Award shall mean all compensation, sums, or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

(b) Condemnation shall mean (i) a permanent taking (or a temporary taking for a period extending beyond the end of the Term) pursuant to the exercise of the power of condemnation or eminent domain by any public or quasi-public authority, private corporation or individual having such power ( Condemnor ), whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, or (ii) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any such authority, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

(c) Date of Condemnation shall mean the earlier of the date that title to the property taken is vested in the Condemnor or the date the Condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned.

 

21


13.2 Effect on Lease .

(a) If the Premises are totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as of the Date of Condemnation. If a portion but not all of the Premises is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect; provided, however, that if the portion of the Premises remaining after the Condemnation will be unsuitable for Tenant’s continued use, then upon notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the Condemnation, Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the Date of Condemnation.

(b) If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Project or of the parcel(s) of land on which the Building is situated or of the Parking Area or of the floor area in the Building is taken by Condemnation, or if as a result of any Condemnation the Building is no longer reasonably suitable for use as an office building, whether or not any portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, effective as of the Date of Condemnation, by notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Date of Condemnation.

(c) If all or a portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by a Condemnor for a period not extending beyond the end of the Term, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

13.3 Restoration . If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 13.2—Effect on Lease, Landlord, at its expense, shall diligently proceed to repair and restore the Premises to substantially its former condition (to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws) and/or repair and restore the Building to an architecturally complete office building; provided, however, that Landlord’s obligations to so repair and restore shall be limited to the amount of any Award received by Landlord and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee (as defined in Section 20.2 below). In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or replace any improvements in the Premises beyond the amount of any Award received by Landlord for such repair or to repair or replace any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, or Alterations.

13.4 Abatement and Reduction of Rent . If any portion of the Premises is taken in a Condemnation or is rendered permanently untenantable by repairs necessitated by the Condemnation, and this Lease is not terminated, the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be proportionally reduced as of the Date of Condemnation based upon the percentage of rentable square feet in the Premises so taken or rendered permanently untenantable. In addition, if this Lease remains in effect following a Condemnation and Landlord proceeds to repair and restore the Premises, the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be abated during the period of such repair or restoration to the extent such repairs prevent Tenant’s use of the Premises.

13.5 Awards . Any Award made shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, and waives all interest in or claim to, any such Award, including any claim for the value of the unexpired Term; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive, or to prosecute a separate claim for, an Award for a temporary taking of the Premises or a portion thereof by a Condemnor where this Lease is not terminated (to the extent such Award relates to the unexpired Term), or an Award or portion thereof separately designated for relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

 

22


13.6 Waiver . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future Law allowing either party to petition for a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Property.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not assign this Lease or any interest therein, or sublet or license or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof by or for the benefit of anyone other than Tenant, or in any other manner transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease (each and all a Transfer ), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent (subject to the other provisions of this Section 14) shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease or all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease.

 

14.2 Reasonable Consent .

(a) Prior to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name and legal composition of the proposed assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee (each a Proposed Transferee ); (ii) the nature of the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) a current balance sheet, income statements for the last two years and such other reasonable financial and other information concerning the Proposed Transferee as Landlord may request; and (iv) a copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer. Within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord receives all such information it shall notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves such Transfer, or if it elects to proceed under Section 14.7—Landlord’s Right to Space.

(b) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among other circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent where (i) the Proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet, (ii) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the Proposed Transferee’s business operating ability or history, reputation or creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted by the Proposed Transferee at the Premises, (iii) the Proposed Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Project, (iv) the proposed Transfer would violate any “exclusive” rights of any tenants in the Project, (v) Landlord or Landlord’s agent has shown space in the Project to the Proposed Transferee or responded to any inquiries from the Proposed Transferee or the Proposed Transferee’s agent concerning availability of space in the Project, at any time within the preceding nine months, or (vi) Landlord otherwise determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Project or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Property. In no event may Tenant publicly offer or advertise all or any portion of the Premises for assignment or sublease at a rental less than that then sought by Landlord for a direct lease (non-sublease) of comparable space in the Project.

 

23


14.3 Excess Consideration . If Landlord consents to the Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional Rent, within ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant, any and all consideration paid by any transferee (the Transferee ) for the Transfer, including, in the case of a sublease, the excess of the Rent and other consideration payable by the subtenant over the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder applicable to the subleased space.

14.4 No Release Of Tenant . No consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of Rent (or, in the case of a sublease, Rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or any such Transferee from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express prior written consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or any Transferee. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

14.5 Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) actually incurred (not to exceed $2,500 per request) by Landlord in connection with reviewing or consenting to any proposed Transfer (including any request for consent to, or any waiver of Landlord’s rights in connection with, any security interest in any of Tenant’s property at the Premises).

14.6 Effectiveness of Transfer . Prior to the date on which any permitted Transfer (whether or not requiring Landlord’s consent) becomes effective, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document and a commercially reasonable form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations pursuant to this Lease. Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the Transferee from liability as provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.

14.7 Landlord’s Right to Space . Notwithstanding any of the above provisions of this Section to the contrary, if Tenant notifies Landlord that it desires to enter into a Transfer of 70% or more of the Premises, Landlord, in lieu of consenting to such Transfer, may elect to terminate this Lease. In such event, this Lease will terminate on the date the Transfer was proposed to be effective, and Landlord may lease such space to any party, including the prospective Transferee identified by Tenant.

14.8 Assignment of Sublease Rents . Tenant hereby absolutely and irrevocably assigns to Landlord any and all rights to receive Rent and other consideration from any sublease and agrees that Landlord, as assignee or as attorney-in-fact for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application may (but shall not be obligated to) collect such rents and other consideration and apply the same toward Tenant’s obligations to

 

24


Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord grants to Tenant at all times prior to occurrence of any breach or default by Tenant a revocable license to collect such rents (which license shall automatically and without notice be and be deemed to have been revoked and terminated immediately upon any Event of Default).

14.9 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall be permitted to assign this Lease to any entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant (each, an “ Affiliate ”), provided that (a) Tenant provides at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord of any such assignment and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or such Affiliate; (b) such Affiliate has a net worth, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, at least equal to the greater of the net worth of Tenant as of the date of this Lease or the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such assignment, and Tenant delivers proof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such assignment; (c) such Affiliate agrees directly with Landlord, by written instrument in form satisfactory to Landlord, to assume and perform all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and (d) such assignment is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. As used in this Section 14.9, “control” shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity. A transfer to an Affiliate as provided in this Section shall in no event relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease. In addition, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent and without payment of any amount to Landlord, sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to any corporation resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant or any non-bankruptcy reorganization, or a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant’s stock or Tenant’s assets located in the Premises. Neither the sale or transfer of Tenant’s stock, including, without limitation, any sale through any private or public offering, nor the pledge of or grant of a security interest in any of Tenant’s stock, shall be deemed a Transfer. Notwithstanding any provision of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of Section 4 of this Lease shall continue to apply.

15. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

15.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” by Tenant:

(a) Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent, or other payment hereunder, within five (5) days of the date when due.

(b) Tenant abandons the Premises.

(c) Tenant fails timely to deliver any subordination document, estoppel certificate or financial statement requested by Landlord within the applicable time period specified in Sections 20—Encumbrances—and 21—Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements—below.

 

25


(d) Tenant assigns, subleases or otherwise transfers or attempts to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 60 days of the action.

(e) Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease is canceled or terminated or expires or is reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(f) Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern; makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition) seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights; all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are subject to judicial seizure or attachment and are not released within sixty (60) days, or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets.

(g) Tenant fails, within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceedings against Tenant seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights, to have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within sixty (60) days after an appointment, without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets, to have such appointment vacated.

(h) Tenant fails to perform or comply with any provision of this Lease other than those described in (a) through (f) above, and does not fully cure such failure within twenty (20) days after notice to Tenant or, if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such twenty (20)-day period, Tenant fails within such twenty (20)-day period to commence, and thereafter diligently proceed with, all actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible but in all events within sixty (60) days of such notice; provided, however, that if Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable judgment determines that such failure cannot or will not be cured by Tenant within such sixty (60) days, then such failure shall constitute an Event of Default immediately upon such notice to Tenant.

15.2 Replacement of Statutory Notice Requirements . When this Lease requires service of a notice, that notice shall replace rather than supplement any equivalent or similar statutory notice, including any notices required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1161 or any similar or successor statute. When a statute requires service of a notice in a particular manner, service of that notice (or a similar notice required by this Lease) in the manner required by Section 22 shall replace and satisfy the statutory service-of-notice procedures, including those required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1162 or any similar or successor statute.

15.3 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law:

 

26


(a) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant, in which case Landlord may recover from Tenant the aggregate sum of: (i) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent that had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which (A) the unpaid rent that would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds (B) the amount of the rental loss, if any, as Tenant affirmatively proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which (A) the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds (B) the amount of rental loss, if any, as Tenant affirmatively proves could be reasonably avoided; (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations or that, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result from Tenant’s failure, including without limitation the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for: (A) retaking possession of the Premises; (B) cleaning and making repairs and alterations (including the cost of leasehold improvements installed in connection with the releasing of the Premises, whether or not the same shall be funded by a reduction of rent, direct payment or otherwise, as amortized over the life of such improvements to the extent such amortization occurs during what would have been the remaining portion of the scheduled Term of this Lease) necessary to return the Premises to good condition and preparing the Premises for reletting; (C) removing, transporting, and storing any of Tenant’s property left at the Premises (although Landlord shall have no obligation to remove, transport, or store any of the said property); (D) reletting the Premises, including without limitation, brokerage commissions, advertising costs, and attorneys’ fees; (E) expert witness fees, court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees; (F) any unamortized real estate brokerage commissions paid in connection with this Lease; and (G) costs of carrying the Premises, such as repairs, maintenance, taxes and insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions, if any; and (v) all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of those previously set out as may be permitted from time to time by applicable California law. As used in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 15.3(a), the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. As used in clause (iii) of this Section 15.3(a), the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting that amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). As used in this Section, the term “rent” shall include Base Rent as well as any other payments required by Tenant under this Lease.

(b) Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

(c) Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

(d) Landlord may remove all Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in

 

27


the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner provided by applicable Law. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, and then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

(e) None of the following remedial actions, alone or in combination, shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless Landlord has in fact given Tenant written notice that this Lease is terminated or unless a court of competent jurisdiction decrees termination of this Lease: any act by Landlord to maintain or preserve the Premises; any efforts by Landlord to relet the Premises; or any re-entry, repossession, or reletting of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section. If Landlord takes any of the previous remedial actions without terminating this Lease, Landlord may nevertheless at any later time terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant.

(f) If Landlord relets the Premises, Landlord shall apply the revenue from the reletting as follows: first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any cost of reletting, including without limitation finder’s fees and leasing commissions; third, to the payment of the cost of any maintenance and repairs to the Premises; and fourth, to the payment of Rent and other amounts due and unpaid under this Lease. Landlord shall hold and apply the residue, if any, to payment of future amounts payable under this Lease as the same may become due, and shall be entitled to retain the eventual balance with no liability to Tenant. If the revenue from reletting during any month, after application pursuant to the previous provisions, is less than the sum of (i) Landlord’s expenditures for the Premises during that month and (ii) the amounts due from Tenant during that month, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand.

(g) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following an Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(h) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test or general assessment of the Premises as generally described in Section 5.3(g) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(i) In addition to the foregoing remedies for Events of Default, Landlord is entitled to reimbursement of all of Landlord’s fees, expenses and damages, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and paralegal and other professional fees and expenses, including expert witness or appraisal fees and expenses, that Landlord incurs in connection with protecting its interests in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving Tenant including, without limitation, any proceeding under any chapter of Title 11 of the United States Code (the

 

28


“Bankruptcy Code”); by exercising and advocating rights under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; by proposing a plan of reorganization and objecting to competing plans; and by filing motions for relief from stay. Such fees and expenses are payable on demand, or, in any event, upon assumption or rejection of this Lease in bankruptcy.

15.4 Acceptance of Rent Without Waiving Rights . Under Article 17, Landlord may accept Tenant’s payments without waiving any rights under this Lease, including rights under a previously served notice of default. If Landlord accepts payments after serving a notice of default, Landlord may nevertheless commence and pursue an action to enforce rights and remedies under the previously served notice of default without giving Tenant any further notice or demand.

16. LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST.

16.1 Late Charge . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any payment of Rent is not received by Landlord within five (5) days of the date due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as a late charge an additional amount equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue payment. A late charge shall not be imposed more than once on any particular installment not paid when due, but imposition of a late charge on any payment not made when due does not eliminate or supersede late charges imposed on other (prior) payments not made when due or preclude imposition of a late charge on other installments or payments not made when due.

16.2 Interest . In addition to the late charges referred to above, which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the “ Interest Rate ”). Acceptance of any late charge and/or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

17. WAIVER. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of Rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay Rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or payment or in any letter or document accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

 

29


Landlord’s receipt of monies from Tenant after giving notice to Tenant terminating this Lease shall in no way reinstate, continue, or extend the Lease Term or affect the Termination Notice given by Landlord before the receipt of those monies. After serving notice terminating this Lease, filing an action, or obtaining final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of that Rent shall not waive or affect such prior notice, action, or judgment.

18. ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE. Upon reasonable oral or written notice to Tenant (and without notice in emergencies), Landlord and its authorized representatives may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (a) determine whether the Premises are in good condition, (b) determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease, (c) perform any maintenance or repair of the Premises or the Property that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform, (d) install or repair improvements for other tenants of the Project where access to the Premises is required for such installation or repair, (e) serve, post or keep posted any notices required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease, (f) show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, transferees, Mortgagees or tenants, or (g) do any other act or thing reasonably necessary for the safety or preservation of the Premises or the Building. When reasonably necessary Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities in the Building without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure. Landlord shall conduct its activities under this Section in a manner that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant without incurring significant additional expense to Landlord and Landlord shall at all times comply with Tenant’s reasonable security measures and operating procedures. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to an abatement of Rent on account of any entry by Landlord, and Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, loss of business or other damage to Tenant or other persons arising out of Landlord’s entry on the Premises in accordance with this Section. No action by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

19. SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.

19.1 Surrender . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord broom-clean and in their original condition, except for reasonable wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, unless directed otherwise by Landlord, Tenant shall remove all Alterations, including the Tenant Improvements, all telephone, data and other cabling installed in the Building by Tenant, all Tenant’s personal property and any Trade Fixtures, and repair any damage caused by such removal. If such removal is not completed before the expiration or termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to remove the same, and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for all costs of removal and storage thereof and an amount equal to the Holdover Rent for the entire Premises for the period from the end of the Term through the end of the time reasonably required for such removal. Landlord shall also have the right to retain or dispose of all or any portion of such property if Tenant does not pay all such costs and retrieve the property within ten (10) days after

 

30


notice from Landlord (in which event title to all such property described in Landlord’s notice shall be transferred to and vest in Landlord). Tenant waives all Claims against Landlord for any damage or loss to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s removal, storage, retention, or disposition of any such property. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, whichever is earliest, Tenant shall: (a) surrender all keys to the Premises or any other part of the Building, (b) deliver to Landlord all keys for or make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises, (c) deliver to Landlord all plans and specifications relating to all Alterations made by Tenant during the term of this Lease to the Building and the Premises, (d) deliver to Landlord all permit applications, permits and permit sign-offs relating to all Alterations made by Tenant during the term of this Lease to the Building and the Premises, (e) deliver to Landlord all permits, licenses, approvals, inspection reports and material correspondence relating to the sprinkler, fire alarm and life safety systems in the Building and the Premises, (f) deliver and assign to Landlord any and all warranties and guaranties relating to any repairs and/or replacements made by Tenant to any of the Building Systems during the term of the Lease, and (g) work cooperatively with Landlord (but without incurring substantial expense or incurring of any liabilities) to transition the Building Utility Services and Building Systems to Landlord, or to a subsequent tenant, as designated by Landlord. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

19.2 Holding Over . If Tenant (directly or through any Transferee or other successor-in-interest of Tenant) remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at the sufferance of Landlord. No act or omission by Landlord, other than its specific written consent, shall constitute permission for Tenant to continue in possession of the Premises, and if such consent is given or declared to have been given by a court judgment, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s holdover tenancy at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice. In such event, Tenant shall continue to comply with or perform all the terms and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent during Tenant’s holding over shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) the Base Rent payable in the last full month prior to the termination hereof. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after such termination shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease; and nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims arising or resulting directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises, including (i) any Rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises.

20. ENCUMBRANCES.

20.1 Subordination . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Property or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded (“ Encumbrance ”); provided, however, that such subordination shall only be effective, as to future Encumbrances, if the holder of the Encumbrance agrees that this Lease shall survive the termination of the Encumbrance by lapse of time, foreclosure or otherwise so long as Tenant

 

31


is not in defaults under this Lease. Provided the conditions of the preceding sentence are satisfied, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Landlord and in a form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such Encumbrance and the nondisturbance agreement of the holder of any such Encumbrance (including, without limitation, any judicial foreclosure or foreclosure by a power of sale in a deed of trust). If the interest of Landlord in the Property is transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance, Tenant shall, at the request of the new owner, immediately attorn to and become the tenant of the new owner as if this Lease had not terminated, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and, at such new owner’s request, shall execute a new lease confirming the lease terms of this Lease. In furtherance of the foregoing, any such successor to the Landlord shall not be liable for any offsets, defenses, claims, counterclaims, liabilities or obligations of the “landlord” under the Lease accruing prior to the date that such new owner exercises its rights pursuant to the preceding sentence.

20.2 Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Encumbrance covering any part of the Property (“ Mortgagee ”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served by Tenant upon Landlord under this Lease, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

21. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

21.1 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including, without limitation, the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any security deposit or prepaid Rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). Tenant irrevocably constitutes, appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant’s special attorney-in-fact for such purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Property shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor, (i) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Property or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate, and (ii) Tenant will be in default under this Lease.

 

32


21.2 Financial Statements . Within ten (10) business days after written request therefor, but not more than once a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements. Landlord shall keep and hold all such statements and other information strictly confidential, except that Landlord may disclose such information to (i) its attorneys, financial advisers, and accountants, (ii) any Mortgagee (actual or potential), potential purchaser or investor as well as their attorneys, financial advisors, accountants, (iii) other similar third parties who likewise agree to keep such information strictly confidential, or (iv) as may be required by law, or in connection with any litigation.

22. NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request, consent or approval that either party desires or is required to give to the other party under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be served personally, delivered by overnight messenger or courier service, or sent by U.S. certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party at the party’s address for notices set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Any notice required pursuant to any Laws may be incorporated into, given concurrently with or given separately from any notice required under this Lease. Notices shall be deemed to have been given and be effective on the earlier of (a) receipt (or refusal of delivery or receipt); or (b) one (1) day after acceptance by the independent service for delivery, if sent by overnight independent messenger or courier service, or three (3) days after mailing if sent by mail in accordance with this Section. Either party may change its address for notices hereunder, effective fifteen (15) days after notice to the other party complying with this Section. If Tenant sublets the Premises, notices from Landlord shall be effective on the subtenant when given to Tenant pursuant to this Section.

23. ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, and whether involving contract and/or tort claims, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type, without restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment (collectively, “ Fees ”). The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any Fees incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the judgment. The Fees shall be deemed an “actual pecuniary loss” within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Section 365(b)(1)(B), and notwithstanding the foregoing, all Fees incurred by either party in any bankruptcy case filed by or against the other party, from and after the order for relief until this Lease is rejected or assumed in such bankruptcy case, will be “obligations of the debtor” as that phrase is used in Bankruptcy Code Section 365(d)(3).

 

33


24. QUIET POSSESSION. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Lease, and subject to the terms of this Lease, including Section 20 - Encumbrances, Tenant shall have the quiet possession of the Premises throughout the Term as against any persons or entities lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. SECURITY MEASURES. Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building or the Project, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any guard service or other security measures to the Property, and Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, invitees, and customers, and the property of Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors from acts of third parties

26. FORCE MAJEURE. If Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, including its obligations under the Construction Rider (if any), and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor dispute, unavailability of materials or any cause outside the reasonable control of Landlord, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of Landlord shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.

27. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with the rules and regulations attached to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit C to the extent those rules and regulations are not in conflict with the terms of this Lease, as well as any reasonable rules and regulations hereafter adopted by Landlord for all tenants of the Building, upon notice to Tenant thereof (collectively, the “ Building Rules ”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for any violation of, or failure to observe, the Building Rules by any other tenant or other person.

28. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY. The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered and any insurance and condemnation proceeds thereof, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

 

34


29. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

29.1 Determination in Good Faith . Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its good faith business judgment in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the specific provision contained in this Lease providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Landlord may withhold its consent. If it is determined that Landlord failed to give its consent where it was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to injunctive relief but shall not to be entitled to monetary damages or to terminate this Lease for such failure.

29.2 No Liability Imposed on Landlord . The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item or matter to be reviewed or approved by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any Exhibits or Addenda hereto shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for the accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or matter or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Property, and no third parties, including Tenant or the Representatives and Visitors of Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, shall have any rights as a consequence thereof.

30. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. To extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any contract or tort claim, counterclaim, cross-complaint, or cause of action in any action, proceeding, or hearing brought by either party against the other on any matter arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future law, statute, regulation, code, or ordinance.

31. BROKERS. Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of the broker or brokers identified in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Broker ”) related to this Lease, in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreement with the Broker, if any. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this Lease neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Lease other than the Broker. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim or claims, including costs, expenses and attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives.

32. LEGAL AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Simultaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a resolution certified by the secretary or other authorized person(s), or with other with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, confirming the foregoing representations.

 

35


33. TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT. Tenant shall fully comply with all current or future compulsory programs imposed by any public authority or Landlord, intended to manage parking, transportation, or traffic in and around the Project. In connection with this compliance, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any government transportation management organization, or other transportation-related committees or entities. This provision includes programs such as the following: (a) Restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant; (b) Encouragement of increased vehicle occupancy through employer-sponsored financial or in-kind incentives; (c) Implementation of an in-house or area-wide ridesharing program and appointment of an employee transportation coordinator; and (d) Flexible work shifts for employees.

34. Omitted.

35. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous inducements, promises, agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Project or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant.

36. MISCELLANEOUS. This Lease may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. Subject to Section 14 - Assignment and Subletting and Section 28 - Landlord’s Liability, this Lease shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives. The determination that any provisions hereof may be void, invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall not impair any other provisions hereof and all such other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. The unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Lease under particular circumstances shall not render unenforceable, invalid or illegal other provisions of this Lease, or the same provisions under other circumstances. This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws (excluding conflict of laws principles) of the State in which the Building is located. The provisions of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the language used and shall not be strictly construed against either party, even if such party drafted the provision in question. When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural. Wherever the term “including” is used in this Lease, it shall be interpreted as meaning “including, but not limited to” the matter or matters thereafter enumerated. The captions contained in this Lease are for purposes of convenience only and are not to be used to

 

36


interpret or construe this Lease. If more than one person or entity is identified as Tenant hereunder, the obligations of each and all of them under this Lease shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence with respect to this Lease, except as to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease.

37. RECORDING. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord, Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

38. PARKING. Tenant, and Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, shall have the right to park up to 176 passenger vehicles on an unreserved, nonexclusive, first come, first served basis, in the Parking Area. Landlord does not guarantee the availability of parking spaces against the actions of other tenants of the Project. Landlord retains the right to revoke the parking privileges of any user of the parking spaces who violates the rules and regulations governing use of the parking spaces. In the event that some (but not more than 25%) of the parking spaces are not available to Tenant at times, such unavailability shall not, regardless of its duration, impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall at all times comply and shall cause all Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to comply with the reasonable, non-discriminatory Building Rules regarding parking, as they may be amended from time to time, including any keycard, sticker or other identification or entrance system, and hours of operation, as applicable. Landlord reserves the right to alter, modify, relocate or close all or any portion of the parking areas in order to make repairs or perform maintenance service, or to restripe or renovate the parking areas, or if required by casualty, condemnation, act of God, legal requirements or other reason deemed reasonable by Landlord.

39. EXTENSION OPTION.

Provided that Infinera Corporation has not assigned this Lease or sublet any or all of the Premises (it being intended that all rights pursuant to this provision are and shall be personal to the original Tenant under this Lease and shall not be transferable or exercisable for the benefit of any Transferee), and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease at the time of exercise or at any time thereafter until the beginning of any such extension of the Term, Tenant shall have the option (the “ Extension Option ”), to extend the Term from September 1, 2011 until February 28, 2013 (the “ Extension Period ”), by giving written notice to Landlord of the exercise of any the Extension Option at least six (6) months, but not more than twelve (12) months, prior to the expiration of the initial Term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the exercise of any Extension Option by Tenant shall be irrevocable and shall cover the entire Premises leased by Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Upon such exercise, the term of the Lease shall automatically be extended for the applicable Extension Period without the execution of any further instrument by the parties; provided that Landlord and Tenant shall, if requested by either party, execute and acknowledge an instrument confirming the exercise of the Extension Option. Any Extension Option shall terminate if not exercised precisely in the manner provided herein. Any extension of the Term shall be upon all the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and all Exhibits thereto, except that: (i) Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term of the Lease,

 

37


other than as specifically set forth herein; (ii) Landlord shall not be obligated to contribute funds toward the cost of any remodeling, renovation, alteration or improvement work in the Premises; and (iii) Base Rent for any such Extension Period shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the then Fair Market Base Rental (as defined below) for the Premises for the space and term involved, which shall be determined as set forth below.

(a) “ Fair Market Base Rental ” shall mean the “fair market” Base Rent at the time or times in question for the applicable space, based on the prevailing rentals then being charged to tenants in the Project and tenants in other office buildings in the general vicinity of the Project of comparable size, location, quality and age as the Building for leases with terms equal to the Extension Period, taking into account the creditworthiness and financial strength of the tenant, the financial guaranties provided by the tenant (if any), the value of market concessions (including the value of construction, renovation, moving and other allowances or rent credits), the desirability, location in the building, size and quality of the space, tenant finish allowance and/or tenant improvements, included services, operating costs and expenses and tax and expense stops or other escalation clauses, and brokerage commissions, for the space in the Building for which Fair Market Base Rental is being determined and for comparable space in the buildings which are being used for comparison. Fair Market Base Rental shall also reflect the then prevailing rental structure for comparable buildings in the general vicinity of the Property, so that if, for example, at the time Fair Market Base Rental is being determined the prevailing rental structure for comparable space and for comparable lease terms includes periodic rental adjustments or escalations, Fair Market Base Rental shall reflect such rental structure. Fair Market Base Rental shall not, however, take into account the value of any Alterations or Tenant Improvements made to the Premises at Tenant’s expense.

(b) Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor to agree upon the Fair Market Base Rental. If they are unable to so agree within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s notice of exercise of the Extension Option, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually select a licensed real estate broker who is active and has at least ten (10) years’ experience in the leasing of comparable space in the general vicinity of the Property and who has not previously worked with Landlord or Tenant. Landlord shall submit Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Base Rental and Tenant shall submit Tenant’s determination of Fair Market Base Rental to such broker, at such time or times and in such manner as Landlord and Tenant shall agree (or as directed by the broker if Landlord and Tenant do not promptly agree). The broker shall select either Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination as the Fair Market Base Rental, and such determination shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant’s determination is selected as the Fair Market Base Rental, then Landlord shall bear all of the broker’s cost and fees. If Landlord’s determination is selected as the Fair Market Base Rental, then Tenant shall bear all of the broker’s cost and fees.

(c) In the event the Fair Market Base Rental for any Extension Period has not been determined at such time as Tenant is obligated to pay Base Rent for such Extension Period, Tenant shall pay as Base Rent pending such determination, the Base Rent in effect for such space immediately prior to the Extension Period; provided, that upon the determination of the applicable Fair Market Base Rental, any shortage of Base Rent paid, together with interest at the rate specified in the Lease, shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant.

 

38


(d) In no event shall the Base Rent during any Extension Period be less than the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to such Extension Period.

(e) The term of this Lease, whether consisting of the Initial Term alone or the Initial Term as extended by the Extension Period (if the Extension Option is exercised), is referred to in this Lease as the “Term.”

40. SIGNAGE. Tenant shall not maintain nor permit any sign, awning, canopy, marquee, or other advertising to appear or be affixed on any exterior door, wall, or window of the Building or in any outdoor area of the Premises, except as permitted by both applicable ordinances and any conditions, covenants and restrictions covering the Property and as approved by Landlord in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), subject to the Building Rules and then at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Furthermore, Tenant shall not place any decoration, lettering or advertising matter on the glass of any exterior window of the Building without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Tenant maintains any sign, awning, canopy, marquee, decoration or advertising matter in accordance with the terms of this Section, Tenant shall maintain it in good appearance and repair at all time during this Lease. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any items mentioned in this Section that are not removed from the Premises by Tenant may, without damage or liability, be removed and destroyed by Landlord, and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the cost of such removal and destruction or disposal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

  LANDLORD:

INFINERA CORPORATION

  SCM PROPERTIES, LLC

A Delaware corporation

  A Delaware limited liability company

By:

  

/s/ Jagdeep Singh

  By:   

/s/ Michael R. Uytengsu

Name:

   Jagdeep Singh   Name:    Michael R. Uytengsu

Title:

   Chief Executive Officer   Title:    Managing Member

By:

  

/s/ Duston Williams

    

Name:

   Duston Williams     

Title:

   Chief Financial Officer     

 

39


EXHIBIT A

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF JULY 17, 2006

BETWEEN

SCM PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

INFINERA CORPORATION, AS TENANT

THE PREMISES

[Plan showing location

and configuration of Project and the Premises.]

 

   

INITIALS:

[Graphic Omitted]

 

Landlord

 

/s/ MU

 

Tenant    

 

/s/ JS

 

1


EXHIBIT B

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF JULY 17, 2006

BETWEEN

SCM PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

INFINERA CORPORATION, AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

1. No Work to be Performed by Landlord . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of the Lease, Tenant has inspected and examined the Premises and has elected to lease the Premises as provided in the Lease on a strictly “AS IS” and “WHERE IS” basis and Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work to prepare the Premises for use or occupancy by Tenant. All improvements to the Premises described in this Construction Rider (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) shall be the responsibility of Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Construction Rider and Article 6 – Tenant Improvements & Alterations, of the Lease.

2. Possession . Tenant shall be delivered possession of the Premises on or about the Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease), upon execution of the Lease by all parties and Tenant’s providing proof of insurance and meeting any other requirements set forth herein to be performed by Tenant prior to obtaining possession of the Premises. Neither Landlord nor its representatives shall be liable to Tenant for any damage resulting from any delay in Landlord’s delivering the Premises to Tenant or in Tenant’s contractor’s delay in completing its construction obligations with respect to the Tenant Improvements, and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

3. Contractors . Tenant shall hire a contractor (subject to the prior written approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, of Landlord as set forth below) (“Contractor”) to construct and install the Tenant Improvements in the Premises. At least ten (10) business days prior to the date Contractor is to commence construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the Contractor’s name, resume, experience record, and such additional information as Landlord shall reasonably request. Within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of such requested information, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of approval or disapproval of the Contractor. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall designate an individual authorized to act as Tenant’s representative with respect to all approvals, directions and authorizations pursuant to this Construction Rider.

4. Plans . The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed substantially as shown on the conceptual space plan for the Premises prepared by AP+I Design, Inc. who will be retained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, as the space planner for the Premises (“ Space Planner ”) (“ Space Plan ”).

 

1


On or before August 30, 2006, the Space Planner will prepare and deliver to Tenant and to Landlord detailed plans and specifications sufficient to permit the construction of the Tenant Improvements by Contractor (“ Construction Documents ”). Landlord shall cooperate reasonably with Tenant, the Space Planner and Tenant’s other design professionals and engineers, including without limitation, by granting Tenant, the Space Planner and Tenant’s engineers full access to the Building and all of Landlord’s plans, specifications and other materials regarding the design and construction thereof. All Construction Documents shall be sufficient to secure all required approvals from governmental authorities and otherwise subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Contractor will provide Tenant and Landlord with a cost estimate for the Tenant Improvements shown in the Construction Documents. Landlord and Tenant shall each respond to the Construction Documents and cost estimate within five (5) business days after receipt thereof, specifying any changes or modifications each desires in the Construction Documents. The Space Planner will then revise the Construction Documents and resubmit them to Tenant and Landlord for their approval and Contractor will provide Tenant and Landlord with a revised cost estimate. Landlord and Tenant shall approve or disapprove the same within five (5) business days after receipt. The revised Construction Documents and cost estimate, as approved by Tenant and Landlord, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Final Construction Documents ” and “ Final Cost Estimate ” respectively.

5. Permits . Tenant will obtain, comply with and keep in effect all consents, permits and approvals required by any governmental bodies (collectively, “ Permits ”) that relate to or are necessary for the lawful construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall comply with all existing and future Laws, regulations, orders and requirements of all governmental, judicial or legal authorities having jurisdiction over the Property or Tenant Improvements, and with all recorded restrictions affecting the Property. Prior to applying for any of the Permits, Tenant shall provide Landlord with the opportunity to review and approve any Permit application Tenant intends to file. Tenant shall further provide Landlord with copies of all Permits required for construction of the Tenant Improvements immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of same.

6. Construction Contract and Construction .

6.1 Construction Contract . At least ten (10) days prior to the date Tenant intends the Contractor to commence construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval the proposed contract between Tenant and the Contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Such proposed contract shall be complete in all major provisions. Landlord shall have the right to approve the contract between Tenant and the Contractor for construction of the Tenant Improvements, and the Contractor shall not be permitted to start construction of the Tenant Improvements until Landlord has approved such contract.

6.2 Construction . After Landlord’s approval of the Final Construction Documents, Tenant shall enter into a contract (subject to Landlord’s prior approval, as provided above) with Contractor requiring the Contractor to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements prior to the expiration of the Permits. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “ Substantially Completed ” when they have been completed in accordance with the Final Construction Documents except for finishing details, minor omissions, decorations and mechanical adjustments of the type normally found on an architectural “punch list.” (The definition of

 

2


Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “ Substantial Completion ” and “ Substantially Complete .”) Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements (or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably practicable and in any event within 30 days after Substantial Completion), Landlord and Tenant shall inspect the Premises and jointly prepare a “punch list” of agreed items of construction remaining to be completed. The Contractor shall complete the items set forth in the punch list as soon as reasonably possible. Tenant shall cooperate with the Contractor in completing the items on the punch list.

7. Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall reimburse Tenant up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty Dollars ($150,960.00) (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) toward the total cost of the design (including preparation of the Space Plan and Construction Documents), permitting, engineering, construction and installation of Tenant Improvements (the “ Total Cost ”) made in accordance with this Construction Rider and the cost of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment in the Premises (the “ FF&E ”). The balance, if any, of the Total Cost (the “ Additional Cost ”), shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay the Additional Cost based upon the Final Cost Estimate prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements. The estimate made by Contractor of the costs to construct the Tenant Improvements does not limit Tenant’s obligation to pay for the actual Additional Cost of the Tenant Improvements, whether or not it exceeds the estimated amounts.

8. Disbursement of Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall disburse the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant in a single disbursement as follows: when the Tenant Improvements are complete, but in no event later than the last day of the seventh (7th) month of the Lease Term, Tenant shall prepare and deliver to Landlord a statement of the actual cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements and the FF&E, together with supporting statements and invoices from the Contractor, subcontractors, architects and engineers, together with appropriate mechanics’ lien waivers, whereupon Landlord shall pay up to the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall only be obligated to pay the Tenant Improvement Allowance (or portions thereof) to the extent Tenant has incurred the costs of the design, construction, installation and purchase of the Tenant Improvements and the FF&E within the first seven (7) months of the Lease Term.

8.1 Use of Tenant Improvement Allowance . Any Permit fee or cost required for Tenant Improvements in the Premises shall be paid for by Tenant, and such fees and costs may be a part of the Total Costs subject to reimbursement from the Tenant Improvement Allowance as set forth above. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used solely for the above fees and costs and for space planning, design, permitting, engineering and construction of real property improvements to the Premises and for the FF&E. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall not be used for Tenant’s moving expenses.

8.2 Changes . If Tenant desires any change, addition or alteration in or to any Final Construction Documents (“ Changes ”) Tenant shall cause the Space Planner to prepare additional plans implementing such Change. As soon as practicable after the completion of such additional Construction Documents, Contractor shall notify Tenant and Landlord of the estimated cost of the Changes. Within three (3) business days after receipt of such cost estimate, Landlord and Tenant shall each notify Contractor and each other in writing whether Landlord

 

3


and Tenant approve the Change. If Landlord and Tenant approve the Change, Contractor shall proceed with the Change and Tenant shall be liable for any Additional Cost resulting from the Change. If Landlord or Tenant fail to approve the Change within such three (3) day period, construction of the Tenant Improvements shall proceed as provided in accordance with the original Construction Documents. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of any Change.

8.3 Delays . Tenant shall be responsible for, and Landlord shall have no responsibility for, any and all costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with any delay in the commencement or completion of any Tenant Improvements and any increase in the cost of the Tenant Improvements unless caused by Landlord’s failure to submit information to the Space Planner or approve any Space Plan, Construction Documents, Changes or cost estimates.

9. Performance of Work; Bonds . All construction work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, and Tenant shall diligently prosecute the construction of the Tenant Improvements to completion with all due dispatch. In constructing the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental bodies. Except as otherwise provided in this Construction Rider or the Lease, Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility arising from or related to the construction or functioning of the Tenant Improvements.

10. Inspections . Landlord may enter the Premises and inspect the Tenant Improvements and the work of improvement and all materials, plans, specifications and other matters relating to the construction at all reasonable times. Any inspection or review made by Landlord is made for the purpose of determining whether or not the obligations of Tenant under this Construction Rider are being properly discharged, and neither Tenant nor any third party shall be entitled to rely upon any such inspection or review. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference or disruption caused by such inspections.

11. Liens and Stop Notices . Tenant shall promptly pay and discharge all demands for payment relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and take all other steps to avoid the assertion of claims of lien against the Property and Tenant Improvements. In the event a claim of lien is recorded, Tenant, within ten (10) days of such recordation, shall provide Landlord with such assurance as Landlord may require for the payment of the claim and release of the lien.

12. Contractor Lists . Tenant will furnish to Landlord from time to time within five (5) days of request by Landlord correct lists of all engineers, contractors and subcontractors employed in connection with construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord may contact any engineer, contractor or subcontractor to verify any facts disclosed in the lists, and all contracts and subcontracts relating to construction and engineering of the Tenant Improvements must require the disclosing of the listed information to Landlord.

13. Insurance .

13.1 Hazard Insurance . Tenant shall cause its Contractor to obtain and maintain in force a policy of Builders Risk Completed Value hazard insurance with a vandalism and

 

4


malicious mischief endorsement from a licensed insurance company and in an amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall be named as an additional insured under such policy and, upon request, shall receive an original of such policy or such other evidence of such insurance reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

13.2 Liability and Property Insurance . Tenant shall procure the insurance required under the Lease.

13.3 General . Tenant and/or Contractor shall procure and maintain all other insurance required by public authority or applicable Laws, including, without limit, worker’s compensation insurance for all employed in the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant and/or Contractor shall maintain all insurance under this Construction Rider in force until the Tenant Improvements are completed and either all required “sign-offs” have been obtained from government inspectors or a certificate of occupancy with respect to the same has been issued. All of the insurance policies required under this Section 13 shall comply with all of the requirements contained in Section 11.1(d) of the Lease. Further, Landlord, Tenant and Contractor each hereby waives any right of recovery against the other and the partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors and authorized representatives of the other for any loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Construction Rider or the Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises, the Tenant Improvements, the Property or any operation therein. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Construction Rider, the Tenant Improvements, the Premises or the Property does not permit the foregoing waiver or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

14. Landlord Liability . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property placed upon or installed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk, and Tenant shall be liable for all injury, loss or damage to persons or property arising as a result of Tenant’s entry, access, construction or any other use of the Premises by Tenant or its Representatives at any time prior to the Commencement Date.

15. Ownership of Tenant Improvements . All FF&E installed as part of the Tenant Improvements shall become a part of the Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 

  Initials:
Landlord   ( /s/ MU)
Tenant   ( /s/ JS)

 

5


EXHIBIT C

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF JULY 17, 2006

BETWEEN

SCM PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

INFINERA CORPORATION, AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

BUILDING RULES

The following Building Rules are additional provisions of the foregoing Lease to which they are attached. The capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings as these terms are given in the Lease.

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Representative or Visitor, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other outside areas, or on the roof of the Building. Tenant has a right of access to the roof of the Building solely for the purpose of maintenance and repair of the Building and/or the Building Systems, and will not install, repair or replace any antenna, aerial, aerial wires, fan, air-conditioner or other device on the roof of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed). Any such device installed without such written consent is subject to removal at Tenant’s expense without notice at any time. In any event Tenant will be liable for any damages or repairs incurred or required as a result of its installation, use, repair, maintenance or removal of such devices on the roof and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any liability, loss, damage, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any activities of Tenant or of Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors on the roof of the Building.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Building.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any electronic devices, including, without limitation, transmitters or radios, or by the use of musical instruments or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

 

6


6. The parking of any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. No vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

7. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

8. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Building Rules.

9. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

10. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

11. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

12. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

13. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

14. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

15. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease.

16. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

17. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

18. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

7


19. No sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice visible from the exterior of the Premises will be inscribed, painted, affixed or otherwise displayed by Tenant on or in any part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld). Landlord reserves the right to adopt and furnish Tenant with general guidelines relating to signs in or on the Building. All approved signage will be inscribed, painted or affixed at Tenant’s expense by a person approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

20. The Premises will not be used for sale of merchandise or goods to the general public or for lodging. Tenant will not permit any food preparation on the Premises except that Tenant may use Underwriters’ Laboratory approved equipment for heating prepared foods, brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages so long as such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

21. Tenant will not use or keep in the Premises or the Property any kerosene, gasoline or other combustible fluid or material other than limited quantities thereof reasonably necessary for the maintenance of Tenant’s equipment, or, without Landlord’s prior written approval, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant will not use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.

22. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant will not use the name of the Building or the Project in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

23. Tenant will see that the doors of the Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and utilities are shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Premises, so as to prevent waste or damage. Tenant will be liable for all damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord resulting from Tenant’s carelessness in this regard or violation of this rule. Tenant will keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

24. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be disposed of therein. Tenant will be liable for any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule by Tenant, its employees or invitees.

25. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written materials in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant will cooperate to prevent the same.

26. Tenant will use, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to use, any parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled under the Lease in a manner consistent with Landlord’s directional signs and markings in the Parking Area. Specifically, but without limitation, Tenant will not park, or permit Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors to park, in a manner that impedes access to and from the Building or the Parking Area or that violates space reservations for handicapped drivers registered as such with the California Department of Motor Vehicles.

 

8


Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, use such reasonable means as may be necessary to enforce the directional signs and markings in the Parking Area, including but not limited to towing services if Tenant has not corrected such violation within two (2) business days after written notice thereof, and Landlord will not be liable for any damage to vehicles towed as a result of non-compliance with such parking regulations.

27. Tenant will comply with all safety, security, fire protection and evacuation measures and procedures reasonably established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

28. These Building Rules are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Violation of these Building Rules constitutes a failure to fully perform the provisions of the Lease, as referred to in Section 15.1 - “Events of Default”.

29. Landlord reserves the right to rescind or amend these Building Rules and/or adopt any other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein.

 

  Initials:
Landlord   ( /s/ MU)
Tenant   ( /s/ JS)

 

9


EXHIBIT D

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF JULY 17, 2006

BETWEEN

SCM PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

INFINERA CORPORATION, AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

Legal Description of Property

[Insert Legal Description of Property]

 

    INITIALS:  
  Landlord                         
  Tenant                         

 

1


EXHIBIT E

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF JULY 17, 2006

BETWEEN

SCM PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

INFINERA CORPORATION, AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

Form of Letter of Credit

 

1


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LEASE AGREEMENT

Basic Information Relating to Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement

 

Amendment Date:

   The date of this Amendment is November 2, 2006.

Landlord:

   SCM PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Tenant:

   INFINERA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation.

Premises

   Approximately 7,500 rentable square feet of warehouse space located in 111 W. Java Drive, Sunnyvale, California.

Initial Term:

   Twelve (12) full calendar months (plus any partial month at the beginning of the Term), subject to the termination rights described in Section 3.3.

Extended Term:

   Twelve (12) full calendar months, subject to the termination rights described in Section 3.3.

Commencement Date:

   November 3, 2006.

Expiration Date:

   The last day of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date, subject to the extension rights described in Section 3.2 and the termination rights described in Section 3.3.

Monthly Rent:

   $5,250.00 per month.

Security Deposit:

   $5,250.00.
Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent:   

SCM Properties, LLC

2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 340

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn: Candice U. Hamilton

 

2


Landlord’s Address for Notices:   

SCM Properties, LLC

2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 340

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn: Michael R. Uytengsu

 

With a copy to:

 

Stephen R. Barbieri

Law Office of Stephen R. Barbieri

214 Grant Avenue, Suite 400

San Francisco, CA 94108

Tenant’s Address for Notices:   

Infinera Corporation

1322 Bordeaux Drive

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

Attn: General Counsel’s Office

Broker(s):   

TENANT: Mr. Steve Levere and Mr. Richard Branning of

Trammel Crow Company

 

LANDLORD: Mr. Steve Pace and Mr. Dan Hollingsworth

of CPS CORFAC International

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A:

  

The Premises

The Basic Lease Information set forth above is part of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between any provision in the Basic Information Relating to Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement and the Lease, the provisions of Amendment No. 1 to the Lease Agreement shall control.

 

3


This Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement (“ Amendment ”) is made as of the Amendment Date between the Landlord identified in the Basic Information Relating to Amendment No. 1 (“ Landlord ”), and the Tenant identified in the Basic Information Relating to Amendment No. 1 (“ Tenant ”), with respect to the Lease Agreement (“ Lease ”) dated July 17, 2006 by and between the Landlord and the Tenant.

1. INTENT. It is the intent of Landlord and Tenant to amend the Lease in such a manner that the terms and provisions of the Lease apply to the Premises described in this Amendment, except as otherwise noted in this Amendment. This Amendment is not intended to and shall not be construed to amend any of the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises at 169 Java Drive, Sunnyvale.

2. PREMISES. The Premises which is the subject of this Amendment consists of approximately 7,500 square feet of space located in the building at 111 W. Java Drive, Sunnyvale, California (“ Building ”) which, in turn, is located within the Project. The Premises under this Amendment shall not include any parking, and shall neither increase nor decrease Tenant’s parking rights under the Lease. The approximate configuration and location of the Premises within the Building is shown on Exhibit A . Landlord and Tenant agree that the number of square feet of the Premises is an estimate ant that such number shall not be construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the exact rentable square footage of the Premises. Tenant shall not occupy any additional area of the Building without the advance, written consent of Landlord and without appropriate adjustment to the Monthly Rent under this Amendment.

3. TERM; CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.

3.1 Initial Term . The initial term of Tenant’s right to occupy the Premises (“ Initial Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Information Relating to Amendment No. 1 (the “ Commencement Date ”) and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information Relating to Amendment No. 1 (“ Termination Date ”).

3.2 Extended Term . Unless terminated by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Amendment, the Initial Term shall automatically be extended for an additional period of twelve (12) months (“ Extended Term ”) on the same terms and conditions as are set forth in this Amendment.

3.3 Right to Terminate . Ninety (90) days after the Commencement Date, either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease (with or without cause) as it relates to the Premises under this Amendment, by giving the other party not less than sixty (60) days’ written notice (“ Notice of Termination” ) of such intention. In addition, either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease (with or without cause) as it relates to the Premises under this Amendment, during the thirty (30) day period immediately following the Commencement Date, by giving the other party not less than ninety (90) days’ written notice (“ Notice of Termination ”). The Lease of, and Tenant’s right to occupy, the Premises under this Amendment shall terminate on the earlier of (i) pursuant to Notice of Termination, sixty (60) or ninety (90) days after Tenant receives a Notice of Termination, depending on the notice

 

4


requirement and the terms of the Notice of Termination, or (ii) without Notice of Termination, twenty-four months from the Commencement Date. Thus, for clarification purposes, the shortest term of the Lease of the Premises under this Amendment shall be ninety (90) days from the Commencement Date, the next possible shortest term of the Lease of the Premises shall be one hundred fifty (150) days from the Commencement Date, and the longest term of the Lease of the Premises under this Amendment shall be twenty-four (24) months.

3.4 Condition of Premises . Since Tenant’s sole purpose in occupying the Premises is to store personal property and materials in the Premises, (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their “AS IS” and “WHERE IS” condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Laws; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises, and that the Premises were a condition that was satisfactory for Tenant’s permitted Use under this Amendment, at the time possession was taken. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Building, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Building for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Building are suitable for the Permitted Use.

4. RENT.

4.1 Monthly Rent . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Base Rent set forth in the Basic Information Relating to Amendment No. 1, without prior notice or demand, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term (and any Extended Term), except that Base Rent for the first full calendar month in which Base Rent is payable shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease and Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Commencement Date. Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent for the first partial month at the time of execution of this Amendment.

4.2 Additional Rent . The provisions of the Lease that relate to Additional Rent under the Lease shall not apply to the Tenant’s right to occupy the Premises under this Amendment, provided, however, that, so long as Tenant is the only occupant of the Building, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, in each case within fifteen (15) calendar days of Tenant’s receipt of copies of applicable invoices, for the provision of utility services (including, water, sewer, electrical, alarm service, etc.) to the entire Building of which the Premises is a part. In the event that any other person or entity commences occupancy of any portion of the Building during the Initial Term or any Extended Term of this Lease, then the cost of utility services to the Building shall be apportioned between the other occupant(s) and Tenant, on the basis of the square footage occupied by each.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. On execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the cash sum of $5,250.00 as the Security Deposit (“ Security Deposit ”), as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Amendment. Except as otherwise set forth in this Amendment to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall have the rights and obligations with respect to the Security Deposit as are set forth in Section 4 of the Lease.

 

5


6. USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

6.1 Use . The Premises shall be used and occupied exclusively for storage and warehouse use, including reasonable ingress and egress by Tenant’s employees consistent with the shipping and receiving of non-hazardous, personal property and equipment relating to Tenant’s business.

6.2 Compliance with Law . Subject to the limitations on use set forth in Section 6.1 of this Amendment, the provisions of Sections 5.2 of the Lease shall apply to Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Premises, provided, however, that Tenant shall not have the right to make any Alterations to the Premises during the Initial Term or the Extended Term without Landlord’s prior consent.

6.3 All of the indemnification provisions of Section 5.3 of the Lease shall apply to the Premises, and to the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect thereto.

7. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS.

7.1 Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall have no obligation to make any tenant improvements to the Premises or to the Building of which the Premises is a part.

7.2 Alterations . Except for the erection of temporary security caging as mutually agreed by the parties (which shall be removed, and any damage repaired, by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease relating to the Premises under this Amendment), Tenant shall have no right to make any Alterations to the Premises or to the Building of which the Premises is a part. Tenant shall not install any Trade Fixtures in the Premises.

8. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

8.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7 of the Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s obligations to maintain and repair the Premises shall be limited to that described in Sections 7.7 and 7.8 of the Lease.

8.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7 of the Lease to the contrary, Landlord’s obligations to maintain and repair the Premises shall be limited to that described in Section 7.7 of the Lease.

8.3 Tenant shall not be required to obtain and maintain an HVAC Contract or a Life Safety Contract for the Premises under this Amendment.

9. LIABILITY FOR PROPERTY. Except for any gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability to

 

6


Tenant for any personal property or equipment which Tenant stores at the Premises. No insurance carried by Landlord on the Building or the Premises shall provide coverage for any personal property or equipment which Tenant stores at the Premises.

10. ACCESS TO THE PREMISES. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, Tenant understands and acknowledges that Landlord expressly reserves the right to continue its efforts to identify a long-term tenant for the Building and the Premises. During normal business hours, Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with property visits and tours in furtherance of Landlord’s goal. Tenant agrees to allow Landlord, and Landlord’s agents, access to the Building and the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord may continue the placement and use of the electronic lock box on the Building, which grants access to both the Building and the Premises, and Tenant agrees that Landlord and Landlord’s agents may enter both the Building and the Premises at any time during normal business hours for the purpose of showing the Building and the Premises to any prospective tenant. If Tenant takes any action to put the Premises, or any portion of the Premises, under lock and key, Tenant shall insure that Landlord has a key(s) to the Premises and every portion of the Premises at all times during the Term.

11. INAPPLICABLE PROVISIONS. The following sections of and exhibits to the Lease shall not apply to Tenant’s rights and obligations with respect to its occupancy of the Premises under this Amendment: Section 8 (Tenant’s Taxes); Section 14 (Assignment and Subletting); Section 25 (Security Measures); Section 38 (Parking); Section 39 (Extension Option); Section 40 (Signage); Exhibit A; Exhibit B; Exhibit D; Exhibit E. Any and all rights specifically granted to Tenant under the foregoing sections of the Lease are hereby specifically waived, relinquished and prohibited as they relate to the Premises under this Amendment.

12. INSURANCE. Prior to commencing occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall extend the insurance certificates currently issued in favor of Landlord, under Section 11 of the Lease, to expressly include the Premises under this Amendment.

13. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms employed but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease.

14. GOVERNING DOCUMENT. Any conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and the provisions of the Lease shall be resolved by applying the provisions of this Amendment and ignoring any conflicting provisions of the Lease.

 

15. RATIFICATION OF LEASE. Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the Lease, as amended by this Amendment.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

TENANT:   LANDLORD:
INFINERA CORPORATION   SCM PROPERTIES, LLC
A Delaware corporation   A Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Duston Williams

  By:  

/s/ Michael R. Uytengsu

Name:   Duston Williams   Name:   Michael R. Uytengsu
Title:   CFO   Title:   Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Michael O. McCarthy

   
Name:   Michael O. McCarthy    
Title:   VP & General Counsel    

 

8

EXHIBIT 21.1

INFINERA CORPORATION

SUBSIDIARIES

Infinera India Private Limited (India)

Infinera International Corporation (Delaware)

Infinera Acquisition Corporation (Delaware)

Infinera Limited (United Kingdom)

Infinera Japan KK (Japan)

Infinera Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC

ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 12, 2007, except as to Note 20 as to which the date is June     , 2007, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Infinera Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

 


The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon completion of the reverse stock split described in Note 20 to the financial statements.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

February 20, 2007